Afrikaans
Die GRONDWET
van die Republiek van Suid-afRika, 1996
Soos op 8 Maart 1996 aangeneem en op 11 Oktober 1996 gewysig deur die Grondwetlike Vergadering
ISBN 978-0-621-39063-6
GRONDWET VAN DIE REPUBLIEK VAN SUID-AFRIKA [GOEDGEKEUR OP 16 DESEMBER 1996] �
[DATUM VAN INWERKINGTREDING: � 4 FEBRUARIE 1997] �
(Tensy anders vermeld - kyk ook a. 243[4]
(Engelse teks deur die President geteken)
soos gewysig by
“Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997” � “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998” �
“Constitution Third Amendment Act of 1998” � “Constitution Fourth Amendment Act of 1999” �
“Constitution Fifth Amendment Act of 1999” � Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001 �
Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001 � Agtste Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2002 �
Negende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2002 � Tiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 � Elfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 �
Twaalfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2005 � Dertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2007 � Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008 � Vyftiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008 � Sestiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2009 �
Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012 �
Ingevolge Proklamasie No. 26 van 26 April 2001 is die administrasie van hierdie Wet toegeken aan die Minister van Justisie en Staatkundige Ontwikkeling �
WeT Om voorsiening te maak vir ʼn nuwe Grondwet vir die Republiek van Suid-Afrika en om voorsiening te
maak vir aangeleenthede wat daarmee in verband staan.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
3
INDELING VAN ARTIKELS
aanhef Artikels
hOOfSTuk Grondliggende Bepalings
hOOfSTuk Handves van Regte
5
hOOfSTuk Regering van Samewerking
22
hOOfSTuk Parlement
24
hOOfSTuk Die President en die Nasionale Uitvoerende Gesag
48
hOOfSTuk Provinsies
56
hOOfSTuk Plaaslike Regering
78
hOOfSTuk Howe en Regspleging
86
hOOfSTuk 96 Staatsinstellings ter Ondersteuning van Grondwetlike Demokrasie
hOOfSTuk 103 Openbare Administrasie
hOOfSTuk 108 Veiligheidsdienste
hOOfSTuk 114 Tradisionele Leiers
hOOfSTuk 115 Finansies
129
130
133
hOOfSTuk 14 125 Algemene Bepalings
bylae 1 Nasionale Vlag
bylae 1a � Geografiese Gebiede van Provinsies
bylae 2 Ampsede en Plegtige Verklarings
bylae 3 Verkiesingsprosedures
bylae 4 Funksionele Gebiede van Konkurrente
Nasionale en Provinsiale Wetgewende
Bevoegdheid
bylae 5 Funksionele Gebiede van Eksklusiewe
Provinsiale Wetgewende Bevoegdheid
bylae 6 Oorgangsreëlings
bylae 6a � [Bylae 6A ingevoeg by a. 6 van die Tiende
Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 en herroep by
a. 6 van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet
van 2008.]
bylae 6b � [Bylae 6B, voorheen Bylae 6A, ingevoeg by a. 2
van die Agtste Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2002,
gewysig by a. 5 van die Tiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet
van 2003, hernommer by a. 6 van die Tiende Wysigingswet
op die Grondwet van 2003 en herroep by a. 5 van die
Vyftiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
bylae 7 Wette Herroep
indekS � 181
137
141
143
145
178
179
180
1
AANhEF Ons, die mense van Suid-Afrika, � Erken die ongeregtighede van ons verlede; � Huldig diegene wat vir geregtigheid en vryheid in ons land gely het; � Respekteer diegene wat hul beywer het om ons land op te bou en te ontwikkel; en � Glo dat Suid-Afrika behoort aan almal wat daarin woon, verenig in ons verskeidenheid. �
Daarom neem ons, deur ons vryverkose verteenwoordigers, hierdie Grondwet aan as die hoogste reg van die Republiek ten einde – �
Die verdeeldheid van die verlede te heel en ʼn samelewing gegrond op demokratiese waardes, maatskaplike geregtigheid en basiese menseregte te skep;
Die grondslag te lê vir ʼn demokratiese en oop samelewing waarin regering gegrondves is op die wil van die bevolking en elke burger gelyk deur die reg beskerm word;
Die lewensgehalte van alle burgers te verhoog en die potensiaal van elke mens te ontsluit; en
ʼn Verenigde en demokratiese Suid-Afrika te bou wat sy regmatige plek as ʼn soewereine staat in die gemeenskap van nasies kan inneem.
Mag God ons mense beskerm. � Nkosi Sikelel’ iAfrika. Morena boloka setjhaba sa heso. God seën Suid-Afrika. God bless South Africa. Mudzimu fhatutshedza Afurika. Hosi katekisa Afrika. �
2 �
3
Hoofstuk 1: Grondliggende Bepalings
hOOFSTUK 1 GROndliGGende bepalinGS
Republiek van Suid-Afrika 1. Die Republiek van Suid-Afrika is een, soewereine, demokratiese staat gegrond op die
volgende waardes: (a) � Menswaardigheid, die bereiking van gelykheid en die uitbou van menseregte
en vryhede. (b) � Nierassigheid en nieseksisme. (c) � Die oppergesag van die grondwet en die heerskappy van die reg. (d) � Algemene stemreg vir volwassenes, ʼn nasionale gemeenskaplike kieserslys,
gereelde verkiesings en ʼn veelpartystelsel van demokratiese regering, om verantwoordingspligtigheid, ʼn responsiewe ingesteldheid en openheid te verseker.
Oppergesag van Grondwet 2. � Hierdie Grondwet is die hoogste reg van die Republiek; enige regsvoorskrif of optrede
daarmee onbestaanbaar, is ongeldig, en die verpligtinge daardeur opgelê, moet nagekom word.
Burgerskap 3. � (1) Daar is ʼn gemeenskaplike Suid-Afrikaanse burgerskap.
(2) � Alle burgers is in gelyke mate– (a) geregtig op die regte, voorregte en voordele van burgerskap; en (b) onderworpe aan die pligte en verantwoordelikhede van burgerskap.
(3) � Nasionale wetgewing moet voorsiening maak vir die verkryging, verlies en herverlening van burgerskap.
Nasionale lied 4. � Die nasionale lied van die Republiek word deur die President by proklamasie bepaal.
4
Hoofstuk 1: Grondliggende Bepalings
Nasionale vlag 5. Die nasionale vlag van die Republiek is swart, goud, groen, wit, rooi en blou, soos in Bylae
1 beskryf en geskets.
Tale 6. (1) Die amptelike tale van die Republiek is Sepedi, Suid-Sotho, Tswana, Swati, Venda,
Tsonga, Afrikaans, Engels, Ndebele, Xhosa en Zulu. (2) Gesien die historiese inkorting van die gebruik en status van die inheemse tale van
ons mense, moet die staat praktiese en daadwerklike maatreëls tref om die status van dié tale te verhoog en hul gebruik te bevorder.
(3) (a) Die nasionale regering en provinsiale regerings kan enige bepaalde amptelike tale vir regeringsdoeleindes aanwend, met inagneming van gebruik, doenlikheid, koste, streeksomstandighede en die ewewig van die behoeftes en voorkeure van die bevolking as geheel of in die betrokke provinsie; maar die nasionale regering en elke provinsiale regering moet minstens twee amptelike tale gebruik.
(b) Munisipaliteite moet die taalgebruike en -voorkeure van hul inwoners in aanmerking neem.
(4) Die nasionale regering en provinsiale regerings moet deur wetgewende en ander maatreëls hul gebruik van amptelike tale reël en monitor. Sonder afbreuk aan die bepalings van subartikel (2) moet alle amptelike tale gelykheid van aansien geniet en billik behandel word.
(5) ʼn Pan-Suid-Afrikaanse Taalraad deur nasionale wetgewing ingestel, moet– (a) die ontwikkeling en gebruik bevorder en omstandighede skep vir die
ontwikkeling en gebruik van– (i) alle amptelike tale (ii) die Khoi-, Nama- en Santale; en (iii) gebaretaal; en
(b) respek bevorder en verseker vir– (i) alle tale wat algemeen deur gemeenskappe in Suid-Afrika gebruik word,
met inbegrip van Duits, Grieks, Goedjarati, Hindi, Portugees, Tamil, Teloegoe en Oerdoe; en
(ii) Arabies, Hebreeus, Sanskrit en ander tale wat in Suid-Afrika vir godsdiensdoeleindes gebruik word.
5
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
hOOFSTUK 2 handveS van ReGTe
Regte 7. � (1) Hierdie Handves van Regte is ʼn hoeksteen van die demokrasie in Suid-Afrika. Dit
verskans die regte van alle mense in ons land en bevestig die demokratiese waardes van menswaardigheid, gelykheid en vryheid.
(2) � Die staat moet die regte in die Handves van Regte eerbiedig, beskerm, bevorder en verwesenlik.
(3) � Die regte in die Handves van Regte is onderworpe aan die beperkings in artikel 36 of elders in die Handves vervat of genoem.
Toepassing 8. � (1) Die Handves van Regte is van toepassing op die totale reg en bind die wetgewende,
die uitvoerende en die regsprekende gesag en alle staatsorgane. (2) � ʼn Bepaling van die Handves van Regte bind ʼn natuurlike of ʼn regspersoon indien, en
in die mate waarin, dit toepasbaar is met inagneming van die aard van die reg en die aard van enige plig deur die reg opgelê.
(3) � By die toepassing van ʼn bepaling van die Handves van Regte op ʼn natuurlike of regspersoon ingevolge subartikel (2)– (a) � moet ʼn hof, ten einde gevolg te gee aan ʼn reg in die Handves, die gemene
reg toepas, of indien nodig ontwikkel, in die mate waarin wetgewing nie aan daardie reg gevolg gee nie; en
(b) � kan ʼn hof reëls van die gemene reg ontwikkel om die reg te beperk, mits die beperking in ooreenstemming met artikel 36(1) is.
(4) � ʼn Regspersoon is geregtig op die regte in die Handves van Regte in die mate waarin die aard van die regte en die aard van daardie regspersoon dit vereis.
Gelykheid 9. � (1) Elkeen is gelyk voor die reg en het die reg op gelyke beskerming en voordeel van die
reg. (2) � Gelykheid sluit die volle en gelyke genieting van alle regte en vryhede in. Ten einde
die bereiking van gelykheid te bevorder, kan wetgewende en ander maatreëls getref
6
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
word wat ontwerp is vir die beskerming of ontwikkeling van persone, of kategorieë persone, wat deur onbillike diskriminasie benadeel is.
(3) Die staat mag nie regstreeks of onregstreeks onbillik teen iemand diskrimineer op een of meer gronde nie, met inbegrip van ras, geslagtelikheid, geslag, swangerskap, huwelikstaat, etniese of sosiale herkoms, kleur, seksuele georiënteerdheid, ouderdom, gestremdheid, godsdiens, gewete, oortuiging, kultuur, taal en geboorte.
(4) Geen persoon mag regstreeks of onregstreeks onbillik teen iemand diskrimineer op een of meer gronde ingevolge subartikel (3) nie. Nasionale wetgewing moet verorden word om onbillike diskriminasie te voorkom of te belet.
(5) Diskriminasie op een of meer van die gronde in subartikel (3) vermeld, is onbillik, tensy daar vasgestel word dat die diskriminasie billik is.
Menswaardigheid 10. Elkeen het ingebore waardigheid en die reg dat daardie waardigheid gerespekteer en
beskerm word.
Lewe 11. Elkeen het die reg op lewe.
Vryheid en sekerheid van die persoon 12. (1) Elkeen het die reg op vryheid en sekerheid van die persoon, waarby inbegrepe is die
reg om– (a) nie arbitrêr of sonder gegronde rede vryheid ontneem te word nie; (b) nie sonder verhoor aangehou te word nie; (c) vry te wees van alle vorme van geweld van hetsy openbare hetsy private
oorsprong; (d) op geen wyse gemartel te word nie; en (e) nie op ʼn wrede, onmenslike of vernederende wyse behandel of gestraf te word
nie. (2) Elkeen het die reg op liggaamlike en sielkundige integriteit, waarby inbegrepe is die
reg– (a) om besluite oor voortplanting te neem; (b) op sekerheid van en beheer oor hul eie liggaam; en (c) om nie sonder hul ingeligte toestemming aan mediese of wetenskaplike
eksperimente onderwerp te word nie.
7
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
Slawerny, knegskap en dwangarbeid 13. Niemand mag aan slawerny, knegskap of dwangarbeid onderwerp word nie.
Privaatheid 14. Elkeen het die reg op privaatheid, waarby inbegrepe is die reg dat–
(a) � hul persoon of woning nie deursoek word nie; (b) � hul eiendom nie deursoek word nie; (c) � daar nie op hul besittings beslag gelê word nie; of (d) � daar nie op die privaatheid van hul kommunikasies inbreuk gemaak word nie.
Vryheid van godsdiens, oortuiging en mening 15. (1) Elkeen het die reg op vryheid van gewete, godsdiens, denke, oortuiging en mening.
(2) � Godsdiensbeoefening kan by staats- of staatsondersteunde instellings geskied, mits– (a) � daardie beoefening reëls nakom wat deur die tersaaklike openbare gesag
gemaak is; (b) � dit op billike grondslag geskied; en (c) � bywoning daarvan vry en vrywillig is.
(3) � (a) Hierdie artikel belet nie wetgewing wat erkenning verleen aan– (i) � huwelike wat aangegaan is kragtens enige tradisie, of ʼn stelsel van
godsdiens-, persone- of familiereg nie; of (ii) � stelsels van persone- en familiereg kragtens enige tradisie, of wat
nagevolg word deur persone wat ʼn besondere godsdiens aanhang nie. (b) � Erkenning ingevolge paragraaf (a) moet met hierdie artikel en die ander
bepalings van die Grondwet bestaanbaar wees.
Vryheid van uitdrukking 16. (1) Elkeen het die reg op vryheid van uitdrukking, waarby inbegrepe is–
(a) die vryheid van die pers en ander media; (b) die vryheid om inligting of idees te ontvang of oor te dra; (c) die vryheid van artistieke kreatiwiteit; en (d) akademiese vryheid en vryheid van wetenskaplike navorsing.
(2) Die reg in subartikel (1) omvat nie– (a) propaganda vir oorlog nie;
8
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(b) die aanstigting van dreigende geweld nie; of (c) die verkondiging van haat wat op ras, etnisiteit, geslagtelikheid of godsdiens
gebaseer is en wat aanhitsing om leed te veroorsaak, uitmaak nie.
Vergadering, betoging, linievorming en petisie 17. Elkeen het die reg om vreedsaam en ongewapen te vergader, te betoog, ʼn betooglinie te
vorm en petisies voor te lê.
Vryheid van assosiasie 18. Elkeen het die reg op vryheid van assosiasie.
Politieke regte 19. (1) Dit staan elke burger vry om politieke keuses te doen, waarby inbegrepe is die reg
om– (a) ‘ʼn politieke party te stig; (b) deel te neem aan die bedrywighede van, of lede te werf vir, ʼn politieke party;
en (c) hulle vir ʼn politieke party of saak te beywer
(2) Elke burger het die reg op vrye, regverdige en gereelde verkiesings vir enige wetgewende liggaam wat ingevolge die Grondwet ingestel is.
(3) Elke volwasse burger het die reg om– (a) te stem in verkiesings vir enige wetgewende liggaam wat ingevolge die
Grondwet ingestel is, en om dit in die geheim te doen; en (b) ʼn kandidaat vir ʼn openbare amp te wees en, indien verkies, die amp te beklee.
Burgerskap 20. Geen burger mag burgerskap ontneem word nie.
Vryheid van beweging en verblyf 21. (1) Elkeen het die reg op vryheid van beweging.
(2) Elkeen het die reg om die Republiek te verlaat. (3) Elke burger het die reg om die Republiek binne te kom, daarin aan te bly, en op
enige plek in die Republiek verblyf te neem. (4) Elke burger het die reg op ʼn paspoort.
9
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
Vryheid van bedryf, beroep en professie 22. � Elke burger het die reg om vrylik ʼn bedryf, beroep of professie te kies. Die beoefening van ʼn
bedryf, beroep of professie kan deur die reg gereguleer word.
Arbeidsverhoudinge 23. � (1) Elkeen het die reg op billike arbeidspraktyke.
(2) � Elke werker het die reg om– (a) � ʼn vakbond te stig en daarby aan te sluit; (b) � aan die bedrywighede en programme van ʼn vakbond deel te neem; en (c) � te staak.
(3) � Elke werkgewer het die reg om– (a) � ʼn werkgewersorganisasie te stig en by een aan te sluit; en (b) � aan die bedrywighede en programme van ʼn werkgewersorganisasie deel te
neem. (4) � Elke vakbond en elke werkgewersorganisasie het die reg om–
(a) � sy eie administrasie, programme en bedrywighede te bepaal; (b) � te organiseer; en (c) � ʼn federasie te stig en by een aan te sluit.
(5) � Elke vakbond, werkgewersorganisasie en werkgewer het die reg om aan kollektiewe bedinging mee te doen. Nasionale wetgewing kan verorden word om kollektiewe bedinging te reguleer. In die mate waarin die wetgewing ʼn reg in hierdie Hoofstuk beperk, moet die beperking aan artikel 36(1) voldoen.
(6) � Nasionale wetgewing kan erkenning verleen aan vakbondsekerheidsreëlings wat in kollektiewe ooreenkomste vervat is. In die mate waarin die wetgewing ʼn reg in hierdie Hoofstuk beperk, moet die beperking aan artikel 36(1) voldoen.
Omgewing 24. � Elkeen het die reg–
(a) � op ʼn omgewing wat nie skadelik vir hul gesondheid of welsyn is nie; en (b) � op die beskerming van die omgewing, ter wille van huidige en toekomstige
geslagte, deur redelike wetgewende en ander maatreëls wat– (i) � besoedeling en ekologiese agteruitgang voorkom; (ii) � bewaring bevorder; en
10
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(iii) die ekologies volhoubare ontwikkeling en aanwending van natuurlike hulpbronne verseker terwyl dit regverdigbare ekonomiese en maatskaplike ontwikkeling bevorder.
Eiendom 25. (1) Niemand mag eiendom ontneem word nie behalwe ingevolge ʼn algemeen
geldende regsvoorskrif, en geen regsvoorskrif mag arbitrêre ontneming van eiendom veroorloof nie.
(2) Eiendom mag slegs ingevolge ʼn algemeen geldende regsvoorskrif onteien word– (a) vir ʼn openbare doel of in die openbare belang; en (b) onderworpe aan vergoeding waarvan die bedrag en die tyd en wyse van
betaling óf deur diegene wat geraak word aanvaar is óf deur ʼn hof bepaal of goedgekeur is.
(3) Die bedrag van die vergoeding en die tyd en wyse van betaling moet regverdig en billik wees, en moet ʼn billike ewewig toon tussen die openbare belang en die belange van diegene wat geraak word, met inagneming van alle tersaaklike omstandighede, met inbegrip van– (a) die huidige gebruik van die eiendom; (b) die geskiedenis van die verkryging en gebruik van die eiendom; (c) die markwaarde van die eiendom; (d) die omvang van regstreekse belegging en subsidie deur die staat ten opsigte
van die verkryging en voordelige kapitale verbetering van die eiendom; en (e) die doel van die onteiening.
(4) By die toepassing van hierdie artikel– (a) beteken die openbare belang ook die nasie se verbintenis tot
grondhervorming, en tot hervormings om billike toegang tot al Suid-Afrika se natuurlike hulpbronne te bewerkstellig; en
(b) is eiendom nie tot grond beperk nie. (5) Die staat moet redelike wetgewende en ander maatreëls tref om, binne sy
beskikbare middele, toestande te skep wat burgers in staat stel om op ʼn billike grondslag toegang tot grond te verkry.
(6) ʼn Persoon of gemeenskap wie se besitreg van grond regsonseker is as gevolg van wette of praktyke van die verlede wat op grond van ras gediskrimineer het, is
11
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
geregtig, in die mate wat deur ʼn Parlementswet bepaal word, op óf besitreg wat regseker is óf gelykwaardige vergoeding.
(7) � ʼn Persoon of gemeenskap wat na 19 Junie 1913 die besit van eiendom ontneem is as gevolg van wette of praktyke van die verlede wat op grond van ras gediskrimineer het, is geregtig, in die mate wat deur ʼn Parlementswet bepaal word, op óf teruggawe van daardie eiendom óf billike vergoeding.
(8) � Geen bepaling van hierdie artikel verhinder die staat om wetgewende en ander maatreëls te tref om grond-, water- en verbandhoudende hervorming te bewerkstellig ten einde die gevolge van rassediskriminasie van die verlede reg te stel nie, op voorwaarde dat enige afwyking van die bepalings van hierdie artikel in ooreenstemming met die bepalings van artikel 36(1) is.
(9) � Die Parlement moet die wetgewing bedoel in subartikel (6) verorden.
Behuising 26. (1) Elkeen het die reg op toegang tot geskikte behuising.
(2) � Die staat moet redelike wetgewende en ander maatreëls tref om binne sy beskikbare middele hierdie reg in toenemende mate te verwesenlik.
(3) � Sonder ʼn hofbevel wat na oorweging van al die tersaaklike omstandighede toegestaan is, mag niemand uit hul woning gesit word en mag niemand se woning gesloop word nie. Geen wetgewing mag arbitrêre uitsettings veroorloof nie.
Gesondheidsorg, voedsel, water en maatskaplike sekerheid 27. (1) Elkeen het die reg op toegang tot–
(a) � gesondheidsorgdienste, met inbegrip van reproduktiewe gesondheidsorg; (b) � voldoende voedsel en water; en (c) � maatskaplike sekerheid, met inbegrip van gepaste maatskaplike bystand
indien hulle nie in staat is om hulself en hul afhanklikes te onderhou nie. (2) � Die staat moet redelike wetgewende en ander maatreëls tref om binne sy
beskikbare middele elk van hierdie regte in toenemende mate te verwesenlik. (3) � Niemand mag mediese noodbehandeling geweier word nie.
Kinders 28. (1) Elke kind het die reg–
(a) � op ʼn naam en nasionaliteit vanaf geboorte;
12
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(b) op gesinsorg of ouerlike sorg, of op gepaste alternatiewe sorg wanneer die kind uit die gesinsomgewing weggeneem word;
(c) op basiese voeding, skuiling, basiese gesondheidsorgdienste en maatskaplike dienste;
(d) om teen mishandeling, verwaarlosing, misbruik of vernedering beskerm te word;
(e) om teen uitbuitende arbeidspraktyke beskerm te word; (f) om nie verplig of toegelaat te word om werk te verrig of dienste te lewer nie
wat– (i) onvanpas is vir ʼn persoon van daardie kind se ouderdom; of (ii) ʼn risiko vir die kind se welsyn, opvoeding, liggaamlike of geestelike
gesondheid of geestelike, morele of sosiale ontwikkeling inhou; (g) om nie aangehou te word nie, behalwe as laaste uitweg, in welke geval,
benewens die regte wat ʼn kind kragtens artikels 12 en 35 geniet, die kind slegs vir die kortste gepaste tydperk aangehou mag word, en die reg het om– (i) afsonderlik van aangehoudenes bo die ouderdom van 18 jaar aangehou
te word; en (ii) op ʼn wyse behandel te word, en in omstandighede aangehou te word,
wat met die kind se ouderdom rekening hou; (h) om, in siviele verrigtinge wat die kind raak, deur die staat op staatskoste van ʼn
regspraktisyn voorsien te word indien wesenlike onreg andersins sou geskied; en
(i) om nie regstreeks in gewapende stryd gebruik te word nie, en om in tye van gewapende stryd beskerm te word.
(2) ʼn Kind se beste belang is van deurslaggewende belang in elke aangeleentheid wat die kind raak.
(3) In hierdie artikel beteken “kind” iemand onder die ouderdom van 18 jaar.
Onderwys 29. (1) Elkeen het die reg–
(a) op basiese onderwys, met inbegrip van basiese onderwys vir volwassenes; en (b) op verdere onderwys wat die staat deur middel van redelike maatreëls in
toenemende mate beskikbaar en toeganklik moet maak.
13
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(2) � Elkeen het die reg om in openbare onderwysinstellings onderwys te ontvang in die amptelike taal of tale van eie keuse waar daardie onderwys redelikerwys doenlik is. Ten einde doeltreffende toegang tot en verwesenliking van hierdie reg te verseker, moet die staat alle redelike alternatiewe in die onderwys, met inbegrip van enkelmediuminstellings, oorweeg, met inagneming van– (a) � billikheid; (b) � doenlikheid; en (c) � die behoefte om die gevolge van wette en praktyke van die verlede wat op
grond van ras gediskrimineer het, reg te stel. (3) � Elkeen het die reg om op eie koste onafhanklike onderwysinstellings tot stand te
bring en in stand te hou wat– (a) � nie op grond van ras diskrimineer nie; (b) � by die staat geregistreer is; en (c) � standaarde handhaaf wat nie minderwaardig is vergeleke met standaarde by
vergelykbare openbare onderwysinstellings nie. (4) � Subartikel (3) sluit nie staatsubsidies aan onafhanklike onderwysinstellings uit nie.
Taal en kultuur 30. � Elkeen het die reg om die taal van eie keuse te gebruik en om aan die kulturele lewe van
eie keuse deel te neem, maar niemand wat hierdie regte uitoefen mag dit doen op ʼn wyse wat met enige bepaling van die Handves van Regte onbestaanbaar is nie.
Kultuur-, godsdiens- en taalgemeenskappe 31. � (1) Persone wat aan ʼn kultuur-, godsdiens- of taalgemeenskap behoort, mag nie die
reg ontsê word om, saam met ander lede van daardie gemeenskap– (a) � hul kultuur te geniet, hul godsdiens te beoefen en hul taal te gebruik nie; en (b) � kultuur-, godsdiens- en taalverenigings en ander organe van die burgerlike
gemeenskap te vorm, in stand te hou en daarby aan te sluit nie. (2) � Die regte in subartikel (1) mag nie uitgeoefen word op ʼn wyse wat met enige
bepaling van die Handves van Regte onbestaanbaar is nie.
Toegang tot inligting 32. � (1) Elkeen het die reg op toegang tot–
(a) � enige inligting wat deur die staat gehou word; en
14
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(b) enige inligting wat deur ʼn ander persoon gehou word en wat vir die uitoefening of beskerming van enige regte benodig word.
(2) Nasionale wetgewing moet verorden word om aan hierdie reg gevolg te gee, en kan voorsiening maak vir redelike maatreëls om die administratiewe en finansiële las op die staat te verlig.
Regverdige administratiewe optrede 33. (1) Elkeen het die reg op administratiewe optrede wat regmatig, redelik en prosedureel
billik is. (2) Elkeen wie se regte nadelig geraak is deur administratiewe optrede het die reg op
die verskaffing van skriftelike redes. (3) Nasionale wetgewing moet verorden word om aan hierdie regte gevolg te gee, en
moet– (a) voorsiening maak vir die hersiening van administratiewe optrede deur ʼn hof of,
waar dit gepas is, ʼn onafhanklike en onpartydige tribunaal; (b) die staat verplig om aan die regte in subartikels (1) en (2) gevolg te gee; en (c) ʼn doeltreffende administrasie bevorder.
Toegang tot howe 34. Elkeen het die reg dat ʼn geskil wat deur die toepassing van die reg besleg kan word,
in ʼn billike openbare verhoor voor ʼn hof beslis word of, waar dit gepas is, voor ʼn ander onafhanklike en onpartydige tribunaal of forum.
Gearresteerde, aangehoue en beskuldigde persone 35. (1) Elkeen wat weens ʼn beweerde oortreding gearresteer word, het die reg om–
(a) te swyg; (b) onverwyld verwittig te word–
(i) van die reg om te swyg; en (ii) van die gevolge indien daar nie geswyg word nie;
(c) nie verplig te word om ʼn bekentenis of erkenning te doen wat as getuienis teen daardie persoon gebruik sou kon word nie;
(d) so gou as wat redelikerwys moontlik is, voor ʼn hof gebring te word, maar nie later nie as–
15
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(i) � 48 uur na die arrestasie; of (ii) � die einde van die eerste hofdag na die verstryking van die 48 uur, as die
48 uur buite gewone hofure, of op ʼn dag wat nie ʼn gewone hofdag is nie, verstryk;
(e) � by die eerste verskyning in ʼn hof na die arrestasie, aangekla te word of verwittig te word van die rede vir die voortsetting van die aanhouding, of vrygelaat te word; en
(f) � behoudens redelike voorwaardes, uit aanhouding vrygelaat te word indien die belang van geregtigheid dit toelaat.
(2) � Elkeen wat aangehou word, met inbegrip van elke gevonniste gevangene, het die reg– (a) � om onverwyld van die rede vir die aanhouding verwittig te word; (b) � op ʼn regspraktisyn van eie keuse en om met daardie regspraktisyn te
konsulteer, en om onverwyld van hierdie reg verwittig te word; (c) � om deur die staat op staatskoste van ʼn regspraktisyn voorsien te word indien
dit andersins tot wesenlike onreg sou lei, en om onverwyld van hierdie reg verwittig te word;
(d) � om die regmatigheid van die aanhouding persoonlik voor ʼn hof te betwis, en vrygelaat te word indien die aanhouding onregmatig is;
(e) � op omstandighede van aanhouding wat met menswaardigheid rekening hou, met inbegrip van minstens oefening en die voorsiening, op staatskoste, van toereikende akkommodasie, voeding, leesstof en mediese behandeling; en
(f) � om in verbinding te tree met, en besoek te word deur, daardie persoon se– (i) � gade of lewensmaat; (ii) � naasbestaandes; (iii) � godsdiensraadgewer van eie keuse; en (iv) � mediese praktisyn van eie keuse.
(3) � Elke beskuldigde persoon het die reg op ʼn billike verhoor, waarby inbegrepe is die reg– (a) � om van die aanklag verwittig te word in voldoende besonderhede om daarop
te antwoord; (b) � om genoeg tyd en geriewe te hê om ʼn verweer voor te berei; (c) � op ʼn openbare verhoor voor ʼn gewone hof; (d) � op ʼn verhoor wat sonder onredelike vertraging begin en afgehandel word; (e) � om by die verhoor teenwoordig te wees;
16
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(f) op ʼn regspraktisyn van eie keuse en om deur daardie regspraktisyn verteenwoordig te word, en om onverwyld van hierdie reg verwittig te word;
(g) om deur die staat op staatskoste van ʼn regspraktisyn voorsien te word indien dit andersins tot wesenlike onreg sou lei, en om onverwyld van hierdie reg verwittig te word;
(h) om onskuldig geag te word, te swyg, en nie gedurende die verrigtinge te getuig nie;
(i) om getuienis aan te voer en te betwis; (j) om nie verplig te word om self-inkriminerende getuienis af te lê nie; (k) om verhoor te word in ʼn taal wat die beskuldigde persoon verstaan of, indien
dit nie doenlik is nie, dat die verrigtinge in daardie taal getolk word; (l) om nie skuldig bevind te word weens ʼn handeling of versuim wat ten tyde van
die handeling of versuim ingevolge óf die nasionale reg óf die volkereg nie ʼn oortreding was nie;
(m) om nie verhoor te word weens ʼn oortreding ten opsigte van ʼn handeling of versuim ten opsigte waarvan daardie persoon voorheen vrygespreek of skuldig bevind is nie;
(n) op die voordeel van die ligste van die voorgeskrewe strawwe indien die straf wat vir die oortreding voorgeskryf word, verander is tussen die tydstip waarop die oortreding gepleeg is en die tydstip van vonnis; en
(o) op appèl na, of hersiening deur, ʼn hoër hof. (4) Wanneer hierdie artikel vereis dat inligting aan ʼn persoon verstrek word, moet die
inligting verstrek word in ʼn taal wat die persoon verstaan. (5) Getuienis wat verkry is op ʼn wyse wat enige reg in die Handves van Regte skend,
moet uitgesluit word indien toelating van daardie getuienis die verhoor onbillik sou maak of andersins vir die regspleging nadelig sou wees.
Beperking van regte 36. (1) Die regte in die Handves van Regte kan slegs kragtens ʼn algemeen geldende
regsvoorskrif beperk word in die mate waarin die beperking redelik en regverdigbaar is in ʼn oop en demokratiese samelewing gebaseer op menswaardigheid, gelykheid en vryheid, met inagneming van alle tersaaklike faktore, met inbegrip van– (a) die aard van die reg; (b) die belangrikheid van die doel van die beperking;
17
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(c) die aard en omvang van die beperking; (d) die verband tussen die beperking en die doel daarvan; en (e) ʼn minder beperkende wyse om die doel te bereik.
(2) � Behalwe soos in subartikel (1) of in enige ander bepaling van die Grondwet bepaal, mag geen regsvoorskrif enige reg wat in die Handves van Regte verskans is, beperk nie.
Noodtoestande 37. (1) ʼn Noodtoestand mag slegs ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet verklaar word, en slegs
wanneer– (a) die voortbestaan van die nasie deur oorlog, ʼn inval, algemene oproer, wanorde,
ʼn natuurramp of ʼn ander openbare noodgeval bedreig word; en (b) die verklaring nodig is om die vrede en orde te herstel.
(2) ʼn Verklaring van ʼn noodtoestand, en enige wetgewing verorden of ander stappe gedoen na aanleiding van daardie verklaring, kan van krag wees slegs– (a) vooruitwerkend; en (b) vir hoogstens 21 dae vanaf die datum van die verklaring, tensy die Nasionale
Vergadering besluit om die verklaring te verleng. Die Vergadering kan ʼn verklaring van ʼn noodtoestand vir hoogstens drie maande op ʼn keer verleng. Die eerste verlenging van die noodtoestand moet geskied by wyse van ʼn besluit wat aangeneem word met ʼn ondersteunende stem van ʼn meerderheid van die lede van die Vergadering. Enige daaropvolgende verlenging moet geskied by wyse van ʼn besluit wat aangeneem word met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens 60 persent van die lede van die Vergadering. ʼn Besluit ingevolge hierdie paragraaf kan slegs na ʼn openbare debat in die Vergadering aangeneem word.
(3) Enige bevoegde hof kan beslis oor die geldigheid van– (a) ʼn verklaring van ʼn noodtoestand; (b) enige verlenging van ʼn verklaring van ʼn noodtoestand; of (c) enige wetgewing verorden, of ander stappe gedoen, na aanleiding van ʼn
verklaring van ʼn noodtoestand. (4) Enige wetgewing wat na aanleiding van ʼn verklaring van ʼn noodtoestand verorden
word, mag die Handves van Regte aantas slegs in die mate waarin– (a) die aantasting streng deur die noodtoestand vereis word; en (b) die wetgewing–
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(i) � bestaanbaar is met die Republiek se verpligtinge kragtens die volkereg wat op noodtoestande betrekking het;
(ii) � in ooreenstemming is met subartikel (5); en (iii) � so gou as wat na die verordening daarvan redelikerwys moontlik is, in
die nasionale Staatskoerant gepubliseer word. (5) � Geen Parlementswet wat ʼn verklaring van ʼn noodtoestand magtig, en geen
wetgewing wat verorden is of ander stappe wat gedoen is na aanleiding van ʼn verklaring, verleen toestemming vir of magtig– (a) � die vrywaring van die staat, of enige persoon, ten opsigte van enige
onregmatige handeling nie; (b) � enige aantasting van hierdie artikel nie; of (c) � enige aantasting van ʼn artikel genoem in Kolom 1 van die Tabel van
Nieaantasbare Regte, in die mate teenoor daardie artikel in Kolom 3 van die Tabel aangedui nie.
Tabel van Nieaantasbare Regte
1 Artikel- nommer
2 Opskrif van artikel
3 Mate waarin die reg nie aantasbaar is nie
9 Gelykheid Met betrekking tot onbillike diskriminasie uits- luitlik op grond van ras, kleur, etniese of sosiale herkoms, geslag, godsdiens of taal
10 Menswaardigheid Geheel en al
11 Lewe Geheel en al
12 Vryheid en sekerheid van die persoon
Met betrekking tot subartikels (1)(d) en (e) en (2)(c)
13 Slawerny, knegskap en dwangarbeid
Met betrekking tot slawerny en knegskap
18
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
1 Artikel- nommer
2 Opskrif van artikel
3 Mate waarin die reg nie aantasbaar is nie
28 Kinders Met betrekking tot: - subartikel (1)(d) en (e); - die regte in subparagrawe (i) en (ii) van
subartikel (1)(g); en - subartikel (1)(i) ten opsigte van kinders van 15
jaar en jonger.
35 Gearresteerde, aangehoue en beskuldigde persone
Met betrekking tot: - subartikels (1)(a), (b) en (c) en (2)(d); - die regte in paragrawe (a) tot (o) van subartikel
(3), uitgesonderd paragraaf (d); - subartikel (4); en - subartikel (5) ten opsigte van die uitsluiting
van getuienis indien toelating van daardie getuienis die verhoor onbillik sou maak.
(6) � Wanneer iemand sonder verhoor aangehou word na aanleiding van ʼn aantasting van regte voortspruitend uit ʼn verklaring van ʼn noodtoestand, moet die volgende voorwaardes nagekom word: (a) � Daar moet so gou as wat redelikerwys moontlik is met ʼn volwasse gesinslid of
vriend van die aangehoudene in aanraking gekom word, en daardie gesinslid of vriend moet verwittig word dat die persoon aangehou word.
(b) � Kennisgewing moet binne vyf dae nadat die persoon in aanhouding geneem is in die nasionale Staatskoerant gepubliseer word met vermelding van die aangehoudene se naam en plek van aanhouding en die noodmaatreël waarkragtens daardie persoon aangehou word.
(c) � Die aangehoudene moet toegelaat word om ʼn mediese praktisyn te kies en te eniger redelike tyd deur daardie mediese praktisyn besoek te word.
(d) � Die aangehoudene moet toegelaat word om ʼn regsverteenwoordiger te kies en te eniger redelike tyd deur daardie regsverteenwoordiger besoek te word.
(e) � ʼn Hof moet die aanhouding so gou as wat redelikerwys moontlik is, maar nie later nie as tien dae na die datum waarop die persoon in aanhouding geneem
19
20
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
is, hersien, en die hof moet die aangehoudene vrylaat tensy dit noodsaaklik is om die aanhouding voort te sit ten einde die vrede en orde te herstel.
(f) ʼn Aangehoudene wat nie ingevolge ʼn hersiening kragtens paragraaf (e) of ingevolge ʼn hersiening kragtens hierdie paragraaf vrygelaat word nie, kan te eniger tyd na verstryking van tien dae na die vorige hersiening by ʼn hof aansoek doen om ʼn verdere hersiening van die aanhouding, en die hof moet die aangehoudene vrylaat tensy dit steeds noodsaaklik is om die aanhouding voort te sit ten einde die vrede en orde te herstel.
(g) Die aangehoudene moet toegelaat word om persoonlik te verskyn voor enige hof wat die aanhouding oorweeg, om by daardie verrigtinge deur ʼn regspraktisyn verteenwoordig te word, en om vertoë teen voortgesette aanhouding te rig.
(h) Die staat moet skriftelike redes om die voortgesette aanhouding van die aangehoudene te regverdig, aan die hof voorlê, en moet minstens twee dae voordat die hof die aanhouding hersien, ʼn afskrif van daardie redes aan die aangehoudene verskaf.
(7) Indien ʼn hof ʼn aangehoudene vrylaat, mag daardie persoon nie weer op dieselfde gronde aangehou word nie tensy die staat voor die heraanhouding goeie redes daarvoor voor ʼn hof aantoon.
(8) Subartikels (6) en (7) is nie van toepassing nie op persone wat nie Suid-Afrikaanse burgers is nie en wat na aanleiding van ʼn internasionale gewapende stryd aangehou word. In plaas daarvan moet die staat voldoen aan die standaarde wat die Republiek bind kragtens die internasionale humanitêre reg wat op die aanhouding van sodanige persone betrekking het.
Afdwinging van regte 38. Iemand in hierdie artikel genoem, het die reg om ʼn bevoegde hof te nader en aan te voer
dat daar op ʼn reg in die Handves van Regte inbreuk gemaak is of dat so ʼn inbreukmaking dreig, en die hof kan gepaste regshulp verleen, met inbegrip van ʼn verklaring van regte. Die persone wat ʼn hof kan nader, is–
(a) iemand wat in eie belang optree; (b) iemand wat optree namens iemand anders wat nie in eie naam kan optree nie; (c) iemand wat as ʼn lid van, of in die belang van, ʼn groep of klas persone optree;
21
Hoofstuk 2: Handves van Regte
(d) iemand wat in die openbare belang optree; en (e) ʼn vereniging wat in die belang van sy lede optree.
Uitleg van Handves van Regte 39. (1) By die uitleg van die Handves van Regte–
(a) moet ʼn hof, tribunaal of forum die waardes bevorder wat ʼn oop en demokratiese samelewing gebaseer op menswaardigheid, gelykheid en vryheid ten grondslag lê;
(b) moet ʼn hof, tribunaal of forum die volkereg in ag neem; en (c) kan ʼn hof, tribunaal of forum buitelandse reg in ag neem.
(2) By die uitleg van enige wetgewing, en by die ontwikkeling van die gemene reg of gewoontereg, moet elke hof, tribunaal of forum die gees, strekking en oogmerke van die Handves van Regte bevorder.
(3) Die Handves van Regte ontken nie die bestaan van ander regte of vryhede wat deur die gemene reg, gewoontereg of wetgewing erken of verleen word nie, in die mate waarin daardie regte of vryhede met die Handves bestaanbaar is.
22
Hoofstuk 3: Regering van Samewerking
hOOFSTUK 3 ReGeRinG van SaMeWeRkinG
Regering van die Republiek 40. (1) Regering in die Republiek bestaan uit nasionale, provinsiale en plaaslike sfere van
regering wat onderskeidend, onderling afhanklik en onderling verbonde is. (2) Alle regeringsfere moet die beginsels in hierdie Hoofstuk handhaaf en nakom en
moet hul werksaamhede binne die perke wat deur die Hoofstuk bepaal word, verrig.
Beginsels van regering van samewerking en interregeringsbetrekkinge 41. (1) Alle regeringsfere en alle staatsorgane binne elke sfeer moet–
(a) die vrede, die nasionale eenheid en die onverdeelbaarheid van die Republiek bewaar;
(b) die welsyn van die mense van die Republiek verseker; (c) doeltreffende, deursigtige, verantwoordingspligtige en samehangende
regering vir die Republiek as geheel voorsien; (d) getrou wees aan die Grondwet, die Republiek en sy mense; (e) die grondwetlike status, instellings, bevoegdhede en funksies van regering in
die ander sfere eerbiedig; (f) hulself geen bevoegdheid of funksies toe-eien behalwe dié wat ingevolge die
Grondwet aan hulle opgedra is nie; (g) hul bevoegdhede uitoefen en hul funksies verrig op ʼn wyse wat nie inbreuk
maak op die geografiese, funksionele of institusionele integriteit van regering in ʼn ander sfeer nie; en
(h) in wedersydse vertroue en goeie trou met mekaar saamwerk deur– (i) vriendskaplike betrekkinge te bevorder; (ii) mekaar te help en te ondersteun; (iii) mekaar van inligting te voorsien, en met mekaar oorleg te pleeg, oor
sake van gemeenskaplike belang; (iv) hul optrede en wetgewing met mekaar te koördineer; (v) by ooreengekome prosedures te hou; en (vi) regsverrigtinge teen mekaar te vermy.
23
Hoofstuk 3: Regering van Samewerking
(2) � ʼn Parlementswet moet– (a) � strukture en instellings tot stand bring, of voorsiening maak vir strukture en
instellings, om interregeringsbetrekkinge te bevorder en te vergemaklik; en (b) � voorsiening maak vir gepaste meganismes en prosedures om die beslegting
van interregeringsgeskille te vergemaklik. (3) � ʼn Staatsorgaan wat in ʼn interregeringsgeskil betrokke is, moet alle redelike pogings
aanwend om die geskil te besleg deur middel van meganismes en prosedures wat vir dié doel voorsien is, en moet alle ander middele uitput voordat hy ʼn hof nader om die geskil te besleg.
(4) � Indien ʼn hof nie tevrede is dat daar aan die voorskrifte van subartikel (3) voldoen is nie, kan hy ʼn geskil na die betrokke staatsorgane terugverwys.
24
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
hOOFSTUK 4 paRleMenT
Samestelling van Parlement 42. (1) Die Parlement bestaan uit–
(a) die Nasionale Vergadering; en (b) die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies.
(2) Die Nasionale Vergadering en die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies neem aan die wetgewende proses deel op die wyse wat in die Grondwet uiteengesit word.
(3) Die Nasionale Vergadering word verkies om die mense te verteenwoordig en om regering deur die mense kragtens die Grondwet te verseker. Hy doen dit deur die President te kies, deur as ʼn nasionale forum vir die openbare oorweging van sake te dien, deur wetgewing aan te neem en deur optrede van die uitvoerende gesag na te gaan en toesig daaroor uit te oefen.
(4) Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies verteenwoordig die provinsies ten einde te verseker dat provinsiale belange in die nasionale regeringsfeer in ag geneem word. Hy doen dit hoofsaaklik deur aan die nasionale wetgewende proses deel te neem en deur as ʼn nasionale forum te dien vir die openbare oorweging van sake wat die provinsies raak.
(5) Die President kan die Parlement te eniger tyd vir ʼn buitengewone sitting byeenroep om spesiale werksaamhede te verrig.
(6) Die setel van die Parlement is Kaapstad, maar ʼn Parlementswet wat ooreenkomstig artikel 76(1) en (5) verorden is, kan bepaal dat die setel van die Parlement elders is.
Wetgewende gesag van die Republiek 43. In die Republiek berus die wetgewende gesag–
(a) van die nasionale regeringsfeer by die Parlement, soos in artikel 44 uiteengesit;
(b) van die provinsiale regeringsfeer by die provinsiale wetgewers, soos in artikel 104 uiteengesit; en
(c) van die plaaslike regeringsfeer by die Munisipale Rade, soos in artikel 156 uiteengesit.
25
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
Nasionale wetgewende gesag 44. (1) Die nasionale wetgewende gesag soos dit by die Parlement berus–
(a) verleen aan die Nasionale Vergadering die bevoegdheid– (i) om die Grondwet te wysig; (ii) om wetgewing aan te neem met betrekking tot enige aangeleentheid,
met inbegrip van ʼn aangeleentheid binne ʼn funksionele gebied in Bylae 4 vermeld, maar uitgesonderd, behoudens subartikel (2), ʼn aangeleentheid binne ʼn funksionele gebied in Bylae 5 vermeld; en
(iii) om enige van sy wetgewende bevoegdhede, uitgesonderd die bevoegdheid om die Grondwet te wysig, aan enige wetgewende liggaam in ʼn ander regeringsfeer op te dra; en
(b) verleen aan die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies die bevoegdheid– (i) om ooreenkomstig artikel 74 aan die wysiging van die Grondwet deel te
neem; (ii) om ooreenkomstig artikel 76 wetgewing aan te neem met betrekking tot
enige aangeleentheid binne ʼn funksionele gebied in Bylae 4 vermeld en enige ander aangeleentheid ten opsigte waarvan wetgewing ingevolge die Grondwet ooreenkomstig artikel 76 aangeneem moet word; en
(iii) om ooreenkomstig artikel 75 enige ander wetgewing te oorweeg wat deur die Nasionale Vergadering aangeneem is.
(2) Die Parlement kan, deur ooreenkomstig artikel 76(1) wetgewing aan te neem, met betrekking tot ʼn aangeleentheid wat val binne ʼn funksionele gebied in Bylae 5 vermeld, ingryp wanneer dit nodig is om– (a) nasionale veiligheid te handhaaf; (b) ekonomiese eenheid te handhaaf; (c) noodsaaklike nasionale standaarde te handhaaf; (d) minimum standaarde wat vir die lewering van dienste nodig is, te bepaal; of (e) onredelike optrede deur ʼn provinsie wat nadelig is vir die belange van ʼn ander
provinsie of van die land as geheel, te voorkom. (3) Wetgewing met betrekking tot ʼn aangeleentheid wat redelikerwys nodig is vir, of
verband hou met, die doeltreffende uitoefening van ʼn bevoegdheid betreffende ʼn aangeleentheid in Bylae 4 vermeld, is vir alle doeleindes wetgewing met betrekking tot ʼn aangeleentheid in Bylae 4 vermeld.
26
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(4) In die uitoefening van sy wetgewende gesag word die Parlement slegs deur die Grondwet gebind, en moet hy ooreenkomstig, en binne die perke van, die Grondwet optree.
Gesamentlike reëls en orders en gesamentlike komitees 45. (1) Die Nasionale Vergadering en die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies moet ʼn
gesamentlike reëlskomitee instel om reëls en orders betreffende die gesamentlike werksaamhede van die Vergadering en die Raad te maak, met inbegrip van reëls en orders om– (a) prosedures te bepaal om die wetgewende proses te vergemaklik, met inbegrip
van die stel van ʼn tydsbeperking vir die voltooiing van enige stap in die proses; (b) gesamentlike komitees bestaande uit verteenwoordigers van sowel die
Vergadering as die Raad in te stel om oorweging te skenk aan en verslag te doen oor Wetsontwerpe in artikels 74 en 75 beoog wat na so ʼn komitee verwys word;
(c) ʼn gesamentlike komitee in te stel om die Grondwet minstens jaarliks te hersien; en
(d) die werksaamhede te reël van- (i) die gesamentlike reëlskomitee; (ii) die Bemiddelingskomitee; (iii) die grondwetlike hersieningskomitee; en (iv) enige gesamentlike komitees ingevolge paragraaf (b) ingestel.
(2) Lede van die Kabinet, lede van die Nasionale Vergadering en afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies het dieselfde voorregte en immuniteite voor ʼn gesamentlike komitee van die Vergadering en die Raad as dié wat hulle voor die Vergadering of die Raad het.
die nasionale vergadering
Samestelling en verkiesing 46. (1) Die Nasionale Vergadering bestaan uit minstens 350 en hoogstens 400 vroue en
mans wat as lede verkies is ingevolge ʼn kiesstelsel wat – (a) deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word; (b) op die nasionale gemeenskaplike kieserslys gebaseer is;
27
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(c) vir ʼn minimum stemouderdom van 18 jaar voorsiening maak; en (d) in die algemeen, proporsionele verteenwoordiging tot gevolg het.
(2) � ‘ʼn Parlementswet moet ʼn formule voorsien om die getal lede van die Nasionale Vergadering te bepaal.
[Sub-a. (1) gewysig by a. 1 van die Tiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 en by a. 1 van die Vyftiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
Lidmaatskap 47. (1) Elke burger wat bevoeg is om vir die Nasionale Vergadering te stem, is bevoeg om ʼn
lid van die Vergadering te wees, uitgesonderd– (a) iemand wat aangestel is deur, of in die diens is van, die staat en vergoeding vir
daardie aanstelling of diens ontvang, behalwe– (i) die President, Adjunkpresident, Ministers en Adjunkministers; en (ii) ander ampsdraers wie se funksies met die funksies van ʼn lid van die
Vergadering bestaanbaar is, en deur nasionale wetgewing verklaar is met daardie funksies bestaanbaar te wees;
(b) vaste afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, of lede van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer of ʼn Munisipale Raad;
(c) ongerehabiliteerde insolvente; (d) iemand wat deur ʼn hof van die Republiek as geestelik gekrenk verklaar is; of (e) iemand wat, na die inwerkingtreding van hierdie artikel, binne die Republiek
aan ʼn misdryf skuldig bevind word, of buite die Republiek aldus skuldig bevind word indien die optrede wat die misdryf uitmaak binne die Republiek ʼn misdryf sou uitgemaak het, en tot meer as 12 maande gevangenisstraf sonder die keuse van ʼn boete gevonnis is, maar niemand word beskou as gevonnis te wees voordat ʼn appèl teen die skuldigbevinding of vonnis beslis is, of voordat die tyd om appèl aan te teken, verstryk het nie. ʼn Onbevoegdheid ingevolge hierdie paragraaf verstryk vyf jaar nadat die vonnis voltooi is.
(2) Iemand wat ingevolge subartikel (1)(a) of (b) onbevoeg is om ʼn lid van die Nasionale Vergadering te wees, kan ʼn kandidaat vir die Vergadering wees behoudens enige beperkings of voorwaardes wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
(3) Iemand verloor lidmaatskap van die Nasionale Vergadering indien so iemand– (a) ophou om bevoeg te wees;
28
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(b) sonder toestemming afwesig is van die Vergadering in omstandighede waarvoor die reëls en orders van die Vergadering verlies van lidmaatskap voorskryf; of
(c) ophou om ʼn lid van die party te wees wat so iemand as ʼn lid van die Vergadering benoem het.
[Sub-a. (3) vervang by a. 2 van die Tiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 en by a. 2 van die Vyftiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
(4) Vakatures in die Nasionale Vergadering moet ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing gevul word.
Eed of plegtige verklaring 48. Voordat lede van die Nasionale Vergadering begin om hul funksies in die Vergadering te
verrig, moet hulle ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek en gehoorsaamheid aan die Grondwet aflê.
Duur van Nasionale Vergadering 49. (1) Die Nasionale Vergadering word vir ʼn termyn van vyf jaar verkies.
(2) Indien die Nasionale Vergadering ingevolge artikel 50 ontbind word, of wanneer sy termyn verstryk, moet die President by proklamasie ʼn verkiesing uitskryf en datums daarvoor bepaal, en dié verkiesing moet gehou word binne 90 dae vanaf die datum waarop die Vergadering ontbind is of sy termyn verstryk het. ʼn Proklamasie wat ʼn verkiesing uitskryf en datums daarvoor bepaal, kan uitgereik word voor of na die verstryking van die termyn van die Nasionale Vergadering.
[Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 1 van die “Constitution Fifth Amendment Act of 1999”.]
(3) Indien die uitslag van ʼn verkiesing van die Nasionale Vergadering nie binne die tydperk ingevolge artikel 190 vasgestel, bekend gemaak word nie of indien ʼn verkiesing deur ʼn hof tersyde gestel word, moet die President by proklamasie ʼn ander verkiesing uitskryf en datums daarvoor bepaal, en dié verkiesing moet gehou word binne 90 dae vanaf die verstryking van daardie tydperk of vanaf die datum waarop die verkiesing tersyde gestel is.
(4) Die Nasionale Vergadering bly bevoeg om te funksioneer vanaf sy ontbinding of die verstryking van sy termyn tot op die dag voor die eerste dag waarop die stemming vir die volgende Vergadering plaasvind.
29
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
Ontbinding van Nasionale Vergadering voor verstryking van sy termyn 50. (1) Die President moet die Nasionale Vergadering ontbind indien–
(a) die Vergadering ʼn besluit om te ontbind met ʼn ondersteunende stem van ʼn meerderheid van sy lede aangeneem het; en
(b) drie jaar verstryk het sedert die Vergadering verkies is. (2) Die Waarnemende President moet die Nasionale Vergadering ontbind indien–
(a) daar ʼn vakature in die amp van President is; en (b) die Vergadering in gebreke bly om binne 30 dae nadat die vakature ontstaan
het ʼn nuwe President te kies.
Sittings en resesse 51. � (1) Die eerste sitting van die Nasionale Vergadering na ʼn verkiesing vind plaas op ʼn tyd
en datum wat die Hoofregter bepaal, maar nie later nie as 14 dae nadat die uitslag van die verkiesing bekend gemaak is. Die Vergadering kan die tyd en duur van sy ander sittings en sy resesse bepaal.
[Sub-a. (1) vervang by a. 1 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(2) � Die President kan die Nasionale Vergadering te eniger tyd vir ʼn buitengewone sitting byeenroep om spesiale werksaamhede te verrig.
(3) � Sittings van die Nasionale Vergadering op ander plekke as die setel van die Parlement word veroorloof slegs op grond van die openbare belang, veiligheid of gerief, en indien daar in die reëls en orders van die Vergadering daarvoor voorsiening gemaak word.
Speaker en Adjunkspeaker 52. � (1) By die eerste sitting na sy verkiesing, of wanneer dit nodig is om ʼn vakature te vul,
moet die Nasionale Vergadering uit sy geledere ʼn Speaker en ʼn Adjunkspeaker kies. (2) � Die Hoofregter moet by die verkiesing van ʼn Speaker voorsit, of ʼn ander regter
aanwys om dit te doen. Die Speaker sit by die verkiesing van ʼn Adjunkspeaker voor. [Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 2 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(3) � Die prosedure in Deel A van Bylae 3 uiteengesit, is op die verkiesing van die Speaker en die Adjunkspeaker van toepassing.
(4) � Die Nasionale Vergadering kan die Speaker of Adjunkspeaker by besluit van die amp onthef. ʼn Meerderheid van die lede van die Vergadering moet teenwoordig wees wanneer dié besluit aangeneem word.
30
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(5) Die Nasionale Vergadering kan ingevolge sy reëls en orders uit sy geledere ander voorsittende beamptes kies om die Speaker en die Adjunkspeaker behulpsaam te wees.
Besluite 53. (1) Behalwe waar die Grondwet anders bepaal–
(a) moet ʼn meerderheid van die lede van die Nasionale Vergadering teenwoordig wees voordat ʼn stemming oor ʼn Wetsontwerp of ʼn wysiging van ʼn Wetsontwerp gehou kan word;
(b) moet minstens een derde van die lede teenwoordig wees voordat ʼn stemming oor enige ander vraag wat voor die Vergadering dien, gehou kan word; en
(c) word alle vrae wat voor die Vergadering dien, beslis deur ʼn meerderheid van die stemme wat uitgebring word.
(2) Die lid van die Nasionale Vergadering wat by ʼn vergadering van die Vergadering voorsit, het nie ʼn beraadslagende stem nie, maar– (a) moet ʼn beslissende stem uitbring wanneer daar ʼn staking van stemme oor ʼn
vraag is; en (b) kan ʼn beraadslagende stem uitbring wanneer ʼn vraag beslis moet word
met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van die lede van die Vergadering.
Regte van sekere Kabinetslede en Adjunkministers in die Nasionale Vergadering 54. Die President en enige lid van die Kabinet of enige Adjunkminister wat nie ʼn lid van die
Nasionale Vergadering is nie, kan, behoudens die Vergadering se reëls en orders, in die Vergadering sitting neem en daarin praat, maar mag nie stem nie. [A. 54 vervang by a. 3 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
Bevoegdhede van Nasionale Vergadering 55. (1) In die uitoefening van sy wetgewende bevoegdheid kan die Nasionale Vergadering–
(a) enige wetgewing wat voor die Vergadering dien, oorweeg, aanneem, wysig of verwerp; en
(b) wetgewing, behalwe Geldwetsontwerpe, inisieer of opstel.
31
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(2) Die Nasionale Vergadering moet voorsiening maak vir meganismes om– (a) � te verseker dat alle uitvoerende staatsorgane in die nasionale regeringsfeer
aan hom verantwoording doen; en (b) � toesig te hou oor–
(i) � die uitoefening van nasionale uitvoerende gesag, met inbegrip van die uitvoering van wetgewing; en
(ii) � enige staatsorgaan.
Getuienis of inligting voor Nasionale Vergadering 56. Die Nasionale Vergadering of enige van sy komitees kan–
(a) � enige persoon dagvaar om voor hom te verskyn om onder eed of plegtige verklaring getuienis af te lê, of om dokumente voor te lê;
(b) � van enige persoon of instelling vereis om aan hom verslag te doen; (c) � ingevolge nasionale wetgewing of die reëls en orders enige persoon of
instelling verplig om aan ʼn dagvaarding of vereiste ingevolge paragraaf (a) of (b) te voldoen; en
(d) � van enige belanghebbende persone of instellings petisies, vertoë of voorleggings ontvang.
Interne reëlings, verrigtinge en prosedures van Nasionale Vergadering 57. (1) Die Nasionale Vergadering kan–
(a) � sy interne reëlings, verrigtinge en prosedures bepaal en beheer; en (b) � reëls en orders betreffende sy werksaamhede maak, met behoorlike
inagneming van verteenwoordigende en deelnemende demokrasie, verantwoordingspligtigheid, deursigtigheid en publieke betrokkenheid.
(2) Die reëls en orders van die Nasionale Vergadering moet voorsiening maak vir– (a) � die instelling, samestelling, bevoegdhede, funksies, prosedures en duur van sy
komitees; (b) � die deelname van minderheidspartye wat in die Vergadering verteenwoordig
is, aan die verrigtinge van die Vergadering en sy komitees op ʼn wyse wat met die demokrasie bestaanbaar is;
(c) � finansiële en administratiewe hulp aan elke party wat in die Vergadering verteenwoordig is, in verhouding tot sy verteenwoordiging, ten einde die party en sy leier in staat te stel om hul funksies in die Vergadering doeltreffend te verrig; en
32
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(d) die erkenning van die leier van die grootste opposisieparty in die Vergadering as die Leier van die Opposisie.
Voorreg 58. (1) Kabinetslede, Adjunkministers en lede van die Nasionale Vergadering–
(a) het behoudens die Vergadering se reëls en orders vryheid van spraak in die Vergadering en in sy komitees; en
(b) is nie blootgestel aan siviele of strafregtelike verrigtinge, inhegtenisneming, gevangesetting of skadevergoeding weens– (i) enigiets wat hulle in of voor of aan die Vergadering of enige van sy
komitees gesê, blootgelê of voorgelê het nie; of (ii) enigiets wat aan die lig gebring is as gevolg van enigiets wat hulle in of
voor of aan die Vergadering of enige van sy komitees gesê, blootgelê of voorgelê het nie.
(2) Ander voorregte en immuniteite van die Nasionale Vergadering, Kabinetslede en lede van die Vergadering kan deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
(3) Salarisse, toelaes en voordele wat aan lede van die Nasionale Vergadering betaalbaar is, is ʼn regstreekse las teen die Nasionale Inkomstefonds.
[Sub-a. (1) gewysig by a. 4 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
Publieke toegang tot en betrokkenheid in Nasionale Vergadering 59. (1) Die Nasionale Vergadering moet–
(a) publieke betrokkenheid in die wetgewende en ander prosesse van die Vergadering en sy komitees vergemaklik; en
(b) sy werksaamhede op ʼn oop wyse verrig, en sy sittings en dié van sy komitees in die openbaar hou, maar redelike maatreëls kan getref word om– (i) publieke toegang, met inbegrip van toegang aan die media, tot die
Vergadering en sy komitees te reguleer; en (ii) voorsiening te maak vir die deursoeking van en, waar dit gepas is, die
weiering van toegang aan of die verwydering van enige persoon. (2) Die Nasionale Vergadering mag nie die publiek, met inbegrip van die media, van ʼn
sitting van ʼn komitee uitsluit nie tensy dit in ʼn oop en demokratiese gemeenskap redelik en regverdigbaar is om dit te doen.
33
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
nasionale Raad van provinsies
Samestelling van Nasionale Raad 60. � (1) Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies word saamgestel uit ʼn enkele afvaardiging uit
elke provinsie bestaande uit tien afgevaardigdes. (2) � Die tien afgevaardigdes is–
(a) � vier spesiale afgevaardigdes, bestaande uit– (i) � die Premier van die provinsie of, indien die Premier nie beskikbaar is
nie, ʼn lid van die provinsiale wetgewer wat óf in die algemeen óf vir ʼn bepaalde werksaamheid wat voor die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies dien, deur die Premier aangewys word; en
(ii) � drie ander spesiale afgevaardigdes; en (b) ses vaste afgevaardigdes wat ingevolge artikel 61(2) aangestel is.
(3) � Die Premier van ʼn provinsie of, indien die Premier nie beskikbaar is nie, ʼn lid van die provinsie se afvaardiging wat deur die Premier aangewys word, staan aan die hoof van die afvaardiging.
Toewysing van afgevaardigdes 61. � (1) Partye wat in ʼn provinsiale wetgewer verteenwoordig is, is geregtig op
afgevaardigdes in die provinsie se afvaardiging ooreenkomstig die formule in Deel B van Bylae 3 uiteengesit.
(2) � (a) ‘ʼn Provinsiale wetgewer moet, binne 30 dae nadat die uitslag van ʼn verkiesing van daardie wetgewer bekend gemaak is– (i) � ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing bepaal hoeveel van elke party se
afgevaardigdes vaste afgevaardigdes en hoeveel spesiale afgevaardigdes moet wees; en
(ii) � die vaste afgevaardigdes ooreenkomstig die partye se benoemings aanstel.
(b) � ... [Par. (b) geskrap by a. 1 van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.] � [Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 1 van die Negende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2002 en by a. 1 van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.] �
34
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(3) Die nasionale wetgewing in subartikel (2)(a) beoog, moet die deelname verseker van minderheidspartye in sowel die vaste as die spesiale afgevaardigdes se komponente van die afvaardiging op ʼn wyse wat met die demokrasie bestaanbaar is.
(4) Die wetgewer, met die instemming van die Premier en die leiers van die partye wat op spesiale afgevaardigdes in die provinsie se afvaardiging geregtig is, moet, soos dit van tyd tot tyd nodig mag wees, spesiale afgevaardigdes uit die geledere van die wetgewer aanwys.
Vaste afgevaardigdes 62. (1) Iemand wat as ʼn vaste afgevaardigde benoem word, moet bevoeg wees om ʼn lid
van die provinsiale wetgewer te wees. (2) Indien iemand wat ʼn lid van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer is, as ʼn vaste afgevaardigde
aangestel word, hou so iemand op om ʼn lid van die wetgewer te wees. (3) Vaste afgevaardigdes word aangestel vir ʼn termyn wat verstryk–
(a) onmiddellik voor die eerste sitting van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer na sy volgende verkiesing.
(b) ... [Par. (b) geskrap by a. 2 van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.] [Sub-a. (3) vervang by a. 2 van die Negende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2002 en by a. 2 van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
(4) Iemand hou op om ʼn vaste afgevaardigde te wees indien so iemand– (a) om enige ander rede as so iemand se aanstelling as ʼn vaste afgevaardigde nie
meer bevoeg is om ʼn lid van die provinsiale wetgewer te wees nie; (b) ʼn lid van die Kabinet word; (c) die vertroue van die provinsiale wetgewer verloor het en teruggeroep word
deur die party wat so iemand benoem het; (d) ophou om ʼn lid te wees van die party wat so iemand benoem het en deur
daardie party teruggeroep word; of (e) sonder toestemming afwesig is van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies in
omstandighede waarvoor die reëls en orders van die Raad verlies van die amp van vaste afgevaardigde voorskryf.
(5) Vakatures onder die vaste afgevaardigdes moet ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing gevul word.
35
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(6) � Voordat vaste afgevaardigdes begin om hul funksies in die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies te verrig, moet hulle ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek en gehoorsaamheid aan die Grondwet aflê.
Sittings van Nasionale Raad 63. � (1) Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies kan die tyd en duur van sy sittings en sy resesse
bepaal. (2) � Die President kan die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies te eniger tyd vir ʼn
buitengewone sitting byeenroep om spesiale werksaamhede te verrig. (3) � Sittings van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies op ander plekke as die setel van
die Parlement word veroorloof slegs op grond van die openbare belang, veiligheid of gerief, en indien daar in die reëls en orders van die Raad daarvoor voorsiening gemaak word.
Voorsitter en Adjunkvoorsitters 64. � (1) Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies moet uit die afgevaardigdes ʼn Voorsitter en twee
Adjunkvoorsitters kies. (2) � Die Voorsitter en een van die Adjunkvoorsitters word uit die vaste afgevaardigdes
verkies vir ʼn termyn van vyf jaar, tensy hul termyne as afgevaardigdes vroeër verstryk.
(3) � Die ander Adjunkvoorsitter word vir ʼn termyn van een jaar verkies, en moet opgevolg word deur ʼn afgevaardigde uit ʼn ander provinsie, sodat elke provinsie om die beurt verteenwoordig word.
(4) � Die Hoofregter moet by die verkiesing van die Voorsitter voorsit, of ʼn ander regter aanwys om dit te doen. Die Voorsitter sit by die verkiesing van die Adjunkvoorsitters voor.
[Sub-a. (4) vervang by a. 5 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(5) � Die prosedure in Deel A van Bylae 3 uiteengesit, is op die verkiesing van die Voorsitter en die Adjunkvoorsitters van toepassing.
(6) � Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies kan die Voorsitter of ʼn Adjunkvoorsitter van die amp onthef.
(7) � Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies kan ingevolge sy reëls en orders uit die afgevaardigdes ander voorsittende beamptes kies om die Voorsitter en Adjunkvoorsitters behulpsaam te wees.
36
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
Besluite 65. (1) Behalwe waar die Grondwet anders bepaal–
(a) het elke provinsie een stem, wat namens die provinsie deur die hoof van sy afvaardiging uitgebring word; en
(b) word alle vrae voor die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies goedgekeur wanneer minstens vyf provinsies ten gunste van die vraag stem.
(2) ‘ʼn Parlementswet wat verorden is ooreenkomstig die prosedure wat deur hetsy subartikel (1) hetsy subartikel (2) van artikel 76 voorgeskryf is, moet voorsiening maak vir ʼn eenvormige prosedure waarvolgens provinsiale wetgewers magtiging aan hul afvaardigings verleen om namens hulle stemme uit te bring.
Deelname deur lede van nasionale uitvoerende gesag 66. (1) Kabinetslede en Adjunkministers kan in die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies sitting
neem en daarin praat, maar mag nie stem nie. (2) Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies kan van ʼn Kabinetslid, ʼn Adjunkminister of
ʼn amptenaar in die nasionale of ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag vereis om ʼn vergadering van die Raad of ʼn komitee van die Raad by te woon.
Deelname deur verteenwoordigers van plaaslike regering 67. Hoogstens tien deeltydse verteenwoordigers wat ingevolge artikel 163 deur die
georganiseerde plaaslike regering aangewys word om die verskillende kategorieë munisipaliteite te verteenwoordig, kan, wanneer nodig, aan die verrigtinge van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies deelneem, maar mag nie stem nie.
Bevoegdhede van Nasionale Raad 68. In die uitoefening van sy wetgewende bevoegdheid kan die Nasionale Raad van
Provinsies– (a) enige wetgewing wat voor die Raad dien, ooreenkomstig hierdie Hoofstuk
oorweeg, aanneem, wysig of verwerp of wysigings daarvan voorstel; en (b) wetgewing wat val binne ʼn funksionele gebied in Bylae 4 vermeld of ander
wetgewing wat in artikel 76(3) genoem word, inisieer of opstel, maar die Raad mag nie Geldwetsontwerpe inisieer of opstel nie.
37
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
Getuienis of inligting voor Nasionale Raad 69. Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies of enige van sy komitees kan–
(a) � enige persoon dagvaar om voor hom te verskyn om onder eed of plegtige verklaring getuienis af te lê, of om dokumente voor te lê;
(b) � van enige instelling of persoon vereis om aan hom verslag te doen; (c) � ingevolge nasionale wetgewing of die reëls en orders, enige persoon of
instelling verplig om aan ʼn dagvaarding of vereiste ingevolge paragraaf (a) of (b) te voldoen; en
(d) � van enige belanghebbende persone of instellings petisies, vertoë of voorleggings ontvang.
Interne reëlings, verrigtinge en prosedures van Nasionale Raad 70. (1) � Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies kan–
(a) � sy interne reëlings, verrigtinge en prosedures bepaal en beheer; en (b) � reëls en orders betreffende sy werksaamhede maak, met behoorlike
inagneming van verteenwoordigende en deelnemende demokrasie, verantwoordingspligtigheid, deursigtigheid en publieke betrokkenheid.
(2) � Die reëls en orders van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies moet voorsiening maak vir– (a) � die instelling, samestelling, bevoegdhede, funksies, prosedures en duur van sy
komitees; (b) � die deelname van al die provinsies in sy verrigtinge op ʼn wyse wat met die
demokrasie bestaanbaar is; en (c) � die deelname van minderheidspartye wat in die Raad verteenwoordig is, aan
die verrigtinge van die Raad en sy komitees op ʼn wyse wat met die demokrasie bestaanbaar is, wanneer daar ooreenkomstig artikel 75 oor ʼn aangeleentheid beslis moet word.
Voorreg 71. � (1) Afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies en die persone in artikels 66
en 67 genoem– (a) � het behoudens die Raad se reëls en orders vryheid van spraak in die Raad en in
sy komitees; en (b) � is nie blootgestel aan siviele of strafregtelike verrigtinge, inhegtenisneming,
gevangesetting of skadevergoeding weens–
38
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(i) enigiets wat hulle in of voor of aan die Raad of enige van sy komitees gesê, blootgelê of voorgelê het nie; of
(ii) enigiets wat aan die lig gebring is as gevolg van enigiets wat hulle in of voor of aan die Raad of enige van sy komitees gesê, blootgelê of voorgelê het nie.
(2) Ander voorregte en immuniteite van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, afgevaardigdes na die Raad en persone in artikels 66 en 67 bedoel, kan deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
(3) Salarisse, toelaes en voordele wat aan vaste lede van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies betaalbaar is, is ʼn regstreekse las teen die Nasionale Inkomstefonds.
Publieke toegang tot en betrokkenheid in Nasionale Raad 72. (1) Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies moet–
(a) publieke betrokkenheid in die wetgewende en ander prosesse van die Raad en sy komitees vergemaklik; en
(b) sy werksaamhede op ʼn oop wyse verrig, en sy sittings en dié van sy komitees in die openbaar hou, maar redelike maatreëls kan getref word om– (i) publieke toegang, met inbegrip van toegang aan die media, tot die Raad
en sy komitees te reguleer; en (ii) voorsiening te maak vir die deursoeking van en, waar dit gepas is, die
weiering van toegang aan of die verwydering van enige persoon. (2) Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies mag nie die publiek, met inbegrip van die
media, van ʼn sitting van ʼn komitee uitsluit nie tensy dit in ʼn oop en demokratiese gemeenskap redelik en regverdigbaar is om dit te doen.
nasionale Wetgewende proses
Alle Wetsontwerpe 73. (1) Enige Wetsontwerp kan by die Nasionale Vergadering ingedien word.
(2) Slegs ʼn Kabinetslid of ʼn Adjunkminister, of ʼn lid of komitee van die Nasionale Vergadering, kan ʼn Wetsontwerp by die Vergadering indien; maar slegs die Kabinetslid wat vir nasionale finansiële sake verantwoordelik is, kan die volgende Wetsontwerpe by die Vergadering indien: (a) ‘ ʼn Geldwetsontwerp; of
39
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(b) ʼn Wetsontwerp wat voorsiening maak vir wetgewing in artikel 214 beoog. [Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 1(a) van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(3) � ʼn Wetsontwerp in artikel 76(3) bedoel, uitgesonderd ʼn Wetsontwerp in subartikel (2)(a) of (b) van hierdie artikel bedoel, kan by die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies ingedien word.
[Sub-a. (3) vervang by a. 1(b) van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(4) � Slegs ʼn lid of komitee van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies kan ʼn Wetsontwerp by die Raad indien.
(5) � ʼn Wetsontwerp wat deur die Nasionale Vergadering aangeneem is, moet na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies verwys word indien dit deur die Raad oorweeg moet word. ʼn Wetsontwerp wat deur die Raad aangeneem is, moet na die Vergadering verwys word.
Wetsontwerpe wat die Grondwet wysig 74. (1) Artikel 1 en hierdie subartikel kan gewysig word deur ʼn Wetsontwerp wat
aangeneem word deur– (a) die Nasionale Vergadering, met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens 75
persent van sy lede; en (b) die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens
ses provinsies. (2) Hoofstuk 2 kan gewysig word deur ʼn Wetsontwerp wat aangeneem word deur –
(a) die Nasionale Vergadering, met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van sy lede; en
(b) die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens ses provinsies.
(3) Enige ander bepaling van die Grondwet kan gewysig word deur ʼn Wetsontwerp wat aangeneem word– (a) deur die Nasionale Vergadering, met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens
twee derdes van sy lede; en (b) ook deur die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, met ʼn ondersteunende stem van
minstens ses provinsies, indien die wysiging– (i) betrekking het op ʼn aangeleentheid wat die Raad raak; (ii) provinsiale grense, bevoegdhede, funksies of instellings verander; of (iii) ʼn bepaling wat spesifiek met ʼn provinsiale aangeleentheid handel,
wysig.
40
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(4) ‘ʼn Wetsontwerp wat die Grondwet wysig, mag nie ander bepalings insluit as grondwetlike wysigings en aangeleenthede wat met die wysigings in verband staan nie.
(5) Minstens 30 dae voordat ʼn Wetsontwerp wat die Grondwet wysig, ingevolge artikel 73(2) ingedien word, moet die persoon of komitee wat voornemens is om die Wetsontwerp in te dien– (a) besonderhede van die beoogde wysiging in die nasionale Staatskoerant, en
ooreenkomstig die reëls en orders van die Nasionale Vergadering, vir openbare kommentaar publiseer;
(b) dié besonderhede ooreenkomstig die reëls en orders van die Vergadering aan die provinsiale wetgewers vir hul sienswyses voorlê; en
(c) dié besonderhede ooreenkomstig die reëls en orders van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies aan die Raad voorlê vir ʼn openbare debat, indien die beoogde wysiging nie ʼn wysiging is wat deur die Raad aangeneem moet word nie.
(6) Wanneer ʼn Wetsontwerp wat die Grondwet wysig, ingedien word, moet die persoon of komitee wat die Wetsontwerp indien enige skriftelike kommentaar wat van die publiek en die provinsiale wetgewers ontvang is– (a) aan die Speaker voorlê vir tertafellegging in die Nasionale Vergadering; en (b) ten opsigte van wysigings in subartikel (1), (2) of (3)(b) genoem, aan die
Voorsitter van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies voorlê vir tertafellegging in die Raad.
(7) ‘ʼn Wetsontwerp wat die Grondwet wysig, mag nie in die Nasionale Vergadering tot stemming gebring word nie binne 30 dae vanaf– (a) die indiening daarvan, indien die Vergadering sit wanneer die Wetsontwerp
ingedien word; of (b) die tertafellegging daarvan in die Vergadering, indien die Vergadering in reses
is wanneer die Wetsontwerp ingedien word. (8) Indien ʼn Wetsontwerp in subartikel (3)(b) genoem, of enige gedeelte van die
Wetsontwerp, slegs ʼn bepaalde provinsie of provinsies raak, mag die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies die Wetsontwerp, of die tersaaklike gedeelte daarvan, nie aanneem nie tensy dit deur die wetgewer of wetgewers van die betrokke provinsie of provinsies goedgekeur is.
(9) ʼn Wetsontwerp wat die Grondwet wysig en wat deur die Nasionale Vergadering en, waar van toepassing, deur die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies aangeneem is, moet na die President vir bekragtiging verwys word.
41
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
Gewone Wetsontwerpe wat nie provinsies raak nie 75. � (1) Wanneer die Nasionale Vergadering ʼn Wetsontwerp, behalwe ʼn Wetsontwerp
waarop die prosedure uiteengesit in artikel 74 of 76 van toepassing is, aanneem, moet die Wetsontwerp na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies verwys word en ooreenkomstig die volgende prosedure behandel word: (a) � Die Raad moet–
(i) � die Wetsontwerp aanneem; (ii) � die Wetsontwerp aanneem behoudens wysigings deur hom voorgestel;
of (iii) � die Wetsontwerp verwerp.
(b) � Indien die Raad die Wetsontwerp aanneem sonder om wysigings voor te stel, moet die Wetsontwerp aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(c) � Indien die Raad die Wetsontwerp verwerp of dit behoudens wysigings aanneem, moet die Vergadering die Wetsontwerp heroorweeg, met inagneming van enige wysiging wat deur die Raad voorgestel is, en kan die Vergadering– (i) die Wetsontwerp weer aanneem, met of sonder wysigings; of (ii) besluit om nie met die Wetsontwerp voort te gaan nie.
(d) � ‘ʼn Wetsontwerp wat ingevolge paragraaf (c) deur die Vergadering aangeneem is, moet aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(2) � Wanneer die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies ingevolge hierdie artikel oor ʼn vraag stem, is artikel 65 nie van toepassing nie; in plaas daarvan– (a) � het elke afgevaardigde in ʼn provinsiale afvaardiging een stem; (b) � moet minstens een derde van die afgevaardigdes teenwoordig wees voordat
daar oor die vraag gestem kan word; en (c) � word die vraag beslis deur ʼn meerderheid van die stemme wat uitgebring
word, maar by staking van stemme oor die vraag moet die voorsittende afgevaardigde ʼn beslissende stem uitbring.
Gewone Wetsontwerpe wat provinsies raak 76. (1) � Wanneer die Nasionale Vergadering ʼn Wetsontwerp genoem in subartikel (3), (4) of
(5) aanneem, moet die Wetsontwerp na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies verwys word en ooreenkomstig die volgende prosedure behandel word: (a) � Die Raad moet–
(i) � Die Wetsontwerp aanneem;
42
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(ii) ʼn gewysigde Wetsontwerp aanneem; of (iii) die Wetsontwerp verwerp.
(b) Indien die Raad die Wetsontwerp sonder wysiging aanneem, moet die Wetsontwerp aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(c) Indien die Raad ʼn gewysigde Wetsontwerp aanneem, moet die gewysigde Wetsontwerp na die Vergadering verwys word, en indien die Vergadering die gewysigde Wetsontwerp aanneem, moet dit aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(d) Indien die Raad die Wetsontwerp verwerp, of indien die Vergadering weier om ʼn gewysigde Wetsontwerp aan te neem wat ingevolge paragraaf (c) na hom verwys is, moet die Wetsontwerp en, waar van toepassing, ook die gewysigde Wetsontwerp verwys word na die Bemiddelingskomitee, wat kan ooreenkom ten gunste van– (i) die Wetsontwerp soos deur die Vergadering aangeneem; (ii) die gewysigde Wetsontwerp soos deur die Raad aangeneem; of (iii) ʼn ander weergawe van die Wetsontwerp.
(e) Indien die Bemiddelingskomitee nie kan ooreenkom binne 30 dae nadat die Wetsontwerp na hom verwys is nie, verval die Wetsontwerp tensy die Vergadering die Wetsontwerp weer aanneem, maar met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van sy lede.
(f) Indien die Bemiddelingskomitee ooreenkom ten gunste van die Wetsontwerp soos deur die Vergadering aangeneem, moet die Wetsontwerp na die Raad verwys word, en indien die Raad die Wetsontwerp aanneem, moet die Wetsontwerp aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(g) Indien die Bemiddelingskomitee ooreenkom ten gunste van die gewysigde Wetsontwerp soos deur die Raad aangeneem, moet die Wetsontwerp na die Vergadering verwys word, en indien die Vergadering die Wetsontwerp aanneem, moet die Wetsontwerp aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(h) Indien die Bemiddelingskomitee ten gunste van ʼn ander weergawe van die Wetsontwerp ooreenkom, moet dié weergawe van die Wetsontwerp na sowel die Vergadering as die Raad verwys word, en indien die weergawe deur die Vergadering en die Raad aangeneem word, moet dit aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
43
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(i) � Indien ʼn Wetsontwerp wat ingevolge paragraaf (f) of (h) na die Raad verwys is, nie deur die Raad aangeneem word nie, verval die Wetsontwerp, tensy die Vergadering die Wetsontwerp aanneem met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van sy lede.
(j) � Indien ʼn Wetsontwerp wat ingevolge paragraaf (g) of (h) na die Vergadering verwys is, nie deur die Vergadering aangeneem word nie, verval die Wetsontwerp, maar die Wetsontwerp soos oorspronklik deur die Vergadering aangeneem, kan weer deur die Vergadering aangeneem word, maar met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van sy lede.
(k) � ʼn Wetsontwerp wat ingevolge paragraaf (e), (i) of (j) deur die Vergadering aangeneem is, moet aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(2) � Wanneer die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies ʼn Wetsontwerp bedoel in subartikel (3) aanneem, moet die Wetsontwerp na die Nasionale Vergadering verwys word en ooreenkomstig die volgende prosedure behandel word: (a) � Die Vergadering moet–
(i) � die Wetsontwerp aanneem; (ii) � ʼn gewysigde Wetsontwerp aanneem; of (iii) � die Wetsontwerp verwerp.
(b) � ‘ʼn Wetsontwerp wat ingevolge paragraaf (a)(i) deur die Vergadering aangeneem is, moet aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(c) � Indien die Vergadering ʼn gewysigde Wetsontwerp aanneem, moet die gewysigde Wetsontwerp na die Raad verwys word, en indien die Raad die gewysigde Wetsontwerp aanneem, moet dit aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(d) � Indien die Vergadering die Wetsontwerp verwerp, of indien die Raad weier om ʼn gewysigde Wetsontwerp aan te neem wat ingevolge paragraaf (c) na hom verwys is, moet die Wetsontwerp en, waar van toepassing, ook die gewysigde Wetsontwerp verwys word na die Bemiddelingskomitee, wat kan ooreenkom ten gunste van– (i) � die Wetsontwerp soos deur die Raad aangeneem; (ii) � die gewysigde Wetsontwerp soos deur die Vergadering aangeneem; of (iii) � ʼn ander weergawe van die Wetsontwerp.
(e) � Indien die Bemiddelingskomitee nie kan ooreenkom binne 30 dae nadat die Wetsontwerp na hom verwys is nie, verval die Wetsontwerp.
44
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(f) Indien die Bemiddelingskomitee ooreenkom ten gunste van die Wetsontwerp soos deur die Raad aangeneem, moet die Wetsontwerp na die Vergadering verwys word, en indien die Vergadering die Wetsontwerp aanneem, moet dit aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(g) Indien die Bemiddelingskomitee ooreenkom ten gunste van die gewysigde Wetsontwerp soos deur die Vergadering aangeneem, moet die Wetsontwerp na die Raad verwys word, en indien dit deur die Raad aangeneem word, moet dit aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(h) Indien die Bemiddelingskomitee ten gunste van ʼn ander weergawe van die Wetsontwerp ooreenkom, moet dié weergawe van die Wetsontwerp na sowel die Raad as die Vergadering verwys word, en indien dit deur die Raad en die Vergadering aangeneem word, moet dit aan die President vir bekragtiging voorgelê word.
(i) Indien ʼn Wetsontwerp wat ingevolge paragraaf (f) of (h) na die Vergadering verwys is, nie deur die Vergadering aangeneem word nie, verval die Wetsontwerp.
(3) ʼn Wetsontwerp moet behandel word ooreenkomstig die prosedure wat deur hetsy subartikel (1) hetsy subartikel (2) voorgeskryf word indien dit binne ʼn funksionele gebied vermeld in Bylae 4 val of voorsiening maak vir wetgewing wat in enige van die volgende artikels beoog word: (a) Artikel 65(2); (b) artikel 163; (c) artikel 182; (d) artikel 195(3) en (4); (e) artikel 196; en (f) artikel 197.
(4) ʼn Wetsontwerp moet behandel word ooreenkomstig die prosedure wat deur subartikel (1) voorgeskryf word indien dit voorsiening maak vir wetgewing wat– (a) in artikel 44(2) of 220(3) beoog word; of (b) in Hoofstuk 13 beoog word en wat enige bepaling insluit wat die finansiële
belange van die provinsiale regeringsfeer raak. [Par. (b) vervang by a. 1 van die Elfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003.]
(5) ʼn Wetsontwerp in artikel 42(6) beoog, moet behandel word ooreenkomstig die prosedure wat deur subartikel (1) voorgeskryf word, behalwe dat–
45
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(a) � wanneer die Nasionale Vergadering oor die Wetsontwerp stem, die bepalings van artikel 53(1) nie van toepassing is nie; in plaas daarvan kan die Wetsontwerp aangeneem word slegs indien ʼn meerderheid van die lede van die Vergadering ten gunste daarvan stem; en
(b) � indien die Wetsontwerp na die Bemiddelingskomitee verwys word, die volgende reëls van toepassing is: (i) � Indien die Nasionale Vergadering ʼn Wetsontwerp beoog in subartikel
(1)(g) of (h) oorweeg, kan daardie Wetsontwerp aangeneem word slegs indien ʼn meerderheid van die lede van die Vergadering ten gunste daarvan stem.
(ii) � Indien die Nasionale Vergadering ʼn Wetsontwerp beoog in subartikel (1)(e), (i) of (j) oorweeg of heroorweeg, kan daardie Wetsontwerp aangeneem word slegs indien minstens twee derdes van die lede van die Vergadering ten gunste daarvan stem.
(6) � Hierdie artikel is nie op Geldwetsontwerpe van toepassing nie.
Geldwetsontwerpe 77. (1) ʼn Wetsontwerp is ʼn Geldwetsontwerp indien dit–
(a) � geld bewillig; (b) � nasionale belastings, heffings, regte of bobelastings oplê; (c) � enige nasionale belastings, heffings, regte of bobelastings afskaf of verminder
of vrystellings daarvan verleen; of (d) ʼn regstreekse las teen die Nasionale Inkomstefonds magtig, behalwe ʼn
Wetsontwerp beoog in artikel 214 wat ʼn regstreekse las magtig. � (2) ʼn Geldwetsontwerp mag met geen ander aangeleentheid handel nie, behalwe– �
(a) � ʼn ondergeskikte aangeleentheid wat verband hou met die bewilliging van geld;
(b) � die oplegging, afskaffing of vermindering van nasionale belastings, heffings, regte of bobelastings;
(c) � die verlening van vrystelling van nasionale belastings, heffings, regte of bobelastings; of
(d) � die magtiging van ʼn regstreekse las teen die Nasionale Inkomstefonds. (3) � Alle Geldwetsontwerpe moet oorweeg word ooreenkomstig die prosedure wat
deur artikel 75 voorgeskryf word. ʼn Parlementswet moet voorsiening maak vir ʼn prosedure vir die wysiging van Geldwetsontwerpe voor die Parlement.
[A. 77 vervang by a. 2 van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
46
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
Bemiddelingskomitee 78. (1) Die Bemiddelingskomitee bestaan uit–
(a) nege lede van die Nasionale Vergadering deur die Vergadering verkies ooreenkomstig ʼn prosedure wat deur die reëls en orders van die Vergadering voorgeskryf word en wat tot gevolg het dat partye in wesenlik dieselfde verhouding verteenwoordig is as dié waarin die partye in die Vergadering verteenwoordig is; en
(b) een afgevaardigde uit elke provinsiale afvaardiging in die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, deur die afvaardiging aangewys.
(2) Die Bemiddelingskomitee het ten gunste van ʼn weergawe van ʼn Wetsontwerp ooreengekom, of ʼn vraag beslis wanneer dié weergawe, of een kant van die vraag, gesteun word deur– (a) minstens vyf van die verteenwoordigers van die Nasionale Vergadering; en (b) minstens vyf van die verteenwoordigers van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies.
Bekragtiging van Wetsontwerpe 79. (1) Die President moet ʼn Wetsontwerp wat ingevolge hierdie Hoofstuk aangeneem
is óf bekragtig en onderteken óf, indien die President voorbehoude omtrent die grondwetlikheid van die Wetsontwerp het, dit na die Nasionale Vergadering vir heroorweging terugverwys.
(2) Die gesamentlike reëls en orders moet voorsiening maak vir die prosedure vir die heroorweging van ʼn Wetsontwerp deur die Nasionale Vergadering en die deelname van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies aan die proses.
(3) Die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies moet deelneem aan die heroorweging van ʼn Wetsontwerp wat die President na die Nasionale Vergadering terugverwys het indien– (a) die President se voorbehoude omtrent die grondwetlikheid van die
Wetsontwerp verband hou met ʼn prosedurele aangeleentheid waarby die Raad betrokke is; of
(b) artikel 74(1), (2) of (3)(b) of 76 by die aanname van die Wetsontwerp van toepassing was.
(4) Indien ʼn Wetsontwerp, na heroorweging, ten volle aan die President se voorbehoude voldoen, moet die President die Wetsontwerp bekragtig en onderteken; indien nie, moet die President–
47
Hoofstuk 4: Parlement
(a) � óf die Wetsontwerp bekragtig en onderteken; (b) � óf dit na die Konstitusionele Hof vir ʼn beslissing oor die grondwetlikheid
daarvan verwys. (5) � Indien die Konstitusionele Hof beslis dat die Wetsontwerp grondwetlik is, moet die
President dit bekragtig en onderteken.
Aansoek by Konstitusionele Hof deur lede van Nasionale Vergadering 80. � (1) Lede van die Nasionale Vergadering kan by die Konstitusionele Hof aansoek
doen om ʼn bevel wat verklaar dat ʼn Parlementswet in die geheel of ten dele ongrondwetlik is.
(2) � ʼn Aansoek– (a) � moet deur minstens een derde van die lede van die Nasionale Vergadering
gesteun word; en (b) � moet gedoen word binne 30 dae vanaf die datum waarop die President die
Wet bekragtig en onderteken het. (3) � Die Konstitusionele Hof kan gelas dat ʼn Wet, of ʼn gedeelte daarvan, wat die
onderwerp van ʼn aansoek ingevolge subartikel (1) uitmaak, geen regskrag het nie totdat die Hof oor die aansoek beslis het, indien– (a) � dit in die belang van geregtigheid is; en (b) � die aansoek ʼn redelike vooruitsig het om te slaag.
(4) � Indien ʼn aansoek nie slaag nie, en nie ʼn redelike vooruitsig gehad het om te slaag nie, kan die Konstitusionele Hof die aansoekers gelas om die koste te betaal.
Publikasie van Wette 81. � ʼn Wetsontwerp wat deur die President bekragtig en onderteken is, word ʼn Wet van die
Parlement, moet onverwyld gepubliseer word, en tree in werking by die publikasie daarvan of op ʼn datum ingevolge die Wet bepaal.
Veilige bewaring van Parlementswette 82. � Die ondertekende eksemplaar van ʼn Parlementswet is afdoende bewys van die bepalings
van daardie Wet en moet na die publikasie daarvan vir veilige bewaring aan die Konstitusionele Hof toevertrou word.
48
Hoofstuk 5: Die President en Nasionale Uitvoerende Gesag
hOOFSTUK 5 die pReSidenT en naSiOnale uiTvOeRende GeSaG
Die President 83. Die President–
(a) is die Staatshoof en hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag; (b) moet die Grondwet as die hoogste reg van die Republiek handhaaf, verdedig
en eerbiedig; en (c) bevorder die eenheid van die nasie en alles wat die Republiek sal laat
vooruitgaan.
Bevoegdhede en funksies van President 84. (1) Die President het die bevoegdhede wat deur die Grondwet en wetgewing verleen
word, met inbegrip van dié bevoegdhede wat nodig is om die funksies van Staatshoof en hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag te verrig.
(2) Die President is verantwoordelik vir– (a) die bekragtiging en ondertekening van Wetsontwerpe; (b) die terugverwysing van ʼn Wetsontwerp na die Nasionale Vergadering vir
heroorweging van die grondwetlikheid van die Wetsontwerp; (c) die verwysing van ʼn Wetsontwerp na die Konstitusionele Hof vir ʼn beslissing
oor die grondwetlikheid van die Wetsontwerp; (d) die byeenroeping van die Nasionale Vergadering, die Nasionale Raad
van Provinsies of die Parlement vir ʼn buitengewone sitting om spesiale werksaamhede te verrig;
(e) die doen van aanstellings wat die Grondwet of wetgewing van die President anders as in die hoedanigheid van hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag vereis;
(f) die aanstelling van kommissies van ondersoek; (g) die uitroep van ʼn nasionale referendum ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet; (h) die ontvangs en erkenning van buitelandse diplomatieke en konsulêre
verteenwoordigers; (i) die aanstelling van ambassadeurs, gevolmagtigdes en diplomatieke en
konsulêre verteenwoordigers;
49
Hoofstuk 5: Die President en Nasionale Uitvoerende Gesag
(j) � die begenadiging van, of die verlening van grasie aan, oortreders, en die kwytskelding van boetes, strawwe of verbeurings; en
(k) � die toekenning van eerbewyse. [Algemene Nota: Eerbewyse ingestel by afkondiging in Staatskoerant 24155 van 6 Desember 2002 en Staatskoerant 25213 van 25 Julie 2003.]
Uitvoerende gesag van die Republiek 85. (1) � Die uitvoerende gesag van die Republiek berus by die President.
(2) � Die President oefen die uitvoerende gesag gesamentlik met die ander lede van die Kabinet uit, deur– (a) � nasionale wetgewing uit te voer, behalwe waar die Grondwet of ʼn
Parlementswet anders bepaal; (b) � nasionale beleid te ontwikkel en uit te voer; (c) � die funksies van staatsdepartemente en -administrasies te koördineer; (d) � wetgewing op te stel en te inisieer; en (e) � enige ander uitvoerende funksie te verrig waarvoor in die Grondwet of in
nasionale wetgewing voorsiening gemaak word.
Verkiesing van President 86. � (1) By sy eerste sitting na sy verkiesing, en wanneer dit ook al nodig is om ʼn vakature te
vul, moet die Nasionale Vergadering ʼn vrou of ʼn man uit sy geledere as die President verkies.
(2) � Die Hoofregter moet by die verkiesing van die President voorsit, of ʼn ander regter aanwys om dit te doen. Die prosedure in Deel A van Bylae 3 uiteengesit, is op die verkiesing van die President van toepassing.
[Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 6 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(3) � ʼn Verkiesing om ʼn vakature in die amp van President te vul, moet gehou word op ʼn tyd en datum deur die Hoofregter bepaal, maar nie later nie as 30 dae nadat die vakature ontstaan.
[Sub-a. (3) vervang by a. 6 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
50
Hoofstuk 5: Die President en Nasionale Uitvoerende Gesag
Aanvaarding van amp deur President 87. Wanneer iemand as President verkies word, hou so iemand op om ʼn lid van die Nasionale
Vergadering te wees, en moet so iemand die amp van President binne vyf dae aanvaar deur ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek en gehoorsaamheid aan die Grondwet af te lê.
Ampstermyn van President 88. (1) Die President se ampstermyn begin by ampsaanvaarding en eindig wanneer ʼn
vakature ontstaan of wanneer die persoon wat volgende as President verkies word die amp aanvaar.
(2) Niemand mag die amp van President vir meer as twee ampstermyne beklee nie, maar wanneer iemand verkies word om ʼn vakature in die amp van President te vul, word die tydperk tussen daardie verkiesing en die volgende verkiesing van ʼn President nie as ʼn ampstermyn beskou nie.
Ontheffing van President 89. (1) Die Nasionale Vergadering kan, by ʼn besluit aangeneem met ʼn ondersteunende
stem van minstens twee derdes van sy lede, die President van die amp van President onthef slegs op grond van– (a) ʼn ernstige skending van die Grondwet of die reg; (b) ernstige wangedrag; of (c) onvermoë om die funksies van die amp te verrig.
(2) Iemand wat ingevolge subartikel (1)(a) of (b) van die amp van President onthef is, mag geen voordele van daardie amp ontvang nie, en mag in geen openbare amp dien nie.
Waarnemende President 90. (1) Wanneer die President uit die Republiek afwesig is of andersins nie in staat is om
die pligte van die President te vervul nie, of gedurende ʼn vakature in die amp van President, neem ʼn ampsdraer in die onderstaande rangorde as President waar: (a) Die Adjunkpresident. (b) ʼn Minister deur die President aangewys. (c) ʼn Minister deur die ander lede van die Kabinet aangewys. (d) Die Speaker, totdat die Nasionale Vergadering een van sy ander lede aanwys.
51
Hoofstuk 5: Die President en Nasionale Uitvoerende Gesag
(2) � ‘n Waarnemende President het die verantwoordelikhede, bevoegdhede en funksies van die President.
(3) � Voordat die Waarnemende President die verantwoordelikhede, bevoegdhede en funksies van die President aanvaar, moet die Waarnemende President ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek en gehoorsaamheid aan die Grondwet aflê.
(4) � Iemand wat as Waarnemende President ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek afgelê het, hoef nie die prosedure van die eed of plegtige verklaring te herhaal nie vir enige daaropvolgende termyn as waarnemende President gedurende die tydperk wat eindig wanneer die persoon wat volgende as President verkies word, die amp aanvaar.
[Sub-a. (4) bygevoeg by a. 1 van die “Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997”.]
Kabinet 91. � (1) Die Kabinet bestaan uit die President as hoof van die Kabinet, ʼn Adjunkpresident en
Ministers. (2) � Die President stel die Adjunkpresident en Ministers aan, dra hulle bevoegdhede en
funksies aan hulle op, en kan hulle ontslaan. (3) � Die President–
(a) moet die Adjunkpresident uit die geledere van die Nasionale Vergadering kies; (b) kan enige getal Ministers uit die geledere van die Vergadering kies; en (c) kan hoogstens twee Ministers van buite die Vergadering kies.
(4) � Die President moet ʼn lid van die Kabinet as die leier van regeringswerksaamhede in die Nasionale Vergadering aanstel.
(5) � Die Adjunkpresident moet die President in die verrigting van regeringsfunksies bystaan.
Aanspreeklikheid en verantwoordelikhede 92. � (1) Die Adjunkpresident en Ministers is verantwoordelik vir die bevoegdhede en
funksies van die uitvoerende gesag wat deur die President aan hulle opgedra word. (2) � Lede van die Kabinet is gesamentlik en afsonderlik teenoor die Parlement
aanspreeklik vir die uitoefening van hul bevoegdhede en die verrigting van hul funksies.
52
Hoofstuk 5: Die President en Nasionale Uitvoerende Gesag
(3) Lede van die Kabinet moet– (a) ooreenkomstig die Grondwet optree; en (b) die Parlement voorsien van volledige en gereelde verslae oor aangeleenthede
onder hulle beheer.
Adjunkministers 93. (1) Die President kan–
(a) enige getal Adjunkministers uit die geledere van die Nasionale Vergadering aanstel; en
(b) hoogstens twee Adjunkministers van buite die Vergadering aanstel, om die lede van die Kabinet behulpsaam te wees, en kan hulle ontslaan.
(2) Adjunkministers ingevolge subartikel (1)(b) aangestel, is teenoor die Parlement aanspreeklik vir die uitoefening van hul bevoegdhede en die verrigting van hul funksies.
[A. 93 vervang by a. 7 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
Voortbestaan van Kabinet na verkiesings 94. Wanneer ʼn verkiesing van die Nasionale Vergadering gehou word, bly die Kabinet, die
Adjunkpresident, Ministers en enige Adjunkministers bevoeg om te funksioneer totdat die persoon wat deur die volgende Vergadering as President verkies word die amp aanvaar.
Eed of plegtige verklaring 95. Voordat die Adjunkpresident, Ministers en enige Adjunkministers begin om hul funksies te
verrig, moet hulle ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek en gehoorsaamheid aan die Grondwet aflê.
Gedrag van Kabinetslede en Adjunkministers 96. (1) Lede van die Kabinet en Adjunkministers moet optree ooreenkomstig ʼn etiese kode
deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf. (2) Lede van die Kabinet en Adjunkministers mag nie–
(a) enige ander betaalde werk onderneem nie; (b) optree op enige wyse wat met hul amp onbestaanbaar is, of hulself blootstel
aan enige omstandigheid wat die risiko inhou van ʼn botsing tussen hul amptelike verantwoordelikhede en hul private belange nie; of
53
Hoofstuk 5: Die President en Nasionale Uitvoerende Gesag
(c) hul posisie of enige inligting aan hulle toevertrou, gebruik om hulself te verryk of enige ander persoon onbehoorlik te bevoordeel nie.
Oordrag van werksaamhede 97. � Die President kan by proklamasie aan ʼn lid van die Kabinet–
(a) � die administrasie oordra van enige wetgewing wat aan ʼn ander lid opgedra is; of
(b) � enige bevoegdheid of funksie oordra wat by wetgewing aan ʼn ander lid opgedra is.
Tydelike opdra van funksies 98. � Die President kan aan ʼn Kabinetslid enige bevoegdheid of funksie van ʼn ander lid wat uit
die amp afwesig is of nie in staat is om daardie bevoegdheid uit te oefen of daardie funksie te verrig nie, opdra.
Opdra van funksies 99. � ‘n Lid van die Kabinet kan enige bevoegdheid of funksie wat ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet
uitgeoefen of verrig moet word, aan ʼn lid van ʼn provinsiale Uitvoerende Raad of ʼn Munisipale Raad opdra. ‘n Opdrag–
(a) � geskied ingevolge ʼn ooreenkoms tussen die betrokke Kabinetslid en die lid van die Uitvoerende Raad of die Munisipale Raad;
(b) � moet bestaanbaar wees met die Parlementswet ingevolge waarvan die betrokke bevoegdheid of funksie uitgeoefen of verrig word; en
(c) � tree by proklamering deur die President in werking.
Nasionale ingryping in provinsiale administrasie [Opskrif gewysig by a. 2(a) van die Elfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003.]
100. (1) Wanneer ʼn provinsie ʼn uitvoerende verpligting ingevolge die Grondwet of wetgewing nie kan nakom nie of dit nie nakom nie, kan die nasionale uitvoerende gesag ingryp deur enige gepaste stappe te doen om te verseker dat daardie verpligting nagekom word, met inbegrip van– (a) � die uitreiking van ʼn lasgewing aan die provinsiale uitvoerende gesag waarin
die mate van die versuim om sy verpligtinge na te kom, beskryf word en stappe wat nodig is om sy verpligtinge na te kom, vermeld word; en
54
Hoofstuk 5: Die President en Nasionale Uitvoerende Gesag
(b) die aanvaarding van verantwoordelikheid vir die betrokke verpligting in daardie provinsie in die mate wat nodig is om– (i) noodsaaklike nasionale standaarde te handhaaf of aan gevestigde
minimum standaarde vir die lewering van ʼn diens te voldoen; (ii) ekonomiese eenheid te handhaaf; (iii) nasionale veiligheid te handhaaf; of (iv) te voorkom dat daardie provinsie onredelike stappe doen wat nadelig is
vir die belange van ʼn ander provinsie of van die land as geheel. [Sub-a. (1) gewysig by a. 2(b) van die Elfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet 2003.]
(2) Indien die nasionale uitvoerende gesag ingevolge subartikel (1)(b) in ʼn provinsie ingryp, moet – (a) hy ʼn skriftelike kennisgewing van die ingryping aan die Nasionale Raad van
Provinsies voorlê binne 14 dae nadat die ingryping ʼn aanvang geneem het; (b) die ingryping beëindig word indien die Raad die ingryping afkeur binne 180
dae nadat die ingryping ʼn aanvang geneem het of by die einde van daardie tydperk die ingryping nie goedgekeur het nie; en
(c) die Raad, terwyl die ingryping voortduur, die ingryping gereeld in hersiening neem en enige gepaste aanbevelings aan die nasionale uitvoerende gesag doen.
[Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 2(c) van die Elfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003.]
(3) Nasionale wetgewing kan die proses ingestel deur hierdie artikel reguleer. [A. 100 gewysig by a. 2 van die Elfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003.]
Uitvoerende besluite 101. (1) ‘n Besluit van die President moet op skrif wees indien dit–
(a) ingevolge wetgewing geneem word; of (b) regsgevolge het.
(2) ‘n Skriftelike besluit van die President moet deur ʼn ander Kabinetslid mede- onderteken word indien daardie besluit ʼn funksie raak wat aan daardie ander Kabinetslid opgedra is.
(3) Proklamasies, regulasies en ander instrumente van ondergeskikte wetgewing moet vir die publiek toeganklik wees.
55
Hoofstuk 5: Die President en Nasionale Uitvoerende Gesag
(4) � Nasionale wetgewing kan die wyse waarop en die mate waarin instrumente in subartikel (3) genoem– (a) in die Parlement ter tafel gelê moet word, spesifiseer; en (b) deur die Parlement goedgekeur moet word, spesifiseer.
Voorstelle van wantroue 102. (1) Indien die Nasionale Vergadering by ʼn besluit ten gunste waarvan ʼn meerderheid
van sy lede stem ʼn voorstel van wantroue in die Kabinet, uitgesonderd die President, aanneem, moet die President die Kabinet hersaamstel.
(2) � Indien die Nasionale Vergadering by ʼn besluit ten gunste waarvan ʼn meerderheid van sy lede stem ʼn voorstel van wantroue in die President aanneem, moet die President en die ander lede van die Kabinet en enige Adjunkministers bedank.
56
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
hOOFSTUK 6 pROvinSieS
Provinsies 103. (1) Die Republiek het die volgende provinsies:
(a) Oos-Kaap; (b) Vrystaat; (c) Gauteng; (d) KwaZulu-Natal; (e) Limpopo; (f) Mpumalanga; (g) Noord-Kaap; (h) Noordwes; (i) Wes-Kaap.
[Sub-a. (1) gewysig by a. 3 van die Elfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 en vervang by a. 1 van die Twaalfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2005.]
(2) Die geografiese gebiede van die onderskeie provinsies bestaan uit die som van die aangeduide geografiese gebiede weergegee in die verskeie kaarte bedoel in die Kennisgewing in Bylae 1A gelys.
[Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 1 van die Twaalfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2005.]
(3) (a) Wanneer die geografiese gebied van ʼn provinsie deur ʼn wysiging aan die Grondwet herbepaal word, kan ʼn Parlementswet voorsiening maak vir maatreëls om, binne ʼn redelike tyd, die regs-, praktiese en enige ander gevolge van die herbepaling te reël.
(b) ʼn Parlementswet beoog in paragraaf (a) kan verorden en geïmplementeer word voor sodanige wysiging aan die Grondwet in werking tree, maar enige provinsiale funksies, bates, regte, verpligtinge, pligte of laste kan slegs ingevolge daardie Wet oorgedra word nadat daardie wysiging aan die Grondwet in werking tree.
[A. 103 vervang by a. 1 van die Twaalfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2005.] [Datum van inwerkingtreding van a. 103(3): 23 Desember 2005.]
57
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
provinsiale Wetgewers
Wetgewende gesag van provinsies 104. (1) Die wetgewende gesag van ʼn provinsie berus by sy provinsiale wetgewer, en verleen
aan die provinsiale wetgewer die bevoegdheid– (a) � om ingevolge artikels 142 en 143 ʼn grondwet vir sy provinsie aan te neem of
enige grondwet wat deur hom aangeneem is, te wysig; (b) � om vir sy provinsie wetgewing aan te neem met betrekking tot–
(i) � enige aangeleentheid binne ʼn funksionele gebied in Bylae 4 vermeld; (ii) � enige aangeleentheid binne ʼn funksionele gebied in Bylae 5 vermeld; (iii) � enige aangeleentheid buite daardie funksionele gebiede en wat deur
nasionale wetgewing uitdruklik aan die provinsie opgedra is; en (iv) � enige aangeleentheid waarvoor ʼn bepaling van die Grondwet die
verordening van provinsiale wetgewing beoog; en (c) � om enige van sy wetgewende bevoegdhede aan ʼn Munisipale Raad in daardie
provinsie op te dra. (2) � Die wetgewer van ʼn provinsie kan by ʼn besluit aangeneem met ʼn ondersteunende
stem van minstens twee derdes van sy lede, die Parlement versoek om die naam van daardie provinsie te verander.
(3) � ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer word slegs deur die Grondwet en, indien hy ʼn grondwet vir sy provinsie aangeneem het, ook deur daardie grondwet gebind, en moet in ooreenstemming met en binne die perke van die Grondwet en daardie provinsiale grondwet optree.
(4) � Provinsiale wetgewing met betrekking tot ʼn aangeleentheid wat redelikerwys nodig is vir, of verband hou met, die doeltreffende uitoefening van ʼn bevoegdheid betreffende enige aangeleentheid in Bylae 4 vermeld, is vir alle doeleindes wetgewing met betrekking tot ʼn aangeleentheid in Bylae 4 vermeld.
(5) � ʼn Provinsiale wetgewer kan by die Nasionale Vergadering wetgewing aanbeveel betreffende enige aangeleentheid buite die gesag van daardie wetgewer, of ten opsigte waarvan ʼn Parlementswet voorrang bo ʼn provinsiale Wet geniet.
Samestelling en verkiesing van provinsiale wetgewers 105. (1) ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer bestaan uit vroue en mans wat as lede verkies is ingevolge
ʼn kiesstelsel wat–
58
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(a) deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word; (b) op daardie provinsie se segment van die nasionale gemeenskaplike kieserslys
gebaseer is; (c) vir ʼn minimum stemouderdom van 18 jaar voorsiening maak; en (d) in die algemeen, proporsionele verteenwoordiging tot gevolg het.
[Sub-a. (1) gewysig by a. 3 van die Tiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 en by a. 3 van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
(2) ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer bestaan uit tussen 30 en 80 lede. Die getal lede wat van provinsie tot provinsie kan verskil, moet bepaal word ooreenkomstig ʼn formule wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
Lidmaatskap 106. (1) Elke burger wat bevoeg is om vir die Nasionale Vergadering te stem, is bevoeg om ʼn
lid van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer te wees, uitgesonderd– (a) iemand wat aangestel is deur, of in die diens is van, die staat en vergoeding vir
dié aanstelling of diens ontvang, behalwe– (i) die Premier en ander lede van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie; en (ii) ander ampsdraers wie se funksies met die funksies van ʼn lid van ʼn
provinsiale wetgewer bestaanbaar is en deur nasionale wetgewing verklaar is met dié funksies bestaanbaar te wees;
(b) lede van die Nasionale Vergadering, vaste afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies of lede van ʼn Munisipale Raad;
(c) ongerehabiliteerde insolvente; (d) iemand wat deur ʼn hof van die Republiek as geestelik gekrenk verklaar is; of (e) iemand wat, na die inwerkingtreding van hierdie artikel, binne die Republiek
aan ʼn misdryf skuldig bevind word, of buite die Republiek aldus skuldig bevind word indien die optrede wat die misdryf uitmaak binne die Republiek ʼn misdryf sou uitgemaak het, en tot meer as 12 maande gevangenisstraf sonder die keuse van ʼn boete gevonnis is, maar niemand word beskou as gevonnis te wees voordat ʼn appèl teen die skuldigbevinding of vonnis beslis is, of voordat die tyd om appèl aan te teken, verstryk het nie. ʼn Onbevoegdheid ingevolge hierdie paragraaf verstryk vyf jaar nadat die vonnis voltooi is.
(2) Iemand wat ingevolge subartikel (1)(a) of (b) onbevoeg is om ʼn lid van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer te wees, kan ʼn kandidaat vir die wetgewer wees behoudens enige beperkings of voorwaardes wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
59
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(3) Iemand verloor lidmaatskap van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer indien so iemand– (a) � ophou om bevoeg te wees; (b) � sonder toestemming afwesig is van die wetgewer in omstandighede waarvoor
die reëls en orders van die wetgewer verlies van lidmaatskap voorskryf; of (c) � ophou om ʼn lid van die party te wees wat so iemand as ʼn lid van die wetgewer
benoem het. [Sub-a. (3) vervang by a. 4 van die Tiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 en by a. 4 van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
(4) � Vakatures in ʼn provinsiale wetgewer moet ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing gevul word.
Eed of plegtige verklaring 107. � Voordat lede van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer begin om hul funksies in die wetgewer te verrig,
moet hulle ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek en gehoorsaamheid aan die Grondwet aflê.
Duur van provinsiale wetgewers 108. (1) ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer word vir ʼn termyn van vyf jaar verkies.
(2) � Indien ʼn provinsiale wetgewer ingevolge artikel 109 ontbind word, of wanneer sy termyn verstryk, moet die Premier van die provinsie by proklamasie ʼn verkiesing uitskryf en datums daarvoor bepaal, en dié verkiesing moet gehou word binne 90 dae vanaf die datum waarop die wetgewer ontbind is of sy termyn verstryk het. ʼn Proklamasie wat ʼn verkiesing uitskryf en datums daarvoor bepaal, kan uitgereik word voor of na die verstryking van die termyn van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer.
[Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 1 van die “Constitution Fourth Amendment Act of 1999”.]
(3) � Indien die uitslag van ʼn verkiesing van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer nie binne die tydperk in artikel 190 genoem, bekend gemaak word nie, of indien ʼn verkiesing deur ʼn hof tersyde gestel word, moet die President by proklamasie ʼn ander verkiesing uitskryf en datums daarvoor bepaal, en dié verkiesing moet gehou word binne 90 dae vanaf die verstryking van daardie tydperk of vanaf die datum waarop die verkiesing tersyde gestel is.
(4) � ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer bly bevoeg om te funksioneer vanaf sy ontbinding of die verstryking van sy termyn tot op die dag voor die eerste dag waarop die stemming vir die volgende wetgewer plaasvind.
60
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
Ontbinding van provinsiale wetgewers voor verstryking van termyn 109. (1) Die Premier van ʼn provinsie moet die provinsiale wetgewer ontbind indien–
(a) die wetgewer ʼn besluit om te ontbind met ʼn ondersteunende stem van ʼn meerderheid van sy lede aangeneem het; en
(b) drie jaar verstryk het sedert die wetgewer verkies is. (2) ‘n Waarnemende Premier moet die provinsiale wetgewer ontbind indien–
(a) daar ʼn vakature in die amp van Premier is; en (b) die wetgewer in gebreke bly om binne 30 dae nadat die vakature ontstaan het
ʼn nuwe Premier te kies.
Sittings en resesse 110. (1) Die eerste sitting van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer na ʼn verkiesing vind plaas op ʼn tyd
en datum wat bepaal word deur ʼn regter wat deur die Hoofregter aangewys word, maar nie later nie as 14 dae nadat die uitslag van die verkiesing bekend gemaak is. ʼn Provinsiale wetgewer kan die tyd en duur van sy ander sittings en sy resesse bepaal.
[Sub-a. (1) vervang by a. 8 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(2) Die Premier van ʼn provinsie kan die provinsiale wetgewer te eniger tyd vir ʼn buitengewone sitting byeenroep om spesiale werksaamhede te verrig.
(3) ʼn Provinsiale wetgewer kan bepaal waar hy normaalweg sy sittings sal hou.
Speakers en Adjunkspeakers 111. (1) By die eerste sitting na sy verkiesing, of wanneer dit nodig is om ʼn vakature te vul,
moet ʼn provinsiale wetgewer uit sy geledere ʼn Speaker en ʼn Adjunkspeaker kies. (2) ʼn Regter deur die Hoofregter aangewys, moet by die verkiesing van ʼn Speaker
voorsit. Die Speaker sit by die verkiesing van ʼn Adjunkspeaker voor. [Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 9 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(3) Die prosedure in Deel A van Bylae 3 uiteengesit, is op die verkiesing van Speakers en Adjunkspeakers van toepassing.
(4) ʼn Provinsiale wetgewer kan sy Speaker of Adjunkspeaker by besluit van die amp onthef. ʼn Meerderheid van die lede van die wetgewer moet teenwoordig wees wanneer dié besluit aangeneem word.
61
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(5) � ʼn Provinsiale wetgewer kan ingevolge sy reëls en orders uit sy geledere ander voorsittende beamptes kies om die Speaker en Adjunkspeaker behulpsaam te wees.
Besluite 112. (1) Behalwe waar die Grondwet anders bepaal–
(a) � moet ʼn meerderheid van die lede van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer teenwoordig wees voordat ʼn stemming oor ʼn Wetsontwerp of ʼn wysiging van ʼn Wetsontwerp gehou kan word;
(b) � moet minstens een derde van die lede teenwoordig wees voordat ʼn stemming oor enige ander vraag wat voor die wetgewer dien, gehou kan word; en
(c) � word alle vrae wat voor ʼn provinsiale wetgewer dien, beslis deur ʼn meerderheid van die stemme wat uitgebring word.
(2) � Die lid wat by ʼn vergadering van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer voorsit, het nie ʼn beraadslagende stem nie, maar– (a) � moet ʼn beslissende stem uitbring wanneer daar ʼn staking van stemme oor ʼn
vraag is; en (b) � kan ʼn beraadslagende stem uitbring wanneer ʼn vraag beslis moet word
met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van die lede van die wetgewer.
Vaste afgevaardigdes se regte in provinsiale wetgewers 113. � ‘n Provinsie se vaste afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies kan in hulle
provinsiale wetgewer en sy komitees sitting neem en daarin praat, maar mag nie stem nie. Die wetgewer kan van ʼn vaste afgevaardigde vereis om in die wetgewer of sy komitees sitting te neem.
Bevoegdhede van provinsiale wetgewers 114. (1) In die uitoefening van sy wetgewende bevoegdheid kan ʼn provinsiale wetgewer–
(a) � enige Wetsontwerp wat voor die wetgewer dien, oorweeg, aanneem, wysig of verwerp; en
(b) � wetgewing, behalwe Geldwetsontwerpe, inisieer of opstel. (2) � ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer moet voorsiening maak vir meganismes om–
(a) � te verseker dat alle provinsiale uitvoerende staatsorgane in die provinsie aan hom verantwoording doen; en
62
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(b) toesig te hou oor– (i) die uitoefening van provinsiale uitvoerende gesag in die provinsie, met
inbegrip van die uitvoering van wetgewing; en (ii) enige provinsiale staatsorgaan.
Getuienis of inligting voor provinsiale wetgewers 115. ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer of enige van sy komitees kan–
(a) enige persoon dagvaar om voor hom te verskyn om onder eed of plegtige verklaring getuienis af te lê, of om dokumente voor te lê;
(b) van enige persoon of provinsiale instelling vereis om aan hom verslag te doen; (c) ingevolge provinsiale wetgewing of die reëls en orders enige persoon of
instelling verplig om aan ʼn dagvaarding of vereiste ingevolge paragraaf (a) of (b) te voldoen; en
(d) van enige belanghebbende persone of instellings petisies, vertoë of voorleggings ontvang.
Interne reëlings, verrigtinge en prosedures van provinsiale wetgewers 116. (1) ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer kan–
(a) sy interne reëlings, verrigtinge en prosedures bepaal en beheer; en (b) reëls en orders betreffende sy werksaamhede maak, met behoorlike
inagneming van verteenwoordigende en deelnemende demokrasie, verantwoordingspligtigheid, deursigtigheid en publieke betrokkenheid.
(2) Die reëls en orders van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer moet voorsiening maak vir– (a) die instelling, samestelling, bevoegdhede, funksies, prosedures en duur van sy
komitees; (b) die deelname van minderheidspartye wat in die wetgewer verteenwoordig is,
aan die verrigtinge van die wetgewer en sy komitees op ʼn wyse wat met die demokrasie bestaanbaar is;
(c) finansiële en administratiewe hulp aan elke party wat in die wetgewer verteenwoordig is, in verhouding tot sy verteenwoordiging, ten einde die party en sy leier in staat te stel om hul funksies in die wetgewer doeltreffend te verrig; en
(d) die erkenning van die leier van die grootste opposisieparty in die wetgewer as die Leier van die Opposisie.
63
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
Voorreg 117. (1) Lede van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer en die provinsie se vaste afgevaardigdes na die
Nasionale Raad van Provinsies– (a) � het behoudens die wetgewer se reëls en orders vryheid van spraak in die
wetgewer en in sy komitees; en (b) � is nie blootgestel aan siviele of strafregtelike verrigtinge, inhegtenisneming,
gevangesetting of skadevergoeding weens– (i) � enigiets wat hulle in of voor of aan die wetgewer of enige van sy
komitees gesê, blootgelê of voorgelê het nie; of (ii) � enigiets wat aan die lig gebring is as gevolg van enigiets wat hulle in of
voor of aan die wetgewer of enige van sy komitees gesê, blootgelê of voorgelê het nie.
(2) � Ander voorregte en immuniteite van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer en sy lede kan deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
(3) � Salarisse, toelaes en voordele wat aan lede van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer betaalbaar is, is ʼn regstreekse las teen die Provinsiale Inkomstefonds.
Publieke toegang tot en betrokkenheid in provinsiale wetgewers 118. (1) � ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer moet–
(a) � publieke betrokkenheid in die wetgewende en ander prosesse van die wetgewer en sy komitees vergemaklik; en
(b) � sy werksaamhede op ʼn oop wyse verrig, en sy sittings en dié van sy komitees in die openbaar hou, maar redelike maatreëls kan getref word om– (i) � publieke toegang, met inbegrip van toegang aan die media, tot die
wetgewer en sy komitees te reguleer; en (ii) � voorsiening te maak vir die deursoeking van en, waar dit gepas is, die
weiering van toegang aan of die verwydering van enige persoon. (2) � ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer mag nie die publiek, met inbegrip van die media, van ʼn
sitting van ʼn komitee uitsluit nie tensy dit in ʼn oop en demokratiese gemeenskap redelik en regverdigbaar is om dit te doen.
64
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
Indiening van Wetsontwerpe 119. Slegs lede van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie of ʼn komitee of lid van ʼn provinsiale
wetgewer kan ʼn Wetsontwerp by die wetgewer indien; maar slegs die lid van die Uitvoerende Raad wat vir finansiële sake in die provinsie verantwoordelik is, kan ʼn Geldwetsontwerp by die wetgewer indien.
Geldwetsontwerpe 120. (1) ‘n Wetsontwerp is ʼn Geldwetsontwerp indien dit–
(a) geld bewillig; (b) provinsiale belastings, heffings, regte of bobelastings oplê; (c) enige provinsiale belastings, heffings, regte of bobelastings afskaf of
verminder, of vrystelling daarvan verleen; of (d) ʼn regstreekse las teen ʼn Provinsiale Inkomstefonds magtig.
(2) ‘n Geldwetsontwerp mag met geen ander aangeleentheid handel nie, behalwe– (a) ‘n ondergeskikte aangeleentheid wat verband hou met die bewilliging van
geld; (b) die oplegging, afskaffing of vermindering van provinsiale belastings, heffings,
regte of bobelastings; (c) die verlening van vrystelling van provinsiale belastings, heffings, regte of
bobelastings; of (d) die magtiging van ʼn regstreekse las teen ʼn Provinsiale Inkomstefonds.
(3) ‘n Provinsiale Wet moet voorsiening maak vir ʼn prosedure waarvolgens die provinsie se wetgewer ʼn Geldwetsontwerp kan wysig.
[A. 120 vervang by a. 3 van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
Bekragtiging van Wetsontwerpe 121. (1) Die Premier van ʼn provinsie moet ʼn Wetsontwerp wat ingevolge hierdie Hoofstuk
deur die provinsiale wetgewer aangeneem is óf bekragtig en onderteken óf, indien die Premier voorbehoude omtrent die grondwetlikheid van die Wetsontwerp het, dit na die wetgewer vir heroorweging terugverwys.
(2) Indien ʼn Wetsontwerp, na heroorweging, ten volle aan die Premier se voorbehoude voldoen, moet die Premier die Wetsontwerp bekragtig en onderteken; indien nie, moet die Premier– (a) óf die Wetsontwerp bekragtig en onderteken;
65
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(b) � óf dit na die Konstitusionele Hof vir ʼn beslissing oor die grondwetlikheid daarvan verwys.
(3) � Indien die Konstitusionele Hof beslis dat die Wetsontwerp grondwetlik is, moet die Premier dit bekragtig en onderteken.
Aansoek by Konstitusionele Hof deur lede 122. (1) Lede van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer kan by die Konstitusionele Hof aansoek doen om ʼn
bevel wat verklaar dat ʼn provinsiale Wet in die geheel of ten dele ongrondwetlik is. (2) ʼn Aansoek–
(a) moet deur minstens 20 persent van die lede van die wetgewer gesteun word; en
(b) moet gedoen word binne 30 dae vanaf die datum waarop die Premier die Wet bekragtig en onderteken het.
(3) Die Konstitusionele Hof kan gelas dat ʼn Wet, of ʼn gedeelte daarvan, wat die onderwerp van ʼn aansoek ingevolge subartikel (1) uitmaak, geen regskrag het nie totdat die Hof oor die aansoek beslis het, indien– (a) dit in die belang van geregtigheid is; en (b) die aansoek ʼn redelike vooruitsig het om te slaag.
(4) Indien ʼn aansoek nie slaag nie, en nie ʼn redelike vooruitsig gehad het om te slaag nie, kan die Konstitusionele Hof die aansoekers gelas om die koste te betaal.
Publikasie van provinsiale Wette 123. � ‘n Wetsontwerp wat deur die Premier van ʼn provinsie bekragtig en onderteken is, word ʼn
provinsiale Wet, moet onverwyld gepubliseer word en tree in werking by die publikasie daarvan of op ʼn datum ingevolge die Wet bepaal.
Veilige bewaring van provinsiale Wette 124. � Die ondertekende eksemplaar van ʼn provinsiale Wet is afdoende bewys van die bepalings
van daardie Wet en moet na die publikasie daarvan vir veilige bewaring aan die Konstitusionele Hof toevertrou word.
66
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
pROvinSiale uiTvOeRende GeSaG
Uitvoerende gesag van provinsies 125. (1) Die uitvoerende gesag van ʼn provinsie berus by die Premier van daardie provinsie.
(2) Die Premier oefen die uitvoerende gesag gesamentlik met die ander lede van die Uitvoerende Raad uit deur– (a) in die provinsie provinsiale wetgewing uit te voer; (b) alle nasionale wetgewing binne die funksionele gebiede in Bylae 4 of 5
vermeld, uit te voer, behalwe waar die Grondwet of ʼn Parlementswet anders bepaal;
(c) in die provinsie nasionale wetgewing te administreer wat buite die funksionele gebiede vermeld in Bylaes 4 en 5 val en waarvan die administrasie ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet aan die provinsiale uitvoerende gesag opgedra is;
(d) provinsiale beleid te ontwikkel en uit te voer; (e) die funksies van die provinsiale administrasie en sy departemente te
koördineer; (f) provinsiale wetgewing op te stel en te inisieer; en (g) enige ander funksie te verrig wat ingevolge die Grondwet of ʼn Parlementswet
aan die provinsiale uitvoerende gesag opgedra is. (3) ‘n Provinsie het ingevolge subartikel (2)(b) uitvoerende gesag slegs in die
mate waarin die provinsie die administratiewe vermoë het om doeltreffende verantwoordelikheid te aanvaar. Die nasionale regering moet deur middel van wetgewende en ander maatreëls provinsies help om die administratiewe vermoë te ontwikkel wat nodig is vir die doeltreffende uitoefening van hul bevoegdhede en verrigting aan hul funksies in subartikel (2) genoem.
(4) ʼn Geskil betreffende die administratiewe vermoë van ʼn provinsie met betrekking tot enige funksie moet verwys word na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies vir beslegting binne 30 dae vanaf die datum van die verwysing na die Raad.
(5) Behoudens artikel 100 is die uitvoering van provinsiale wetgewing in ʼn provinsie ʼn eksklusiewe provinsiale uitvoerende bevoegdheid.
(6) Die provinsiale uitvoerende gesag moet optree ooreenkomstig– (a) die Grondwet; en (b) die provinsiale grondwet, indien ʼn grondwet vir die provinsie aangeneem is.
67
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
Opdra van werksaamhede 126. � ʼn Lid van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie kan enige bevoegdheid of funksie wat
ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet of ʼn provinsiale Wet uitgeoefen of verrig moet word, aan ʼn Munisipale Raad opdra. ʼn Opdrag–
(a) � geskied ingevolge ʼn ooreenkoms tussen die betrokke lid van die Uitvoerende Raad en die Munisipale Raad;
(b) � moet bestaanbaar wees met die Wet ingevolge waarvan die betrokke bevoegdheid of funksie uitgeoefen of verrig word; en
(c) � tree by proklamering deur die Premier in werking.
Bevoegdhede en funksies van Premiers 127. (1) Die Premier van ʼn provinsie het die bevoegdhede en funksies wat deur die Grondwet
en enige wetgewing aan dié amp opgedra word. (2) � Die Premier van ʼn provinsie is verantwoordelik vir–
(a) � die bekragtiging en ondertekening van Wetsontwerpe; (b) � die terugverwysing van ʼn Wetsontwerp na die provinsiale wetgewer vir
heroorweging van die grondwetlikheid van die Wetsontwerp; (c) � die verwysing van ʼn Wetsontwerp na die Konstitusionele Hof vir ʼn beslissing
oor die grondwetlikheid van die Wetsontwerp; (d) � die byeenroeping van die wetgewer vir ʼn buitengewone sitting om spesiale
werksaamhede te verrig; (e) � die aanstelling van kommissies van ondersoek; en (f) � die uitroep van ʼn referendum in die provinsie ooreenkomstig nasionale
wetgewing.
Verkiesing van Premiers 128. (1) By sy eerste sitting na sy verkiesing, en wanneer dit ook al nodig is om ʼn vakature te
vul, moet ʼn provinsiale wetgewer ʼn vrou of ʼn man uit sy geledere as die Premier van die provinsie verkies.
(2) � ʼn Regter wat deur die Hoofregter aangewys is, moet by die verkiesing van die Premier voorsit. Die prosedure in Deel A van Bylae 3 uiteengesit, is op die verkiesing van die Premier van toepassing.
[Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 10 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
68
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(3) ʼn Verkiesing om ʼn vakature in die amp van Premier te vul, moet gehou word op ʼn tyd en datum deur die Hoofregter bepaal, maar nie later nie as 30 dae nadat die vakature ontstaan.
[Sub-a. (3) vervang by a. 10 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
Aanvaarding van amp deur Premiers 129. ʼn Aangewese Premier aanvaar die amp binne vyf dae na die Premiersverkiesing, deur
ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek en gehoorsaamheid aan die Grondwet af te lê.
Ampstermyn en ontheffing van Premiers 130. (1) ʼn Premier se ampstermyn begin wanneer die Premier die amp aanvaar en eindig
wanneer ʼn vakature ontstaan of wanneer die persoon wat volgende as Premier verkies word die amp aanvaar.
(2) Niemand mag die amp van Premier vir meer as twee ampstermyne beklee nie, maar wanneer iemand verkies word om ʼn vakature in die amp van Premier te vul, word die tydperk tussen daardie verkiesing en die volgende verkiesing van ʼn Premier nie as ʼn ampstermyn beskou nie.
(3) Die wetgewer van ʼn provinsie kan, by ʼn besluit aangeneem met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van sy lede, die Premier van die amp van Premier onthef slegs op grond van– (a) ʼn ernstige skending van die Grondwet of die reg; (b) ernstige wangedrag; of (c) onvermoë om die funksies van die amp te verrig.
(4) Iemand wat ingevolge subartikel (3)(a) of (b) van die amp van Premier onthef is, mag geen voordele van daardie amp ontvang nie, en mag in geen openbare amp dien nie.
Waarnemende Premiers 131. (1) Wanneer die Premier afwesig is of andersins nie in staat is om die pligte van die
amp van Premier te vervul nie, of gedurende ʼn vakature in die amp van Premier, neem ʼn ampsdraer in die onderstaande rangorde as Premier waar: (a) ʼn Lid van die Uitvoerende Raad deur die Premier aangewys.
69
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(b) � ‘n Lid van die Uitvoerende Raad deur die ander lede van die Uitvoerende Raad aangewys.
(c) � Die Speaker, totdat die wetgewer een van sy ander lede aanwys. (2) � ‘n Waarnemende Premier het die verantwoordelikhede, bevoegdhede en funksies
van die Premier. (3) � Voordat die Waarnemende Premier die verantwoordelikhede, bevoegdhede en
funksies van die Premier aanvaar, moet die Waarnemende Premier ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek en gehoorsaamheid aan die Grondwet aflê.
Uitvoerende Rade 132. (1) Die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie bestaan uit die Premier, as hoof van die Raad,
en minstens vyf en hoogstens tien lede deur die Premier uit die geledere van die provinsiale wetgewer aangestel.
(2) � Die Premier van ʼn provinsie stel die lede van die Uitvoerende Raad aan, dra hulle bevoegdhede en funksies aan hulle op, en kan hulle ontslaan.
Aanspreeklikheid en verantwoordelikhede 133. (1) Die lede van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie is verantwoordelik vir die funksies
van die uitvoerende gesag wat deur die Premier aan hulle opgedra word. (2) � Lede van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie is gesamentlik en afsonderlik
teenoor die wetgewer aanspreeklik vir die uitoefening van hul bevoegdhede en die verrigting van hul funksies.
(3) � Lede van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie moet– (a) � ooreenkomstig die Grondwet en, indien ʼn provinsiale grondwet vir die
provinsie aangeneem is, ook daardie grondwet optree; en (b) � die wetgewer voorsien van volledige en gereelde verslae oor aangeleenthede
onder hulle beheer.
Voortbestaan van Uitvoerende Rade na verkiesings 134. � Wanneer ʼn verkiesing van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer gehou word, bly die Uitvoerende Raad
en sy lede bevoeg om te funksioneer totdat die persoon wat deur die volgende wetgewer as Premier verkies word die amp aanvaar.
70
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
Eed of plegtige verklaring 135. Voordat lede van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie begin om hul funksies te verrig,
moet hulle ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring van getrouheid aan die Republiek en gehoorsaamheid aan die Grondwet aflê.
Gedrag van lede van Uitvoerende Rade 136. (1) Lede van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie moet optree ooreenkomstig ʼn etiese
kode deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf. (2) Lede van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie mag nie–
(a) enige ander betaalde werk onderneem nie; (b) optree op enige wyse wat met hul amp onbestaanbaar is, of hulself blootstel
aan enige omstandigheid wat die risiko inhou van ʼn botsing tussen hul amptelike verantwoordelikhede en hul private belange nie; of
(c) hul posisie of enige inligting aan hulle toevertrou, gebruik om hulself te verryk of enige ander persoon onbehoorlik te bevoordeel nie.
Oordrag van werksaamhede 137. Die Premier kan by proklamasie aan ʼn lid van die Uitvoerende Raad–
(a) die administrasie oordra van enige wetgewing wat aan ʼn ander lid opgedra is; of
(b) enige bevoegdheid of funksie oordra wat by wetgewing aan ʼn ander lid opgedra is.
Tydelike opdra van werksaamhede 138. Die Premier van ʼn provinsie kan aan ʼn lid van die Uitvoerende Raad enige bevoegdheid
of funksie van ʼn ander lid wat uit die amp afwesig is of nie in staat is om daardie bevoegdheid uit te oefen of daardie funksie te verrig nie, opdra.
Provinsiale ingryping in plaaslike regering 139. (1) Wanneer ʼn munisipaliteit ʼn uitvoerende verpligting ingevolge die Grondwet of
wetgewing nie kan nakom nie of dit nie nakom nie, kan die betrokke provinsiale uitvoerende gesag ingryp deur enige gepaste stappe te doen om te verseker dat daardie verpligting nagekom word, met inbegrip van–
71
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(a) � die uitreiking van ʼn lasgewing aan die Munisipale Raad waarin die mate van die versuim om sy verpligtinge na te kom, beskryf word en stappe wat nodig is om sy verpligtinge na te kom, vermeld word;
(b) � die aanvaarding van verantwoordelikheid vir die betrokke verpligting in daardie munisipaliteit in die mate wat nodig is om– (i) � noodsaaklike nasionale standaarde te handhaaf of aan gevestigde
minimum standaarde vir die lewering van ʼn diens te voldoen; (ii) � te voorkom dat daardie Munisipale Raad onredelike stappe doen wat
nadelig is vir die belange van ʼn ander munisipaliteit of van die provinsie as geheel; of
(iii) � ekonomiese eenheid te handhaaf; of (c) � die ontbinding van die Munisipale Raad en die aanstelling van ʼn
administrateur totdat ʼn pas verkose Munisipale Raad verkose verklaar is, indien buitengewone omstandighede so ʼn stap regverdig.
(2) � Indien ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag ingevolge subartikel (1)(b) in ʼn munisipaliteit ingryp, moet– (a) hy ʼn skriftelike kennisgewing van die ingryping aan–
(i) � die Kabinetslid wat vir plaaslike regeringsaangeleenthede verantwoordelik is; en
(ii) � die betrokke provinsiale wetgewer en die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, voorlê binne 14 dae nadat die ingryping ʼn aanvang geneem het;
(b) � die ingryping beëindig word indien– (i) � die Kabinetslid wat vir plaaslike regeringsaangeleenthede
verantwoordelik is die ingryping afkeur binne 28 dae nadat die ingryping ʼn aanvang geneem het of by die einde van daardie tydperk die ingryping nie goedgekeur het nie; of
(ii) � die Raad die ingryping afkeur binne 180 dae nadat die ingryping ʼn aanvang geneem het of by die einde van daardie tydperk die ingryping nie goedgekeur het nie; en
(c) � die Raad, terwyl die ingryping voortduur, die ingryping gereeld in hersiening neem en enige gepaste aanbevelings aan die provinsiale uitvoerende gesag doen.
(3) � Indien ʼn Munisipale Raad ingevolge subartikel (1)(c) ontbind is– (a) � moet die provinsiale uitvoerende gesag onmiddellik ʼn skriftelike kennisgewing
van die ontbinding voorlê aan–
72
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(i) die Kabinetslid wat vir plaaslike regeringsaangeleenthede verantwoordelik is; en
(ii) die betrokke provinsiale wetgewer en die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies; en
(b) neem die ontbinding ʼn aanvang 14 dae vanaf die datum van ontvangs van die kennisgewing deur die Raad tensy tersyde gestel deur daardie Kabinetslid of die Raad voor die verstryking van daardie 14 dae.
(4) Indien ʼn munisipaliteit ʼn verpligting ingevolge die Grondwet of wetgewing om ʼn begroting of inkomste genererende maatreëls goed te keur wat nodig is om aan die begroting gevolg te gee nie kan nakom nie of dit nie nakom nie, moet die betrokke provinsiale uitvoerende gesag ingryp deur enige gepaste stappe te doen om te verseker dat die begroting of daardie inkomste genererende maatreëls goedgekeur word, met inbegrip van die ontbinding van die Munisipale Raad en– (a) die aanstelling van ʼn administrateur totdat ʼn pas verkose Munisipale Raad
verkose verklaar is; en (b) die goedkeuring van ʼn voorlopige begroting of inkomste genererende
maatreëls om vir die voortgesette funksionering van die munisipaliteit voorsiening te maak.
(5) Indien ʼn munisipaliteit, as gevolg van ʼn krisis in sy finansiële sake, in ernstige of volgehoue wesenlike versuim is van sy verpligtinge om basiese dienste te verskaf of om sy finansiële ondernemings na te kom, of erken dat hy nie in staat is om sy verpligtinge of finansiële ondernemings na te kom nie, moet die betrokke provinsiale uitvoerende gesag– (a) ‘ʼn herstelplan voorskryf wat daarop gerig is om die munisipaliteit se vermoë
om sy verpligtinge om basiese dienste te verskaf of sy finansiële ondernemings na te kom, te verseker, wat– (i) voorberei moet word ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing; en (ii) die munisipaliteit in die uitoefening van sy wetgewende en uitvoerende
gesag bind maar slegs in die mate wat nodig is om die krisis in sy finansiële sake op te los; en
(b) die Munisipale Raad ontbind, indien die munisipaliteit wetgewende maatreëls, met inbegrip van ʼn begroting of enige inkomste genererende maatreëls, wat nodig is om aan die herstelplan gevolg te gee nie kan goedkeur nie of dit nie goedkeur nie, en–
73
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(i) � ‘n administrateur aanstel totdat ʼn pas verkose Munisipale Raad verkose verklaar is; en
(ii) � ʼn voorlopige begroting of inkomste genererende maatreëls of enige ander maatreëls wat aan die herstelplan gevolg gee, goedkeur om vir die voortgesette funksionering van die munisipaliteit voorsiening te maak; of
(c) � indien die Munisipale Raad nie ingevolge paragraaf (b)ontbind is nie, verantwoordelikheid aanvaar vir die uitvoer van die herstelplan in die mate wat die munisipaliteit die herstelplan nie andersins kan uitvoer nie of dit nie uitvoer nie.
(6) � Indien ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag ingevolge subartikel (4) of (5) in ʼn munisipaliteit ingryp, moet hy ʼn skriftelike kennisgewing van die ingryping voorlê aan– (a) � die Kabinetslid wat vir plaaslike regeringsaangeleenthede verantwoordelik is;
en (b) � die betrokke provinsiale wetgewer en die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, binne
sewe dae nadat die ingryping ʼn aanvang geneem het. (7) � Indien ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag die bevoegdhede of werksaamhede bedoel
in subartikel (4) of (5) nie kan uitoefen of verrig nie of dit nie uitoefen of verrig nie of dit nie voldoende uitoefen of verrig nie, moet die nasionale uitvoerende gesag in die plek van die betrokke provinsiale uitvoerende gesag ingevolge subartikel (4) of (5) ingryp.
(8) � Nasionale wetgewing kan die toepassing van hierdie artikel, met inbegrip van die prosesse ingestel deur hierdie artikel, reguleer.
[A. 139 vervang by a. 4 van die Elfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003.]
Uitvoerende besluite 140. (1) ‘n Besluit van die Premier van ʼn provinsie moet op skrif wees indien dit–
(a) ingevolge wetgewing geneem word; of (b) regsgevolge het.
(2) ‘n Skriftelike besluit van die Premier moet deur ʼn ander lid van die Uitvoerende Raad medeonderteken word indien daardie besluit ʼn funksie raak wat aan daardie ander lid opgedra is.
74
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(3) Proklamasies, regulasies en ander instrumente van ondergeskikte wetgewing van ʼn provinsie moet vir die publiek toeganklik wees.
(4) Provinsiale wetgewing kan die wyse waarop en die mate waarin instrumente in subartikel (3) genoem– (a) in die provinsiale wetgewer ter tafel gelê moet word, spesifiseer; en (b) deur die provinsiale wetgewer goedgekeur moet word, spesifiseer.
Voorstelle van wantroue 141. (1) Indien ʼn provinsiale wetgewer by ʼn besluit ten gunste waarvan ʼn meerderheid van
sy lede stem ʼn voorstel van wantroue in die Uitvoerende Raad van die provinsie, uitgesonderd die Premier, aanneem, moet die Premier die Raad hersaamstel.
(2) Indien ʼn provinsiale wetgewer by ʼn besluit ten gunste waarvan ʼn meerderheid van sy lede stem ʼn voorstel van wantroue in die Premier aanneem, moet die Premier en die ander lede van die Uitvoerende Raad bedank.
provinsiale Grondwette
Aanname van provinsiale grondwette 142. ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer kan ʼn grondwet vir die provinsie aanneem of, waar toepaslik, sy
grondwet wysig, indien minstens twee derdes van sy lede ten gunste van die Wetsontwerp stem.
Inhoud van provinsiale grondwette 143. (1) ‘n Provinsiale grondwet of grondwetwysiging mag nie met hierdie Grondwet
onbestaanbaar wees nie, maar kan voorsiening maak vir– (a) provinsiale wetgewende of uitvoerende strukture en prosedures wat verskil
van dié waarvoor in hierdie Hoofstuk voorsiening gemaak word; of (b) die instelling, rol, gesag en status van ʼn tradisionele monarg waar dit gepas is.
(2) Bepalings wat ingevolge paragraaf (a) of (b)van subartikel (1) in ʼn provinsiale grondwet of grondwetwysiging ingesluit word– (a) moet aan die waardes in artikel 1 en aan Hoofstuk 3 voldoen; en (b) mag nie aan die provinsie enige bevoegdheid of funksie opdra wat–
(i) buite die bestek van provinsiale bevoegdheid ingevolge Bylaes 4 en 5 val nie; of
75
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(ii) � buite die bevoegdhede en funksies val wat deur ander artikels van die Grondwet aan die provinsie opgedra word nie.
Sertifisering van provinsiale grondwette 144. (1) Indien ʼn provinsiale wetgewer ʼn grondwet aangeneem of gewysig het, moet die
Speaker van die wetgewer die teks van die grondwet of grondwetwysiging aan die Konstitusionele Hof vir sertifisering voorlê.
(2) � Geen teks van ʼn provinsiale grondwet of grondwetwysiging word wet voordat die Konstitusionele Hof gesertifiseer het dat die teks– (a) � ooreenkomstig artikel 142 aangeneem is; en (b) � in sy geheel aan artikel 143 voldoen nie.
Ondertekening, publikasie en veilige bewaring van provinsiale grondwette 145. (1) Die Premier van ʼn provinsie moet ʼn provinsiale grondwet of grondwetwysiging wat
deur die Konstitusionele Hof gesertifiseer is, bekragtig en onderteken. (2) � Die teks wat die Premier bekragtig en onderteken het, moet in die nasionale
Staatskoerant gepubliseer word en tree in werking by die publikasie daarvan of op ʼn latere datum ingevolge daardie grondwet of wysiging bepaal.
(3) � Die ondertekende teks van ʼn provinsiale grondwet of grondwetwysiging is afdoende bewys van die bepalings daarvan en moet na die publikasie daarvan aan die Konstitusionele Hof vir veilige bewaring toevertrou word.
Wetsteenstrydighede
Teenstrydighede tussen nasionale en provinsiale wetgewing 146. (1) Hierdie artikel is van toepassing op ʼn teenstrydigheid tussen nasionale wetgewing
en provinsiale wetgewing wat binne ʼn funksionele gebied vermeld in Bylae 4 val. (2) � Nasionale wetgewing wat eenvormig met betrekking tot die land as geheel geld,
geniet voorrang bo provinsiale wetgewing indien daar aan enige van die volgende voorwaardes voldoen word: (a) � Die nasionale wetgewing handel met ʼn aangeleentheid wat nie doeltreffend
gereël kan word deur wetgewing wat deur die onderskeie provinsies afsonderlik verorden word nie.
76
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(b) Die nasionale wetgewing handel met ʼn aangeleentheid waarvoor eenvormigheid regoor die land vereis word ten einde doeltreffend daarmee te handel, en die nasionale wetgewing voorsien daardie eenvormigheid deur– (i) norme en standaarde te bepaal; (ii) raamwerke te bepaal; of (iii) nasionale beleid te bepaal.
(c) Die nasionale wetgewing is nodig vir– (i) die handhawing van nasionale veiligheid; (ii) die handhawing van ekonomiese eenheid; (iii) die beskerming van die gemeenskaplike mark ten opsigte van die
beweeglikheid van goedere, dienste, kapitaal en arbeid; (iv) die bevordering van ekonomiese bedrywighede oor provinsiale grense
heen; (v) die bevordering van gelyke geleenthede of gelyke toegang tot
regeringsdienste; of (vi) die beskerming van die omgewing.
(3) Nasionale wetgewing geniet voorrang bo provinsiale wetgewing indien die nasionale wetgewing gemik is op die voorkoming van onredelike optrede deur ʼn provinsie wat– (a) nadelig is vir die ekonomiese, gesondheids- of veiligheidsbelange van ʼn ander
provinsie of die land as geheel; of (b) die uitvoering van nasionale ekonomiese beleid belemmer.
(4) Wanneer daar ʼn geskil is oor die vraag of nasionale wetgewing nodig is vir ʼn doel in subartikel (2)(c) uiteengesit en daardie geskil voor ʼn hof kom om besleg te word, moet die hof die goedkeuring of die verwerping van die wetgewing deur die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies behoorlik in aanmerking neem.
(5) Provinsiale wetgewing geniet voorrang bo nasionale wetgewing indien subartikel (2) of (3) nie van toepassing is nie.
(6) ʼn Wet wat ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet of ʼn provinsiale Wet gemaak is, kan voorrang geniet slegs indien daardie wet deur die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies goedgekeur is.
(7) Indien die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies nie binne 30 dae vanaf sy eerste sitting nadat ʼn wet na die Raad verwys is, tot ʼn besluit kom nie, word daardie wet vir alle doeleindes beskou as deur die Raad goedgekeur te wees.
77
Hoofstuk 6: Provinsies
(8) � Indien die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies ʼn wet bedoel in subartikel (6) nie goedkeur nie, moet die Raad binne 30 dae vanaf sy besluit die redes waarom hy die wet nie goedgekeur het nie, stuur aan die gesag wat die wet na die Raad verwys het.
Ander wetsteenstrydighede 147. (1) Indien daar ʼn teenstrydigheid is tussen nasionale wetgewing en ʼn bepaling van ʼn
provinsiale grondwet met betrekking tot– (a) � ‘n aangeleentheid ten opsigte waarvan hierdie Grondwet spesifiek die
verordening van nasionale wetgewing vereis of beoog, geniet die nasionale wetgewing voorrang bo die betrokke bepaling van die provinsiale grondwet;
(b) � enige nasionale wetgewende ingryping ingevolge artikel 44(2), geniet die nasionale wetgewing voorrang bo die bepaling van die provinsiale grondwet; of
(c) � ʼn aangeleentheid wat val binne ʼn funksionele gebied in Bylae 4 vermeld, is artikel 146 van toepassing asof die betrokke bepaling van die provinsiale grondwet provinsiale wetgewing is wat in daardie artikel genoem word.
(2) � Nasionale wetgewing in artikel 44(2) genoem, geniet voorrang bo provinsiale wetgewing ten opsigte van aangeleenthede binne die funksionele gebiede wat in Bylae 5 vermeld word.
Wetsteenstrydighede wat nie opgelos kan word nie 148. � Indien ʼn geskil oor ʼn wetsteenstrydigheid nie deur ʼn hof besleg kan word nie, geniet die
nasionale wetgewing voorrang bo die provinsiale wetgewing of provinsiale grondwet.
Status van wetgewing wat nie voorrang geniet nie 149. � ‘n Beslissing deur ʼn hof dat wetgewing voorrang bo ander wetgewing geniet, maak nie
daardie ander wetgewing ongeldig nie, maar daardie ander wetgewing is nie van krag solank die teenstrydigheid voortduur nie.
Uitleg van wetsteenstrydighede 150. � By die oorweging van ʼn skynbare teenstrydigheid tussen nasionale en provinsiale
wetgewing, of tussen nasionale wetgewing en ʼn provinsiale grondwet, moet elke hof voorkeur gee aan enige redelike uitleg van die wetgewing of grondwet wat ʼn teenstrydigheid uitskakel, bo enige alternatiewe uitleg wat ʼn teenstrydigheid tot gevolg het.
78
Hoofstuk 7: Plaaslike Regering
hOOFSTUK 7 plaaSlike ReGeRinG
Status van munisipaliteite 151. (1) Die plaaslike regeringsfeer bestaan uit munisipaliteite, wat vir die hele grondgebied
van die Republiek ingestel moet word. (2) Die uitvoerende en wetgewende gesag van ʼn munisipaliteit berus by sy Munisipale
Raad. (3) ʼn Munisipaliteit het die reg om op eie inisiatief die plaaslike
regeringsaangeleenthede van sy gemeenskap te bestuur, behoudens nasionale en provinsiale wetgewing, soos in die Grondwet bepaal.
(4) Die nasionale of ʼn provinsiale regering mag nie ʼn munisipaliteit se vermoë of reg om sy bevoegdhede uit te oefen of sy funksies te verrig, kompromitteer of belemmer nie.
Oogmerke van plaaslike regering 152. (1) Die oogmerke van plaaslike regering is–
(a) om demokratiese en verantwoordingspligtige regering vir plaaslike gemeenskappe te voorsien;
(b) om te verseker dat dienste op volhoubare wyse aan gemeenskappe verskaf word;
(c) om maatskaplike en ekonomiese ontwikkeling te bevorder; (d) om ʼn veilige en gesonde omgewing te bevorder; en (e) om die betrokkenheid van gemeenskappe en gemeenskapsorganisasies in
plaaslike regeringsaangeleenthede aan te moedig. (2) ‘n Munisipaliteit moet daarna streef om binne sy finansiële en administratiewe
vermoë die oogmerke in subartikel (1) uiteengesit, te verwesenlik.
Ontwikkelingspligte van munisipaliteite 153. ‘n Munisipaliteit moet–
(a) sy administrasie en sy begrotings- en beplanningsprosesse so struktureer en bestuur dat voorrang verleen word aan die basiese behoeftes van die
79
Hoofstuk 7: Plaaslike Regering
gemeenskap, en dat die maatskaplike en ekonomiese ontwikkeling van die gemeenskap bevorder word; en
(b) aan nasionale en provinsiale ontwikkelingsprogramme deelneem.
Munisipaliteite in regering van samewerking 154. (1) Die nasionale regering en provinsiale regerings moet deur wetgewende en ander
maatreëls munisipaliteite se vermoë om hul eie sake te bestuur, hul bevoegdhede uit te oefen en hul funksies te verrig, steun en versterk.
(2) � Nasionale of provinsiale konsepwetgewing wat die status, instellings, bevoegdhede of funksies van plaaslike regering raak, moet voordat dit by die Parlement of ʼn provinsiale wetgewer ingedien word, vir openbare kommentaar gepubliseer word op ʼn wyse wat georganiseerde plaaslike regering, munisipaliteite en ander belanghebbende persone ʼn geleentheid bied om vertoë met betrekking tot die konsepwetgewing te rig.
Instelling van munisipaliteite 155. (1) � Daar is die volgende kategorieë munisipaliteite:
(a) � Kategorie A: ʼn Munisipaliteit wat eksklusiewe munisipale uitvoerende en wetgewende gesag in sy gebied het.
(b) � Kategorie B: ʼn Munisipaliteit wat munisipale uitvoerende en wetgewende gesag in sy gebied deel met ʼn kategorie C-munisipaliteit binne wie se gebied hy val.
(c) � Kategorie C: ʼn Munisipaliteit wat munisipale uitvoerende en wetgewende gesag het in ʼn gebied wat meer as een munisipaliteit insluit.
(2) � Nasionale wetgewing moet die verskillende soorte munisipaliteite bepaal wat binne elke kategorie ingestel kan word.
(3) � Nasionale wetgewing moet– (a) � die maatstawwe voorskryf vir die bepaling van wanneer ʼn gebied ʼn enkele
kategorie A-munisipaliteit moet hê of wanneer dit munisipaliteite van sowel kategorie B as kategorie C moet hê;
(b) � maatstawwe en prosedures voorskryf vir die bepaling van munisipale grense deur ʼn onafhanklike gesag; en
(c) � behoudens artikel 229, voorsiening maak vir ʼn gepaste verdeling van bevoegdhede en funksies tussen munisipaliteite wanneer ʼn gebied
80
Hoofstuk 7: Plaaslike Regering
munisipaliteite van sowel kategorie B as kategorie C het. ʼn Verdeling van bevoegdhede en funksies tussen ʼn kategorie B-munisipaliteit en ʼn kategorie C-munisipaliteit kan verskil van die verdeling van bevoegdhede en funksies tussen ʼn ander kategorie B-munisipaliteit en daardie kategorie C-munisipaliteit.
(4) Die wetgewing in subartikel (3) genoem, moet die behoefte om munisipale dienste op billike en volhoubare wyse te verskaf, in aanmerking neem.
(5) Provinsiale wetgewing moet die verskillende soorte munisipaliteite wat in die provinsie ingestel moet word, bepaal.
(6) Elke provinsiale regering moet munisipaliteite in sy provinsie instel op ʼn wyse wat bestaanbaar is met die wetgewing wat ingevolge subartikels (2) en (3) verorden is, en moet deur wetgewende of ander maatreëls– (a) voorsiening maak vir die monitering en ondersteuning van plaaslike regering
in die provinsie; en (b) die ontwikkeling van plaaslike regeringsvermoë bevorder ten einde
munisipaliteite in staat te stel om hul funksies te verrig en hul eie sake te bestuur.
(6A) ..... [Sub-a. (6A) ingevoeg by a. 1 van die “Constitution Third Amendment Act of 1998” en geskrap by a. 2 van die Twaalfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2005.]
(7) Die nasionale regering, behoudens artikel 44, en die provinsiale regerings het die wetgewende en uitvoerende gesag om toe te sien dat munisipaliteite hul funksies ten opsigte van aangeleenthede in Bylaes 4 en 5 vermeld doeltreffend verrig, deur die uitoefening van munisipaliteite se uitvoerende gesag genoem in artikel 156(1) te reguleer.
Bevoegdhede en funksies van munisipaliteite 156. (1) ‘n Munisipaliteit het uitvoerende gesag ten opsigte van, en het die reg op die
administrasie van– (a) die plaaslike regeringsaangeleenthede wat in Deel B van Bylae 4 en Deel B van
Bylae 5 vermeld word; en (b) enige ander aangeleentheid wat deur nasionale of provinsiale wetgewing aan
hom opgedra word.
81
Hoofstuk 7: Plaaslike Regering
(2) � ʼn Munisipaliteit kan verordeninge uitvaardig en administreer vir die doeltreffende administrasie van die aangeleenthede wat hy die reg het om te administreer.
(3) � Behoudens artikel 151(4) is ʼn munisipale verordening wat met nasionale of provinsiale wetgewing strydig is, ongeldig. Indien daar ʼn teenstrydigheid is tussen ʼn munisipale verordening en nasionale of provinsiale wetgewing wat nie van krag is nie vanweë ʼn teenstrydigheid in artikel 149 genoem, word die munisipale verordening as geldig beskou solank daardie wetgewing nie van krag is nie.
(4) � Die nasionale regering en provinsiale regerings moet by wyse van ʼn ooreenkoms en behoudens enige voorwaardes aan ʼn munisipaliteit die administrasie opdra van ʼn aangeleentheid wat in Deel A van Bylae 4 of Deel A van Bylae 5 vermeld word en wat noodsaaklikerwys op plaaslike regering betrekking het, indien– (a) � daardie aangeleentheid die doeltreffendste plaaslik geadministreer sou kon
word; en (b) � die munisipaliteit die vermoë het om dit te administreer.
(5) � ‘n Munisipaliteit het die reg om enige bevoegdheid uit te oefen met betrekking tot ʼn aangeleentheid wat redelikerwys nodig is vir, of verband hou met, die doeltreffende verrigting van sy funksies.
Samestelling en verkiesing van Munisipale Rade 157. (1) ‘n Munisipale Raad bestaan uit–
(a) lede wat ooreenkomstig subartikels (2) en (3) verkies is; of (b) indien nasionale wetgewing daarvoor voorsiening maak–
(i) � lede wat deur ander Munisipale Rade aangestel is om daardie ander Rade te verteenwoordig; of
(ii) � sowel lede wat ooreenkomstig paragraaf (a) verkies is as lede wat ooreenkomstig subparagraaf (i) van hierdie paragraaf aangestel is.
[Sub-a. (1) vervang by a. 1(a) van die Agtste Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2002 en gewysig by a. 3 van die Vyftiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
(2) � Die verkiesing van lede tot ʼn Munisipale Raad soos in subartikel (1)(a) beoog, moet ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing geskied, wat ʼn stelsel moet voorskryf – (a) � van proporsionele verteenwoordiging wat op die betrokke munisipaliteit se
segment van die nasionale gemeenskaplike kieserslys gebaseer is en wat voorsiening maak vir die verkiesing van lede uit lyste van partykandidate wat in ʼn party se rangorde van voorkeur opgestel is; of
82
Hoofstuk 7: Plaaslike Regering
(b) van proporsionele verteenwoordiging soos in paragraaf (a) beskryf wat gekombineer is met ʼn stelsel van wyksverteenwoordiging wat op die betrokke munisipaliteit se segment van die nasionale gemeenskaplike kieserslys gebaseer is.
(3) ‘n Kiesstelsel ingevolge subartikel (2) moet in die algemeen proporsionele verteenwoordiging meebring.
[Sub-a. (3) vervang by a. 1(b) van die Agtste Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2002.]
(4) (a) Indien die kiesstelsel wyksverteenwoordiging insluit, moet die afbakening van wyke gedoen word deur ʼn onafhanklike gesag wat aangestel word ingevolge, en wat funksioneer ooreenkomstig, die prosedures en maatstawwe wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
(b) ..... [Par. (b) geskrap by a. 3 van die Twaalfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2005.] [Sub-a. (4) vervang by a. 2 van die “Constitution Third Amendment Act of 1998”.]
(5) ‘n Persoon kan in ʼn munisipaliteit stem slegs indien daardie persoon op daardie munisipaliteit se segment van die nasionale gemeenskaplike kieserslys geregistreer is.
(6) Die nasionale wetgewing in subartikel (1)(b) genoem, moet ʼn stelsel voorskryf wat dit moontlik maak dat partye en belange wat weerspieël word in die Munisipale Raad wat die aanstelling doen, billik verteenwoordig word in die Munisipale Raad waarin die aanstelling gedoen word.
Lidmaatskap van Munisipale Rade 158. (1) Elke burger wat bevoeg is om vir ʼn Munisipale Raad te stem, is bevoeg om ʼn lid van
daardie Raad te wees, uitgesonderd– (a) iemand wat aangestel is deur, of in die diens is van, die betrokke munisipaliteit
en vergoeding vir daardie aanstelling of diens ontvang, en wat nie ingevolge nasionale wetgewing van hierdie onbevoegdheid vrygestel is nie;
(b) iemand wat aangestel is deur, of in die diens is van, die staat in ʼn ander sfeer en vergoeding vir daardie aanstelling of diens ontvang, en wat ingevolge nasionale wetgewing onbevoeg is vir lidmaatskap van ʼn Munisipale Raad;
(c) iemand wat onbevoeg is om vir die Nasionale Vergadering te stem of ingevolge artikel 47(1)(c), (d) of (e) onbevoeg is om ʼn lid van die Vergadering te wees;
83
Hoofstuk 7: Plaaslike Regering
(d) � ʼn lid van die Nasionale Vergadering, ʼn afgevaardigde na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies of ʼn lid van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer; maar hierdie onbevoegdheid geld nie vir ʼn lid van ʼn Munisipale Raad wat plaaslike regering in die Nasionale Raad verteenwoordig nie; of
(e) � ʼn lid van ʼn ander Munisipale Raad; maar hierdie onbevoegdheid geld nie vir ʼn lid van ʼn Munisipale Raad wat daardie Raad in ʼn ander Munisipale Raad van ʼn ander kategorie verteenwoordig nie.
(2) � Iemand wat ingevolge subartikel (1)(a), (b), (d) of (e) onbevoeg is om ʼn lid van ʼn Munisipale Raad te wees, kan ʼn kandidaat vir die Raad wees behoudens enige beperkings of voorwaardes deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf.
(3) Vakatures in ʼn Munisipale Raad moet ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing gevul word. �
[Sub-a. (3) bygevoeg by a. 4 van die Vyftiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.] �
Termyne van Munisipale Rade 159. (1) Die termyn van ʼn Munisipale Raad is hoogstens vyf jaar, soos deur nasionale
wetgewing bepaal. (2) � Indien ʼn Munisipale Raad ingevolge nasionale wetgewing ontbind word, of
wanneer sy termyn verstryk, moet ʼn verkiesing gehou word binne 90 dae vanaf die datum waarop die Raad ontbind is of sy termyn verstryk het.
(3) � ʼn Munisipale Raad, uitgesonderd ʼn Raad wat ontbind is na ʼn ingryping ingevolge artikel 139, bly bevoeg om te funksioneer vanaf sy ontbinding of die verstryking van sy termyn totdat die nuut verkose Raad verkose verklaar is.
[A. 159 vervang by a. 1 van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.]
Interne prosedures 160. (1) � ‘n Munisipale Raad–
(a) � neem besluite oor die uitoefening van al die bevoegdhede en die verrigting van al die funksies van die munisipaliteit;
(b) � moet sy voorsitter verkies; (c) � kan ʼn uitvoerende komitee en ander komitees verkies, behoudens nasionale
wetgewing; en
84
Hoofstuk 7: Plaaslike Regering
(d) kan personeel in diens neem wat vir die doeltreffende verrigting van sy funksies nodig is.
(2) Die volgende funksies mag nie deur ʼn Munisipale Raad gedelegeer word nie: (a) Die aanname van verordeninge; (b) die goedkeuring van begrotings; (c) die oplegging van eiendomsbelasting en ander belastings, heffings en regte;
en (d) die verkryging van lenings.
(3) (a) ‘n Meerderheid van die lede van ʼn Munisipale Raad moet teenwoordig wees voordat daar oor enige aangeleentheid gestem kan word.
(b) Alle vrae oor aangeleenthede in subartikel (2) vermeld, word beslis by wyse van ʼn besluit deur ʼn Munisipale Raad met ʼn ondersteunende stem van ʼn meerderheid van sy lede geneem.
(c) Alle ander vrae voor ʼn Munisipale Raad word beslis deur ʼn meerderheid van die stemme wat uitgebring word.
(4) Geen verordening mag deur ʼn Munisipale Raad aangeneem word nie tensy– (a) daar aan al die lede van die Raad redelike kennis gegee is; en (b) die voorgestelde verordening vir openbare kommentaar gepubliseer is.
(5) Nasionale wetgewing kan voorsiening maak vir maatstawwe om– (a) die grootte van ʼn Munisipale Raad te bepaal; (b) te bepaal of Munisipale Rade ʼn uitvoerende komitee of enige ander komitee
kan verkies; of (c) die grootte van die uitvoerende komitee of enige ander komitee van ʼn
Munisipale Raad te bepaal. (6) ‘n Munisipale Raad kan verordeninge uitvaardig wat reëls en orders voorskryf vir–
(a) sy interne reëlings; (b) sy werksaamhede en verrigtinge; en (c) die instelling, samestelling, prosedures, bevoegdhede en funksies van sy
komitees. (7) ‘n Munisipale Raad moet sy funksies op ʼn oop wyse verrig, en kan sy sittings of
dié van sy komitees sluit slegs wanneer dit, met inagneming van die aard van die werksaamhede wat verrig word, redelik is om dit te doen.
(8) Lede van ʼn Munisipale Raad is daarop geregtig om aan die Raad se verrigtinge en dié van sy komitees deel te neem op ʼn wyse wat–
85
Hoofstuk 7: Plaaslike Regering
(a) � dit moontlik maak dat partye en belange wat in die Raad weerspieël word, billik verteenwoordig word;
(b) � met die demokrasie bestaanbaar is; en (c) � deur nasionale wetgewing gereël kan word.
Voorreg 161. � Provinsiale wetgewing kan binne die raamwerk van nasionale wetgewing voorsiening
maak vir voorregte en immuniteite van Munisipale Rade en hul lede.
Publikasie van munisipale verordeninge 162. (1) ‘n Munisipale verordening kan toegepas word slegs nadat dit in die offisiële koerant
van die betrokke provinsie gepubliseer is. (2) � ʼn Provinsiale offisiële koerant moet ʼn munisipale verordening op versoek van die
munisipaliteit publiseer. (3) � Munisipale verordeninge moet vir die publiek toeganklik wees.
Georganiseerde plaaslike regering 163. ‘n Parlementswet verorden ooreenkomstig die prosedure deur artikel 76 voorgeskryf,
moet– (a) � voorsiening maak vir die erkenning van nasionale en provinsiale organisasies
wat munisipaliteite verteenwoordig; en (b) � die prosedures bepaal waarvolgens plaaslike regering–
(i) � met die nasionale of ʼn provinsiale regering oorleg kan pleeg; (ii) � verteenwoordigers kan aanwys om aan die Nasionale Raad van
Provinsies deel te neem; en (iii) � kan deelneem aan die proses voorgeskryf deur die nasionale wetgewing
in artikel 221(1)(c) beoog. � [Par. (b) vervang by a. 4 van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.] �
Ander aangeleenthede 164. � Enige aangeleentheid rakende plaaslike regering waarmee nie in die Grondwet gehandel
word nie, kan deur nasionale wetgewing, of deur provinsiale wetgewing binne die raamwerk van nasionale wetgewing, voorgeskryf word.
86
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
hOOFSTUK 8 hOWe en ReGSpleGinG
Regsprekende gesag 165. (1) Die regsprekende gesag van die Republiek berus by die howe.
(2) Die howe is onafhanklik en onderworpe slegs aan die Grondwet en die reg, wat hulle onpartydig en sonder vrees, begunstiging of vooroordeel moet toepas.
(3) Geen persoon of staatsorgaan mag op die funksionering van die howe inbreuk maak nie.
(4) Staatsorgane moet die howe deur middel van wetgewende en ander maatreëls bystaan en beskerm ten einde die onafhanklikheid, onpartydigheid, waardigheid, toeganklikheid en doeltreffendheid van die howe te verseker.
(5) ʼn Bevel of beslissing deur ʼn hof uitgereik, bind alle persone op wie en staatsorgane waarop dit van toepassing is.
(6) Die Hoofregter is die hoof van die regbank en oefen verantwoordelikheid uit oor die vestiging van en monitering van norme en standaarde vir die verrigting van die regterlike funksies van alle howe.
[Sub-a. (6) bygevoeg deur a. 1 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
Regstelsel 166. Die howe is–
(a) die Konstitusionele Hof; (b) die Hoogste Hof van Appèl; (c) die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika, en enige hoë hof van appèl wat ingevolge
ʼn Parlementswet ingestel word om appèlle vanaf enige hof met ʼn status soortgelyk aan die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika aan te hoor;
(d) die landdroshowe; en (e) enige ander hof ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet ingestel of erken, met inbegrip
van ʼn hof met ʼn status soortgelyk aan dié van hetsy die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika hetsy die landdroshowe.
[A. 166 vervang deur a. 2 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
87
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
Konstitusionele Hof 167. (1) Die Konstitusionele Hof bestaan uit die Hoofregter van Suid-Afrika, die
Adjunkhoofregter en nege ander regters. � [Sub-a. (1) vervang by a. 11 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.] �
(2) � ʼn Aangeleentheid voor die Konstitusionele Hof moet deur minstens agt regters verhoor word.
(3) � Die Konstitusionele Hof– (a) � is die hoogste hof van die Republiek; (b) � kan beslis oor–
(i) � grondwetlike aangeleenthede; en (ii) � enige ander aangeleentheid, indien die Konstitusionele hof verlof om
appèl toestaan op die gronde dat die aangeleentheid ʼn debatteerbare regspunt van algemene openbare belang na vore bring wat deur daardie Hof oorweeg behoort te word; en
(c) � gee die finale beslissing oor die vraag of ʼn aangeleentheid binne sy regsgebied val.
[Sub-a (3) vervang deur a. 3 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
(4) � Slegs die Konstitusionele Hof kan– (a) � beslis oor geskille tussen staatsorgane in die nasionale of provinsiale sfeer
betreffende die grondwetlike status, bevoegdhede of funksies van enige van daardie staatsorgane;
(b) � beslis oor die grondwetlikheid van enige parlementêre of provinsiale Wetsontwerp, maar kan dit slegs doen in die omstandighede wat in artikel 79 of 121 beoog word;
(c) � beslis oor aansoeke wat in artikel 80 of 122 beoog word; (d) � beslis oor die grondwetlikheid van enige wysiging van die Grondwet; (e) � beslis dat die Parlement of die President in gebreke gebly het om ʼn
grondwetlike verpligting na te kom; of (f) � ʼn provinsiale grondwet ingevolge artikel 144 sertifiseer.
(5) � Die Konstitusionele Hof vel die finale beslissing oor die vraag of ʼn Parlementswet, ʼn provinsiale Wet of optrede van die President grondwetlik is, en geen bevel van ongeldigheid wat deur die Hoogste Hof van Appèl, die Hooggeregshof van Suid- Afrika of ʼn hof met soortgelyke status gegee is, is van krag voordat daardie bevel deur die Konstitusionele Hof bevestig is nie.
[Sub-a (5) vervang deur a. 3 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
88
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
(6) Nasionale wetgewing of die reëls van die Konstitusionele Hof moet ʼn persoon toelaat om, wanneer dit in die belang van geregtigheid is en met verlof van die Konstitusionele Hof– (a) ʼn aangeleentheid regstreeks by die Konstitusionele Hof aanhangig te maak; of (b) regstreeks vanaf enige ander hof na die Konstitusionele Hof te appelleer.
(7) ‘n Grondwetlike aangeleentheid sluit enige kwessie in waarby die uitleg, beskerming of afdwinging van die Grondwet betrokke is.
Hoogste Hof van Appèl 168. (1) Die Hoogste Hof van Appèl bestaan uit ʼn President, ʼn Adjunkpresident en die getal
appèlregters wat ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet bepaal word. [Sub-a. (1) vervang by a. 12 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(2) ʼn Aangeleentheid voor die Hoogste Hof van Appèl moet beslis word deur die getal regters wat ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet bepaal word.
[Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 12 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(3) (a) Die Hoogste Hof van Appèl kan appèlle beslis in enige aangeleentheid voortspruitend vanuit die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika of ʼn hof met ʼn soortgelyke status as die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika, buiten ten opsigte van arbeids- of mededingingsaangleenthede in die mate deur ʼn Parlementswet bepaal.
(b) Die Hoogste Hof van Appèl kan slegs beslis oor- (i) appèlle; (ii) kwessies wat met appèlle in verband staan; en (iii) enige ander aangeleentheid wat na hom verwys mag word in
omstandighede wat deur ʼn Parlementswet omskryf is. [Sub-a (3) vervang deur a. 4 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika 169. (1) Die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika kan-
(a) enige grondwetlike aangeleentheid beslis, uitgesonderd ʼn aangeleentheid wat- (i) die Konstitusionele Hof ingevolge artikel 167(6)(a) ingestem het om
regstreeks aan te hoor; of
89
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
(ii) � deur ʼn Parlementswet opgedra is aan ʼn ander hof met ʼn status soortgelyk aan dié van die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika; en
(b) � enige ander aangeleentheid beslis wat nie deur ʼn Parlementswet aan ʼn ander hof opgedra is nie.
(2) � Die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika bestaan uit die afdelings bepaal deur ʼn Parlementswet, welke Wet voorsiening moet maak vir- (a) � die instelling van afdelings, met een of meer setels in ʼn afdeling; en (b) � die toewysing van regsbevoegdheid aan ʼn afdeling of ʼn setel binne ʼn afdeling.
(3) � Elke afdeling van die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika- (a) � het ʼn Regter-president; (b) � kan een of meer adjunkregters-president hê; en (c) � het die getal ander regters ingevolge nasionale wetgewing bepaal.
[A. 169 vervang deur a. 5 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
Ander howe 170. � Alle howe buiten dié in artikels 167, 168 en 169 bedoel kan enige aangeleentheid beslis
wat deur ʼn Parlementswet bepaal word, maar ʼn hof met ʼn laer status as die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika mag nie ondersoek instel na of beslis oor die grondwetlikheid van enige wetgewing of enige optrede van die President nie. [A. 170 vervang deur a. 6 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
Hofprosedures 171. � Alle howe funksioneer ingevolge nasionale wetgewing, en daar moet ingevolge nasionale
wetgewing vir hulle reëls en prosedures voorsiening gemaak word.
Bevoegdhede van howe in grondwetlike aangeleenthede 172. (1) Wanneer ʼn hof ʼn grondwetlike aangeleentheid binne sy bevoegdheid beslis–
(a) � moet die hof verklaar dat enige regsvoorskrif of optrede wat met die Grondwet onbestaanbaar is, ongeldig is in die mate waarin dit onbestaanbaar is; en
(b) � kan die hof enige bevel gee wat regverdig en billik is, met inbegrip van– (i) � ‘n bevel wat die terugwerkendheid van die ongeldigverklaring beperk;
en (ii) � ʼn bevel wat die ongeldigverklaring vir enige tydperk en op enige
voorwaardes opskort ten einde die bevoegde gesag toe te laat om die gebrek reg te stel.
90
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
(2) (a) Die Hoogste Hof van Appèl, die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika of ʼn hof met soortgelyke status kan ʼn bevel gee oor die grondwetlike geldigheid van ʼn Parlementswet, ʼn provinsiale Wet of enige optrede van die President, maar ʼn bevel van grondwetlike ongeldigheid is nie van krag tensy dit deur die Konstitusionele Hof bevestig word nie.
[Par (a) vervang deur a. 7 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
(b) ʼn Hof wat ʼn bevel van grondwetlike ongeldigheid gee, kan ʼn tydelike interdik of ander tydelike verligting aan ʼn party verleen, of kan die verrigtinge verdaag, hangende ʼn beslissing van die Konstitusionele Hof oor die geldigheid van genoemde Wet of optrede.
(c) Nasionale wetgewing moet voorsiening maak vir die verwysing van ʼn bevel van grondwetlike ongeldigheid na die Konstitusionele Hof.
(d) Enige persoon of staatsorgaan met ʼn voldoende belang kan regstreeks appelleer na, of regstreeks aansoek doen by, die Konstitusionele Hof om ʼn bevel van grondwetlike ongeldigheid deur ʼn hof ingevolge hierdie subartikel, te bevestig of te verander.
Inherente bevoegdheid 173. Die Konstitusionele Hof, die Hoogste Hof van Appèl en die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika
het elk die inherente bevoegdheid om, met inagneming van die belang van geregtigheid, hul eie proses te beskerm en te reël en die gemene reg te ontwikkel. [A. 173 vervang deur a. 8 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
Aanstelling van regterlike beamptes 174. (1) Enige toepaslik gekwalifiseerde vrou of man wat ʼn geskikte en gepaste persoon is,
kan as ʼn regterlike beampte aangestel word. Iemand wat in die Konstitusionele Hof aangestel staan te word moet daarbenewens ʼn Suid-Afrikaanse burger wees.
(2) Die behoefte dat die regbank in die breë die rasse- en geslagsamestelling van Suid- Afrika weerspieël, moet in aanmerking geneem word wanneer regterlike beamptes aangestel word.
(3) Die President as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag stel, na oorleg met die Regterlike Dienskommissie en die leiers van partye wat in die Nasionale Vergadering verteenwoordig is, die Hoofregter en Adjunkhoofregter aan en, na oorleg met die Regterlike Dienskommissie, die President en Adjunkpresident van die Hoogste Hof van Appèl aan.
91
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
[Sub-a. (3) vervang by a. 13 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(4) � Die ander regters van die Konstitusionele Hof word deur die President, as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag, na oorleg met die Hoofregter en die leiers van partye wat in die Nasionale Vergadering verteenwoordig is, ooreenkomstig die volgende prosedure aangestel: (a) � Die Regterlike Dienskommissie moet ʼn lys van benoemdes opstel met drie
name meer as die getal aanstellings wat gedoen moet word, en die lys aan die President voorlê.
(b) � Die President kan aanstellings uit die lys doen, en moet die Regterlike Dienskommissie in kennis stel, met vermelding van redes, indien enige van die benoemdes onaanvaarbaar is en enige aanstelling nog gedoen moet word.
(c) � Die Regterlike Dienskommissie moet die lys met verdere benoemdes aanvul en die President moet die oorblywende aanstellings uit die aangevulde lys doen.
[Sub-a. (4) vervang by a. 13 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(5) � Te alle tye moet minstens vier lede van die Konstitusionele Hof persone wees wat regters was op die tydstip waarop hulle in die Konstitusionele Hof aangestel is.
(6) � Die President moet die regters van alle ander howe op advies van die Regterlike Dienskommissie aanstel.
(7) � Ander regterlike beamptes word aangestel ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet, wat moet verseker dat die aanstelling, bevordering, oorplasing of ontslag van, of tugstappe teen, hierdie regterlike beamptes sonder begunstiging of vooroordeel geskied.
(8) � Voordat regterlike beamptes begin om hulle funksies te verrig, moet hulle ooreenkomstig Bylae 2 ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring aflê dat hulle die Grondwet sal handhaaf en beskerm.
Aanstelling van waarnemende regters 175. (1) Die President kan ʼn vrou of ʼn man aanstel om as ʼn waarnemende Adjunkhoofregter
of regter in die Konstitusionele Hof te dien indien daar ʼn vakature is of indien die persoon wat sodanige amp beklee, afwesig is. Die aanstelling moet geskied op aanbeveling van die Kabinetslid wat vir die regspleging verantwoordelik is, handelende met die instemming van die Hoofregter, en ʼn aanstelling as waarnemende Adjunkhoofregter moet uit die geledere van die regters wat ingevolge artikel 174(4) tot die Konstitusionele Hoof aangestel is, gedoen word.
[Sub-a. (1) vervang by a. 14 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001 en vervang deur a. 9 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
92
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
(2) Die Kabinetslid wat vir die regspleging verantwoordelik is, moet waarnemende regters in ander howe aanstel na oorleg met die senior regter van die hof waarin die waarnemende regter sal dien.
Ampstermyne en vergoeding 176. (1) ‘n Regter van die Konstitusionele Hof beklee die amp vir ʼn nieherhaalbare termyn
van 12 jaar of totdat hy of sy die ouderdom van 70 jaar bereik, watter ook al eerste plaasvind, behalwe waar ʼn Parlementswet die ampstermyn van ʼn regter van die Konstitusionele Hof verleng.
[Sub-a. (1) vervang by a. 15 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(2) Ander regters beklee die amp totdat hulle ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet van aktiewe diens onthef word.
(3) Die salarisse, toelaes en voordele van regters mag nie verminder word nie.
Ontheffing 177. (1) ‘n Regter kan van die amp onthef word slegs indien–
(a) die Regterlike Dienskommissie bevind dat die regter aan ʼn onvermoë ly, uitermate onbevoeg is of aan growwe wangedrag skuldig is; en
(b) die Nasionale Vergadering die ontheffing van daardie regter aanvra by ʼn besluit aangeneem met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van die lede van die Vergadering.
(2) Die President moet ʼn regter van die amp onthef indien ʼn besluit aangeneem word waarin die ontslag van daardie regter aangevra word.
(3) Die President kan op advies van die Regterlike Dienskommissie ʼn regter skors wat die onderwerp is van verrigtinge ingevolge subartikel (1).
Regterlike Dienskommissie 178. (1) Daar is ʼn Regterlike Dienskommissie wat bestaan uit –
(a) die Hoofregter, wat op vergaderings van die Kommissie voorsit;
(b) die President van die Hoogste Hof van Appèl; [Par. (b) vervang by a. 16(a) van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(c) een Regter-president deur die Regters-president aangewys; (d) die Kabinetslid wat vir die regspleging verantwoordelik is, of ʼn plaasvervanger
deur daardie Kabinetslid aangewys;
93
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
(e) � twee praktiserende advokate uit die geledere van die advokateprofessie benoem om die professie as geheel te verteenwoordig, en deur die President aangestel;
(f) � twee praktiserende prokureurs uit die geledere van die prokureursprofessie benoem om die professie as geheel te verteenwoordig, en deur die President aangestel;
(g) � een dosent in die regte deur regsdosente aan Suid-Afrikaanse universiteite aangewys;
(h) � ses persone deur die Nasionale Vergadering uit sy geledere aangewys, van wie minstens drie lede moet wees van opposisiepartye wat in die Vergadering verteenwoordig is;
(i) � vier vaste afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies as ʼn groep deur die Raad aangewys by ʼn besluit aangeneem met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens ses provinsies;
(j) � vier persone aangewys deur die President as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag, na oorleg met die leiers van al die partye in die Nasionale Vergadering; en
(k) � wanneer aangeleenthede oorweeg word wat op ʼn spesifieke Afdeling van de Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika betrekking het, die Regter-president van daardie Afdeling en die Premier van die betrokke provinsie, of ʼn plaasvervanger deur elk van hulle aangewys.
[Par. (k) vervang by a. 2 van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998” en by a. 16(b) van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001 en deur a. 10 van die Sewentiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2012.]
(2) � Indien die getal persone wat ingevolge subartikel (1)(e) of (f) uit die geledere van die advokate- of prokureursprofessie benoem is, gelyk is aan die getal vakatures wat gevul moet word, moet die President hulle aanstel. Indien die getal persone wat benoem is meer is as die getal vakatures wat gevul moet word, moet die President, na oorleg met die betrokke professie, genoeg van die benoemdes aanstel om die vakatures te vul, met inagneming van die behoefte om te verseker dat diegene wat aangestel word die professie as geheel verteenwoordig.
(3) � Lede van die Kommissie deur die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies aangewys, dien totdat hulle as ʼn groep vervang word of totdat ʼn vakature in hulle geledere ontstaan. Ander lede wat in die Kommissie aangewys of benoem is, dien totdat hulle vervang word deur diegene wat hulle aangewys of benoem het.
94
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
(4) Die Regterlike Dienskommissie het die bevoegdhede en funksies in die Grondwet en nasionale wetgewing aan hom opgedra.
(5) Die Regterlike Dienskommissie kan die nasionale regering oor enige aangeleentheid met betrekking tot die regbank of die regspleging adviseer, maar wanneer hy enige aangeleentheid behalwe die aanstelling van ʼn regter oorweeg, moet hy sonder die lede wat ingevolge subartikel (1)(h)en (i) aangewys is, vergader.
(6) Die Regterlike Dienskommissie kan sy eie prosedure bepaal, maar besluite van die Kommissie moet deur ʼn meerderheid van sy lede gesteun word.
(7) Indien die Hoofregter of die President van die Hoogste Hof van Appèl tydelik nie in staat is om op die Kommissie te dien nie, neem die Adjunkhoofregter of die Adjunkpresident van die Hoogste Hof van Appèl, na gelang van die geval, as sy of haar plaasvervanger op die Kommissie waar.
[Sub-a. (7) bygevoeg by a. 2(b) van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998” en vervang by a. 16(c) van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(8) Die President en die persone wat die lede van die Kommissie ingevolge subartikel (1)(c), (e), (f) en (g) aanstel, benoem of aanwys, kan op dieselfde wyse ʼn plaasvervanger vir elk van daardie lede aanstel, benoem of aanwys om in die Kommissie te dien wanneer ook al die betrokke lid tydelik nie in staat is om dit te doen nie as gevolg van sy of haar onvermoë of afwesigheid uit die Republiek of om enige ander toereikende rede.
[Sub-a. (8) bygevoeg by a. 2(b) van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.]
Vervolgingsgesag 179. (1) Daar is ʼn enkele nasionale vervolgingsgesag in die Republiek, wat ingevolge ʼn
Parlementswet saamgestel is en wat bestaan uit– (a) ‘n Nasionale Direkteur van Openbare Vervolgings, wat die hoof van die
vervolgingsgesag is en deur die President, as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag, aangestel word; en
(b) Direkteure van Openbare Vervolgings en aanklaers soos deur ʼn Parlementswet bepaal.
(2) Die vervolgingsgesag het die bevoegdheid om strafregtelike verrigtinge namens die staat in te stel en om enige funksies te verrig wat in verband met die instel van strafregtelike verrigtinge nodig is.
(3) Nasionale wetgewing moet verseker dat die Direkteure van Openbare Vervolgings –
95
Hoofstuk 8: Howe en Regspleging
(a) � paslik gekwalifiseerd is; en (b) � verantwoordelik is vir vervolgings in spesifieke jurisdiksies, behoudens
subartikel (5). (4) � Nasionale wetgewing moet verseker dat die vervolgingsgesag sy funksies sonder
vrees, begunstiging of vooroordeel verrig. (5) � Die Nasionale Direkteur van Openbare Vervolgings–
(a) � moet met die instemming van die Kabinetslid wat vir die regspleging verantwoordelik is en na oorleg met die Direkteure van Openbare Vervolgings die vervolgingsbeleid bepaal wat in die vervolgingsproses nagekom moet word;
(b) � moet beleidsvoorskrifte uitreik wat in die vervolgingsproses nagekom moet word;
(c) � kan in die vervolgingsproses ingryp wanneer beleidsvoorskrifte nie nagekom word nie; en
(d) � kan ʼn besluit om te vervolg of nie te vervolg nie, hersien na oorleg met die betrokke Direkteur van Openbare Vervolgings en na ontvangs, binne ʼn tydperk deur die Nasionale Direkteur van Openbare Vervolgings bepaal, van vertoë van die volgende: (i) � Die beskuldigde. (ii) � Die klaer. (iii) � Enige ander persoon of party wat deur die Nasionale Direkteur as
betrokke beskou word. (6) � Die Kabinetslid wat vir die regspleging verantwoordelik is, oefen finale
verantwoordelikheid oor die vervolgingsgesag uit. (7) � Alle ander aangeleenthede betreffende die vervolgingsgesag moet deur nasionale
wetgewing bepaal word.
Ander aangeleenthede betreffende regspleging 180. Nasionale wetgewing kan voorsiening maak vir enige aangeleentheid betreffende die
regspleging waarmee nie in die Grondwet gehandel word nie met inbegrip van– (a) � opleidingsprogramme vir regterlike beamptes; (b) � prosedures vir die hantering van klagtes oor regterlike beamptes; en (c) � die deelname van ander persone as regterlike beamptes aan die beslissings
van howe.
96
Hoofstuk 9: Staatsinstellings ter ondersteuning van Grondwetlike Demokrasie
hOOFSTUK 9 STaaTSinSTellinGS TeR OndeRSTeuninG van GROndWeTlike
deMOkRaSie
Instelling en bepalende beginsels 181. (1) Die volgende staatsinstellings versterk die grondwetlike demokrasie in die
Republiek: (a) Die Openbare Beskermer. (b) Die Menseregtekommissie.
[Par. (b) gewysig by a. 4 van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.]
(c) Die Kommissie vir die Bevordering en Beskerming van die Regte van Kultuur-, Godsdiens- en Taalgemeenskappe.
(d) Die Kommissie vir Geslagsgelykheid. (e) Die Ouditeur-generaal. (f) Die Verkiesingskommissie.
(2) Hierdie instellings is onafhanklik, en slegs aan die Grondwet en die reg onderworpe, en moet onpartydig wees en hul bevoegdhede en funksies sonder vrees, begunstiging of vooroordeel uitoefen en verrig.
(3) Ander staatsorgane moet hierdie instellings deur middel van wetgewende en ander maatreëls bystaan en beskerm ten einde die onafhanklikheid, onpartydigheid, waardigheid en doeltreffendheid van hierdie instellings te verseker.
(4) Geen persoon of staatsorgaan mag op die funksionering van hierdie instellings inbreuk maak nie.
(5) Hierdie instellings is teenoor die Nasionale Vergadering verantwoordingspligtig, en moet minstens een keer per jaar oor hul bedrywighede en die verrigting van hul funksies aan die Vergadering verslag doen.
Openbare beskermer
Funksies van Openbare Beskermer 182. (1) Die Openbare Beskermer het die bevoegdheid, soos deur nasionale wetgewing
gereguleer–
97
Hoofstuk 9: Staatsinstellings ter ondersteuning van Grondwetlike Demokrasie
(a) � om ondersoek in te stel na enige optrede in staatsake, of in die openbare administrasie in enige regeringsfeer, wat, na beweer of vermoed word, onbehoorlik is of enige onbehoorlikheid of benadeling tot gevolg het;
(b) � om oor dié optrede verslag te doen; en (c) � om gepaste regstellende stappe te doen.
(2) � Die Openbare Beskermer het die bykomende bevoegdhede en funksies wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
(3) � Die Openbare Beskermer mag nie hofbeslissings ondersoek nie. (4) � Die Openbare Beskermer moet vir alle persone en gemeenskappe toeganklik wees. (5) � Enige verslag deur die Openbare Beskermer uitgereik, moet vir die publiek
toeganklik wees, tensy buitengewone omstandighede wat ingevolge nasionale wetgewing bepaal moet word vereis dat ʼn verslag vertroulik gehou word.
Ampstermyn 183. Die Openbare Beskermer word vir ʼn nieherhaalbare termyn van sewe jaar aangestel.
Menseregtekommissie
Funksies van Menseregtekommissie 184. (1) Die Menseregtekommissie moet–
(a) � respek vir menseregte en ʼn kultuur van menseregte bevorder; (b) � die beskerming, ontwikkeling en verwesenliking van menseregte bevorder; en (c) � die handhawing van menseregte in die Republiek monitor en die stand
daarvan bepaal. (2) � Die Menseregtekommissie het die bevoegdhede, soos deur nasionale wetgewing
gereguleer, wat nodig is om sy funksies te verrig, met inbegrip van die bevoegdheid– (a) � om ondersoek in te stel na en verslag te doen oor die handhawing van
menseregte; (b) � om stappe te doen ten einde gepaste herstel te verseker waar menseregte
geskend is; (c) � om navorsing te doen; en (d) � om op te voed.
98
Hoofstuk 9: Staatsinstellings ter ondersteuning van Grondwetlike Demokrasie
(3) Die Menseregtekommissie moet jaarliks van enige betrokke staatsorgane vereis om die Kommissie te voorsien van inligting oor die maatreëls wat hulle getref het ter verwesenliking van die regte in die Handves van Regte betreffende behuising, gesondheidsorg, voedsel, water, maatskaplike sekerheid, die onderwys en die omgewing.
(4) Die Menseregtekommissie het die bykomende bevoegdhede en funksies wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
[A. 184 gewysig by a. 4 van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.]
kommissie vir die bevordering en beskerming van die Regte van kultuur-, Godsdiens- en Taalgemeenskappe
Funksies van Kommissie 185. (1) Die Kommissie vir die Bevordering en Beskerming van die Regte van Kultuur-,
Godsdiens- en Taalgemeenskappe het die volgende hoofoogmerke: (a) Om respek te bevorder vir die regte van kultuur-, godsdiens- en
taalgemeenskappe; (b) om vrede, vriendskap, menslikheid, verdraagsaamheid en nasionale eenheid
onder kultuur-, godsdiens- en taalgemeenskappe op die grondslag van gelykheid, niediskriminasie en vrye assosiasie te bevorder en te ontwikkel; en
(c) om die instelling of erkenning, ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing, van ʼn kultuur- of ander raad of rade vir ʼn gemeenskap of gemeenskappe in Suid- Afrika aan te beveel.
(2) Die Kommissie het die bevoegdheid, soos deur nasionale wetgewing gereguleer, wat nodig is om sy hoofoogmerke te bereik, met inbegrip van die bevoegdheid om kwessies betreffende die regte van kultuur-, godsdiens- en taalgemeenskappe te monitor, te ondersoek, na te vors, opvoeding daaroor te voorsien, steun daarvoor te werf, daaroor te adviseer en verslag daaroor te doen.
(3) Die Kommissie kan enige aangeleentheid wat binne sy bevoegdhede en funksies val aan die Menseregtekommissie vir ondersoek rapporteer.
[Sub-a. (3) gewysig by a. 4 van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.]
(4) Die Kommissie het die bykomende bevoegdhede en funksies wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
99
Hoofstuk 9: Staatsinstellings ter ondersteuning van Grondwetlike Demokrasie
Samestelling van Kommissie 186. (1) Die getal lede van die Kommissie vir die Bevordering en Beskerming van die Regte
van Kultuur-, Godsdiens- en Taalgemeenskappe en hul aanstelling en ampstermyne moet deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
(2) � Die samestelling van die Kommissie moet– (a) � in die breë verteenwoordigend wees van die vernaamste kultuur-, godsdiens-
en taalgemeenskappe in Suid-Afrika; en (b) � in die breë die geslagsamestelling van Suid-Afrika weerspieël.
kommissie vir Geslagsgelykheid
Funksies van Kommissie vir Geslagsgelykheid 187. (1) Die Kommissie vir Geslagsgelykheid moet respek vir geslagsgelykheid en die
beskerming, ontwikkeling en verwesenliking van geslagsgelykheid bevorder. (2) � Die Kommissie vir Geslagsgelykheid het die bevoegdheid, soos deur nasionale
wetgewing gereguleer, wat nodig is om sy funksies te verrig, met inbegrip van die bevoegdheid om aangeleenthede betreffende geslagsgelykheid te monitor, te ondersoek, na te vors, opvoeding daaroor te voorsien, steun daarvoor te werf, daaroor te adviseer en verslag daaroor te doen.
(3) � Die Kommissie vir Geslagsgelykheid het die bykomende bevoegdhede en funksies wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
Ouditeur-generaal
Werksaamhede van Ouditeur-generaal 188. (1) Die Ouditeur-generaal moet die rekenings, finansiële state en finansiële bestuur van
die volgende instellings en instansies ouditeer en daaroor verslag doen: (a) � Alle nasionale en provinsiale staatsdepartemente en -administrasies; (b) � alle munisipaliteite; en (c) � enige ander instelling of rekenpligtige instansie wat ingevolge nasionale of
provinsiale wetgewing deur die Ouditeur-generaal geouditeer moet word. (2) � Benewens die pligte in subartikel (1) voorgeskryf, en behoudens enige wetgewing,
kan die Ouditeur-generaal die rekenings, finansiële state en finansiële bestuur van enige van die volgende instellings ouditeer en daaroor verslag doen:
100
Hoofstuk 9: Staatsinstellings ter ondersteuning van Grondwetlike Demokrasie
(a) Enige instelling wat uit die Nasionale Inkomstefonds of ʼn Provinsiale Inkomstefonds of deur ʼn munisipaliteit gefinansier word; of
(b) enige instelling wat ingevolge enige wet gemagtig is om geld vir ʼn openbare doel te ontvang.
(3) Die Ouditeur-generaal moet ouditverslae voorlê aan enige wetgewer wat ʼn regstreekse belang in die oudit het, en aan enige ander gesag wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word. Alle verslae moet openbaar gemaak word.
(4) Die Ouditeur-generaal het die bykomende bevoegdhede en funksies wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
Ampstermyn 189. Die Ouditeur-generaal word vir ʼn vaste, nieherhaalbare termyn van tussen vyf en tien jaar
aangestel. verkiesingskommissie
Funksies van Verkiesingskommissie 190. (1) Die Verkiesingskommissie moet–
(a) verkiesings van nasionale, provinsiale en munisipale wetgewende liggame ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing bestuur;
(b) toesien dat die verkiesings vry en regverdig is; en (c) die uitslae van dié verkiesings bekend maak binne ʼn tydperk wat deur
nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf moet word en so kort as redelikerwys moontlik moet wees.
(2) Die Verkiesingskommissie het die bykomende bevoegdhede en funksies wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
Samestelling van Verkiesingskommissie 191. Die Verkiesingskommissie bestaan uit minstens drie persone. Die getal lede en hul
ampstermyne moet deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf word.
101
Hoofstuk 9: Staatsinstellings ter ondersteuning van Grondwetlike Demokrasie
Onafhanklike Owerheid om die uitsaaiwese te Reguleer
Uitsaai-owerheid 192. � ‘n Onafhanklike owerheid moet deur nasionale wetgewing ingestel word om die
uitsaaiwese in die openbare belang te reguleer en om toe te sien dat regverdigheid geskied en ʼn verskeidenheid van sienswyses aangebied word wat in die breë verteenwoordigend van die Suid-Afrikaanse samelewing is.
algemene bepalings
Aanstellings 193. (1) Die Openbare Beskermer en die lede van enige Kommissie deur hierdie Hoofstuk
ingestel, moet vroue of mans wees wat– (a) Suid-Afrikaanse burgers is; (b) geskikte en gepaste persone is om die bepaalde amp te beklee; en (c) voldoen aan enige ander vereistes wat deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf
word. (2) Die behoefte dat ʼn Kommissie wat deur hierdie Hoofstuk ingestel word, in die
breë die rasse- en geslagsamestelling van Suid-Afrika weerspieël, moet by die aanstelling van lede in aanmerking geneem word.
(3) Die Ouditeur-generaal moet ʼn vrou of ʼn man wees wat ʼn Suid-Afrikaanse burger en ʼn geskikte en gepaste persoon is om die amp te beklee. By die aanstelling van die Ouditeur-generaal moet gespesialiseerde kennis of ervaring van ouditering, staatsfinansies en die openbare administrasie behoorlik in aanmerking geneem word.
(4) Die President moet die Openbare Beskermer, die Ouditeur-generaal en die lede van– (a) die Menseregtekommissie; (b) die Kommissie vir Geslagsgelykheid; en (c) die Verkiesingskommissie, op aanbeveling van die Nasionale Vergadering
aanstel. (5) Die Nasionale Vergadering moet persone aanbeveel wat–
(a) benoem is deur ʼn komitee van die Vergadering wat proporsioneel saamgestel is uit lede van alle partye wat in die Vergadering verteenwoordig is; en
102
Hoofstuk 9: Staatsinstellings ter ondersteuning van Grondwetlike Demokrasie
(b) deur die Vergadering goedgekeur is by ʼn besluit aangeneem met ʼn ondersteunende stem van– (i) minstens 60 persent van die lede van die Vergadering, indien die
aanbeveling betrekking het op die aanstelling van die Openbare Beskermer of die Ouditeur-generaal; of
(ii) ʼn meerderheid van die lede van die Vergadering, indien die aanbeveling betrekking het op die aanstelling van ʼn lid van ʼn Kommissie.
(6) Daar kan vir die betrokkenheid van die burgerlike gemeenskap in die aanbevelingsproses voorsiening gemaak word soos in artikel 59(1)(a) beoog.
Ampsontheffing 194. (1) Die Openbare Beskermer, die Ouditeur-generaal of ʼn lid van ʼn Kommissie deur
hierdie Hoofstuk ingestel, kan van die amp onthef word slegs op grond van– (a) wangedrag, onvermoë of onbekwaamheid; (b) ʼn bevinding te dien effekte deur ʼn komitee van die Nasionale Vergadering; en (c) ʼn besluit van die Vergadering waarin gevra word dat die persoon van die amp
onthef word. (2) ‘n Besluit van die Nasionale Vergadering oor die ampsontheffing van–
(a) die Openbare Beskermer of die Ouditeur-generaal moet aangeneem word met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van die lede van die Vergadering; of
(b) ʼn lid van ʼn Kommissie moet aangeneem word met ʼn ondersteunende stem van ʼn meerderheid van die lede van die Vergadering.
(3) Die President– (a) kan te eniger tyd na die aanvang van die verrigtinge van ʼn Komitee van die
Nasionale Vergadering vir die ontheffing van ʼn persoon daardie persoon in die amp skors; en
(b) moet ʼn persoon van die amp onthef by aanname deur die Vergadering van die besluit waarin gevra word dat dié persoon van die amp onthef word.
103
Hoofstuk 10: Openbare Administrasie
hOOFSTUK 10 OpenbaRe adMiniSTRaSie
Basiese waardes en beginsels wat openbare administrasie beheers 195. (1) Openbare administrasie word beheers deur die demokratiese waardes en beginsels
wat in die Grondwet verskans is, met inbegrip van die volgende beginsels: (a) � ‘n Hoë standaard van beroepsetiek moet bevorder en gehandhaaf word. (b) � Die doelmatige, ekonomiese en doeltreffende aanwending van hulpbronne
moet bevorder word. (c) � Openbare administrasie moet ontwikkelingsgerig wees. (d) � Dienste moet onpartydig, regverdig, op billike grondslag en sonder
vooroordeel gelewer word. (e) � Aandag moet aan mense se behoeftes gegee word, en die publiek moet
aangemoedig word om aan beleidsvorming deel te neem. (f) � Openbare administrasie moet verantwoordingspligtig wees. (g) � Deursigtigheid moet bevorder word deur die publiek van tydige, toeganklike
en korrekte inligting te voorsien. (h) � Goeie praktyke van mensehulpbronbestuur en loopbaanontwikkeling moet
ontwikkel word om mensepotensiaal tot die maksimum te ontsluit. (i) � Openbare administrasie moet in die breë verteenwoordigend
wees van die Suid-Afrikaanse bevolking, met indiensnemings- en personeelbestuurspraktyke wat gebaseer is op vermoë, objektiwiteit, billikheid en die behoefte om die wanbalanse van die verlede reg te stel ten einde breë verteenwoordiging te bewerkstellig.
(2) � Bogenoemde beginsels is van toepassing op– (a) � administrasie in elke regeringsfeer; (b) � staatsorgane; en (c) � openbare ondernemings.
(3) � Nasionale wetgewing moet die bevordering verseker van die waardes en beginsels wat in subartikel (1) vermeld word.
(4) � Die aanstelling in die openbare administrasie van ʼn aantal persone op grond van beleidsoorwegings word nie uitgesluit nie, maar nasionale wetgewing moet die aanstellings in die staatsdiens reguleer.
104
Hoofstuk 10: Openbare Administrasie
(5) Wetgewing wat die openbare administrasie reguleer kan ʼn onderskeid maak tussen verskillende sektore, administrasies of instellings.
(6) Die aard en funksies van verskillende sektore, administrasies of instellings van die openbare administrasie is tersaaklike faktore wat in aanmerking geneem moet word in wetgewing wat die openbare administrasie reël.
Staatsdienskommissie 196. (1) Daar is ʼn enkele Staatsdienskommissie vir die Republiek.
(2) Die Kommissie is onafhanklik en moet onpartydig wees, en moet sonder vrees, begunstiging of vooroordeel sy bevoegdhede uitoefen en sy funksies verrig in die belang van die handhawing van ʼn doeltreffende en bevoegde openbare administrasie en ʼn hoë standaard van beroepsetiek in die staatsdiens. Die Kommissie moet deur nasionale wetgewing gereguleer word.
(3) Ander staatsorgane moet deur middel van wetgewende en ander maatreëls die Kommissie bystaan en beskerm ten einde die onafhanklikheid, onpartydigheid, waardigheid en doeltreffendheid van die Kommissie te verseker. Geen persoon of staatsorgaan mag op die funksionering van die Kommissie inbreuk maak nie.
(4) Die bevoegdhede en funksies van die Kommissie is om– (a) die waardes en beginsels wat in artikel 195 uiteengesit word, regdeur die
staatsdiens te bevorder; (b) die organisasie en administrasie, en die personeelpraktyke, van die staatsdiens
te ondersoek, te monitor en te evalueer; (c) maatreëls voor te stel om effektiewe en doelmatige werkverrigting in die
staatsdiens te verseker; (d) lasgewings uit te reik wat daarop gemik is om te verseker dat
personeelprosedures met betrekking tot werwing, oorplasing, bevordering en ontslag voldoen aan die waardes en beginsels in artikel 195 uiteengesit;
(e) verslag te doen ten opsigte van sy bedrywighede en die verrigting van sy funksies, met inbegrip van enige bevinding wat hy mag maak, lasgewings wat hy mag uitreik en advies wat hy mag gee, en om ʼn evaluering te verskaf van die mate waarin daar voldoen word aan die waardes en beginsels in artikel 195 uiteengesit;
(f) hetsy uit eie beweging hetsy na ontvangs van enige klagte–
105
Hoofstuk 10: Openbare Administrasie
(i) � die toepassing van personeel- en openbareadministrasie-praktyke te ondersoek en te evalueer, en aan die toepaslike uitvoerende gesag en wetgewer verslag te doen;
(ii) � ondersoek in te stel na griewe van werknemers in die staatsdiens oor amptelike handelinge of versuime, en gepaste regstellings aan te beveel;
(iii) � die nakoming van toepaslike prosedures in die staatsdiens te monitor en te ondersoek; en
(iv) � nasionale en provinsiale staatsorgane van advies te dien oor personeelpraktyke in die staatsdiens, met inbegrip van dié met betrekking tot die werwing, aanstelling, oorplasing, uitdienstreding en ander aspekte van die loopbane van werknemers in die staatsdiens; en
(g) die bykomende bevoegdhede uit te oefen of funksies te verrig wat deur ʼn Parlementswet voorgeskryf word.
[Par. (g) bygevoeg by a. 3 van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.]
(5) � Die Kommissie is teenoor die Nasionale Vergadering verantwoordingspligtig. (6) � Die Kommissie moet minstens een keer per jaar ingevolge subartikel (4)(e) verslag
doen– (a) � aan die Nasionale Vergadering; en (b) � ten opsigte van sy bedrywighede in ʼn provinsie, aan die wetgewer van daardie
provinsie. (7) � Die Kommissie het die volgende 14 kommissarisse wat deur die President aangestel
word: (a) � Vyf kommissarisse ooreenkomstig subartikel (8)(a) deur die Nasionale
Vergadering goedgekeur; en (b) � een kommissaris vir elke provinsie ooreenkomstig subartikel (8)(b) deur die
Premier van die provinsie benoem. (8) � (a) ‘n Kommissaris wat ingevolge subartikel (7)(a) aangestel word, moet–
(i) � aanbeveel word deur ʼn komitee van die Nasionale Vergadering wat proporsioneel saamgestel is uit lede van alle partye wat in die Vergadering verteenwoordig is; en
(ii) � deur die Vergadering goedgekeur word by ʼn besluit aangeneem met ʼn ondersteunende stem van ʼn meerderheid van die lede van die Vergadering.
106
Hoofstuk 10: Openbare Administrasie
(b) ‘n Kommissaris wat deur die Premier van ʼn provinsie benoem word, moet– (i) aanbeveel word deur ʼn komitee van die provinsiale wetgewer wat
proporsioneel saamgestel is uit lede van alle partye wat in die wetgewer verteenwoordig is; en
(ii) deur die wetgewer goedgekeur word by ʼn besluit aangeneem met ʼn ondersteunende stem van ʼn meerderheid van die lede van die wetgewer.
(9) Die prosedure vir die aanstelling van kommissarisse word deur ʼn Parlementswet gereguleer.
(10) ʼn Kommissaris word aangestel vir ʼn termyn van vyf jaar, wat vir slegs een addisionele termyn hernu kan word, en moet ʼn vrou of ʼn man wees wat– (a) ‘n Suid-Afrikaanse burger is; en (b) ʼn geskikte en gepaste persoon is met kennis of ervaring van administrasie,
bestuur of die verskaffing van openbare dienste. (11) ‘n Kommissaris kan van die amp onthef word slegs op grond van–
(a) wangedrag, onvermoë of onbevoegdheid; (b) ʼn bevinding te dien effekte deur ʼn komitee van die Nasionale Vergadering of, in
die geval van ʼn kommissaris wat deur die Premier van ʼn provinsie benoem is, deur ʼn komitee van die wetgewer van daardie provinsie; en
(c) ʼn besluit van die Vergadering of die betrokke provinsiale wetgewer wat aangeneem is met ʼn ondersteunende stem van ʼn meerderheid van sy lede en waarin gevra word dat die kommissaris van die amp onthef word.
(12) Die President moet die betrokke kommissaris van die amp onthef by– (a) aanname deur die Vergadering van ʼn besluit waarin gevra word dat daardie
kommissaris van die amp onthef word; of (b) skriftelike verwittiging deur die Premier dat die provinsiale wetgewer ʼn besluit
aangeneem het waarin gevra word dat daardie kommissaris van die amp onthef word.
(13) Kommissarisse in subartikel (7)(b) bedoel, kan die bevoegdhede en funksies van die Kommissie in hul provinsies uitoefen en verrig soos deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf.
Staatsdiens 197. (1) Binne die openbare administrasie is daar ʼn staatsdiens vir die Republiek wat
ingevolge nasionale wetgewing moet funksioneer en gestruktureer moet word en wat die wettige beleide van die regering aan die bewind getrou moet uitvoer.
107
Hoofstuk 10: Openbare Administrasie
(2) � Die bedinge en voorwaardes van indiensneming in die staatsdiens moet deur nasionale wetgewing gereël word. Werknemers is geregtig op ʼn billike pensioen soos deur nasionale wetgewing gereël.
(3) � Geen werknemer van die staatsdiens mag begunstig of benadeel word slegs omdat die persoon ʼn bepaalde politieke party of saak steun nie.
(4) � Provinsiale regerings is verantwoordelik vir die werwing, aanstelling, bevordering, oorplasing en ontslag van lede van die staatsdiens in hul administrasies binne ʼn raamwerk van eenvormige norme en standaarde wat op die staatsdiens van toepassing is.
108
Hoofstuk 11: Veiligheidsdienste
hOOFSTUK 11 veiliGheidSdienSTe
Grondliggende beginsels 198. Nasionale veiligheid in die Republiek word deur die volgende beginsels beheers:
(a) Nasionale veiligheid moet die vasberadenheid weerspieël van Suid-Afrikaners, as individue en as nasie, om as gelykes te leef, in vrede en harmonie te leef, vry te wees van vrees en gebrek, en ʼn beter bestaan na te streef.
(b) Hierdie vasberadenheid om in vrede en harmonie te leef belet elke Suid- Afrikaanse burger om deel te neem aan gewapende stryd, nasionaal of internasionaal, behalwe waar ingevolge die Grondwet of nasionale wetgewing daarvoor voorsiening gemaak word.
(c) Nasionale veiligheid moet nagestreef word in ooreenstemming met die reg, met inbegrip van die volkereg.
(d) Nasionale veiligheid is onderworpe aan die gesag van die Parlement en die nasionale uitvoerende gesag.
Instelling, struktuur en optrede van veiligheidsdienste 199. (1) Die veiligheidsdienste van die Republiek bestaan uit ʼn enkele weermag, ʼn enkele
polisiediens en enige intelligensiedienste wat ingevolge die Grondwet ingestel word.
(2) Die weermag is die enigste wettige militêre mag in die Republiek. (3) Benewens die veiligheidsdienste ingevolge die Grondwet ingestel, kan gewapende
organisasies of dienste slegs ingevolge nasionale wetgewing ingestel word. (4) Die veiligheidsdienste moet deur nasionale wetgewing gestruktureer en gereguleer
word. (5) Die veiligheidsdienste moet optree, en moet hul lede oplei en van hulle vereis
om op te tree, ooreenkomstig die Grondwet en die reg, met inbegrip van die volkeregtelike gewoontereg en van internasionale ooreenkomste wat die Republiek bind.
(6) Geen lid van enige veiligheidsdiens mag ʼn klaarblyklik onwettige bevel gehoorsaam nie.
109
Hoofstuk 11: Veiligheidsdienste
(7) � Nóg die veiligheidsdienste nóg enige van hul lede mag in die verrigting van hul funksies– (a) � enige partypolitieke belang wat ingevolge die Grondwet wettig is, benadeel;
of (b) � op partydige wyse enige belang van ʼn politieke party bevorder.
(8) � Ten einde uitvoering te gee aan die beginsels van deursigtigheid en verantwoordingspligtigheid moet veelpartykomitees van die Parlement toesig hou oor alle veiligheidsdienste op ʼn wyse wat deur nasionale wetgewing of die reëls en orders van die Parlement bepaal word.
verdediging
Weermag 200. (1) Die weermag moet as ʼn gedissiplineerde militêre mag gestruktureer en bestuur
word. (2) Die hoofdoel van die weermag is om die Republiek, sy territoriale integriteit en sy
mense te verdedig en te beskerm, in ooreenstemming met die Grondwet en die volkeregtelike beginsels met betrekking tot die aanwending van mag.
Politieke verantwoordelikheid 201. (1) ‘n Lid van die Kabinet moet vir verdediging verantwoordelik wees.
(2) � Slegs die President, as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag, kan magtiging daartoe verleen dat die weermag aangewend word– (a) � in samewerking met die polisiediens; (b) � ter verdediging van die Republiek; of (c) � ter nakoming van ʼn internasionale verpligting.
(3) � Wanneer die weermag aangewend word vir enige doel in subartikel (2) vermeld, moet die President die Parlement onverwyld en in gepaste besonderhede verwittig van– (a) � die redes vir die aanwending van die weermag; (b) � enige plek waar die mag aangewend word; (c) � die getal mense wat daarby betrokke is; en (d) � die tydperk waarvoor die mag na verwagting aangewend sal word.
110
Hoofstuk 11: Veiligheidsdienste
(4) Indien die Parlement nie sit gedurende die eerste sewe dae nadat die weermag aangewend is soos in subartikel (2) beoog nie, moet die President die inligting wat in subartikel (3) vereis word, aan die toepaslike toesighoudende komitee verskaf.
Bevel oor weermag 202. (1) Die President as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag is die Opperbevelhebber
van die weermag, en moet die militêre bevelvoerders van die weermag aanstel. (2) Daar moet ooreenkomstig die opdragte van die Kabinetslid wat vir verdediging
verantwoordelik is, oor die weermag bevel gevoer word onder die gesag van die President.
Staat van nasionale verdediging 203. (1) Die President as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag kan ʼn staat van
nasionale verdediging verklaar, en moet die Parlement onverwyld en in gepaste besonderhede verwittig van– (a) die redes vir die verklaring; (b) enige plek waar die weermag aangewend word; en (c) die getal mense wat daarby betrokke is.
(2) Indien die Parlement nie sit wanneer ʼn staat van nasionale verdediging verklaar word nie, moet die President die Parlement binne sewe dae vanaf die verklaring vir ʼn buitengewone sitting byeenroep.
(3) ʼn Verklaring van ʼn staat van nasionale verdediging verval tensy dit binne sewe dae vanaf die verklaring deur die Parlement goedgekeur word.
Burgerlike sekretariaat vir verdediging 204. ‘n Burgerlike sekretariaat vir verdediging moet deur nasionale wetgewing ingestel word
om te funksioneer in opdrag van die Kabinetslid wat vir verdediging verantwoordelik is.
polisie
Polisiediens 205. (1) Die nasionale polisiediens moet gestruktureer word om in die nasionale, die
provinsiale en, waar gepas, die plaaslike regeringsfere te funksioneer.
111
Hoofstuk 11: Veiligheidsdienste
(2) � Nasionale wetgewing moet die bevoegdhede en funksies van die polisiediens bepaal en moet die polisiediens in staat stel om sy verantwoordelikhede doeltreffend na te kom, met inagneming van die behoeftes van die provinsies.
(3) � Die doelstellings van die polisiediens is om misdaad te voorkom, te bestry en te ondersoek, die openbare orde te handhaaf, die inwoners van die Republiek en hul eiendom te beskerm en te beveilig, en die reg te handhaaf en toe te pas.
Politieke verantwoordelikheid 206. (1) ‘n Lid van die Kabinet moet vir polisiëring verantwoordelik wees en moet na oorleg
met die provinsiale regerings en met inagneming van die polisiëringsbehoeftes en -prioriteite van die provinsies soos deur die provinsiale uitvoerende gesagte bepaal, die nasionale polisiëringsbeleid bepaal.
(2) � Die nasionale polisiëringsbeleid kan voorsiening maak vir verskillende beleide ten opsigte van verskillende provinsies na inagneming van die polisiëringsbehoeftes en –prioriteite van daardie provinsies.
(3) � Elke provinsie is daarop geregtig– (a) � om polisie-optrede te monitor; (b) � om toesig te hou oor die doeltreffendheid en bevoegdheid van die polisiediens,
waarby inbegrepe is die ontvangs van verslae oor die polisiediens; (c) � om goeie betrekkinge tussen die polisie en die gemeenskap te bevorder; (d) � om die doeltreffendheid van sigbare polisiëring te bepaal; en (e) � om met die Kabinetslid wat vir polisiëring verantwoordelik is, te skakel met
betrekking tot misdaad en polisiëring in die provinsie. (4) ‘n Provinsiale uitvoerende gesag is verantwoordelik vir polisiëringsfunksies wat–
(a) � ingevolge hierdie Hoofstuk by hom berus; (b) � ingevolge nasionale wetgewing aan hom opgedra is; en (c) � in die nasionale polisiëringsbeleid aan hom toegewys is.
(5) � Ten einde die funksies te verrig wat in subartikel (3) uiteengesit word– (a) � kan ʼn provinsie ondersoek instel, of ʼn kommissie van ondersoek aanstel, na
enige klagtes van polisie-onbevoegdheid of ʼn verbrokkeling in betrekkinge tussen die polisie en enige gemeenskap; en
(b) � moet ʼn provinsie aanbevelings doen aan die Kabinetslid wat vir polisiëring verantwoordelik is.
112
Hoofstuk 11: Veiligheidsdienste
(6) By ontvangs van ʼn klagte wat deur ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag ingedien is, moet ʼn onafhanklike klagteliggaam vir die polisie deur nasionale wetgewing ingestel, ondersoek instel na enige beweerde wangedrag van, of oortreding begaan deur, ʼn lid van die polisiediens in die provinsie.
(7) Nasionale wetgewing moet ʼn raamwerk voorsien vir die instelling, bevoegdhede, funksies en beheer van munisipale polisiedienste.
(8) ʼn Komitee bestaande uit die Kabinetslid en die lede van die Uitvoerende Rade wat vir polisiëring verantwoordelik is, moet ingestel word om doeltreffende koördinering van die polisiediens en doeltreffende samewerking tussen die regeringsfere te verseker.
(9) ʼn Provinsiale wetgewer kan van die provinsiale kommissaris van die provinsie vereis om voor hom of enige van sy komitees te verskyn om vrae te beantwoord.
Beheer oor polisiediens 207. (1) Die President as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag moet ʼn vrou of ʼn man
as die Nasionale Kommissaris van die polisiediens aanstel om die polisiediens te beheer en te bestuur.
(2) Die Nasionale Kommissaris moet beheer oor die polisiediens uitoefen en dit bestuur ooreenkomstig die nasionale polisiëringsbeleid en die opdragte van die Kabinetslid wat vir polisiëring verantwoordelik is.
(3) Die Nasionale Kommissaris moet met die instemming van die provinsiale uitvoerende gesag ʼn vrou of ʼn man as die provinsiale kommissaris vir daardie provinsie aanstel, maar indien die Nasionale Kommissaris en die provinsiale uitvoerende gesag nie oor die aanstelling kan ooreenkom nie, moet die Kabinetslid wat vir polisiëring verantwoordelik is, tussen die partye bemiddel.
(4) Die provinsiale kommissarisse is verantwoordelik vir polisiëring in hul onderskeie provinsies– (a) soos deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf; en (b) behoudens die bevoegdheid van die Nasionale Kommissaris om ingevolge
subartikel (2) beheer oor die polisiediens uit te oefen en dit te bestuur. (5) Die provinsiale kommissaris moet jaarliks aan die provinsiale wetgewer oor
polisiëring in die provinsie verslag doen, en moet ʼn afskrif van die verslag aan die Nasionale Kommissaris stuur.
113
Hoofstuk 11: Veiligheidsdienste
(6) � Indien die provinsiale kommissaris die vertroue van die provinsiale uitvoerende gesag verloor het, kan daardie gesag ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing gepaste verrigtinge vir die verwydering of oorplasing van, of tugstappe teen, daardie kommissaris instel.
Burgerlike sekretariaat vir polisie 208. � ‘n Burgerlike sekretariaat vir die polisiediens moet deur nasionale wetgewing ingestel
word om te funksioneer in opdrag van die Kabinetslid wat vir polisiëring verantwoordelik is.
intelligensie
Instelling van en beheer oor intelligensiedienste 209. (1) Enige intelligensiediens, behalwe ʼn intelligensieafdeling van die weermag of die
polisiediens, kan slegs deur die President, as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag, en slegs ingevolge nasionale wetgewing ingestel word.
(2) � Die President as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag moet ʼn vrou of ʼn man aanstel as hoof van elke intelligensiediens wat ingevolge subartikel (1) ingestel word, en moet óf politieke verantwoordelikheid vir die beheer oor en bestuur van enige van die dienste aanvaar, óf ʼn lid van die Kabinet aanwys om dié verantwoordelikheid te aanvaar.
Bevoegdhede, funksies en monitering 210. � Nasionale wetgewing moet die doelstellings, bevoegdhede en funksies van die
intelligensiedienste reël, met inbegrip van enige intelligensieafdeling van die weermag of die polisiediens, en moet voorsiening maak vir–
(a) � die koördinering van alle intelligensiedienste; en (b) � burgerlike monitering van die bedrywighede van die dienste deur ʼn inspekteur
wat deur die President as hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag, aangestel word en wat goedgekeur is by ʼn besluit van die Nasionale Vergadering aangeneem met ʼn ondersteunende stem van minstens twee derdes van die lede van die Vergadering.
114
Hoofstuk 12: Tradisionele Leiers
hOOFSTUK 12 TRadiSiOnele leieRS
Erkenning 211. (1) Die instelling, status en rol van tradisionele leierskap, volgens die gewoontereg,
word behoudens die Grondwet erken. (2) ʼn Tradisionele owerheid wat ʼn stelsel van gewoontereg naleef, kan funksioneer
behoudens enige toepaslike wetgewing en gebruike, waarby ingesluit is enige wysiging of herroeping van daardie wetgewing of gebruike.
(3) Die howe moet die gewoontereg toepas wanneer dié reg toepasbaar is, behoudens die Grondwet en enige wetgewing wat spesifiek oor gewoontereg handel.
Rol van tradisionele leiers 212. (1) Nasionale wetgewing kan voorsiening maak vir ʼn rol vir tradisionele leierskap
as ʼn instelling op plaaslike vlak betreffende aangeleenthede wat plaaslike gemeenskappe raak.
(2) Ten einde te handel met aangeleenthede in verband met tradisionele leierskap, die rol van tradisionele leiers, die gewoontereg en die gewoontes van gemeenskappe wat ʼn stelsel van gewoontereg naleef, kan– (a) nasionale of provinsiale wetgewing voorsiening maak vir die instelling van
huise van tradisionele leiers; en (b) nasionale wetgewing ʼn raad van tradisionele leiers instel.
115
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
hOOFSTUK 13 finanSieS
algemene finansiële aangeleenthede
Nasionale Inkomstefonds 213. (1) Daar is ʼn Nasionale Inkomstefonds, waarin alle geld gestort word wat deur
die nasionale regering ontvang word, behalwe geld wat redelikerwys deur ʼn Parlementswet uitgesluit word.
(2) � Geld kan uit die Nasionale Inkomstefonds onttrek word slegs– (a) � ingevolge ʼn bewilliging deur ʼn Parlementswet; of (b) � as ʼn regstreekse las teen die Nasionale Inkomstefonds, wanneer in die
Grondwet of ʼn Parlementswet daarvoor voorsiening gemaak word. (3) � ‘n Provinsie se billike deel van die inkomste wat nasionaal ingevorder word, is ʼn
regstreekse las teen die Nasionale Inkomstefonds. � [Datum van inwerkingtreding van a. 213: 1 Januarie 1998.] �
Billike dele en toekennings van inkomste 214. (1) � ‘n Parlementswet moet voorsiening maak vir–
(a) � die billike verdeling tussen die nasionale, die provinsiale en die plaaslike regeringsfeer van inkomste wat nasionaal ingevorder word;
(b) � die bepaling van elke provinsie se billike deel van die provinsiale deel van daardie inkomste; en
(c) � enige ander toekennings aan provinsies, plaaslike regering of munisipaliteite uit die nasionale regering se deel van daardie inkomste, en enige voorwaardes waarop daardie toekennings gedoen kan word.
(2) � Die Wet genoem in subartikel (1) kan verorden word slegs nadat die provinsiale regerings, georganiseerde plaaslike regering en die Finansiële en Fiskale Kommissie geraadpleeg is en enige aanbevelings van die Kommissie oorweeg is, en moet die volgende in aanmerking neem– (a) � Die nasionale belang; (b) � enige voorsiening wat ten opsigte van die nasionale skuld en ander nasionale
verpligtings gemaak moet word;
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
(c) � die behoeftes en belange van die nasionale regering, wat volgens objektiewe maatstawwe bepaal word;
(d) � die behoefte om te verseker dat die provinsies en munisipaliteite in staat is om basiese dienste te verskaf en die funksies te verrig wat aan hulle toegewys word;
(e) � die fiskale vermoë en doeltreffendheid van die provinsies en munisipaliteite; (f) � ontwikkelings- en ander behoeftes van provinsies, plaaslike regering en
munisipaliteite; (g) � ekonomiese ongelykhede binne en tussen die provinsies; (h) � verpligtings van die provinsies en munisipaliteite ingevolge nasionale
wetgewing; (i) � die wenslikheid van bestendige en voorspelbare toekennings van
inkomstedele; en (j) � die behoefte aan buigsaamheid in die hantering van noodgevalle of
ander tydelike behoeftes, en ander faktore wat op soortgelyke objektiewe maatstawwe gebaseer is.
[Datum van inwerkingtreding van a. 214: 1 Januarie 1998.]
Nasionale, provinsiale en munisipale begrotings 215. (1) Nasionale, provinsiale en munisipale begrotings en begrotingsprosesse moet
deursigtigheid, verantwoordingspligtigheid en die doeltreffende finansiële bestuur van die ekonomie, skuld en die openbare sektor bevorder.
(2) Nasionale wetgewing moet voorskryf– (a) � wat die formaat van nasionale, provinsiale en munisipale begrotings moet
wees; (b) � wanneer nasionale en provinsiale begrotings ter tafel gelê moet word; en (c) � dat begrotings in elke regeringsfeer die bronne van inkomste en die wyse
waarop voorgestelde uitgawes aan nasionale wetgewing sal voldoen, moet aantoon.
(3) Begrotings in elke regeringsfeer moet– (a) � ramings van inkomste en uitgawes bevat waarin tussen kapitaaluitgawes en
bedryfsuitgawes onderskei word; (b) � voorstelle bevat vir die finansiering van enige verwagte tekort vir die tydperk
waarop die begrotings van toepassing is; en
116
117
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
(c) � ʼn aanduiding bevat van voornemens wat betref lenings en ander vorms van openbare aanspreeklikheid wat in die daaropvolgende jaar die staatskuld sal verhoog.
[Datum van inwerkingtreding van a. 215: 1 Januarie 1998.]
Tesouriebeheer 216. (1) Nasionale wetgewing moet ʼn nasionale tesourie instel en maatreëls voorskryf ten
einde sowel deursigtigheid as beheer oor uitgawe in elke regeringsfeer te verseker deur die invoering van– (a) � algemeen erkende rekeningkundige praktyk; (b) � eenvormige uitgaweklassifikasies; en (c) � eenvormige tesourienorme en -standaarde.
(2) � Die nasionale tesourie moet nakoming van die maatreëls ingestel ingevolge subartikel (1) afdwing, en kan die oordrag van fondse aan ʼn staatsorgaan staak indien daardie staatsorgaan ʼn ernstige of volgehoue wesenlike oortreding van daardie maatreëls begaan.
[Sub-a. (2) vervang by a. 5(a) van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(3) � ‘n Besluit om die oordrag van fondse te staak wat aan ʼn provinsie ingevolge artikel 214(1)(b) verskuldig is, mag slegs geneem word in die omstandighede in subartikel (2) genoem, en– (a) � mag nie die oordrag van fondse vir langer as 120 dae staak nie; en (b) � kan onmiddellik afgedwing word, maar sal terugwerkend verval tensy die
Parlement dit goedkeur ooreenkomstig ʼn proses wat wesenlik dieselfde is as dié ingevolge artikel 76(1) ingestel en deur die gesamentlike reëls en orders van die Parlement voorgeskryf. Hierdie proses moet binne 30 dae vanaf die nasionale tesourie se besluit afgehandel word.
[Sub-a. (3) gewysig by a. 5(b) van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(4) � Die Parlement kan ooreenkomstig die proses ingevolge subartikel (3) ingestel ʼn besluit om die oordrag van fondse te staak, vir hoogstens 120 dae op ʼn keer hernu.
(5) � Voordat die Parlement ʼn besluit om die oordrag van fondse aan ʼn provinsie te staak, kan goedkeur of hernu– (a) moet die Ouditeur-generaal aan die Parlement verslag doen; en
118
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
(b) moet die provinsie ʼn geleentheid gebied word om voor ʼn komitee te antwoord op die aantygings teen hom en sy saak te stel.
Verkryging 217. (1) Wanneer ʼn staatsorgaan in die nasionale, provinsiale of plaaslike regeringsfeer,
of enige ander instelling in nasionale wetgewing geïdentifiseer, vir goedere of dienste kontrakteer, moet hy dit doen ooreenkomstig ʼn stelsel wat regverdig, billik, deursigtig, mededingend en kostedoeltreffend is.
(2) Subartikel (1) belet nie die staatsorgane of instellings in daardie subartikel genoem om ʼn verkrygingsbeleid toe te pas wat voorsiening maak vir– (a) voorkeurkategorieë by die toekenning van kontrakte nie; en (b) die beskerming of vooruitgang van persone, of kategorieë persone, wat deur
onbillike diskriminasie benadeel is nie. (3) Nasionale wetgewing moet ʼn raamwerk voorskryf waarbinne die beleid bedoel in
subartikel (2) toegepas moet word. [Sub-a. (3) vervang by a. 6 van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
Regeringswaarborge 218. (1) Die nasionale regering, ʼn provinsiale regering of ʼn munisipaliteit kan ʼn lening
waarborg slegs indien die waarborg voldoen aan voorwaardes wat in nasionale wetgewing uiteengesit word.
(2) Nasionale wetgewing genoem in subartikel (1) kan verorden word slegs nadat enige aanbevelings van die Finansiële en Fiskale Kommissie oorweeg is.
(3) Elke regering moet elke jaar ʼn verslag publiseer oor die waarborge wat hy verstrek het.
[Datum van inwerkingtreding van a. 218: 1 Januarie 1998.]
Besoldiging van persone wat openbare ampte beklee 219. (1) ‘n Parlementswet moet ʼn raamwerk voorskryf vir die bepaling van–
(a) die salarisse, toelaes en voordele van lede van die Nasionale Vergadering, vaste afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, lede van die Kabinet, Adjunkministers, tradisionele leiers en lede van enige rade van tradisionele leiers; en
(b) die boonste perke van die salarisse, toelaes of voordele van lede van
119
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
provinsiale wetgewers, lede van Uitvoerende Rade en lede van Munisipale Rade van die verskillende kategorieë.
(2) � Nasionale wetgewing moet ʼn onafhanklike kommissie instel om aanbevelings te doen oor die salarisse, toelaes en voordele in subartikel (1) genoem.
(3) � Die Parlement kan die wetgewing genoem in subartikel (1) aanneem slegs na oorweging van enige aanbevelings van die kommissie ingevolge subartikel (2) ingestel.
(4) � Die nasionale uitvoerende gesag, ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag, ʼn munisipaliteit of enige ander tersaaklike gesag kan die nasionale wetgewing genoem in subartikel (1) toepas slegs na oorweging van enige aanbevelings van die kommissie ingevolge subartikel (2) ingestel.
(5) � Nasionale wetgewing moet raamwerke voorskryf vir die bepaling van die salarisse, toelaes en voordele van regters, die Openbare Beskermer, die Ouditeur-generaal en lede van enige kommissie waarvoor die Grondwet voorsiening maak, met inbegrip van die uitsaai-owerheid in artikel 192 genoem.
finansiële en fiskale kommissie
Instelling en werksaamhede 220. (1) Daar is ʼn Finansiële en Fiskale Kommissie vir die Republiek, wat aan die Parlement,
provinsiale wetgewers en enige ander gesag deur nasionale wetgewing bepaal, aanbevelings doen wat in hierdie Hoofstuk of in nasionale wetgewing beoog word.
(2) � Die Kommissie is onafhanklik en slegs aan die Grondwet en die reg onderworpe, en moet onpartydig wees.
(3) � Die Kommissie funksioneer ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet en moet by die verrigting van sy funksies alle tersaaklike faktore in aanmerking neem, met inbegrip van die in artikel 214(2) vermeld.
Aanstelling en ampstermyn van lede 221. (1) Die Kommissie bestaan uit die volgende vroue en mans wat deur die President, as
hoof van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag, aangestel word: (a) � ‘n Voorsitter en ʼn adjunkvoorsitter; (b) drie persone gekies, na oorlegpleging met die Premiers, vanaf ʼn lys
saamgestel ooreenkomstig ʼn proses deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf;
120
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
(c) twee persone gekies, na oorlegpleging met georganiseerde plaaslike regering, vanaf ʼn lys saamgestel ooreenkomstig ʼn proses deur nasionale wetgewing voorgeskryf; en
(d) twee ander persone. [Sub-a. (1) vervang by a. 2 van die “Constitution Fifth Amendment Act of 1999” en vervang by a. 7(a) van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(1A) Nasionale wetgewing bedoel in subartikel (1) moet voorsiening maak vir die deelname van– (a) die Premiers by die samestelling van ʼn lys in subartikel (1)(b) beoog; en (a) georganiseerde plaaslike regering by die samestelling van ʼn lys in subartikel
(1)(c) beoog. [Sub-a. (1A) ingevoeg by a. 7(b) van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(2) Lede van die Kommissie moet toepaslike kundigheid besit. (3) Lede dien vir ʼn termyn ingevolge nasionale wetgewing bepaal. Die President kan ʼn
lid van die amp onthef op grond van wangedrag, onvermoë of onbevoegdheid.
Verslae 222. Die Kommissie moet gereeld aan sowel die Parlement as die provinsiale wetgewers verslag
doen. Sentrale bank
Instelling 223. Die Suid-Afrikaanse Reserwebank is die sentrale bank van die Republiek en word
ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet gereguleer.
Hoofoogmerk 224. (1) Die hoofoogmerk van die Suid-Afrikaanse Reserwebank is om in die belang van
gebalanseerde en volhoubare ekonomiese groei in die Republiek die waarde van die geldeenheid te beskerm.
(2) Die Suid-Afrikaanse Reserwebank moet in die nastrewing van sy hoofoogmerk sy funksies onafhanklik en sonder vrees, begunstiging of vooroordeel verrig, maar daar moet gereelde oorlegpleging wees tussen die Bank en die Kabinetslid wat vir nasionale finansiële sake verantwoordelik is.
121
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
Bevoegdhede en werksaamhede 225. � Die bevoegdhede en funksies van die Suid-Afrikaanse Reserwebank is dié wat
gebruiklikerwys deur sentrale banke uitgeoefen en verrig word, moet deur ʼn Parlementswet bepaal word en moet uitgeoefen of verrig word behoudens die voorwaardes ingevolge dié Wet voorgeskryf.
provinsiale en plaaslike finansiële aangeleenthede
Provinsiale Inkomstefondse 226. (1) Daar is ʼn Provinsiale Inkomstefonds vir elke provinsie, waarin alle geld gestort word
wat deur die provinsiale regering ontvang word, behalwe geld wat redelikerwys deur ʼn Parlementswet uitgesluit word.
(2) � Geld kan uit ʼn Provinsiale Inkomstefonds onttrek word slegs– (a) � ingevolge ʼn bewilliging deur ʼn provinsiale Wet; of (b) � as ʼn regstreekse las teen die Provinsiale Inkomstefonds, wanneer in die
Grondwet of ʼn provinsiale Wet daarvoor voorsiening gemaak word. (3) � Inkomste wat ingevolge artikel 214(1) deur bemiddeling van ʼn provinsie aan
plaaslike regering in daardie provinsie toegeken word, is ʼn regstreekse las teen daardie provinsie se Inkomstefonds.
(4) � Nasionale wetgewing kan ʼn raamwerk voorskryf waarbinne– (a) � ‘n provinsiale Wet ingevolge subartikel (2)(b) die onttrekking van geld as ʼn
regstreekse las teen ʼn Provinsiale Inkomstefonds kan magtig; en (b) inkomste wat deur bemiddeling van ʼn provinsie aan plaaslike regering in
daardie provinsie ingevolge subartikel (3) toegewys is, aan munisipaliteite in die provinsie oorbetaal moet word.
[Sub-a. (4) bygevoeg by a. 8 van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.] � [Datum van inwerkingtreding van a. 226: 1 Januarie 1998.] �
Nasionale befondsingsbronne van provinsiale en plaaslike regering 227. (1) Plaaslike regering en elke provinsie–
(a) � is op ʼn billike deel van die inkomste wat nasionaal ingevorder word, geregtig ten einde hom in staat te stel om basiese dienste te verskaf en die funksies te verrig wat aan hom toegewys word; en
122
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
(b) kan hetsy voorwaardelik hetsy onvoorwaardelik ander toekennings uit nasionale regeringsinkomste ontvang.
(2) Bykomende inkomste wat deur provinsies of munisipaliteite ingevorder word, mag nie afgetrek word van hul deel van die inkomste wat nasionaal ingevorder word of van enige ander toekennings wat uit die nasionale regeringsinkomste aan hulle gedoen word nie. Insgelyks rus daar geen verpligting op die nasionale regering om provinsies of munisipaliteite te vergoed wat nie inkomste in ooreenstemming met hul fiskale vermoë en belastingbasis invorder nie.
(3) ʼn Provinsie se billike deel van inkomste wat nasionaal ingevorder word, moet onverwyld en sonder vermindering aan die provinsie oorgedra word, behalwe wanneer die oordrag ingevolge artikel 216 gestaak is.
(4) ʼn Provinsie moet vir homself enige geldmiddele voorsien wat hy ingevolge ʼn bepaling van sy provinsiale grondwet bykomend by sy behoeftes in die Grondwet beoog, nodig het.
[Datum van inwerkingtreding van a. 227: 1 Januarie 1998.]
Provinsiale belastings 228. (1) ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer kan–
(a) belastings, heffings en regte oplê, uitgesonderd inkomstebelasting, belasting op toegevoegde waarde, algemene verkoopbelasting, eiendomsbelasting of doeaneregte; en
(b) uniforme bobelasting hef op enige belasting, heffing of reg wat deur nasionale wetgewing opgelê word, uitgesonderd op korporatiewe inkomstebelasting, belasting op toegevoegde waarde, eiendomsbelasting of doeaneregte.
[Par. (b) vervang by a. 9 van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(2) Die bevoegdheid van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer om belastings, heffings, regte en bobelasting op te lê– (a) mag nie uitgeoefen word op ʼn wyse wat nasionale ekonomiese beleide,
ekonomiese bedrywighede oor provinsiale grense heen of die nasionale beweeglikheid van goedere, dienste, kapitaal of arbeid wesenlik en onredelik benadeel nie; en
123
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
(b) � moet gereguleer word ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet, wat verorden kan word slegs nadat enige aanbevelings van die Finansiële en Fiskale Kommissie oorweeg is.
[Datum van inwerkingtreding van a. 228: 1 Januarie 1998.]
Munisipale fiskale bevoegdhede en funksies 229. (1) Behoudens subartikels (2), (3) en (4) kan ʼn munisipaliteit–
(a) � eiendomsbelasting en bobelasting op gelde oplê vir dienste deur of namens die munisipaliteit verskaf; en
(b) � indien deur nasionale wetgewing daartoe gemagtig, ander belastings, heffings en regte oplê wat gepas is vir plaaslike regering of vir die kategorie plaaslike regering waarin daardie munisipaliteit val, maar geen munisipaliteit mag inkomstebelasting, belasting op toegevoegde waarde, algemene verkoopbelasting of doeaneregte oplê nie.
(2) � Die bevoegdheid van ʼn munisipaliteit om eiendomsbelasting, bobelasting op gelde vir dienste deur of namens die munisipaliteit verskaf of ander belastings, heffings of regte op te lê– (a) � mag nie uitgeoefen word op ʼn wyse wat nasionale ekonomiese beleide,
ekonomiese bedrywighede oor munisipale grense heen of die nasionale beweeglikheid van goedere, dienste, kapitaal of arbeid wesenlik en onredelik benadeel nie; en
(b) � kan deur nasionale wetgewing gereguleer word. (3) � Wanneer twee munisipaliteite dieselfde fiskale bevoegdhede en funksies met
betrekking tot dieselfde gebied het, moet ʼn gepaste verdeling van daardie bevoegdhede en funksies ingevolge nasionale wetgewing gedoen word. Die verdeling kan slegs na inagneming van minstens die volgende maatstawwe gedoen word: (a) � Die behoefte om aan gesonde belastingbeginsels te voldoen. (b) � Die bevoegdhede wat uitgeoefen word en funksies wat verrig word deur elke
munisipaliteit. (c) � Die fiskale vermoë van elke munisipaliteit. (d) � Die doeltreffendheid en doelmatigheid van die invordering van belastings,
heffings en regte. (e) � Billikheid.
124
Hoofstuk 13: Finansies
(4) Niks in hierdie artikel belet dat inkomste wat ingevolge hierdie artikel ingevorder word, gedeel word tussen munisipaliteite wat in dieselfde gebied fiskale bevoegdheid en funksies het nie.
(5) Nasionale wetgewing in hierdie artikel beoog, kan verorden word slegs nadat georganiseerde plaaslike regering en die Finansiële en Fiskale Kommissie geraadpleeg is en enige aanbevelings van die Kommissie oorweeg is.
[Datum van inwerkingtreding van a. 229: 1 Januarie 1998.]
Provinsiale lenings 230. (1) ʼn Provinsie kan lenings vir kapitaaluitgawes of lopende uitgawes aangaan
ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing, maar lenings vir lopende uitgawes kan aangegaan word slegs wanneer dit gedurende ʼn belastingjaar vir oorbruggingsdoeleindes nodig is.
(2) Nasionale wetgewing bedoel in subartikel (1) kan verorden word slegs nadat enige aanbevelings van die Finansiële en Fiskale Kommissie oorweeg is.
[A. 230 vervang by a. 10 van die Sewende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
Munisipale lenings 230A. (1) ʼn Munisipale Raad kan, ooreenkomstig nasionale wetgewing-
(a) lenings vir kapitaaluitgawes of lopende uitgawes van die munisipaliteit aangaan, maar lenings vir lopende uitgawes kan aangegaan word slegs wanneer dit gedurende ʼn belastingjaar vir oorbruggingsdoeleindes nodig is; en
(b) homself en ʼn toekomstige Raad in die uitoefening van sy wetgewende en uitvoerende gesag bind ten einde lenings of beleggings vir die munisipaliteit te verkry.
(2) Nasionale wetgewing bedoel in subartikel (1) kan verorden word slegs nadat enige aanbevelings van die Finansiële en Fiskale Kommissie oorweeg is.
[A. 230A ingevoeg by a. 17 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
125
Hoofstuk 14: Algemene Bepalings
hOOFSTUK 14 alGeMene bepalinGS
volkereg
Internasionale ooreenkomste 231. (1) Die onderhandeling en ondertekening van alle internasionale ooreenkomste is die
verantwoordelikheid van die nasionale uitvoerende gesag. (2) � ʼn Internasionale ooreenkoms bind die Republiek slegs nadat dit in sowel die
Nasionale Vergadering as die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies by besluit goedgekeur is, tensy dit ʼn ooreenkoms genoem in subartikel (3) is.
(3) � ʼn Internasionale ooreenkoms van tegniese, administratiewe of uitvoerende aard, of ʼn ooreenkoms wat nie bekragtiging of toetrede vereis nie, en wat deur die nasionale uitvoerende gesag aangegaan is, bind die Republiek sonder goedkeuring deur die Nasionale Vergadering en die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies, maar moet binne ʼn redelike tyd in die Vergadering en die Raad ter tafel gelê word.
(4) � ʼn Internasionale ooreenkoms verkry regskrag in die Republiek wanneer dit by nasionale wetgewing as wet verorden word; maar ʼn regstreeks uitvoerbare bepaling van ʼn ooreenkoms wat deur die Parlement goedgekeur is, verkry regskrag in die Republiek tensy die ooreenkoms met die Grondwet of ʼn Parlementswet onbestaanbaar is.
(5) � Die Republiek word gebind deur internasionale ooreenkomste wat die Republiek by die inwerkingtreding van hierdie Grondwet gebind het.
Volkeregtelike gewoontereg 232. � Volkeregtelike gewoontereg het regskrag in die Republiek tensy dit met die Grondwet of ʼn
Parlementswet onbestaanbaar is.
Toepassing van volkereg 233. � By die uitleg van wetgewing moet elke hof aan enige redelike uitleg van die wetgewing
wat met die volkereg bestaanbaar is, voorkeur gee bo enige alternatiewe uitleg wat met die volkereg onbestaanbaar is.
Hoofstuk 14: Algemene Bepalings
ander aangeleenthede
Handveste van Regte 234. � Ten einde die kultuur van demokrasie deur die Grondwet ingestel, te versterk, kan die
Parlement Handveste van Regte aanneem wat met die bepalings van die Grondwet bestaanbaar is.
Selfbeskikking 235. � Die Suid-Afrikaanse bevolking as geheel se reg op selfbeskikking, soos in hierdie Grondwet
vergestalt, belet nie, binne die raamwerk van dié reg, die erkenning nie van die konsep van die reg van enige gemeenskap wat ʼn gemeenskaplike kultuur- en taalerfenis deel, op selfbeskikking binne ʼn territoriale entiteit in die Republiek of op enige ander wyse, soos deur nasionale wetgewing bepaal.
Befondsing vir politieke partye 236. � Ten einde veelparty-demokrasie te bevorder, moet nasionale wetgewing voorsiening
maak vir die befondsing op ʼn billike en proporsionele grondslag van politieke partye wat aan nasionale en provinsiale wetgewers meedoen.
Getroue nakoming van verpligtinge 237. � Alle grondwetlike verpligtinge moet getrou en sonder versuim nagekom word.
Agentskap en delegering 238. � ‘n Uitvoerende staatsorgaan in enige regeringsfeer kan–
(a) � enige bevoegdheid of funksie wat ingevolge wetgewing uitgeoefen of verrig moet word, aan enige ander uitvoerende staatsorgaan delegeer mits die delegering bestaanbaar is met die wetgewing ingevolge waarvan die bevoegdheid uitgeoefen of die funksie verrig word; of
(b) � enige bevoegdheid of funksie vir enige ander uitvoerende staatsorgaan op ʼn agentskaps- of delegeringsgrondslag uitoefen of verrig.
126
127
Hoofstuk 14: Algemene Bepalings
Woordomskrywing 239. � In die Grondwet, tensy uit die samehang anders blyk, beteken–
“nasionale wetgewing” ook– (a) � ondergeskikte wetgewing ingevolge ʼn Parlementswet gemaak; en (b) � wetgewing wat van krag was toe die Grondwet in werking getree het en wat
deur die nasionale regering geadministreer word; � “provinsiale wetgewing” ook– �
(a) � ondergeskikte wetgewing ingevolge ʼn provinsiale Wet gemaak; en (b) � wetgewing wat van krag was toe die Grondwet in werking getree het en wat
deur ʼn provinsiale regering geadministreer word; � “staatsorgaan”– �
(a) � enige staatsdepartement of administrasie in die nasionale, provinsiale of plaaslike regeringsfeer; of
(b) � enige ander funksionaris of instelling wat– (i) � ingevolge die Grondwet of ʼn provinsiale grondwet ʼn bevoegdheid
uitoefen of ʼn funksie verrig; of (ii) � ingevolge wetgewing ʼn openbare bevoegdheid uitoefen of ʼn openbare
funksie verrig; maar nie ook ʼn hof of ʼn regterlike beampte nie.
Teenstrydighede tussen verskillende tekste 240. � In die geval van ʼn teenstrydigheid tussen verskillende tekste van die Grondwet gee die
Engelse teks die deurslag.
Oorgangsreëlings 241. � Bylae 6 is van toepassing op die oorgang na die nuwe grondwetlike bestel wat deur hierdie
Grondwet ingestel word en op enige aangeleentheid wat met dié oorgang in verband staan.
Herroeping van wette 242. � Die wette vermeld in Bylae 7 word herroep, behoudens artikel 243 en Bylae 6.
128
Hoofstuk 14: Algemene Bepalings
Kort titel en inwerkingtreding 243. (1) Hierdie Wet heet die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1996, en tree so
gou as moontlik in werking op ʼn datum wat die President by proklamasie bepaal, wat nie ʼn datum later as 1 Julie 1997 mag wees nie.
(2) Die President kan verskillende datums wat voor die datum vermeld in subartikel (1) is, ten opsigte van verskillende bepalings van die Grondwet bepaal.
(3) Tensy uit die samehang anders blyk, word ʼn verwysing in ʼn bepaling van die Grondwet na ʼn tydstip waarop die Grondwet in werking getree het, uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na die tydstip waarop daardie bepaling in werking getree het.
(4) Indien daar ingevolge subartikel (2) ʼn verskillende datum ten opsigte van enige besondere bepaling van die Grondwet bepaal word, word enige ooreenstemmende bepaling van die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1993 (Wet 200 van 1993), wat in die proklamasie vermeld word, met ingang van dieselfde datum herroep.
(5) Artikels 213, 214, 215, 216, 218, 226, 227, 228, 229 en 230 tree op 1 Januarie 1998 in werking, maar dit belet nie die verordening ingevolge hierdie Grondwet voor daardie datum van wetgewing wat in enige van hierdie bepalings beoog word nie. Tot daardie datum bly enige ooreenstemmende en verbandhoudende bepalings van die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1993, van krag.
129
Bylae 1: Nasionale Flag
ByLAE 1 naSiOnale vlaG
(1) � Die nasionale vlag is reghoekig, en is een en ʼn half maal langer as die wydte daarvan. (2) � Dit is swart, goud, groen, wit, rissierooi en blou. (3) � Dit het ʼn groen Y-vormige baan wat een vyfde van die wydte van die vlag is. Die
middellyne van die baan strek vanaf die boonste en onderste hoeke naas die vlagpaal, sluit in die middel van die vlag by mekaar aan, en strek daarvandaan horisontaal na die middel van die wapperrand.
(4) � Die groen baan is bo en onder wit gesoom en na die vlagpaal goud gesoom. Elke soom is een vyftiende van die wydte van die vlag.
(5) � Die driehoek naas die vlagpaal is swart. (6) � Die boonste horisontale baan is rissierooi en die onderste horisontale baan is blou. Hierdie
bane is elk een derde van die wydte van die vlag.
Black = Swart Gold = Goud White = Wit Green = Groen Red = Rooi Blue= Blou
130
Bylae 1A: Geografiese Gebiede van Provinsies
ByLAE 1A GeOGRafieSe Gebiede van pROvinSieS
[Bylae 1A ingevoeg by a. 4 van die Twaalfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2005 en gewysig by a. 1 van die Dertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2007 en by a. 1 van die Sestiende
Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2009.]
Die provinsie Oos-Kaap [Afbakening van die provinsie Oos-Kaap vervang by die Dertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet
van 2007.]
Kaart No. 3 van Bylae 1 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 6 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 7 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 8 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 9 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
Kaart No. 10 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 11 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
Die provinsie Vrystaat Kaart No. 12 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 13 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 14 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 15 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 16 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
Die provinsie Gauteng [Afbakening van die provinsie Gauteng gewysig by die Sestiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet
van 2009.]
Kaart No. 4 in Kennisgewing 1490 van 2008 [Verwysing na Kaart No. 4 vervang by a. 1(a) van die Sestiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van
2009.]
Kaart No. 17 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 18 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 19 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
131
Bylae 1A: Geografiese Gebiede van Provinsies
Kaart No. 20 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 21 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
Die provinsie KwaZulu-Natal [Afbakening van die provinsie KwaZulu-Natal vervang by die Dertiende Wysigingswet op die
Grondwet van 2007.] �
Kaart No. 22 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 23 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 24 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 25 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 26 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 27 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 28 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 29 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 30 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 31 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 � Kaart No. 32 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 �
Die provinsie Limpopo Kaart No. 33 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 34 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 35 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 36 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 37 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
Die provinsie Mpumalanga Kaart No. 38 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 39 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 40 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
Die provinsie Noord-Kaap Kaart No. 41 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 42 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 43 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 44 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 45 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
132
Bylae 1A: Geografiese Gebiede van Provinsies
Die provinsie Noordwes [Afbakening van die provinsie Noordwes gewysig by die Sestiende Wysigingswet op
die Grondwet van 2009.]
Kaart No. 5 in Kennisgewing 1490 van 2008 [Verwysing na Kaart No. 5 vervang by a. 1(b) van die Sestiende Wysigingswet op
die Grondwet van 2009.]
Kaart No. 46 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 47 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 48 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
Die provinsie Wes-Kaap Kaart No. 49 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 50 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 51 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 52 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 53 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005 Kaart No. 54 van Bylae 2 van Kennisgewing 1998 van 2005
133
Bylae 2: Ampsede en Plegtige Verklarings
ByLAE 2 aMpSede en pleGTiGe veRklaRinGS
[Bylae 2 gewysig by a. 2 van die “Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997” en vervang by a. 18 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
Ampseed of plegtige verklaring van President en Waarnemende President 1. � Die President of Waarnemende President moet voor die Hoofregter of ʼn ander regter deur
die Hoofregter aangewys, ʼn eed aflê/plegtig verklaar, soos volg: In die teenwoordigheid van almal hier vergader en in die volle besef van die hoë roeping wat ek as President/Waarnemende President van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika aanvaar, sweer ek, A.B./verklaar ek, A.B., plegtig trou aan die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, en dat ek die Grondwet en die ander reg van die Republiek sal gehoorsaam, eerbiedig, onderhou en handhaaf; en belowe ek plegtig en opreg dat ek te alle tye–
• � sal bevorder wat tot die voordeel van die Republiek is en sal afweer wat die Republiek kan skaad;
• � die regte van alle Suid-Afrikaners sal beskerm en bevorder; • � my pligte met al my kragte en talente na my beste kennis en vermoë en getrou
aan die stem van my gewete sal verrig; • � aan almal reg sal laat geskied; en • my aan die welsyn van die Republiek en al sy mense sal wy.
(In die geval van ʼn eed: So help my God.) �
Ampseed of plegtige verklaring van Adjunkpresident 2. � Die Adjunkpresident moet voor die Hoofregter of ʼn ander regter deur die Hoofregter
aangewys, ʼn eed aflê/plegtig verklaar, soos volg: In die teenwoordigheid van almal hier vergader en in die volle besef van die hoë roeping wat ek as Adjunkpresident van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika aanvaar, sweer ek, A.B./ verklaar ek, A.B., plegtig trou aan die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, en dat ek die Grondwet en die ander reg van die Republiek sal gehoorsaam, eerbiedig, onderhou en handhaaf; en belowe ek plegtig en opreg dat ek te alle tye–
134
Bylae 2: Ampsede en Plegtige Verklarings
• sal bevorder wat tot die voordeel van die Republiek is en sal afweer wat die Republiek kan skaad;
• ʼn opregte en getroue raadgewer sal wees; • my pligte met al my kragte en talente na my beste kennis en vermoë en getrou
aan die stem van my gewete sal verrig; • aan almal reg sal laat geskied; en • my aan die welsyn van die Republiek en al sy mense sal wy.
(In die geval van ‘n eed: So help my God.)
Ampseed of plegtige verklaring van Ministers en Adjunkministers 3. Elke Minister en Adjunkminister moet voor die Hoofregter of ʼn ander regter deur die
Hoofregter aangewys, ʼn eed aflê/plegtig verklaar, soos volg: Ek, A.B., sweer/verklaar plegtig trou aan die Republiek van Suid-Afrika en dat ek die Grondwet en die ander reg van die Republiek sal gehoorsaam, eerbiedig en onderhou; en ek belowe om my amp as Minister/Adjunkminister met eer en waardigheid te beklee; ʼn opregte en getroue raadgewer te wees; geen sake wat aan my vir geheimhouding toevertrou word, regstreeks of onregstreeks te openbaar nie; en die funksies van my amp met nougesetheid en na my beste vermoë uit te voer. (In die geval van ‘n eed: So help my God.)
Ampseed of plegtige verklaring van lede van die Nasionale Vergadering, vaste afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies en lede van die provinsiale wetgewers 4. (1) Lede van die Nasionale Vergadering, vaste afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad
van Provinsies en lede van provinsiale wetgewers moet voor die Hoofregter of ʼn regter deur die Hoofregter aangewys, ʼn eed aflê/plegtig verklaar, soos volg:
Ek, A.B., sweer/verklaar plegtig trou aan die Republiek van Suid-Afrika en dat ek die Grondwet en die ander reg van die Republiek sal gehoorsaam, eerbiedig en onderhou; en ek belowe plegtig om my funksies as lid van die Nasionale Vergadering/vaste afgevaardigde na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies/lid van die wetgewer van die provinsie C.D. na my beste vermoë uit te voer. (In die geval van ‘n eed: So help my God.)
135
Bylae 2: Ampsede en Plegtige Verklarings
(2) � Persone wat ʼn vakature in die Nasionale Vergadering, ʼn vaste afvaardiging na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies of ʼn provinsiale wetgewer vul, kan ingevolge subitem (1) voor die voorsittende beampte van die Vergadering, Raad of wetgewer, na gelang van die geval, ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring aflê.
Ampseed of plegtige verklaring van Premiers, Waarnemende Premiers en lede van provinsiale Uitvoerende Rade 5. � Die Premier of Waarnemende Premier van ʼn provinsie, en elke lid van die Uitvoerende Raad
van ʼn provinsie, moet voor die Hoofregter of ʼn regter deur die Hoofregter aangewys, ʼn eed aflê/plegtig verklaar, soos volg: Ek, A.B., sweer/verklaar plegtig trou aan die Republiek van Suid-Afrika en dat ek die Grondwet en die ander reg van die Republiek sal gehoorsaam, eerbiedig en onderhou; en ek belowe om my amp as Premier/ Waarnemende Premier/lid van die Uitvoerende Raad van die provinsie C.D. met eer en waardigheid te beklee; ʼn opregte en getroue raadgewer te wees; geen sake wat aan my vir geheimhouding toevertrou word, regstreeks of onregstreeks te openbaar nie; en die funksies van my amp met nougesetheid en na my beste vermoë uit te voer. (In die geval van ‘n eed: So help my God.)
Ampseed of plegtige verklaring van Regterlike Beamptes 6. � (1) ElElke regter of waarnemende regter moet voor die Hoofregter of ʼn ander regter
deur die Hoofregter aangewys, ʼn eed aflê/plegtig verklaar, soos volg: Ek, A.B., sweer/verklaar plegtig trou, as ʼn Regter van die Konstitusionele Hof/ Hoogste Hof van Appèl/Hoë Hof/E.F.-hof, aan die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, en dat ek die Grondwet en die menseregte wat daarin verskans is, sal handhaaf en beskerm; en aan alle persone op gelyke voet reg sal laat geskied sonder vrees, begunstiging of vooroordeel, ooreenkomstig die Grondwet en die reg.
(In die geval van ‘n eed: So help my God.) (2) � Iemand wat in die amp van Hoofregter aangestel is en wat ten tyde van daardie
aanstelling nie reeds ʼn regter is nie, moet voor die Adjunkhoofregter of, in die plek van daardie regter, voor die volgende mees senior beskikbare regter van die Konstitusionele Hof, ʼn eed of plegtige verklaring aflê.
Bylae 2: Ampsede en Plegtige Verklarings
(3) Regterlike beamptes en waarnemende regterlike beamptes, buiten regters, moet ingevolge nasionale wetgewing ʼn eed/plegtige verklaring aflê.
136
137
Bylae 3: Verkiesingsprosedures
ByLAE 3 veRkieSinGSpROSeduReS
[Bylae 3 gewysig by a. 2 van die “Constitution Fourth Amendment Act of 1999”, by a. 19 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001, by artikel 3 van die Negende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet
van 2002 en by a. 5 van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
deel a � verkiesingsprosedures vir Grondwetlike ampsdraers �
Toepassing 1. � Die prosedure in hierdie Bylae uiteengesit, is van toepassing wanneer ook al–
(a) � die Nasionale Vergadering vergader om die President, of die Speaker of Adjunkspeaker van die Vergadering, te verkies;
(b) � die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies vergader om sy Voorsitter of ʼn Adjunkvoorsitter te verkies; of
(c) � ʼn provinsiale wetgewer vergader om die Premier van die provinsie of die Speaker of Adjunkspeaker van die wetgewer te verkies.
Nominasies 2. � Die persoon wat voorsit op ʼn vergadering waarop hierdie Bylae van toepassing is, moet op
die vergadering vir die nominasie van kandidate vra.
Formele vereistes 3. � (1) ‘n Nominasie moet voorgelê word op die vorm wat voorgeskryf word deur die reëls
in item 9 vermeld. (2) Die vorm waarop ʼn nominasie voorgelê word, moet geteken wees–
(a) � deur twee lede van die Nasionale Vergadering, indien die President of die Speaker of Adjunkspeaker van die Vergadering verkies moet word;
(b) � namens twee provinsiale afvaardigings, indien die Voorsitter of ʼn Adjunkvoorsitter van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies verkies moet word; of
138
Bylae 3: Verkiesingsprosedures
(c) deur twee lede van die betrokke provinsiale wetgewer, indien die Premier van die provinsie of die Speaker of Adjunkspeaker van die wetgewer verkies moet word.
(3) ‘n Persoon wat genomineer word, moet aanname van die nominasie te kenne gee deur óf die nominasievorm óf enige ander vorm van skriftelike bevestiging te teken.
Aankondiging van name van kandidate 4. Op ʼn vergadering waarop hierdie Bylae van toepassing is, moet die voorsittende persoon
die name aankondig van die persone wat as kandidate genomineer is, maar mag die voorsittende persoon geen debat toelaat nie.
Enkele kandidaat 5. Indien slegs een kandidaat genomineer word, moet die voorsittende persoon verklaar dat
daardie kandidaat verkies is.
Verkiesingsprosedure 6. Indien meer as een kandidaat genomineer word–
(a) moet daar by wyse van geheime stemming op die vergadering gestem word; (b) mag elke lid wat op die vergadering teenwoordig is, of indien dit ʼn vergadering
van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies is, elke provinsie wat op die vergadering verteenwoordig is, een stem uitbring; en
(c) moet die voorsittende persoon die kandidaat wat ʼn meerderheid van die stemme kry, verkies verklaar.
Uitskakelingsprosedure 7. (1) Indien geen kandidaat ʼn meerderheid van die stemme kry nie, word die kandidaat
wat die laagste getal stemme gekry het uitgeskakel en moet ʼn verdere stemming oor die oorblywende kandidate ooreenkomstig item 6 plaasvind. Hierdie prosedure moet herhaal word totdat ʼn kandidaat ʼn meerderheid van die stemme kry.
(2) Indien, by die toepassing van subitem (1), twee of meer kandidate die laagste getal stemme kry, moet ʼn afsonderlike stemming oor daardie kandidate gehou word, en so dikwels nodig herhaal word, om te bepaal watter kandidaat uitgeskakel moet word.
139
Bylae 3: Verkiesingsprosedures
Verdere vergaderings 8. � (1) Indien slegs twee kandidate genomineer word, of indien slegs twee kandidate
oorbly nadat ʼn uitskakelingsprosedure toegepas is en daardie twee kandidate dieselfde getal stemme kry, moet ʼn verdere vergadering binne sewe dae gehou word op ʼn tyd wat deur die voorsittende persoon bepaal word.
(2) � Indien ʼn verdere vergadering ingevolge subitem (1) gehou word, moet die prosedure in hierdie Bylae voorgeskryf by daardie vergadering toegepas word asof dit die eerste vergadering vir die betrokke verkiesing is.
Reëls 9. (1) � Die Hoofregter moet reëls maak waardeur voorgeskryf word–
(a) � die prosedure vir vergaderings waarop hierdie Bylae van toepassing is; (b) � die pligte van ʼn persoon wat op ʼn vergadering voorsit, en van enige persoon
wat die voorsittende persoon bystaan; (c) � die vorm waarop nominasies voorgelê moet word; en (d) � die wyse waarop die stemming moet geskied.
(2) Hierdie reëls moet bekend gemaak word op die wyse wat die Hoofregter bepaal.
deel b � formule om partydeelname aan provinsiale afvaardigings na
die nasionale Raad van provinsies te bepaal �
1. � Die getal afgevaardigdes in ʼn provinsiale afvaardiging na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies waarop ʼn party geregtig is, moet bepaal word deur die getal setels wat die party in die provinsiale wetgewer het met tien te vermenigvuldig en die resultaat te deel deur die getal setels in die wetgewer, plus een.
2. � Indien ʼn berekening ingevolge item 1 ʼn surplus oplewer wat nie opgeneem word deur die afgevaardigdes wat ingevolge daardie item aan ʼn party toegewys word nie, moet die surplus meeding met soortgelyke surplusse wat enige ander party of partye toekom, en enige afgevaardigdes in die afvaardiging wat nie toegeken is nie, moet aan die party of partye in volgorde van die hoogste surplus toegeken word.
140
Bylae 3: Verkiesingsprosedures
3. Indien die mededingende surplusse in item 2 beoog gelyk is, word die onverdeelde afgevaardigdes in die afvaardiging toegeken aan die party of partye met dieselfde surplus in die volgorde van die hoogste tot die laagste getal stemme wat vir daardie partye aangeteken is tydens die vorige verkiesing van die betrokke provinsiale wetgewer. [Item 3 bygevoeg by a. 2 van die “Constitution Fourth Amendment Act of 1999” en vervang by a. 3 van die Negende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2002 en by a. 5(a) van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
4. Indien meer as een party met dieselfde surplus dieselfde getal stemme gedurende die vorige verkiesing van die betrokke provinsiale wetgewer aangeteken het, moet die betrokke wetgewer die onverdeelde afgevaardigdes in die afvaardiging toeken aan die party of partye met dieselfde surplus op ʼn wyse wat met demokrasie bestaanbaar is. [Item 4 bygevoeg by a. 5(b) van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
141
Bylae 4: Funksionele gebiede van Konkurrente Nasionale en Provinsiale Wetgewende Bevoegdheid
ByLAE 4 funkSiOnele Gebiede van kOnkuRRenTe naSiOnale en
pROvinSiale WeTGeWende bevOeGdheid
deel a
• � Administrasie van inheemse woude • � Behuising • � Besoedelingsbeheer • � Bevolkingsontwikkeling • � Casino’s, wedrenne, dobbelary en weddenskappe, uitgesonderd loterye en sportloterye • � Dierebeheer en -siektes • � Eiendomsoordraggelde • � Gesondheidsdienste • � Grondbewaring • � Handel • � Inheemse reg en gewoontereg, behoudens Hoofstuk 12 van die Grondwet • � Kultuuraangeleenthede • � Landbou • � Lughawens, behalwe internasionale en nasionale lughawens • � Mediadienste regstreeks deur die provinsiale regering beheer of voorsien, behoudens
artikel 192 • � Natuurbewaring, uitgesonderd nasionale parke, nasionale botaniese tuine en mariene
bronne • � Nywerheidsbevordering • � Omgewing • � Onderwys op alle vlakke, uitgesonderd tersiêre onderwys • � Openbare vervoer • � Openbare werke slegs ten opsigte van die behoeftes van provinsiale regeringsdepar-
temente vir die nakoming van hul verantwoordelikhede om funksies wat kragtens die Grondwet of enige ander wet spesifiek aan hulle opgedra is, te administreer
• � Polisie in die mate waarin die bepalings van Hoofstuk 11 van die Grondwet wetgewende bevoegdheid aan die provinsiale wetgewers verleen
142
Bylae 4: Funksionele gebiede van Konkurrente Nasionale en Provinsiale Wetgewende Bevoegdheid
• Provinsiale openbare ondernemings ten opsigte van die funksionele gebiede in hierdie Bylae en Bylae 5
• Rampbestuur • Reëling van padverkeer • Stedelike en landelike ontwikkeling • Streeksbeplanning en -ontwikkeling • Taalbeleid en die reël van amptelike tale in die mate waarin die bepalings van artikel 6 van
die Grondwet uitdruklik wetgewende bevoegdheid aan die provinsiale wetgewers verleen • Toerisme • Tradisionele leierskap, behoudens Hoofstuk 12 van die Grondwet • Verbruikersbeskerming • Voertuiglisensiëring • Welsynsdienste
deel b
Die volgende plaaslike regeringsaangeleenthede in die mate in artikel 155(6)(a) en (7) uiteengesit: • Bouregulasies • Brandbestrydingsdienste • Elektrisiteits- en gasvoorsieningstelsels • Handelsregulasies • Kindersorggeriewe • Lugbesoedeling • Munisipale beplanning • Munisipale gesondheidsdienste • Munisipale lughawens • Munisipale openbare vervoer • Munisipale openbare werke slegs ten opsigte van die behoeftes van munisipaliteite vir die
nakoming van hul verantwoordelikhede om funksies wat kragtens die Grondwet of enige ander wet spesifiek aan hulle opgedra is, te administreer
• Plaaslike toerisme • Ponte, veerbote, hawehoofde, piere en hawens, uitgesonderd die reëling van internasion-
ale en nasionale skeepvaart en verwante aangeleenthede • Vloedwaterbestuurstelsels in beboude gebiede • Water- en sanitasiedienste, beperk tot stelsels vir die voorsiening van drinkbare water en
die wegdoen van huishoudelike afvalwater en rioolvuil
143
Bylae 5: Funksionele gebiede van Eksklusiewe Provinsiale Wetgewende Bevoegdheid
ByLAE 5 funkSiOnele Gebiede van ekSkluSieWe pROvinSiale
WeTGeWende bevOeGdheid
deel a
• Abattoirs • Ambulansdienste • Argiewe, behalwe nasionale argiewe • Biblioteke, behalwe nasionale biblioteke • Dranklisensies • Museums, behalwe nasionale museums • Provinsiale beplanning • Provinsiale kultuuraangeleenthede • Provinsiale ontspanning en geriewe • Provinsiale paaie en verkeer • Provinsiale sport • Veeartsenykundige dienste, uitgesonderd die reëling van die beroep
deel b
Die volgende plaaslike regeringsaangeleenthede in die mate in artikel 155(6)(a) en (7) vir provinsies uiteengesit: • Begraafplase, lykdienslokale en krematoriums • Beheer oor ondernemings wat drank aan die publiek verkoop • Beheer oor openbare steurnisse • Geraasbesoedeling • Geriewe vir die huisvesting, versorging en begrawe van diere • Lisensiëring van en beheer oor ondernemings wat voedsel aan die publiek verkoop • Lisensiëring van honde • Markte • Munisipale abattoirs • Munisipale paaie • Munisipale parke en ontspanning
144
Bylae 5: Funksionele gebiede van Eksklusiewe Provinsiale Wetgewende Bevoegdheid
• Omheinings en heinings • Openbare plekke • Plaaslike geriewe • Plaaslike sportgeriewe • Reiniging • Reklameborde en die vertoon van advertensies op openbare plekke • Skutte • Straathandel • Straatverligting • Strande en vermaaklikheidsgeriewe • Verkeer en parkering • Vullisverwydering, vullishope en die wegdoen van vaste afvalstowwe
145
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
ByLAE 6 OORGanGSReËlinGS
[Bylae 6 gewysig by a. 3 van die “Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997”, by a. 5(a) van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998” en by a. 20 van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die
Grondwet van 2001.]
Woordomskrywing 1. � In hierdie Bylae, tensy uit die samehang anders blyk, beteken–
“nuwe Grondwet” die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1996; “oubedeling-wetgewing” wetgewing verorden voordat die vorige Grondwet in werking getree het; “tuisland” ʼn deel van die Republiek waarmee, voordat die vorige Grondwet in werking getree het, in Suid-Afrikaanse wetgewing gehandel is as ʼn onafhanklike of selfregerende gebied; “vorige Grondwet” die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1993 (Wet 200 van 1993).
Voortbestaan van bestaande regsvoorskrifte 2. (1) Alle regsvoorskrifte wat van krag was toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het,
bly van krag behoudens– (a) � enige wysiging of herroeping; en (b) � bestaanbaarheid met die nuwe Grondwet.
(2) Oubedeling-wetgewing wat ingevolge subitem (1) van krag bly– (a) � het nie ʼn wyer toepassing, hetsy gebiedsgewys of andersins, as wat dit gehad
het voordat die vorige Grondwet in werking getree het nie, tensy dit daarna gewysig is om ʼn wyer toepassing te hê; en
(b) � word, behoudens die nuwe Grondwet, steeds geadministreer deur die gesag wat dit geadministreer het toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het.
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
Uitleg van bestaande wetgewing 3. (1) Tensy dit onbestaanbaar met die konteks of duidelik onvanpas is, word ʼn verwysing
in enige wetgewing wat bestaan het toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het– (a) na die Republiek van Suid-Afrika of ʼn tuisland (behalwe wanneer dit na ʼn
grondgebied verwys), uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na die Republiek van Suid-Afrika kragtens die nuwe Grondwet;
(b) na die Parlement, die Nasionale Vergadering of die Senaat, uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na die Parlement, die Nasionale Vergadering of die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies kragtens die nuwe Grondwet;
(c) na die President, ʼn Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident, ʼn Minister, ʼn Adjunkminister of die Kabinet, behoudens item 9 van hierdie Bylae uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na die President, die Adjunkpresident, ʼn Minister, ʼn Adjunkminister of die Kabinet kragtens die nuwe Grondwet;
(d) na die President van die Senaat, uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na die voorsitter van die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies;
(e) na ʼn provinsiale wetgewer, Premier, Uitvoerende Raad of lid van ʼn Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie, behoudens item 12 van hierdie Bylae uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na ʼn provinsiale wetgewer, Premier, Uitvoerende Raad of lid van ʼn Uitvoerende Raad kragtens die nuwe Grondwet; of
(f) na ʼn amptelike taal of tale, uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na enige van die amptelike tale kragtens die nuwe Grondwet.
(2) Tensy dit onbestaanbaar met die konteks of duidelik onvanpas is, word ʼn verwysing in enige oorblywende oubedeling-wetgewing– (a) na ʼn Parlement, ʼn Huis van ʼn Parlement of ʼn wetgewende vergadering of
liggaam van die Republiek of van ʼn tuisland, uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na– (i) die Parlement kragtens die nuwe Grondwet, indien die administrasie van
daardie wetgewing ingevolge die vorige Grondwet of hierdie Bylae aan die nasionale uitvoerende gesag toegewys of opgedra is; of
(ii) die provinsiale wetgewer van ʼn provinsie, indien die administrasie van daardie wetgewing ingevolge die vorige Grondwet of hierdie Bylae aan ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag toegewys of opgedra is; of
(b) na ʼn Staatspresident, Hoofminister, Administrateur of ander hoof- uitvoerende beampte, Kabinet, Ministersraad of uitvoerende raad van die Republiek of van ʼn tuisland, uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na–
146
147
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
(i) � die President kragtens die nuwe Grondwet, indien die administrasie van daardie wetgewing ingevolge die vorige Grondwet of hierdie Bylae aan die nasionale uitvoerende gesag toegewys of opgedra is; of
(ii) � die Premier van ʼn provinsie kragtens die nuwe Grondwet, indien die administrasie van daardie wetgewing ingevolge die vorige Grondwet of hierdie Bylae aan ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag toegewys of opgedra is.
Nasionale Vergadering 4. � (1) Enigiemand wat ʼn lid of ampsdraer van die Nasionale Vergadering was toe die
nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, word ʼn lid of ampsdraer van die Nasionale Vergadering kragtens die nuwe Grondwet, en beklee die amp as lid of ampsdraer ingevolge die nuwe Grondwet.
(2) � Die Nasionale Vergadering soos ingevolge subitem (1) saamgestel, word beskou as verkies te wees kragtens die nuwe Grondwet vir ʼn termyn wat op 30 April 1999 verstryk.
(3) � Vir die duur van die Nasionale Vergadering se termyn wat behoudens artikel 49(4) van die nuwe Grondwet op 30 April 1999 verstryk, bestaan die Vergadering uit 400 lede.
(4) � Die reëls en orders van die Nasionale Vergadering wat van krag was toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, bly van krag behoudens enige wysiging of herroeping.
Onafgehandelde werk voor Parlement 5. � (1) Daar word met enige onafgehandelde werk voor die Nasionale Vergadering
wanneer die nuwe Grondwet in werking tree, ingevolge die nuwe Grondwet voortgegaan.
(2) � Enige onafgehandelde werk voor die Senaat wanneer die nuwe Grondwet in werking tree, moet na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies verwys word, en die Raad moet ingevolge die nuwe Grondwet met daardie werk voortgaan.
148
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
Verkiesing van Nasionale Vergadering 6. (1) Geen verkiesing van die Nasionale Vergadering mag voor 30 April 1999 gehou word
nie tensy die Vergadering ontbind word ingevolge artikel 50(2) na ʼn voorstel van wantroue in die President ingevolge artikel 102(2) van die nuwe Grondwet.
(2) Artikel 50(1) van die nuwe Grondwet word opgeskort tot 30 April 1999. (3) Ondanks die herroeping van die vorige Grondwet, is Bylae 2 by daardie Grondwet,
soos gewysig deur Aanhangsel A by hierdie Bylae, van toepassing– (a) op die eerste verkiesing van die Nasionale Vergadering kragtens die nuwe
Grondwet; (b) op die verlies van lidmaatskap van die Vergadering in ander omstandighede
as dié waarvoor in artikel 47(3) van die nuwe Grondwet voorsiening gemaak word; en
(c) op die vul van vakatures in die Vergadering, en die aanvulling, hersiening en aanwending van partylyste vir die vul van vakatures, tot die tweede verkiesing van die Vergadering kragtens die nuwe Grondwet.
(4) Artikel 47(4) van die nuwe Grondwet word opgeskort tot die tweede verkiesing van die Nasionale Vergadering kragtens die nuwe Grondwet.
Nasionale Raad van Provinsies 7. (1) Vir die tydperk wat eindig onmiddellik voor die eerste sitting van ʼn provinsiale
wetgewer gehou na sy eerste verkiesing kragtens die nuwe Grondwet– (a) moet die verhouding van partyverteenwoordiging in die provinsie se
afvaardiging na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies dieselfde wees as die verhouding waarin die provinsie se tien senatore ingevolge artikel 48 van die vorige Grondwet benoem is; en
(b) is die toekenning van vaste afgevaardigdes en spesiale afgevaardigdes aan die partye wat in die provinsiale wetgewer verteenwoordig is, soos volg:
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
PROVINSIE VASTE AFGEVAARDIGDES SPESIALE AFGEVAARDIGDES 1. Oos-Kaap ANC5
NP 1 ANC 4
2. Vrystaat ANC4 VF1 NP 1
ANC 4
3. Gauteng ANC3 DP1 VF1 NP 1
ANC3
NP 1
4. KwaZulu-Natal ANC1 DP1 IVP3 NP 1
ANC2
IVP 2
5. Mpumalanga ANC4 VF1 NP 1
ANC 4
6. Noord-Kaap ANC3 VF1 NP 2
ANC2
NP 2
7. Limpopo ANC 6 ANC 4
8. Noordwes ANC4 VF1 NP 1
ANC 4
9. Wes-Kaap ANC2 DP1 NP 3
ANC1
NP 3
(2) ‘n Party wat in ʼn provinsiale wetgewer verteenwoordig is– (a) � moet sy vaste afgevaardigdes benoem uit die persone wat senatore was toe
die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het en wat beskikbaar is om as vaste afgevaardigdes te dien; en
149
150
(b) kan ander persone as vaste afgevaardigdes benoem slegs indien daar geen of ʼn onvoldoende getal van sy voormalige senatore beskikbaar is.
(3) ‘n Provinsiale wetgewer moet sy vaste afgevaardigdes ooreenkomstig die benoemings van die partye aanstel.
(4) Subitems (2) en (3) is van toepassing slegs op die eerste aanstelling van vaste afgevaardigdes na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies.
(5) Artikel 62(1) van die nuwe Grondwet is nie van toepassing op die benoeming en aanstelling van voormalige senatore as vaste afgevaardigdes ingevolge hierdie item nie.
(6) Die reëls en orders van die Senaat wat van krag was toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, moet ten opsigte van die werk van die Nasionale Raad toegepas word in die mate waarin dit toegepas kan word, behoudens enige wysiging of herroeping.
Voormalige senatore 8. (1) ‘n Voormalige senator wat nie as ʼn vaste afgevaardigde na die Nasionale Raad van
Provinsies aangestel word nie, is geregtig om ʼn ten volle stemgeregtigde lid te word van die wetgewer van die provinsie waaruit daardie persoon ingevolge artikel 48 van die vorige Grondwet as ʼn senator benoem is.
(2) Indien ʼn voormalige senator kies om nie ʼn lid van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer te word nie, word daar beskou dat daardie persoon as senator bedank het op die dag voordat die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het.
(3) Die salaris, toelaes en voordele van ʼn voormalige senator wat as ʼn vaste afgevaardigde of as ʼn lid van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer aangestel is, mag nie slegs vanweë daardie aanstelling verminder word nie.
Nasionale uitvoerende gesag 9. (1) Enigiemand wat kragtens die vorige Grondwet die President, ʼn Uitvoerende
Adjunkpresident, ʼn Minister of ʼn Adjunkminister was toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, bly aan in en beklee daardie amp ingevolge die nuwe Grondwet, maar behoudens subitem (2).
(2) Tot 30 April 1999 word artikels 84, 89, 90, 91, 93 en 96 van die nuwe Grondwet geag te lui soos in Aanhangsel B by hierdie Bylae uiteengesit.
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
151
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
(3) � Subitem (2) belet nie ʼn Minister wat ʼn senator was toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, om aan te bly nie as ʼn Minister genoem in artikel 91(1)(a) van die nuwe Grondwet, soos dié artikel in Aanhangsel B lui.
Provinsiale wetgewers 10. (1) Enigiemand wat ʼn lid of ampsdraer van ʼn provinsie se wetgewer was toe die
nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, word ʼn lid of ampsdraer van die wetgewer vir daardie provinsie kragtens die nuwe Grondwet, en beklee die amp van lid of ampsdraer ingevolge die nuwe Grondwet en ʼn provinsiale grondwet wat verorden mag word.
(2) ʼn Provinsiale wetgewer soos ingevolge subitem (1) saamgestel, word beskou as kragtens die nuwe Grondwet verkies te wees vir ʼn termyn wat op 30 April 1999 verstryk.
(3) Vir die duur van sy termyn wat op 30 April 1999 verstryk, en behoudens artikel 108(4), bestaan ʼn provinsiale wetgewer uit die getal lede kragtens die vorige Grondwet vir daardie wetgewer bepaal sowel as die getal voormalige senatore wat ingevolge item 8 van hierdie Bylae lede van die wetgewer geword het.
(4) Die reëls en orders van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer wat van krag was toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, bly van krag behoudens enige wysiging of herroeping.
Verkiesings van provinsiale wetgewers 11 . (1) Ondanks die herroeping van die vorige Grondwet, is Bylae 2 by daardie Grondwet,
soos gewysig deur Aanhangsel A by hierdie Bylae, van toepassing– (a) � op die eerste verkiesing van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer kragtens die nuwe
Grondwet; (b) � op die verlies van lidmaatskap van ʼn wetgewer in ander omstandighede as dié
waarvoor in artikel 106(3) van die nuwe Grondwet voorsiening gemaak word; en
(c) � op die vul van vakatures in ʼn wetgewer, en die aanvulling, hersiening en aanwending van partylyste vir die vul van vakatures, tot die tweede verkiesing van die wetgewer kragtens die nuwe Grondwet.
(2) � Artikel 106(4) van die nuwe Grondwet word ten opsigte van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer opgeskort tot die tweede verkiesing van die wetgewer kragtens die nuwe Grondwet.
152
Provinsiale uitvoerende gesagte 12. (1) Enigiemand wat die Premier of ʼn lid van die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie was
toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, bly aan in en beklee daardie amp ingevolge die nuwe Grondwet en ʼn provinsiale grondwet wat verorden mag word, maar behoudens subitem (2).
(2) Totdat die Premier wat na die eerste verkiesing van ʼn provinsie se wetgewer kragtens die nuwe Grondwet verkies word, die amp aanvaar, of die provinsie sy grondwet verorden, wat ook al eerste plaasvind, word artikels 132 en 136 van die nuwe Grondwet geag te lui soos in Aanhangsel C by hierdie Bylae uiteengesit.
Provinsiale grondwette 13. ‘n Provinsiale grondwet wat aangeneem is voordat die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree
het, moet aan artikel 143 van die nuwe Grondwet voldoen.
Opdra van wetgewing aan provinsies 14. (1) Wetgewing met betrekking tot ʼn aangeleentheid binne ʼn funksionele gebied
in Bylae 4 of 5 by die nuwe Grondwet vermeld en wat, toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, deur ʼn gesag binne die nasionale uitvoerende gesag geadministreer is, kan deur die President by proklamasie opgedra word aan ʼn gesag binne ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag wat deur die Uitvoerende Raad van die provinsie aangewys word.
(2) In die mate waarin dit vir die doeltreffende uitvoering van ʼn opdrag van wetgewing kragtens subitem (1) nodig is, kan die President by proklamasie– (a) die wetgewing wysig of aanpas om die uitleg of toepassing daarvan te reël; (b) waar die opdrag nie op ʼn stuk wetgewing as geheel van toepassing is nie,
dié bepalings daarvan waarop die opdrag van toepassing is of in die mate waarin die opdrag daarop van toepassing is, met of sonder enige wysigings of aanpassings in paragraaf (a) bedoel, herroep en herverorden; of
(c) enige ander aangeleentheid reël wat as gevolg van die opdrag nodig is, met inbegrip van die oorplasing of afstaan van personeel, of die oordrag van bates, laste, regte en verpligtinge na of van die nasionale of ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag of ʼn staatsdepartement, administrasie, veiligheidsdiens of ander instelling.
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
153
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
(3) � (a) ʼn Afskrif van elke proklamasie wat ingevolge subitem (1) of (2) uitgereik is, moet binne tien dae na die publisering van die proklamasie aan die Nasionale Vergadering en die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies voorgelê word.
(b) � Indien sowel die Nasionale Vergadering as die Nasionale Raad die proklamasie of ʼn bepaling daarvan by besluit afkeur, verval die proklamasie of bepaling, maar dit raak nie– (i) � die geldigheid van enigiets wat ingevolge die proklamasie of bepaling
gedoen is voordat dit verval het nie; of (ii) � ʼn reg of voorreg verkry of ʼn verpligting of aanspreeklikheid opgeloop
voordat dit verval het nie. (4) � Wanneer wetgewing kragtens subitem (1) opgedra word, word ʼn verwysing in die
wetgewing na ʼn gesag wat dit administreer, uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na die gesag aan wie dit opgedra is.
(5) � ʼn Opdrag van wetgewing kragtens artikel 235(8) van die vorige Grondwet, met inbegrip van ʼn wysiging, aanpassing of herroeping en herverordening van enige wetgewing en enige ander stappe wat kragtens daardie artikel gedoen is, word beskou as kragtens hierdie item gedoen te wees.
Bestaande wetgewing buite die Parlement se wetgewende bevoegdheid 15. � (1) ‘n Gesag binne die nasionale uitvoerende gesag wat, wanneer die nuwe Grondwet
in werking tree, enige wetgewing administreer wat buite die Parlement se wetgewende bevoegdheid val, bly bevoeg om daardie wetgewing te administreer totdat dit ingevolge item 14 van hierdie Bylae aan ʼn gesag binne ʼn provinsiale uitvoerende gesag opgedra word.
(2) Subitem (1) verval twee jaar nadat die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het.
Howe 16. � (1) Elke hof, met inbegrip van howe van tradisionele leiers, wat bestaan het toe
die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, gaan voort om te funksioneer en om jurisdiksie uit te oefen ingevolge die wetgewing wat daarop van toepassing is, en enigiemand wat die amp van regterlike beampte beklee, gaan voort om die amp te beklee ingevolge die wetgewing wat op daardie amp van toepassing is, behoudens–
154
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
(a) enige wysiging of herroeping van daardie wetgewing; en (b) bestaanbaarheid met die nuwe Grondwet.
(2) (a) Die Konstitusionele Hof wat deur die vorige Grondwet ingestel is, word die Konstitusionele Hof kragtens die nuwe Grondwet.
(b) ...... [Par. (b) geskrap by a. 20(a) van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(3) (a) Die Appèlafdeling van die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika word die Hoogste Hof van Appèl kragtens die nuwe Grondwet.
(b) ...... [Par. (b) geskrap by a. 20(a) van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
(4) (a) ‘n Provinsiale of plaaslike afdeling van die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika of ʼn hooggeregshof van ʼn tuisland of ʼn algemene afdeling van so ʼn hof, word ʼn Hoë Hof kragtens die nuwe Grondwet sonder verandering van sy regsgebied, behoudens enige rasionalisering in subitem (6) beoog.
(b) Enigiemand wat die amp van Regter-president, Adjunk-regter-president of regter van ʼn hof in paragraaf (a) genoem, beklee of geag word dit te beklee wanneer die nuwe Grondwet in werking tree, word die Regter-president, die Adjunk-regter-president of ʼn regter van so ʼn hof kragtens die nuwe Grondwet, behoudens enige rasionalisering in subitem (6) beoog.
(5) Tensy dit onbestaanbaar met die konteks of duidelik onvanpas is, word ʼn verwysing in enige wetgewing of proses na– (a) die Konstitusionele Hof kragtens die vorige Grondwet, uitgelê as ʼn verwysing
na die Konstitusionele Hof kragtens die nuwe Grondwet; (b) die Appèlafdeling van die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika, uitgelê as ʼn
verwysing na die Hoogste Hof van Appèl; en (c) ʼn provinsiale of plaaslike afdeling van die Hooggeregshof van Suid-Afrika of ʼn
hooggeregshof van ʼn tuisland of algemene afdeling van so ʼn hof, uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na ʼn Hoë Hof.
(6) (a) Sodra dit doenlik is nadat die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, moet alle howe, ook hulle struktuur, samestelling, funksionering en jurisdiksie, en alle tersaaklike wetgewing, gerasionaliseer word met die oog daarop om ʼn regstelsel in te stel wat aan die voorskrifte van die nuwe Grondwet voldoen.
155
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
(b) � Die Kabinetslid wat vir die regspleging verantwoordelik is, handelende na oorleg met die Regterlike Dienskommissie, moet die rasionalisering beoog in paragraaf (a), bestuur.
(7) � (a) Enige persoon wat, wanneer die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001 in werking tree, die amp beklee van– (i) � die President van die Konstitusionele Hof, word die Hoofregter soos
beoog in artikel 167(1) van die nuwe Grondwet; (ii) � die Adjunkpresident van die Konstitusionele Hof, word die
Adjunkhoofregter soos beoog in artikel 167(1) van die nuwe Grondwet; (iii) � die Hoofregter, word die President van die Hoogste Hof van Appèl soos
beoog in artikel 168(1) van die nuwe Grondwet; en (iv) � die Adjunkhoofregter, word die Adjunkpresident van die Hoogste Hof van
Appèl soos beoog in artikel 168(1) van die nuwe Grondwet. (b) � Alle reëls, regulasies of voorskrifte deur die President van die Konstitusionele
Hof of die Hoofregter uitgevaardig wat onmiddellik voor die inwerkingtreding van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001 van krag was, bly van krag totdat dit herroep of gewysig word.
(c) � Tensy dit onbestaanbaar met die konteks of duidelik onvanpas is, word ʼn verwysing in enige wet of prosesstuk na die Hoofregter of die President van die Konstitusionele Hof uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na die Hoofregter soos in artikel 167(1) van die nuwe Grondwet beoog.
[Subitem (7) bygevoeg by a. 20(b) van die Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2001.]
Sake hangende voor howe 17. � Alle verrigtinge wat voor ʼn hof hangende is wanneer die nuwe Grondwet in werking tree,
moet afgehandel word asof die nuwe Grondwet nie verorden is nie, tensy die belang van geregtigheid anders vereis.
Vervolgingsgesag 18. � (1) Artikel 108 van die vorige Grondwet bly van krag totdat die Parlementswet beoog
in artikel 179 van die nuwe Grondwet in werking tree. Hierdie subitem raak nie die aanstelling van die Nasionale Direkteur van Openbare Vervolgings ingevolge artikel 179 nie.
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
(2) � ‘n Prokureur-generaal wat die amp beklee wanneer die nuwe Grondwet in werking tree, bly funksioneer ingevolge die wetgewing wat op daardie amp van toepassing is, behoudens subitem (1).
Ede en plegtige verklarings 19. � ‘n Persoon wat ingevolge hierdie Bylae in ʼn amp aanbly en wat kragtens die vorige
Grondwet ʼn ampseed of ʼn plegtige verklaring afgelê het, is nie verplig om die ampseed of plegtige verklaring kragtens die nuwe Grondwet te herhaal nie.
Ander grondwetlike instellings 20. � (1) In hierdie item beteken “grondwetlike instelling”–
(a) die Openbare Beskermer; (b) die Menseregtekommissie; �
[Par. (b) gewysig by a. 4 van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.] �
(c) die Kommissie op Geslagsgelykheid; (d) die Ouditeur-generaal; (e) die Suid-Afrikaanse Reserwebank; (f) die Finansiële en Fiskale Kommissie; (g) die Regterlike Dienskommissie; of (h) die Pan-Suid-Afrikaanse Taalraad.
(2) � ‘n Grondwetlike instelling wat ingevolge die vorige Grondwet ingestel is, gaan voort om te funksioneer ingevolge die wetgewing wat daarop van toepassing is, en enigiemand wat die amp van kommissielid, lid van die raad van die Reserwebank of die Pan-Suid-Afrikaanse Taalraad, Openbare Beskermer of Ouditeur-generaal beklee wanneer die nuwe Grondwet in werking tree, gaan voort om die amp te beklee ingevolge die wetgewing wat op daardie amp van toepassing is, behoudens– (a) enige wysiging of herroeping van daardie wetgewing; en (b) bestaanbaarheid met die nuwe Grondwet.
(3) � Artikels 199(1), 200(1), (3) en (5) tot (11) en 201 tot 206 van die vorige Grondwet bly van krag totdat dit herroep word deur ʼn Parlementswet wat ingevolge artikel 75 van die nuwe Grondwet aangeneem word.
(4) � Die lede van die Regterlike Dienskommissie genoem in artikel 105(1)(h) van die vorige Grondwet hou op om lede van die Kommissie te wees wanneer die lede genoem in artikel 178(1)(i) van die nuwe Grondwet aangestel word.
156
157
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
(5) � (a) Die Volkstaatraad ingestel ingevolge die vorige Grondwet gaan voort om te funksioneer ingevolge die wetgewing wat daarop van toepassing is, en enigiemand wat die amp van lid van die Raad beklee wanneer die nuwe Grondwet in werking tree, gaan voort om die amp te beklee ingevolge die wetgewing wat op daardie amp van toepassing is, behoudens– (i) � enige wysiging of herroeping van daardie wetgewing; en (ii) � bestaanbaarheid met die nuwe Grondwet.
(b) � Artikels 184A en 184B(1)(a), (b) en (d) van die vorige Grondwet bly van krag totdat dit herroep word deur ʼn Parlementswet wat ingevolge artikel 75 van die nuwe Grondwet aangeneem word.
Verordening van wetgewing deur nuwe Grondwet vereis 21. (1) Waar die nuwe Grondwet die verordening van nasionale of provinsiale wetgewing
vereis, moet daardie wetgewing binne ʼn redelike tydperk vanaf die datum waarop die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het deur die tersaaklike gesag verorden word.
(2) Artikel 198(b) van die nuwe Grondwet mag nie toegepas word voordat die wetgewing beoog in daardie artikel verorden is nie.
(3) Artikel 199(3)(a) van die nuwe Grondwet mag nie toegepas word voor die verstryking van drie maande nadat die wetgewing beoog in daardie artikel verorden is nie.
(4) Nasionale wetgewing beoog in artikel 217(3) van die nuwe Grondwet moet verorden word binne drie jaar vanaf die datum waarop die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, maar die afwesigheid van hierdie wetgewing gedurende hierdie tydperk belet nie die inwerkingstelling van die beleid in artikel 217(2) bedoel nie.
(5) Totdat die Parlementswet genoem in artikel 65(2) van die nuwe Grondwet verorden word, kan elke provinsiale wetgewer sy eie prosedure bepaal waarvolgens magtiging aan sy afvaardiging verleen word om namens hom stemme in die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies uit te bring.
(6) Totdat die wetgewing beoog in artikel 229(1)(b) van die nuwe Grondwet verorden word, bly ʼn munisipaliteit bevoeg om enige belasting, heffing of reg op te lê wat hy gemagtig was om op te lê toe die Grondwet in werking getree het.
158
Nasionale eenheid en versoening 22. (1) Ondanks die ander bepalings van die nuwe Grondwet en ondanks die herroeping
van die vorige Grondwet, word al die bepalings met betrekking tot amnestie wat in die vorige Grondwet onder die opskrif “Nasionale Eenheid en Versoening” vervat is, geag deel van die nuwe Grondwet uit te maak vir die doeleindes van die Wet op die Bevordering van Nasionale Eenheid en Versoening, 1995 (Wet 34 van 1995), soos gewysig, asook vir die doeleindes van die geldigheid daarvan.
(2) Vir die doeleindes van subitem (1) word die datum “6 Desember 1993” waar dit in die bepalings van die vorige Grondwet onder die opskrif van “Nasionale Eenheid en Versoening” verskyn, geag “11 Mei 1994” te lui.
[Subitem (2) bygevoeg by a. 3 van die “Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997”.]
Handves van Regte 23. (1) Nasionale wetgewing beoog in artikels 9(4), 32(2) en 33(3) van die nuwe Grondwet
moet binne drie jaar vanaf die datum waarop die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, verorden word.
(2) Totdat die wetgewing beoog in artikels 32(2) en 33(3) van die nuwe Grondwet verorden word– (a) word artikel 32(1) geag soos volg te lui:
“(1) Elke persoon het die reg op toegang tot alle inligting wat deur die staat of enige van sy organe in enige regeringsfeer gehou word vir sover daardie inligting benodig word vir die uitoefening of beskerming van enige van hul regte.”; en
(b) word artikel 33(1) en (2) geag soos volg te lui: “Elke persoon het die reg– (a) op regsgeldige administratiewe optrede waar enige van hul regte of belange geraak of bedreig word;
(b) op prosedureel billike administratiewe optrede waar enige van hul regte of regmatige verwagtings geraak of bedreig word;
(c) om skriftelik voorsien te word van redes vir administratiewe optrede wat enige van hul regte of belange raak, tensy die redes vir daardie optrede openbaar gemaak is; en
(d) op administratiewe optrede wat regverdigbaar is met betrekking tot die redes wat daarvoor gegee word, waar enige van hul regte geraak of bedreig word.”.
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
159
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
(3) � Artikels 32(2) en 33(3) van die nuwe Grondwet verval indien die wetgewing wat in daardie artikels onderskeidelik beoog word, nie binne drie jaar vanaf die datum waarop die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, verorden word nie.
Staatsadministrasie en veiligheidsdienste 24. � (1) Artikels 82(4)(b), 215, 218(1), 219(1), 224 tot 228, 236(1), (2), (3), (6), (7)(b) en
(8), 237(1) en (2)(a) en 239(4) en (5) van die vorige Grondwet bly van krag asof die vorige Grondwet nie herroep is nie, behoudens– (a) � die wysigings aan daardie artikels soos in Aanhangsel D uiteengesit; (b) � enige verdere wysiging of enige herroeping van daardie artikels deur ʼn
Parlementswet wat ingevolge artikel 75 van die nuwe Grondwet aangeneem is; en
(c) � bestaanbaarheid met die nuwe Grondwet. (2) � Die Staatsdienskommissie en die provinsiale dienskommissies bedoel in Hoofstuk 13
van die vorige Grondwet gaan voort om te funksioneer ingevolge daardie Hoofstuk en die wetgewing wat daarop van toepassing is asof daardie Hoofstuk nie herroep is nie, totdat die Kommissie en die provinsiale dienskommissies by Parlementswet ingevolge artikel 75 van die nuwe Grondwet aangeneem, afgeskaf word.
(3) � Die herroeping van die vorige Grondwet raak nie enige proklamasie wat kragtens artikel 237(3) van die vorige Grondwet uitgereik is nie, en so ʼn proklamasie bly van krag, behoudens – (a) � enige wysiging of herroeping; en (b) � bestaanbaarheid met die nuwe Grondwet.
Bykomende onbevoegdheid vir wetgewers 25. � (1) Enigiemand wat, toe die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, besig was om ʼn
vonnis van meer as 12 maande gevangenisstraf sonder die keuse van ʼn boete in die Republiek uit te dien, is onbevoeg om ʼn lid van die Nasionale Vergadering of ʼn provinsiale wetgewer te word.
(2) � Die onbevoegdheid van ʼn persoon ingevolge subitem (1)– (a) � verval indien die skuldigbevinding op appèl tersyde gestel word, of die vonnis
op appèl verminder word tot ʼn vonnis wat daardie persoon nie onbevoeg maak nie; en
(b) � eindig vyf jaar nadat die vonnis voltooi is.
160
Plaaslike regering 26. (1) Ondanks die bepalings van artikels 151, 155, 156 en 157 van die nuwe Grondwet–
(a) bly die bepalings van die Oorgangswet op Plaaslike Regering, 1993 (Wet 209 van 1993), soos dit van tyd tot tyd gewysig kan word deur nasionale wetgewing wat met die nuwe Grondwet bestaanbaar is, van krag ten opsigte van ʼn Munisipale Raad totdat ʼn Munisipale Raad wat daardie Raad vervang, verkose verklaar is as gevolg van die eerste algemene verkiesing van Munisipale Rade na die inwerkingtrede van die nuwe Grondwet; en
[Par. (a) vervang by a. 5(a) van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.]
(b) is ʼn tradisionele leier van ʼn gemeenskap wat ʼn stelsel van inheemse reg naleef en woon op grond binne die gebied van ʼn plaaslike oorgangsraad, landelike oorgangsraad of verteenwoordigende oorgangsraad in die Oorgangswet op Plaaslike Regering, 1993, genoem en wat geïdentifiseer is soos in artikel 182 van die vorige Grondwet uiteengesit, ampshalwe daarop geregtig om ʼn lid van daardie raad te wees totdat ʼn Munisipale Raad wat daardie Raad vervang, verkose verklaar is as gevolg van die eerste algemene verkiesing van Munisipale Rade na die inwerkingtrede van die nuwe Grondwet.
[Par. (b) vervang by a. 5(a) van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.]
(2) Artikel 245(4) van die vorige Grondwet bly van krag totdat die toepassing van daardie artikel verval. Artikel 16(5) en (6) van die Oorgangswet op Plaaslike Regering, 1993, mag nie voor 30 April 2000 herroep word nie.
[Subitem (2) gewysig by a. 5(b) van die “Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998”.]
Veilige bewaring van Parlementswette en provinsiale Wette 27. Artikels 82 en 124 van die nuwe Grondwet raak nie die veilige bewaring van
Parlementswette of provinsiale Wette wat aangeneem is voordat die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het nie.
Registrasie van onroerende eiendom van die staat 28. (1) By die voorlegging van ʼn sertifikaat deur ʼn bevoegde gesag dat onroerende
eiendom van die staat ingevolge artikel 239 van die vorige Grondwet in ʼn bepaalde regering setel, moet ʼn registrateur van aktes die aantekeninge of endossemente in
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
161
Bylae 6: Oorgangsreëlings
of op enige betrokke register, transportakte of ander dokument aanbring ten einde daardie onroerende eiendom in die naam van daardie regering te registreer.
(2) � Geen belasting, gelde of ander vordering is ten opsigte van ʼn registrasie ingevolge subitem (1) betaalbaar nie.
162
AANhANGSEL A WYSiGinGS van bYlae 2 bY die vORiGe GROndWeT
1. Die vervanging van item 1 deur die volgende item: “1. Partye wat ingevolge nasionale wetgewing geregistreer is en wat aan ʼn verkiesing
van die Nasionale Vergadering deelneem, moet kandidate vir sodanige verkiesing benoem op kandidaatlyste wat ooreenkomstig hierdie Bylae en nasionale wetgewing opgestel is.”.
2. Die vervanging van item 2 deur die volgende item: “2. Die setels in die Nasionale Vergadering soos ingevolge artikel 46 van die nuwe
Grondwet bepaal, word soos volg gevul: (a) Een helfte van die setels uit streeklyste deur die onderskeie partye voorgelê,
met ʼn vaste getal setels vir elke streek voorbehou soos deur die Kommissie bepaal vir die volgende verkiesing van die Vergadering, met inagneming van beskikbare wetenskaplik gebaseerde gegewens met betrekking tot kiesers, en vertoë deur belanghebbende partye.
(b) Die ander helfte van die setels uit nasionale lyste deur die onderskeie partye voorgelê, of uit streeklyste waar nasionale lyste nie voorgelê is nie.”.
3. Die vervanging van item 3 deur die volgende item: “3. Die kandidaatlyste wat deur ʼn party voorgelê word, moet gesamentlik die name van
hoogstens ʼn getal kandidate gelyk aan die getal setels in die Nasionale Vergadering bevat, en elke sodanige lys moet daardie name in die vaste rangorde van voorkeur wat die party bepaal, aandui.”.
4. Die wysiging van item 5 deur die woorde wat paragraaf (a) voorafgaan deur die volgende woorde te vervang: “5. Die setels bedoel in item 2(a) word per streek toegewys aan die partye wat aan ʼn
verkiesing deelneem, soos volg:”. 5. Die wysiging van item 6–
(a) deur die woorde wat paragraaf (a) voorafgaan deur die volgende woorde te vervang: “6. Die setels bedoel in item 2(b) word soos volg aan die partye wat aan ʼn verkiesing deelneem, toegewys:”; en
Aanhangsel A
163
Aanhangsel A
(b) � deur paragraaf (a) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang: “(a) ‘n Kwota stemme per setel word bepaal deur die totale getal stemme wat landswyd uitgebring is deur die getal setels in die Nasionale Vergadering plus een te deel, en die resultaat plus een, met weglating van breukdele, is die kwota stemme per setel.”.
6. Die wysiging van item 7(3) deur paragraaf (b) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang: “(b) ‘n Gewysigde kwota stemme per setel word bepaal deur die totale getal stemme
wat landswyd uitgebring is, minus die getal stemme wat landswyd ten gunste van die party bedoel in paragraaf (a) uitgebring is, te deel deur die getal setels in die Vergadering plus een, minus die getal setels wat finaal aan bedoelde party ingevolge paragraaf (a) toegewys is.”.
7. Die vervanging van item 10 deur die volgende item: “10. Die getal setels in elke provinsiale wetgewer is soos ingevolge artikel 105 van die
nuwe Grondwet bepaal.”. 8. Die vervanging van item 11 deur die volgende item:
“11. Partye wat ingevolge nasionale wetgewing geregistreer is en wat aan ʼn verkiesing van ʼn provinsiale wetgewer deelneem, moet kandidate vir verkiesing tot so ʼn provinsiale wetgewer benoem op provinsiale lyste wat ooreenkomstig hierdie Bylae en nasionale wetgewing opgestel is.”.
9. Die vervanging van item 16 deur die volgende item: “Aanwysing van verteenwoordigers 16. (1) Nadat die telling van stemme afgehandel is, die getal verteenwoordigers
van elke party bepaal is en die verkiesingsuitslag ingevolge artikel 190 van die nuwe Grondwet bekend gemaak is, moet die Kommissie, binne twee dae na sodanige bekendmaking, uit elke kandidaatlys wat ingevolge nasionale wetgewing gepubliseer is, die verteenwoordigers van elke party in die wetgewende liggaam aanwys.
(2) � In opvolging van die aanwysing ingevolge subitem (1), indien ʼn kandidaat se naam op meer as een lys vir die Nasionale Vergadering of lyste vir sowel die Nasionale Vergadering as ʼn provinsiale wetgewer verskyn (indien ʼn verkiesing van die Vergadering en ʼn provinsiale wetgewer tegelyk plaasvind), en so ʼn kandidaat geregtig is op aanwysing as ʼn verteenwoordiger in meer as een geval, moet die party wat daardie lyste voorgelê het, binne twee dae na
164
bedoelde bekendmaking, aan die Kommissie aandui uit watter lys daardie kandidaat aangewys gaan word of in watter wetgewende liggaam die kandidaat gaan dien, na gelang van die geval, in welke geval die kandidaat se naam van die ander lyste geskrap moet word.
(3) Die Kommissie moet onverwyld die lys van name van verteenwoordigers in die wetgewende liggaam of liggame publiseer”.
10. Die wysiging van item 18 deur paragraaf (b) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang: “(b) ‘n verteenwoordiger as ʼn vaste afgevaardigde na die Nasionale Raad van Provinsies
aangestel word;”. 11. Die vervanging van item 19 deur die volgende item:
“19. Kandidaatlyste van ʼn party bedoel in item 16(1) kan slegs by een geleentheid te eniger tyd gedurende die eerste 12 maande wat volg op die datum waarop die aanwysing van verteenwoordigers ingevolge item 16 afgehandel is, aangevul word ten einde toevallige vakatures te vul: Met dien verstande dat so ʼn aanvulling aan die einde van die lys gemaak moet word.”.
12. Die vervanging van item 23 deur die volgende item: “Vakatures 23. (1) In die geval van ʼn vakature in ʼn wetgewende liggaam waarop hierdie Bylae
van toepassing is, vul die party wat die ontruimende lid benoem het die vakature deur ʼn persoon te benoem— (a) wie se naam verskyn op die kandidaatlys waaruit die ontruimende lid
oorspronklik benoem is; en (b) wat die volgende bevoegde en beskikbare persoon op die lys is.
(2) ʼn Benoeming om ʼn vakature te vul, moet skriftelik aan die Speaker voorgelê word.
(3) Indien ʼn party wat in ʼn wetgewende liggaam verteenwoordig is, ontbind of ophou om te bestaan en die betrokke lede hul setels ontruim uit hoofde van item 23A(1), word die betrokke setels aan die oorblywende partye toegewys mutatis mutandis asof daardie setels ingevolge item 7 of 14, na gelang van die geval, verbeur is.”.
13. Die invoeging van die volgende item na item 23: “Bykomende grond vir verlies van lidmaatskap van wetgewende liggame
Aanhangsel A
165
Aanhangsel A
23A (1) ‘nPersoon verbeur lidmaatskap van ʼn wetgewende liggaam waarop hierdie Bylae van toepassing is indien daardie persoon ophou om ʼn lid te wees van die party wat daardie persoon as ʼn lid van die wetgewende liggaam benoem het.
(2) � Ondanks subitem (1) kan ʼn bestaande politieke party te eniger tyd sy naam verander.
(3) � Binne ʼn redelike tyd nadat die nuwe Grondwet in werking getree het, kan ʼn Parlementswet ooreenkomstig artikel 76(1) van die nuwe Grondwet aangeneem word om hierdie item en item 23 te wysig om voorsiening te maak vir die wyse waarop dit vir ʼn lid van ʼn wetgewende liggaam wat ophou om ʼn lid te wees van die party wat daardie lid benoem het, moontlik sal wees om lidmaatskap van dié wetgewende liggaam te behou.
(4) � ʼn Parlementswet bedoel in subitem (3) kan ook voorsiening maak vir— (a) ʼn bestaande party om met ʼn ander party saam te smelt; of (b) ʼn party om in meer as een party te onderverdeel”.
14. Die skrapping van item 24. 15. Die wysiging van item 25–
(a) � deur die omskrywing van “Kommissie” deur die volgende omskrywing te vervang: “’’Kommissie’ die Verkiesingskommissie bedoel in artikel 190 van die nuwe Grondwet;”; en
(b) � deur die volgende omskrywing na die omskrywing van “nasionale lys” in te voeg: “’’nuwe Grondwet’ die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1996;”.
16. Die skrapping van item 26.
Aanhangsel B
AANhANGSEL B ReGeRinG van naSiOnale eenheid: naSiOnale SfeeR
1. � Artikel 84 van die nuwe Grondwet word geag die volgende bykomende subartikel te bevat: “(3) � Die President moet die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente raadpleeg–
(a) in die ontwikkeling en uitvoering van die beleid van die nasionale regering; (b) � in alle aangeleenthede met betrekking tot die bestuur van die Kabinet en die
verrigting van die werksaamhede van die Kabinet; (c) � in die toewysing van werksaamhede aan die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente; (d) � voordat die President enige aanstelling kragtens die Grondwet of enige
wetgewing doen, met inbegrip van die aanstelling van ambassadeurs of ander diplomatieke verteenwoordigers;
(e) � voordat die President kommissies van ondersoek aanstel; (f) � voordat die President ʼn referendum uitroep; en (g) � voordat die President oortreders begenadig of grasie aan hulle verleen.”.
2. � Artikel 89 van die nuwe Grondwet word geag die volgende bykomende subartikel te bevat: “(3) Subartikels (1) en (2) is ook op ʼn Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident van toepassing.”.
3. � Paragraaf (a) van artikel 90(1) van die nuwe Grondwet word geag soos volg te lui: “(a) ‘n Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident wat deur die President aangewys is;”.
4. � Artikel 91 van die nuwe Grondwet word geag soos volg te lui: “Kabinet 91. (1) Die Kabinet bestaan uit die President, die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente en–
(a) hoogstens 27 Ministers wat lede van die Nasionale Vergadering is en wat ingevolge subartikels (8) tot (12) aangestel is; en
(b) hoogstens een Minister wat nie ʼn lid van die Nasionale Vergadering is nie en wat ingevolge subartikel (13) aangestel is, mits die President, handelende in oorleg met die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente en die leiers van die deelnemende partye, die aanstelling van so ʼn Minister dienstig ag.
(2) Elke party wat minstens 80 setels in die Nasionale Vergadering het, is daarop geregtig om ʼn Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident uit die geledere van die Vergadering aan te wys.
166
167
Aanhangsel B
(3) Indien geen party nie of slegs een party 80 of meer setels in die Vergadering het, is die party wat die grootste getal setels het en die party wat die tweede grootste getal setels het, elk daarop geregtig om een Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident uit die geledere van die Vergadering aan te wys.
(4) By sy of haar aanwysing kan ʼn Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident kies om as lid van die Vergadering aan te bly of om op te hou om lid van die Vergadering te wees.
(5) ʼn Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident kan die bevoegdhede uitoefen en moet die werksaamhede verrig wat kragtens die Grondwet by die amp van Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident berus of wat deur die President aan daardie amp toegewys is.
(6) ʼn Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident beklee die amp– (a) tot 30 April 1999 tensy hy of sy deur die party wat ingevolge subartikels
(2) en (3) geregtig is om die aanwysing te doen, vervang of teruggeroep word; of
(b) totdat die persoon wat na ʼn verkiesing van die Nasionale Vergadering wat voor 30 April 1999 gehou word, as President verkies word, die amp aanvaar.
(7) ‘n Vakature in die amp van Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident kan gevul word deur die party wat daardie Adjunkpresident aangewys het.
(8) ʼn Party wat minstens 20 setels in die Nasionale Vergadering het en wat besluit het om aan die regering van nasionale eenheid deel te neem, is geregtig op die toekenning aan hom van een of meer van die Kabinetsportefeuljes ten opsigte waarvan Ministers bedoel in subartikel (1)(a) aangestel staan te word, in verhouding tot die getal setels wat die party in die Vergadering het teenoor die getal setels wat die ander deelnemende partye het.
(9) Kabinetsportefeuljes word aan die onderskeie deelnemende partye toegeken ooreenkomstig die volgende formule: (a) ‘n Kwota setels per portefeulje word bepaal deur die totale getal setels in
die Nasionale Vergadering wat die deelnemende partye gesamentlik het, te deel deur die getal portefeuljes ten opsigte waarvan Ministers bedoel in subartikel (1)(a) aangestel staan te word, plus een.
(b) Die resultaat, met weglating van derde en daaropvolgende desimale breuke, as daar is, is die kwota setels per portefeulje.
(c) Die getal portefeuljes wat aan ʼn deelnemende party toegeken moet word, word bepaal deur die totale getal setels wat daardie party in die Nasionale Vergadering het, te deel deur die kwota in paragraaf (b)
168
bedoel. (d) Die resultaat dui, behoudens paragraaf (e), die getal portefeuljes aan
wat aan daardie party toegeken moet word. (e) Waar die toepassing van bogenoemde formule ʼn surplus oplewer wat nie
opgeneem word deur die getal portefeuljes wat aan ʼn party toegeken is nie, ding so ʼn surplus mee met ander soortgelyke surplusse wat aan ʼn ander party of partye toeval, en ʼn portefeulje of portefeuljes wat nog nie toegeken is nie, word in volgorde van die hoogste surplus aan die betrokke party of partye toegeken.
(10) Die President moet na oorleg met die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente en die leiers van die deelnemende partye – (a) die spesifieke portefeuljes bepaal wat aan die onderskeie deelnemende
partye toegeken moet word ooreenkomstig die getal portefeuljes wat ingevolge subartikel (9) aan hulle toegeken is;
(b) ten opsigte van elke sodanige portefeulje ʼn lid van die Nasionale Vergadering wat ʼn lid is van die party waaraan die portefeulje kragtens paragraaf (a) toegeken is, aanstel as die Minister wat vir daardie portefeulje verantwoordelik is;
(c) indien dit vir die doeleindes van die Grondwet of in die belang van goeie regering nodig word, ʼn bepaling kragtens paragraaf (a) behoudens subartikel (9) wysig;
(d) ʼn aanstelling kragtens paragraaf (b) beëindig– (i) indien die President daartoe versoek word deur die leier van die
party waarvan die betrokke Minister ʼn lid is; of (ii) indien dit vir die doeleindes van die Grondwet of in die belang van
goeie regering nodig word; of (e) wanneer nodig, behoudens paragraaf (b) ʼn vakature in die amp van
Minister vul. (11) Subartikel (10) moet toegepas word in die gees beliggaam in die begrip van
ʼn regering van nasionale eenheid, en die President en die ander betrokke funksionarisse moet by die toepassing van daardie subartikel poog om te alle tye konsensus te bereik: Met dien verstande dat indien konsensus nie bereik kan word nie oor– (a) die uitoefening van ʼn bevoegdheid in paragraaf (a), (c) of (d)(ii) van
daardie subartikel bedoel, die President se besluit die deurslag gee;
Aanhangsel B
169
Aanhangsel B
(b) die uitoefening van ʼn bevoegdheid in paragraaf (b), (d)(i) of (e) van daardie subartikel bedoel wat ʼn persoon raak wat nie ʼn lid van die President se party is nie, die besluit van die leier van die party waarvan daardie persoon ʼn lid is, die deurslag gee; en
(c) die uitoefening van ʼn bevoegdheid in paragraaf (b) of (e) van daardie subartikel bedoel wat ʼn persoon raak wat ʼn lid van die President se party is, die President se besluit die deurslag gee.
(12) Indien ʼn bepaling van portefeuljetoekennings kragtens subartikel (10)(c) gewysig word, ontruim die betrokke Ministers hul portefeuljes, maar kan hulle, waar toepaslik, weer aangestel word in ander portefeuljes wat ingevolge die gewysigde bepaling aan hulle onderskeie partye toegeken word.
(13) Die President moet– (a) in oorleg met die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente en die leiers van die
deelnemende partye– (i) ‘n spesifieke portefeulje bepaal vir ʼn Minister bedoel in subartikel
(1)(b) indien dit nodig word na aanleiding van ʼn besluit van die President kragtens daardie subartikel;
(ii) ten opsigte van daardie portefeulje ʼn persoon wat nie ʼn lid van die Nasionale Vergadering is nie, aanstel as die Minister wat vir daardie portefeulje verantwoordelik is; en
(iii) indien nodig, ʼn vakature ten opsigte van daardie portefeulje vul; of (b) na oorleg met die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente en die leiers van die
deelnemende partye ʼn aanstelling kragtens paragraaf (a) beëindig indien dit vir die doeleindes van die Grondwet of in die belang van goeie regering nodig word.
(14) Die President of, indien die President so ʼn opdrag gee, ʼn Uitvoerende Adjunkpresident sit op vergaderings van die Kabinet voor: Met dien verstande dat die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente om die beurt op vergaderings van die Kabinet voorsit tensy die behoeftes van regering en die gees wat in die begrip van ʼn regering van nasionale eenheid beliggaam is, ʼn ander reëling verg.
(15) Die Kabinet funksioneer met inagneming van die konsensus-soekende gees wat in die begrip van ʼn regering van nasionale eenheid beliggaam is, asook van die behoefte aan doeltreffende regering.”.
170
5. Artikel 93 van die nuwe Grondwet word geag soos volg te lui: “Aanstelling van Adjunkministers 93. (1) Die President kan, na oorleg met die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente en die
leiers van die partye wat aan die Kabinet deelneem, adjunkministersposte instel.
(2) ʼn Party is geregtig op die toekenning aan hom van een of meer adjunkministersposte in dieselfde verhouding as die waarin en volgens dieselfde formule as die waarvolgens portefeuljes in die Kabinet toegeken word.
(3) Die bepalings van artikel 91(10) tot (12) is met die nodige veranderings ten opsigte van Adjunkministers van toepassing, en by sodanige toepassing word ʼn verwysing in daardie artikel na ʼn Minister of ʼn portefeulje uitgelê as ʼn verwysing na onderskeidelik ʼn Adjunkminister of ʼn adjunkministerspos.
(4) Indien ʼn persoon aangestel word as die Adjunkminister van ʼn portefeulje wat aan ʼn Minister toevertrou is– (a) moet daardie Adjunkminister namens die betrokke Minister enige van
die bevoegdhede uitoefen en werksaamhede verrig wat ingevolge enige wetgewing of andersins aan daardie Minister opgedra is en wat daardie Minister, behoudens die voorskrifte van die President, aan daardie Adjunkminister opdra; en
(b) word ʼn verwysing in enige wetgewing na daardie Minister, uitgelê ook as ʼn verwysing na die Adjunkminister handelende uit hoofde van ʼn opdrag kragtens paragraaf (a) deur die Minister namens wie daardie Adjunkminister optree.
(5) Wanneer ʼn Adjunkminister afwesig is of om die een of ander rede nie in staat is om enige van die bevoegdhede of werksaamhede van die amp uit te oefen of te verrig nie, kan die President ʼn ander Adjunkminister of enige ander persoon aanstel om in die plek van genoemde Adjunkminister op te tree, hetsy in die algemeen hetsy om ʼn bepaalde bevoegdheid uit te oefen of werksaamheid te verrig.”.
6. Artikel 96 van die nuwe Grondwet word geag die volgende bykomende subartikels te bevat: “(3) Ministers is afsonderlik teenoor die President en teenoor die Nasionale Vergadering
aanspreeklik vir die administrasie van hul portefeuljes, en al die lede van die Kabinet is dienooreenkomstig gesamentlik aanspreeklik vir die verrigting van die
Aanhangsel B
171
Aanhangsel B
werksaamhede van die nasionale regering en vir die beleid daarvan. (4) Ministers moet hul portefeuljes administreer ooreenkomstig die beleid deur die
Kabinet bepaal. (5) Indien ʼn Minister versuim om die portefeulje ooreenkomstig die beleid van die
Kabinet te administreer, kan die President die betrokke Minister aansê om die administrasie van die portefeulje met daardie beleid in ooreenstemming te bring.
(6) Indien die betrokke Minister versuim om aan ʼn aansegging van die President kragtens subartikel (5) te voldoen, kan die President die Minister van sy of haar amp onthef– (a) in die geval van ʼn Minister in artikel 91(1)(a) bedoel, na oorleg met die
Minister en, indien die Minister nie ʼn lid van die President se party is of nie die leier van ʼn deelnemende party is nie, ook na oorleg met die leier van daardie Minister se party; of
(b) in die geval van ʼn Minister in artikel 91(1)(b) bedoel, na oorleg met die Uitvoerende Adjunkpresidente en die leiers van die deelnemende partye.”.
172
Aanhangsel C
AANhANGSEL C ReGeRinG van naSiOnale eenheid: pROvinSiale SfeeR
1. Artikel 132 van die nuwe Grondwet word geag soos volg te lui: “Uitvoerende Rade 132 (1) Die Uitvoerende Raad van ʼn provinsie bestaan uit die Premier en hoogstens
tien lede ooreenkomstig hierdie artikel deur die Premier aangestel. (2) ʼn Party wat minstens tien persent van die setels in ʼn provinsiale wetgewer het
en wat besluit het om aan die regering van nasionale eenheid deel te neem, is geregtig op die toekenning aan hom van een of meer van die portefeuljes in die Uitvoerende Raad in verhouding tot die getal setels wat die party in die wetgewer het teenoor die getal setels wat die ander deelnemende partye het.
(3) Portefeuljes in die Uitvoerende Raad moet aan die onderskeie deelnemende partye toegeken word ooreenkomstig dieselfde formule as dié wat in artikel 91(9) uiteengesit word, en by die toepassing van daardie formule word ʼn verwysing in daardie artikel na– (a) die Kabinet, as ʼn verwysing na ʼn Uitvoerende Raad uitgelê; (b) ʼn Minister, as ʼn verwysing na ʼn lid van ʼn Uitvoerende Raad uitgelê; en (c) die Nasionale Vergadering, as ʼn verwysing na die provinsiale wetgewer
uitgelê. (4) Die Premier van ʼn provinsie moet na oorleg met die leiers van die
deelnemende partye– (a) die spesifieke portefeuljes bepaal wat aan die onderskeie deelnemende
partye toegeken moet word ooreenkomstig die getal portefeuljes wat ingevolge subartikel (3) aan hulle toegeken is;
(b) ten opsigte van elke sodanige portefeulje ʼn lid van die provinsiale wetgewer wat ʼn lid is van die party waaraan daardie portefeulje kragtens paragraaf (a) toegeken is, aanstel as die lid van die Uitvoerende Raad wat vir daardie portefeulje verantwoordelik is;
(c) indien dit vir die doeleindes van die Grondwet of in die belang van goeie regering nodig word, ʼn bepaling kragtens paragraaf (a) behoudens subartikel (3) wysig;
(d) ʼn aanstelling kragtens paragraaf (b) beëindig– (i) indien die Premier daartoe versoek word deur die leier van die
party waarvan die betrokke lid van die Uitvoerende Raad ʼn lid is; of
173
Aanhangsel C
(ii) indien dit vir die doeleindes van die Grondwet of in die belang van goeie regering nodig word; of
(e) � wanneer nodig, behoudens paragraaf (b) ʼn vakature in die amp van ʼn lid van die Uitvoerende Raad vul.
(5) � Subartikel (4) moet toegepas word in die gees beliggaam in die begrip van ʼn regering van nasionale eenheid, en die Premier en die ander betrokke funksionarisse moet by die toepassing van daardie subartikel poog om te alle tye konsensus te bereik: Met dien verstande dat indien konsensus nie bereik kan word nie oor– (a) � die uitoefening van ʼn bevoegdheid in paragraaf (a), (c) of (d)(ii) van
daardie subartikel bedoel, die Premier se besluit die deurslag gee; (b) � die uitoefening van ʼn bevoegdheid in paragraaf (b), (d)(i) of (e) van
daardie subartikel bedoel wat ʼn persoon raak wat nie ʼn lid van die Premier se party is nie, die besluit van die leier van die party waarvan daardie persoon ʼn lid is, die deurslag gee; en
(c) � die uitoefening van ʼn bevoegdheid in paragraaf (b) of (e) van daardie subartikel bedoel wat ʼn persoon raak wat ʼn lid van die Premier se party is, die Premier se besluit die deurslag gee.
(6) � Indien ʼn bepaling van portefeuljetoekennings kragtens subartikel (4)(c) gewysig word, ontruim die betrokke lede hul portefeuljes, maar kan hulle, waar toepaslik, weer aangestel word in ander portefeuljes wat ingevolge die gewysigde bepaling aan hulle onderskeie partye toegeken word.
(7) � Die Premier van die provinsie moet op vergaderings van ʼn Uitvoerende Raad voorsit.
(8) � ʼn Uitvoerende Raad moet funksioneer met inagneming van die konsensus- soekende gees wat in die begrip van ʼn regering van nasionale eenheid beliggaam is, asook van die behoefte aan doeltreffende regering.”.
2. Artikel 136 van die nuwe Grondwet word geag die volgende bykomende subartikels te bevat: “(3) Lede van Uitvoerende Rade is afsonderlik teenoor die Premier en die provinsiale
wetgewer aanspreeklik vir die administrasie van hulle portefeuljes, en al die lede van die Uitvoerende Raad is dienooreenkomstig gesamentlik aanspreeklik vir die verrigting van die werksaamhede van die provinsiale regering en vir die beleid daarvan.
174
Aanhangsel C
(4) Lede van Uitvoerende Rade moet hulle portefeuljes administreer ooreenkomstig die beleid deur die Raad bepaal.
(5) Indien ʼn lid van ʼn Uitvoerende Raad versuim om die portefeulje ooreenkomstig die beleid van die Raad te administreer, kan die Premier die betrokke lid aansê om die administrasie van die portefeulje met daardie beleid in ooreenstemming te bring.
(6) Indien die betrokke lid versuim om aan ʼn aansegging van die Premier kragtens subartikel (5) te voldoen, kan die Premier die lid van sy of haar amp onthef na oorleg met die lid, en indien die lid nie ʼn lid van die Premier se party of nie die leier van ʼn deelnemende party is nie, ook na oorleg met die leier van daardie lid se party.”.
175
Aanhangsel D
AANhANGSEL D STaaTSadMiniSTRaSie en veiliGheidSdienSTe: WYSiGinGS
van aRTikelS van die vORiGe GROndWeT
1. � Die wysiging van artikel 218 van die vorige Grondwet– (a) � deur in subartikel (1) die woorde wat paragraaf (a) voorafgaan deur die volgende
woorde te vervang; “(1) Behoudens die voorskrifte van die Minister van Veiligheid en Sekuriteit is die
Nasionale Kommissaris verantwoordelik vir–”; (b) � deur paragraaf (b) van subartikel (1) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang: “(b)
die aanstelling van provinsiale kommissarisse;”; (c) � deur paragraaf (d) van subartikel (1) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang:
“(d) die ondersoek en voorkoming van georganiseerde misdaad of misdaad wat nasionale ondersoek en voorkoming of deskundige vaardighede vereis;”; en
(d) deur paragraaf (k) van subartikel (1) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang: “(k) die instelling en instandhouding van ʼn nasionale polisie-eenheid vir openbare
orde, wat ter ondersteuning en op versoek van die Provinsiale Kommissaris ontplooi kan word;”.
2. � Die wysiging van artikel 219 van die vorige Grondwet deur in subartikel (1) die woorde wat paragraaf (a) voorafgaan deur die volgende woorde te vervang: “(1) Behoudens artikel 218(1) is ʼn Provinsiale Kommissaris verantwoordelik vir–”.
3. � Die wysiging van artikel 224 van die vorige Grondwet deur die voorbehoudsbepaling by subartikel (2) deur die volgende voorbehoudsbepaling te vervang: “Met dien verstande dat hierdie subartikel ook van toepassing is op lede van enige gewapende mag wat sy personeellys voorgelê het na die inwerkingtreding van die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1993 (Wet 200 van 1993), maar voor die aanname van die nuwe grondwetlike teks soos in artikel 73 van daardie Grondwet beoog, indien die politieke organisasie onder wie se gesag en beheer so ʼn mag is of waarmee hy geassosieer is en wie se oogmerke hy bevorder wel aan die Uitvoerende Oorgangsraad of wel aan die eerste verkiesing van die Nasionale Vergadering en die provinsiale wetgewers kragtens genoemde Grondwet deelgeneem het.”.
Aanhangsel D
4. Die wysiging van artikel 227 van die vorige Grondwet deur subartikel (2) deur die volgende subartikel te vervang: “(2) Die Nasionale Weermag moet sy bevoegdhede uitoefen en sy werksaamhede verrig
uitsluitlik in die nasionale belang ingevolge Hoofstuk 11 van die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1996.”.
5. Die wysiging van artikel 236 van die vorige Grondwet– (a) deur subartikel (1) deur die volgende subartikel te vervang:
“(1) �‘n Staatsdiens, staatsdepartement, administrasie of veiligheidsdiens wat onmiddellik voor die inwerkingtreding van die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1996 (hieronder “die nuwe Grondwet” genoem), regeringswerksaamhede verrig het, bly ingevolge die wetgewing wat daarop van toepassing is, funksioneer totdat dit afgeskaf word of geïnkorporeer word in of geïntegreer word met enige toepaslike instelling of gerasionaliseer of gekonsolideer word met enige ander instelling.”;
(b) deur subartikel (6) deur die volgende subartikel te vervang: “(6) (a) Die President kan ʼn kommissie aanstel om die sluiting of wysiging
van ʼn kontrak, die aanstelling of bevordering, of die toekenning van ʼn beding of voorwaarde van diens of ander voordeel, wat tussen 27 April 1993 en 30 September 1994 geskied het ten opsigte van ʼn persoon bedoel in subartikel (2) of ʼn klas van sodanige persone, te hersien.
(b) Die kommissie kan ʼn kontrak, aanstelling, bevordering of toekenning tersyde stel of wysig indien dit in die omstandighede van die geval nie behoorlik geskied het nie of nie geregverdig kan word nie.”; en
(c) �deur “hierdie Grondwet”, waar dit ook al in artikel 236 voorkom, deur “die nuwe Grondwet” te vervang.
6. Die wysiging van artikel 237 van die vorige Grondwet– (a) deur paragraaf (a) van subartikel (1) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang:
“(a) Die rasionalisering van alle instansies bedoel in artikel 236(1), uitgesonderd militêre magte bedoel in artikel 224(2), gaan na die inwerkingtreding van die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1996, voort ten einde– (i) � ‘n doeltreffende administrasie in die nasionale regeringsfeer in te stel om
met aangeleenthede binne die regsbevoegdheid van die nasionale sfeer te handel; en
(ii) ʼn doeltreffende administrasie vir elke provinsie in te stel om met
176
177
Aanhangsel D
aangeleenthede binne die regsbevoegdheid van elke provinsiale regering te handel”; en
(b) � deur subparagraaf (i) van subartikel (2)(a) deur die volgende subparagraaf te vervang: “(i) instellings bedoel in artikel 236(1), uitgesonderd militêre magte, berus by die
nasionale regering, wat daardie verantwoordelikheid in samewerking met die provinsiale regerings uitoefen;”.
7. Die wysiging van artikel 239 van die vorige Grondwet deur subartikel (4) deur die volgende subartikel te vervang: “(4) Behoudens en ooreenkomstig enige toepaslike wet, gaan die bates, regte, pligte en
verpligtinge van alle magte bedoel in artikel 224(2) oor op die Nasionale Weermag ooreenkomstig die voorskrifte van die Minister van Verdediging.”.
178
Bylae 6A
ByLAE 6A [Bylae 6A ingevoeg by a. 6 van die Tiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 en herroep by a. 6
van die Veertiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.]
179
Bylae 6B
ByLAE 6B [Bylae 6B, voorheen Bylae 6A, ingevoeg by a. 2 van die Agtste Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van
2002, gewysig by a. 5 van die Tiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003, hernommer by a. 6 van die Tiende Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2003 en herroep by a. 5 van die Vyftiende
Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van 2008.] �
Bylae 7
ByLAE 7 WeTTe heRROep
nommer en jaar van Wet
Titel
Wet 200 van 1993 Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1993
Wet 2 van 1994 Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1994
Wet 3 van 1994 Tweede Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1994
Wet 13 van 1994 Derde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1994
Wet 14 van 1994 Vierde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1994
Wet 24 van 1994 Sesde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1994
Wet 29 van 1994 Vyfde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1994
Wet 20 van 1995 Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1995
Wet 44 van 1995 Tweede Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1995
Wet 7 van 1996 Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1996
Wet 26 van 1996 Derde Wysigingswet op die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1996
180
181
Indeks
INDEKS (Neem kennis: die syfers na die inskrywings verwys na afdelingsnommers)
Befondsing vir politieke partye, 236 Begroting, 215 Burgerskap, 3 Finansiële en Fiskale Kommissie, 220 - 222 Finansies, Nasionaal, 213, 214, 216, 217 Finansies, Provinsiaal en plaaslik, 226 - 230 Handves van Regte —
Afdwinging van regte, 38 Arbeidsverhoudinge, 23 Behuising, 26 Beperking van regte, 36 Burgerskap, 20 Eiendom, 25 Gearresteerde, aangehoue en beskuldigde persone, 35 Gelykheid, 9 Gesondheidsorg, voedsel, water en maatskaplike sekerheid, 27 Kinders, 28 Kultuur-, godsdiens- en taalgemeenskappe, 31 Lewe, 11 Menswaardigheid, 10 Noodtoestande, 37 Omgewing, 24 Onderwys, 29 Politieke regte, 19 Privaatheid, 14 Regverdige administratiewe optrede, 33 Slawerny, knegskap en dwangarbeid, 13 Taal en kultuur, 30 Toegang tot howe, 34 Toegang tot inligting, 32
182
Indeks
Toepassing, 8 Uitleg, 39 Vergadering, betoging, linievorming en petisie, 17 Vryheid en sekerheid van die persoon, 12 Vryheid van assosiasie, 18 Vryheid van bedryf, beroep en professie, 22 Vryheid van beweging en verblyf, 21 Vryheid van godsdiens, oortuiging en mening, 15 Vryheid van uitdrukking, 16
Howe— Bevoegdhede van howe in grondwetlike aangeleenthede, 172 Hoër Howe, 169 Hoogste Hof van Appèl, 168 Konstitusionele Hof, 167 Landdroshowe en ander howe, 170
Intelligensie, 209, 210 Kabinet, 91 - 99, 101, 102 Kommissie vir die Bevordering en Beskerming van die Regte van Kultuur-, Godsdiens- en Taalge- meenskappe, 181, 185, 186 Kommissie vir Geslagsgelykheid, 181, 187 Menseregtekommissie, 181, 184 Munisipaliteite, 151 - 164 Nasionale lied, 4 Nasionale Raad van Provinsies—
Besluite, 65 Bevoegdhede, 68 Deelname deur verteenwoordigers van plaaslike regering, 67 Getuienis of inligting voor Nasionale Raad, 69 Partydeelname aan provinsiale afvaardigings, Bylae 3, Deel B Publieke toegang, 72 Samestelling, 60 Toewysing van afgevaardigdes, 61 Vaste afgevaardigdes, 62
183
Indeks
Nasionale Vergadering— Besluite, 53 Bevoegdhede, 55 Getuienis of inligting voor Nasionale Vergadering, 56 Publieke toegang, 59 Samestelling en verkiesing, 46
Onafhanklike Owerheid om die Uitsaaiwese te Reguleer, 192 Openbare Administrasie, 195 Openbare Beskermer, 181, 182 Oppergesag van Grondwet, 2 Ouditeur-generaal, 181, 188 Parlement, 42 Plaaslike regering, 152, 163 Polisie, 205 - 208 Premiers, 127 - 130 President, 83 - 89 Provinsiale grondwette, 142 - 121 Provinsiale wetgewers, 104 - 121 —
Aansoek by Konstitusionele Hof deur lede, 122 Publieke toegang, 118 Vaste afgevaardigdes se regte, 113
Provinsies, 103 Regering van samewerking, 41 Regsprekende gesag, 165 Regstelsel, 166 Regterlike beamptes, 174 - 177 Regterlike Dienskommissie, 178 Sekuriteitsdienste, 198, 199 Selfbeskikking, 235 Sentrale Bank, 223 - 225 Staatsdiens, 197 Staatsdienskommissie, 196 Tale, 6 Tradisionele leiers, 211, 212
Indeks
Uitvoerende gesag— die provinsies, 125 die republiek, 85
Uitsaaiwese, Onafhanklike Owerheid om dit te reguleer, 181, 192 Uitvoerende Rade, provinsiaal, 132 -141 Verkiesingskommissie, 181, 190, 191 Verkiesingsprosedures vir Grondwetlike Ampsdraers, Bylae 3, Deel A Vervolgingsgesag, 179 Vlag, 5 Volkereg, 231 - 233 Weermag, 200 - 204 Wetgewende gesag, 43, 44 Wetgewing, 73 - 82 Wetsteenstrydighede, 146 - 150
EN G
LI SH
Th eC on sT iTu Tio n
Department of Justice and Constitutional Development Tel: (012) 315 1111
Private Bag X81, Pretoria, 0001 www.justice.gov.za
The Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 �
The Constitution
of the Republic of South AfRicA, 1996
As adopted on 8 May 1996 and amended on 11 October 1996 by the Constitutional Assembly
ISBN 978-0-621-39063-6
CONSTITUTION OF THE REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
(Manner of reference to the Act, previously “Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, Act 108 of 1996”, substituted by s. 1 (1) of the Citation of Constitutional Laws, 2005 (Act No. 5 of 2005) �
[Assented to 16 December 1996] �
[DATE OF PROMULGATION: 18 DECEMBER, 1996] � [DATE OF COMMENCEMENT: 4 FEBRUARY, 1997] � (unless otherwise indicated - see also s. 243[5]) �
(English text signed by the President) �
as amended by � Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997
Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998 Constitution Third Amendment Act of 1998
Constitution Fourth Amendment Act of 1999 Constitution Fifth Amendment Act of 1999 Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001
Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001 Constitution Eighth Amendment Act of 2002 Constitution Ninth Amendment Act of 2002 Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003
Constitution Eleventh Amendment Act of 2003 Constitution Twelfth Amendment Act of 2005
Constitution Thirteenth Amendment Act of 2007 Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008 �
Constitution Fifteen Amendment Act of 2008 � Constitution Sixteenth Amendment Act of 2009 �
Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012 �
In terms of Proclamation No. 26 of 26 April, 2001, the administration of this Act has been assigned to the Minister for Justice and Constitutional Development. �
ACT To introduce a new Constitution for the Republic of South Africa and to provide for matters incidental
thereto.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
3
5
CONTENTS
pReAmble
chApteR Founding Provisions
chApteR Bill of Rights
chApteR 21 Co-operative Government
chApteR 23 Parliament
chApteR 47 The President and National Executive
chApteR 55 Provinces
chApteR 77 Local Government
chApteR 85 Courts and Administration of Justice
chApteR 96 State Institutions Supporting Constitutional Democracy
chApteR 103 Public Administration
chApteR 108 Security Services
chApteR 114 Traditional Leaders
chApteR 115 Finance
chApteR 14 125 General Provisions
Schedule 1 National Flag 129
Schedule 1A Geographical Areas of Provinces 130
Schedule 2 Oaths and Solemn Affirmations 133
Schedule 3 Election Procedures 137
Schedule 4 Functional Areas of Concurrent 141 National and Provincial Legislative Competence
Schedule 5 Functional Areas of Exclusive Provincial 144 Legislative Competence
Schedule 6 Transitional Arrangements 146
Schedule 6A [Schedule 6A inserted by s. 6 of the 178 Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003 and repealed by s. 6 of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
Schedule 6b [Schedule 6B, previously Schedule 6A, 179 inserted by s. 2 of the Constitution Eighth Amendment Act of 2002, renumbered by s. 6 of the Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003 and repealed by s. 5 of the Constitution Fifteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
Schedule 7 Laws Repealed 180
index 181
1
PREAmBLE We, the people of South Africa, � Recognise the injustices of our past; � Honour those who suffered for justice and freedom in our land; � Respect those who have worked to build and develop our country; and � Believe that South Africa belongs to all who live in it, united in our diversity. � We therefore, through our freely elected representatives, adopt this Constitution as the supreme law of the Republic so as to -
Heal the divisions of the past and establish a society based on democratic values, social justice and fundamental human rights;
Lay the foundations for a democratic and open society in which government is based on the will of the people and every citizen is equally protected by law;
Improve the quality of life of all citizens and free the potential of each person; and
Build a united and democratic South Africa able to take its rightful place as a sovereign state in the family of nations.
May God protect our people. Nkosi Sikelel’ iAfrika. Morena boloka setjhaba sa heso. God seën Suid-Afrika. God bless South Africa. Mudzimu fhatutshedza Afurika. Hosi katekisa Afrika.
2 �
3
Chapter 1: Founding Provisions
CHAPTER 1 foundinG pRoViSionS
Republic of South Africa 1. � The Republic of South Africa is one, sovereign, democratic state founded on the following
values: (a) � Human dignity, the achievement of equality and the advancement of human
rights and freedoms. (b) � Non-racialism and non-sexism. (c) � Supremacy of the constitution and the rule of law. (d) � Universal adult suffrage, a national common voters roll, regular elections and
a multi-party system of democratic government, to ensure accountability, responsiveness and openness.
Supremacy of Constitution 2. � This Constitution is the supreme law of the Republic; law or conduct inconsistent with it is
invalid, and the obligations imposed by it must be fulfilled.
Citizenship 3. � (1) There is a common South African citizenship.
(2) � All citizens are— (a) equally entitled to the rights, privileges and benefits of citizenship; and (b) equally subject to the duties and responsibilities of citizenship.
(3) � National legislation must provide for the acquisition, loss and restoration of citizenship.
National anthem 4. � The national anthem of the Republic is determined by the President by proclamation.
National flag 5. � The national flag of the Republic is black, gold, green, white, red and blue, as described
and sketched in Schedule 1.
4
Chapter 1: Founding Provisions
Languages 6. (1) The official languages of the Republic are Sepedi, Sesotho, Setswana, siSwati,
Tshivenda, Xitsonga, Afrikaans, English, isiNdebele, isiXhosa and isiZulu. (2) Recognising the historically diminished use and status of the indigenous languages
of our people, the state must take practical and positive measures to elevate the status and advance the use of these languages.
(3) (a) The national government and provincial governments may use any particular official languages for the purposes of government, taking into account usage, practicality, expense, regional circumstances and the balance of the needs and preferences of the population as a whole or in the province concerned; but the national government and each provincial government must use at least two official languages.
(b) Municipalities must take into account the language usage and preferences of their residents.
(4) The national government and provincial governments, by legislative and other measures, must regulate and monitor their use of official languages. Without detracting from the provisions of subsection (2), all official languages must enjoy parity of esteem and must be treated equitably.
(5) A Pan South African Language Board established by national legislation must— (a) promote, and create conditions for, the development and use of –
(i) all official languages; (ii) the Khoi, Nama and San languages; and (iii) sign language; and
(b) promote and ensure respect for— (i) all languages commonly used by communities in South Africa, including
German, Greek, Gujarati, Hindi, Portuguese, Tamil, Telegu and Urdu; and (ii) Arabic, Hebrew, Sanskrit and other languages used for religious purposes
in South Africa.
5
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
CHAPTER 2 bill of RiGhtS
Rights 7. � (1) This Bill of Rights is a cornerstone of democracy in South Africa. It enshrines the
rights of all people in our country and affirms the democratic values of human dignity, equality and freedom.
(2) � The state must respect, protect, promote and fulfil the rights in the Bill of Rights. (3) � The rights in the Bill of Rights are subject to the limitations contained or referred to
in section 36, or elsewhere in the Bill.
Application 8. � (1) The Bill of Rights applies to all law, and binds the legislature, the executive, the
judiciary and all organs of state. (2) � A provision of the Bill of Rights binds a natural or a juristic person if, and to the
extent that, it is applicable, taking into account the nature of the right and the nature of any duty imposed by the right.
(3) � When applying a provision of the Bill of Rights to a natural or juristic person in terms of subsection (2), a court— (a) � in order to give effect to a right in the Bill, must apply, or if necessary develop,
the common law to the extent that legislation does not give effect to that right; and
(b) � may develop rules of the common law to limit the right, provided that the limitation is in accordance with section 36(1).
(4) � A juristic person is entitled to the rights in the Bill of Rights to the extent required by the nature of the rights and the nature of that juristic person.
Equality 9. � (1) Everyone is equal before the law and has the right to equal protection and benefit of
the law. (2) Equality includes the full and equal enjoyment of all rights and freedoms. To
6
promote the achievement of equality, legislative and other measures designed to protect or advance persons, or categories of persons, disadvantaged by unfair discrimination may be taken.
(3) The state may not unfairly discriminate directly or indirectly against anyone on one or more grounds, including race, gender, sex, pregnancy, marital status, ethnic or social origin, colour, sexual orientation, age, disability, religion, conscience, belief, culture, language and birth.
(4) No person may unfairly discriminate directly or indirectly against anyone on one or more grounds in terms of subsection (3). National legislation must be enacted to prevent or prohibit unfair discrimination.
(5) Discrimination on one or more of the grounds listed in subsection (3) is unfair unless it is established that the discrimination is fair.
Human dignity 10. Everyone has inherent dignity and the right to have their dignity respected and protected.
Life 11. Everyone has the right to life.
Freedom and security of the person 12. (1) Everyone has the right to freedom and security of the person, which includes the
right— (a) not to be deprived of freedom arbitrarily or without just cause; (b) not to be detained without trial; (c) to be free from all forms of violence from either public or private sources; (d) not to be tortured in any way; and (e) not to be treated or punished in a cruel, inhuman or degrading way.
(2) Everyone has the right to bodily and psychological integrity, which includes the right— (a) to make decisions concerning reproduction; (b) to security in and control over their body; and (c) not to be subjected to medical or scientific experiments without their informed
consent.
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
7
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
Slavery, servitude and forced labour 13. No one may be subjected to slavery, servitude or forced labour.
Privacy 14. Everyone has the right to privacy, which includes the right not to have—
(a) � their person or home searched; (b) � their property searched; (c) � their possessions seized; or (d) � the privacy of their communications infringed.
Freedom of religion, belief and opinion 15. � (1) Everyone has the right to freedom of conscience, religion, thought, belief and
opinion. (2) � Religious observances may be conducted at state or state-aided institutions,
provided that— (a) � those observances follow rules made by the appropriate public authorities; (b) � they are conducted on an equitable basis; and (c) � attendance at them is free and voluntary.
(3) � (a) This section does not prevent legislation recognising— (i) � marriages concluded under any tradition, or a system of
religious, personal or family law; or (ii) � systems of personal and family law under any tradition, or adhered to by
persons professing a particular religion. (b) � Recognition in terms of paragraph (a) must be consistent with this section and
the other provisions of the Constitution.
Freedom of expression 16. (1) � Everyone has the right to freedom of expression, which includes—
(a) � freedom of the press and other media; (b) � freedom to receive or impart information or ideas; (c) � freedom of artistic creativity; and (d) � academic freedom and freedom of scientific research.
(2) � The right in subsection (1) does not extend to—
8
(a) propaganda for war; (b) incitement of imminent violence; or (c) advocacy of hatred that is based on race, ethnicity, gender or religion, and that
constitutes incitement to cause harm.
Assembly, demonstration, picket and petition 17. Everyone has the right, peacefully and unarmed, to assemble, to demonstrate, to picket
and to present petitions.
Freedom of association 18. Everyone has the right to freedom of association.
Political rights 19. (1) Every citizen is free to make political choices, which includes the right—
(a) to form a political party; (b) to participate in the activities of, or recruit members for, a political party; and (c) to campaign for a political party or cause.
(2) Every citizen has the right to free, fair and regular elections for any legislative body established in terms of the Constitution.
(3) Every adult citizen has the right— (a) to vote in elections for any legislative body established in terms of the
Constitution, and to do so in secret; and (b) to stand for public office and, if elected, to hold office.
Citizenship 20. No citizen may be deprived of citizenship.
Freedom of movement and residence 21. (1) Everyone has the right to freedom of movement.
(2) Everyone has the right to leave the Republic. (3) Every citizen has the right to enter, to remain in and to reside anywhere in, the
Republic. (4) Every citizen has the right to a passport.
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
9
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
Freedom of trade, occupation and profession 22. � Every citizen has the right to choose their trade, occupation or profession freely. The
practice of a trade, occupation or profession may be regulated by law.
Labour relations 23. � (1) Everyone has the right to fair labour practices.
(2) � Every worker has the right— (a) � to form and join a trade union; (b) � to participate in the activities and programmes of a trade union; and (c) � to strike.
(3) � Every employer has the right— (a) � to form and join an employers’ organisation; and (b) � to participate in the activities and programmes of an employers’ organisation.
(4) � Every trade union and every employers’ organisation has the right— (a) � to determine its own administration, programmes and activities; (b) � to organise; and (c) � to form and join a federation.
(5) � Every trade union, employers’ organisation and employer has the right to engage in collective bargaining. National legislation may be enacted to regulate collective bargaining. To the extent that the legislation may limit a right in this Chapter, the limitation must comply with section 36(1).
(6) � National legislation may recognise union security arrangements contained in collective agreements. To the extent that the legislation may limit a right in this Chapter, the limitation must comply with section 36(1).
Environment 24. � Everyone has the right—
(a) � to an environment that is not harmful to their health or wellbeing; and (b) � to have the environment protected, for the benefit of present and future
generations, through reasonable legislative and other measures that— (i) � prevent pollution and ecological degradation; (ii) � promote conservation; and (iii) � secure ecologically sustainable development and use of natural resources
10
while promoting justifiable economic and social development.
Property 25. (1) No one may be deprived of property except in terms of law of general application,
and no law may permit arbitrary deprivation of property. (2) Property may be expropriated only in terms of law of general application—
(a) for a public purpose or in the public interest; and (b) subject to compensation, the amount of which and the time and manner of
payment of which have either been agreed to by those affected or decided or approved by a court.
(3) The amount of the compensation and the time and manner of payment must be just and equitable, reflecting an equitable balance between the public interest and the interests of those affected, having regard to all relevant circumstances, including— (a) the current use of the property; (b) the history of the acquisition and use of the property; (c) the market value of the property; (d) the extent of direct state investment and subsidy in the acquisition and
beneficial capital improvement of the property; and (e) the purpose of the expropriation.
(4) For the purposes of this section— (a) the public interest includes the nation’s commitment to land reform, and to
reforms to bring about equitable access to all South Africa’s natural resources; and
(b) property is not limited to land. (5) The state must take reasonable legislative and other measures, within its available
resources, to foster conditions which enable citizens to gain access to land on an equitable basis.
(6) A person or community whose tenure of land is legally insecure as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices is entitled, to the extent provided by an Act of Parliament, either to tenure which is legally secure or to comparable redress.
(7) A person or community dispossessed of property after 19 June 1913 as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices is entitled, to the extent provided by an Act of Parliament, either to restitution of that property or to equitable redress.
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
11
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
(8) � No provision of this section may impede the state from taking legislative and other measures to achieve land, water and related reform, in order to redress the results of past racial discrimination, provided that any departure from the provisions of this section is in accordance with the provisions of section 36(1).
(9) � Parliament must enact the legislation referred to in subsection (6).
Housing 26. (1) Everyone has the right to have access to adequate housing.
(2) � The state must take reasonable legislative and other measures, within its available resources, to achieve the progressive realisation of this right.
(3) � No one may be evicted from their home, or have their home demolished, without an order of court made after considering all the relevant circumstances. No legislation may permit arbitrary evictions.
Health care, food, water and social security 27. (1) Everyone has the right to have access to—
(a) � health care services, including reproductive health care; (b) � sufficient food and water; and (c) � social security, including, if they are unable to support themselves and their
dependants, appropriate social assistance. (2) � The state must take reasonable legislative and other measures, within its available
resources, to achieve the progressive realisation of each of these rights. (3) � No one may be refused emergency medical treatment.
Children 28. (1) Every child has the right—
(a) � to a name and a nationality from birth; (b) � to family care or parental care, or to appropriate alternative care when
removed from the family environment; (c) � to basic nutrition, shelter, basic health care services and social services; (d) � to be protected from maltreatment, neglect, abuse or degradation; (e) � to be protected from exploitative labour practices; (f) � not to be required or permitted to perform work or provide services that—
12
(i) are inappropriate for a person of that child’s age; or (ii) place at risk the child’s well-being, education, physical or mental health
or spiritual, moral or social development; (g) not to be detained except as a measure of last resort, in which case, in addition
to the rights a child enjoys under sections 12 and 35, the child may be detained only for the shortest appropriate period of time, and has the right to be— (i) kept separately from detained persons over the age of 18 years; and (ii) treated in a manner, and kept in conditions, that take account of the
child’s age; (h) to have a legal practitioner assigned to the child by the state, and at state
expense, in civil proceedings affecting the child, if substantial injustice would otherwise result; and
(i) not to be used directly in armed conflict, and to be protected in times of armed conflict.
(2) A child’s best interests are of paramount importance in every matter concerning the child.
(3) In this section “child” means a person under the age of 18 years.
Education 29. (1) Everyone has the right—
(a) to a basic education, including adult basic education; and (b) to further education, which the state, through reasonable measures, must
make progressively available and accessible. (2) Everyone has the right to receive education in the official language or languages of
their choice in public educational institutions where that education is reasonably practicable. In order to ensure the effective access to, and implementation of, this right, the state must consider all reasonable educational alternatives, including single medium institutions, taking into account— (a) equity; (b) practicability; and (c) the need to redress the results of past racially discriminatory laws and
practices. (3) Everyone has the right to establish and maintain, at their own expense,
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
13
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
independent educational institutions that— (a) � do not discriminate on the basis of race; (b) � are registered with the state; and (c) � maintain standards that are not inferior to standards at comparable public
educational institutions. (4) � Subsection (3) does not preclude state subsidies for independent educational
institutions.
Language and culture 30. � Everyone has the right to use the language and to participate in the cultural life of their
choice, but no one exercising these rights may do so in a manner inconsistent with any provision of the Bill of Rights.
Cultural, religious and linguistic communities 31. � (1) Persons belonging to a cultural, religious or linguistic community may not be denied
the right, with other members of that community— (a) � to enjoy their culture, practise their religion and use their language; and (b) � to form, join and maintain cultural, religious and linguistic associations and
other organs of civil society. (2) � The rights in subsection (1) may not be exercised in a manner inconsistent with any
provision of the Bill of Rights.
Access to information 32. � (1) Everyone has the right of access to—
(a) � any information held by the state; and (b) � any information that is held by another person and that is required for the
exercise or protection of any rights. (2) � National legislation must be enacted to give effect to this right, and may provide
for reasonable measures to alleviate the administrative and financial burden on the state.
14
Just administrative action 33. (1) Everyone has the right to administrative action that is lawful, reasonable and
procedurally fair. (2) Everyone whose rights have been adversely affected by administrative action has
the right to be given written reasons. (3) National legislation must be enacted to give effect to these rights, and must—
(a) provide for the review of administrative action by a court or, where appropriate, an independent and impartial tribunal;
(b) impose a duty on the state to give effect to the rights in subsections (1) and (2); and
(c) promote an efficient administration.
Access to courts 34. Everyone has the right to have any dispute that can be resolved by the application of law
decided in a fair public hearing before a court or, where appropriate, another independent and impartial tribunal or forum.
Arrested, detained and accused persons 35. (1) Everyone who is arrested for allegedly committing an offence has the right—
(a) to remain silent; (b) to be informed promptly—
(i) of the right to remain silent; and (ii) of the consequences of not remaining silent;
(c) not to be compelled to make any confession or admission that could be used in evidence against that person;
(d) to be brought before a court as soon as reasonably possible, but not later than— (i) 48 hours after the arrest; or (ii) the end of the first court day after the expiry of the 48 hours, if the 48
hours expire outside ordinary court hours or on a day which is not an ordinary court day;
(e) at the first court appearance after being arrested, to be charged or to be informed of the reason for the detention to continue, or to be released; and
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
15
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
(f) � to be released from detention if the interests of justice permit, subject to reasonable conditions.
(2) Everyone who is detained, including every sentenced prisoner, has the right— (a) � to be informed promptly of the reason for being detained; (b) � to choose, and to consult with, a legal practitioner, and to be informed of this
right promptly; (c) � to have a legal practitioner assigned to the detained person by the state and
at state expense, if substantial injustice would otherwise result, and to be informed of this right promptly;
(d) � to challenge the lawfulness of the detention in person before a court and, if the detention is unlawful, to be released;
(e) � to conditions of detention that are consistent with human dignity, including at least exercise and the provision, at state expense, of adequate accommodation, nutrition, reading material and medical treatment; and
(f) � to communicate with, and be visited by, that person’s— (i) � spouse or partner; (ii) � next of kin; (iii) � chosen religious counsellor; and (iv) � chosen medical practitioner.
(3) Every accused person has a right to a fair trial, which includes the right— (a) � to be informed of the charge with sufficient detail to answer it; (b) � to have adequate time and facilities to prepare a defence; (c) � to a public trial before an ordinary court; (d) � to have their trial begin and conclude without unreasonable delay; (e) � to be present when being tried; (f) � to choose, and be represented by, a legal practitioner, and to be informed of
this right promptly; (g) � to have a legal practitioner assigned to the accused person by the state and
at state expense, if substantial injustice would otherwise result, and to be informed of this right promptly;
(h) � to be presumed innocent, to remain silent, and not to testify during the proceedings;
(i) � to adduce and challenge evidence; (j) � not to be compelled to give self-incriminating evidence;
16
(k) to be tried in a language that the accused person understands or, if that is not practicable, to have the proceedings interpreted in that language;
(l) not to be convicted for an act or omission that was not an offence under either national or international law at the time it was committed or omitted;
(m) not to be tried for an offence in respect of an act or omission for which that person has previously been either acquitted or convicted;
(n) to the benefit of the least severe of the prescribed punishments if the prescribed punishment for the offence has been changed between the time that the offence was committed and the time of sentencing; and
(o) of appeal to, or review by, a higher court. (4) Whenever this section requires information to be given to a person, that information
must be given in a language that the person understands. (5) Evidence obtained in a manner that violates any right in the Bill of Rights must be
excluded if the admission of that evidence would render the trial unfair or otherwise be detrimental to the administration of justice.
Limitation of rights 36. (1) The rights in the Bill of Rights may be limited only in terms of law of general
application to the extent that the limitation is reasonable and justifiable in an open and democratic society based on human dignity, equality and freedom, taking into account all relevant factors, including— (a) the nature of the right; (b) the importance of the purpose of the limitation; (c) the nature and extent of the limitation; (d) the relation between the limitation and its purpose; and (e) less restrictive means to achieve the purpose.
(2) Except as provided in subsection (1) or in any other provision of the Constitution, no law may limit any right entrenched in the Bill of Rights.
States of emergency 37. (1) A state of emergency may be declared only in terms of an Act of Parliament, and
only when— (a) the life of the nation is threatened by war, invasion, general insurrection,
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
17
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
disorder, natural disaster or other public emergency; and (b) � the declaration is necessary to restore peace and order.
(2) � A declaration of a state of emergency, and any legislation enacted or other action taken in consequence of that declaration, may be effective only— (a) � prospectively; and (b) � for no more than 21 days from the date of the declaration, unless the National
Assembly resolves to extend the declaration. The Assembly may extend a declaration of a state of emergency for no more than three months at a time. The first extension of the state of emergency must be by a resolution adopted with a supporting vote of a majority of the members of the Assembly. Any subsequent extension must be by a resolution adopted with a supporting vote of at least 60 per cent of the members of the Assembly. A resolution in terms of this paragraph may be adopted only following a public debate in the Assembly.
(3) � Any competent court may decide on the validity of— (a) � a declaration of a state of emergency; (b) � any extension of a declaration of a state of emergency; or (c) � any legislation enacted, or other action taken, in consequence of a declaration
of a state of emergency. (4) � Any legislation enacted in consequence of a declaration of a state of emergency may
derogate from the Bill of Rights only to the extent that— (a) � the derogation is strictly required by the emergency; and (b) � the legislation—
(i) � is consistent with the Republic’s obligations under international law applicable to states of emergency;
(ii) � conforms to subsection (5); and (iii) � is published in the national Government Gazette as soon as reasonably
possible after being enacted. (5) � No Act of Parliament that authorises a declaration of a state of emergency, and
no legislation enacted or other action taken in consequence of a declaration, may permit or authorise— (a) � indemnifying the state, or any person, in respect of any unlawful act; (b) � any derogation from this section; or
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
(c) � any derogation from a section mentioned in column 1 of the Table of Non- Derogable Rights, to the extent indicated opposite that section in column 3 of the Table.
Table of Non-Derogable Rights 1
Section number
2
Section title
3
Extent to which the right is protected
9 Equality With respect to unfair discrimination solely on the grounds of race, colour, ethnic or social origin, sex, religion or language.
10 Human Dignity Entirely
11 Life Entirely
12 Freedom and Secu- rity of the person
With respect to subsections (1)(d) and (e) and (2)(c).
13 Slavery, servitude and forced labour
With respect to slavery and servitude
28 Children With respect to:
– subsection (1)(d) and (e); – the rights in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of subsection
(1)(g); and – subsection 1(i) in respect of children of 15 years
and younger.
35 Arrested, detained and accused persons
With respect to: – subsections (1)(a), (b) and (c) and (2)(d); – the rights in paragraphs (a) to (o) of subsection (3),
excluding paragraph (d) – subsection (4); and – subsection (5) with respect to the exclusion of
evidence if the admission of that evidence would render the trial unfair.
18
19
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
(6) � Whenever anyone is detained without trial in consequence of a derogation of rights resulting from a declaration of a state of emergency, the following conditions must be observed: (a) � An adult family member or friend of the detainee must be contacted as soon as
reasonably possible, and informed that the person has been detained. (b) � A notice must be published in the national Government Gazette within five
days of the person being detained, stating the detainee’s name and place of detention and referring to the emergency measure in terms of which that person has been detained.
(c) � The detainee must be allowed to choose, and be visited at any reasonable time by, a medical practitioner.
(d) � The detainee must be allowed to choose, and be visited at any reasonable time by, a legal representative.
(e) � A court must review the detention as soon as reasonably possible, but no later than 10 days after the date the person was detained, and the court must release the detainee unless it is necessary to continue the detention to restore peace and order.
(f) � A detainee who is not released in terms of a review under paragraph (e), or who is not released in terms of a review under this paragraph, may apply to a court for a further review of the detention at any time after 10 days have passed since the previous review, and the court must release the detainee unless it is still necessary to continue the detention to restore peace and order.
(g) � The detainee must be allowed to appear in person before any court considering the detention, to be represented by a legal practitioner at those hearings, and to make representations against continued detention.
(h) � The state must present written reasons to the court to justify the continued detention of the detainee, and must give a copy of those reasons to the detainee at least two days before the court reviews the detention.
(7) � If a court releases a detainee, that person may not be detained again on the same grounds unless the state first shows a court good cause for re-detaining that person.
(8) � Subsections (6) and (7) do not apply to persons who are not South African citizens and who are detained in consequence of an international armed conflict. Instead, the state must comply with the standards binding on the Republic under
20
international humanitarian law in respect of the detention of such persons.
Enforcement of rights 38. Anyone listed in this section has the right to approach a competent court, alleging that
a right in the Bill of Rights has been infringed or threatened, and the court may grant appropriate relief, including a declaration of rights. The persons who may approach a court are—
(a) anyone acting in their own interest; (b) anyone acting on behalf of another person who cannot act in their own name; (c) anyone acting as a member of, or in the interest of, a group or class of persons; (d) anyone acting in the public interest; and (e) an association acting in the interest of its members.
Interpretation of Bill of Rights 39. (1) When interpreting the Bill of Rights, a court, tribunal or forum—
(a) must promote the values that underlie an open and democratic society based on human dignity, equality and freedom;
(b) must consider international law; and (c) may consider foreign law.
(2) When interpreting any legislation, and when developing the common law or customary law, every court, tribunal or forum must promote the spirit, purport and objects of the Bill of Rights.
(3) The Bill of Rights does not deny the existence of any other rights or freedoms that are recognised or conferred by common law, customary law or legislation, to the extent that they are consistent with the Bill.
Chapter 2: Bill of Rights
21
Chapter 3: Co-operative Government
CHAPTER 3 co-opeRAtiVe GoVeRnment
Government of the Republic 40. � (1) In the Republic, government is constituted as national, provincial and local spheres
of government which are distinctive, interdependent and interrelated. (2) � All spheres of government must observe and adhere to the principles in this Chapter
and must conduct their activities within the parameters that the Chapter provides.
Principles of co-operative government and intergovernmental relations 41. (1) � All spheres of government and all organs of state within each sphere must—
(a) � preserve the peace, national unity and the indivisibility of the Republic; (b) � secure the well-being of the people of the Republic; (c) � provide effective, transparent, accountable and coherent government for the
Republic as a whole; (d) � be loyal to the Constitution, the Republic and its people; (e) � respect the constitutional status, institutions, powers and functions of
government in the other spheres; (f) � not assume any power or function except those conferred on them in terms of
the Constitution; (g) � exercise their powers and perform their functions in a manner that does
not encroach on the geographical, functional or institutional integrity of government in another sphere; and
(h) � co-operate with one another in mutual trust and good faith by— (i) � fostering friendly relations; (ii) � assisting and supporting one another; (iii) � informing one another of, and consulting one another on, matters of
common interest; (iv) � co-ordinating their actions and legislation with one another; (v) � adhering to agreed procedures; and (vi) � avoiding legal proceedings against one another.
(2) An Act of Parliament must—
22
(a) establish or provide for structures and institutions to promote and facilitate intergovernmental relations; and
(b) provide for appropriate mechanisms and procedures to facilitate settlement of intergovernmental disputes.
(3) An organ of state involved in an intergovernmental dispute must make every reasonable effort to settle the dispute by means of mechanisms and procedures provided for that purpose, and must exhaust all other remedies before it approaches a court to resolve the dispute.
(4) If a court is not satisfied that the requirements of subsection (3) have been met, it may refer a dispute back to the organs of state involved.
Chapter 3: Co-operative Government
23
Chapter 4: Parliament
CHAPTER 4 pARliAment
Composition of Parliament 42. (1) Parliament consists of—
(a) � the National Assembly; and (b) � the National Council of Provinces.
(2) � The National Assembly and the National Council of Provinces participate in the legislative process in the manner set out in the Constitution.
(3) � The National Assembly is elected to represent the people and to ensure government by the people under the Constitution. It does this by choosing the President, by providing a national forum for public consideration of issues, by passing legislation and by scrutinizing and overseeing executive action.
(4) � The National Council of Provinces represents the provinces to ensure that provincial interests are taken into account in the national sphere of government. It does this mainly by participating in the national legislative process and by providing a national forum for public consideration of issues affecting the provinces.
(5) � The President may summon Parliament to an extraordinary sitting at any time to conduct special business.
(6) � The seat of Parliament is Cape Town, but an Act of Parliament enacted in accordance with section 76(1) and (5) may determine that the seat of Parliament is elsewhere.
Legislative authority of the Republic 43. In the Republic, the legislative authority—
(a) � of the national sphere of government is vested in Parliament, as set out in section 44;
(b) � of the provincial sphere of government is vested in the provincial legislatures, as set out in section 104; and
(c) � of the local sphere of government is vested in the Municipal Councils, as set out in section 156.
24
National legislative authority 44. (1) The national legislative authority as vested in Parliament—
(a) confers on the National Assembly the power— (i) to amend the Constitution; (ii) to pass legislation with regard to any matter, including a matter within a
functional area listed in Schedule 4, but excluding, subject to subsection (2), a matter within a functional area listed in Schedule 5; and
(iii) to assign any of its legislative powers, except the power to amend the Constitution, to any legislative body in another sphere of government; and
(b) confers on the National Council of Provinces the power— (i) to participate in amending the Constitution in accordance with section
74; (ii) to pass, in accordance with section 76, legislation with regard to any
matter within a functional area listed in Schedule 4 and any other matter required by the Constitution to be passed in accordance with section 76; and
(iii) to consider, in accordance with section 75, any other legislation passed by the National Assembly.
(2) Parliament may intervene, by passing legislation in accordance with section 76(1), with regard to a matter falling within a functional area listed in Schedule 5, when it is necessary— (a) to maintain national security; (b) to maintain economic unity; (c) to maintain essential national standards; (d) to establish minimum standards required for the rendering of services; or (e) to prevent unreasonable action taken by a province which is prejudicial to the
interests of another province or to the country as a whole. (3) Legislation with regard to a matter that is reasonably necessary for, or incidental to,
the effective exercise of a power concerning any matter listed in Schedule 4 is, for all purposes, legislation with regard to a matter listed in Schedule 4.
(4) When exercising its legislative authority, Parliament is bound only by the Constitution, and must act in accordance with, and within the limits of, the
Chapter 4: Parliament
25
Chapter 4: Parliament
Constitution.
Joint rules and orders and joint committees 45. (1) The National Assembly and the National Council of Provinces must establish a joint
rules committee to make rules and orders concerning the joint business of the Assembly and Council, including rules and orders— (a) to determine procedures to facilitate the legislative process, including setting a
time limit for completing any step in the process; (b) to establish joint committees composed of representatives from both the
Assembly and the Council to consider and report on Bills envisaged in sections 74 and 75 that are referred to such a committee;
(c) to establish a joint committee to review the Constitution at least annually; and (d) to regulate the business of—
(i) the joint rules committee; (ii) the Mediation Committee; (iii) the constitutional review committee; and (iv) any joint committees established in terms of paragraph (b).
(2) Cabinet members, members of the National Assembly and delegates to the National Council of Provinces have the same privileges and immunities before a joint committee of the Assembly and the Council as they have before the Assembly or the Council.
26
the national Assembly
Composition and election 46. (1) The National Assembly consists of no fewer than 350 and no more than 400 women
and men elected as members in terms of an electoral system that— (a) is prescribed by national legislation; (b) is based on the national common voters roll; (c) provides for a minimum voting age of 18 years; and (d) results, in general, in proportional representation.
(2) An Act of Parliament must provide a formula for determining the number of members of the National Assembly.
[Sub-s. (1) amended by s. 1 of the Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003 and by s. 1 of the Constitution Fifteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
Membership 47. (1) Every citizen who is qualified to vote for the National Assembly is eligible to be a
member of the Assembly, except— (a) anyone who is appointed by, or is in the service of, the state and receives
remuneration for that appointment or service, other than— (i) the President, Deputy President, Ministers and Deputy Ministers; and (ii) other office-bearers whose functions are compatible with the functions
of a member of the Assembly, and have been declared compatible with those functions by national legislation;
(b) permanent delegates to the National Council of Provinces or members of a provincial legislature or a Municipal Council;
(c) unrehabilitated insolvents; (d) anyone declared to be of unsound mind by a court of the Republic; or (e) anyone who, after this section took effect, is convicted of an offence and
sentenced to more than 12 months imprisonment without the option of a fine, either in the Republic, or outside the Republic if the conduct constituting the offence would have been an offence in the Republic, but no one may be regarded as having been sentenced until an appeal against the conviction or sentence has been determined, or until the time for an appeal has expired. A
Chapter 4: Parliament
27
Chapter 4: Parliament
disqualification under this paragraph ends five years after the sentence has been completed.
(2) � A person who is not eligible to be a member of the National Assembly in terms of subsection (1)(a) or (b) may be a candidate for the Assembly, subject to any limits or conditions established by national legislation.
(3) � A person loses membership of the National Assembly if that person— (a) � ceases to be eligible; or (b) � is absent from the Assembly without permission in circumstances for which
the rules and orders of the Assembly prescribe loss of membership; or (c) � ceases to be a member of the party that nominated that person as a member
of the Assembly. [Sub-s. (3) substituted by s. 2 of the Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003 and by s. 2 of the Constitution Fifteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
(4) � Vacancies in the National Assembly must be filled in terms of national legislation.
Oath or affirmation 48. � Before members of the National Assembly begin to perform their functions in the
Assembly, they must swear or affirm faithfulness to the Republic and obedience to the Constitution, in accordance with Schedule 2.
Duration of National Assembly 49. � (1) The National Assembly is elected for a term of five years.
(2) � If the National Assembly is dissolved in terms of section 50, or when its term expires, the President, by proclamation must call and set dates for an election, which must be held within 90 days of the date the Assembly was dissolved or its term expired. A proclamation calling and setting dates for an election may be issued before or after the expiry of the term of the National Assembly.
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 1 of the Constitution Fifth Amendment Act of 1999.]
(3) � If the result of an election of the National Assembly is not declared within the period established in terms of section 190, or if an election is set aside by a court, the President, by proclamation, must call and set dates for another election, which must be held within 90 days of the expiry of that period or of the date on which the
28
election was set aside. (4) The National Assembly remains competent to function from the time it is dissolved
or its term expires, until the day before the first day of polling for the next Assembly.
Dissolution of National Assembly before expiry of its term 50. (1) The President must dissolve the National Assembly if—
(a) the Assembly has adopted a resolution to dissolve with a supporting vote of a majority of its members; and
(b) three years have passed since the Assembly was elected. (2) The Acting President must dissolve the National Assembly if—
(a) there is a vacancy in the office of President; and (b) the Assembly fails to elect a new President within 30 days after the vacancy
occurred.
Sittings and recess periods 51. (1) After an election, the first sitting of the National Assembly must take place at a
time and on a date determined by the Chief Justice, but not more than 14 days after the election result has been declared. The Assembly may determine the time and duration of its other sittings and its recess periods.
[Sub-s. (1) substituted by s. 1 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(2) The President may summon the National Assembly to an extraordinary sitting at any time to conduct special business.
(3) Sittings of the National Assembly are permitted at places other than the seat of Parliament only on the grounds of public interest, security or convenience, and if provided for in the rules and orders of the Assembly.
Speaker and Deputy Speaker 52. (1) At the first sitting after its election, or when necessary to fill a vacancy, the National
Assembly must elect a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker from among its members. (2) The Chief Justice must preside over the election of a Speaker, or designate another
judge to do so. The Speaker presides over the election of a Deputy Speaker. [Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 2 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Chapter 4: Parliament
29
Chapter 4: Parliament
(3) � The procedure set out in Part A of Schedule 3 applies to the election of the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker.
(4) � The National Assembly may remove the Speaker or Deputy Speaker from office by resolution. A majority of the members of the Assembly must be present when the resolution is adopted.
(5) � In terms of its rules and orders, the National Assembly may elect from among its members other presiding officers to assist the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker.
Decisions 53. � (1) Except where the Constitution provides otherwise—
(a) � a majority of the members of the National Assembly must be present before a vote may be taken on a Bill or an amendment to a Bill;
(b) � at least one third of the members must be present before a vote may be taken on any other question before the Assembly; and
(c) � all questions before the Assembly are decided by a majority of the votes cast. (2) � The member of the National Assembly presiding at a meeting of the Assembly has
no deliberative vote, but— (a) � must cast a deciding vote when there is an equal number of votes on each side
of a question; and (b) � may cast a deliberative vote when a question must be decided with a
supporting vote of at least two thirds of the members of the Assembly.
Rights of certain Cabinet members and Deputy Ministers in the National Assembly 54. � The President, and any member of the Cabinet or any Deputy Minister who is not a
member of the National Assembly, may, subject to the rules and orders of the Assembly, attend and speak in the Assembly, but may not vote. [S. 54 substituted by s. 3 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Powers of National Assembly 55. � (1) In exercising its legislative power, the National Assembly may—
(a) consider, pass, amend or reject any legislation before the Assembly; and
30
(b) initiate or prepare legislation, except money Bills. (2) The National Assembly must provide for mechanisms—
(a) to ensure that all executive organs of state in the national sphere of government are accountable to it; and
(b) to maintain oversight of— (i) the exercise of national executive authority, including the
implementation of legislation; and (ii) any organ of state.
Evidence or information before National Assembly 56. The National Assembly or any of its committees may—
(a) summon any person to appear before it to give evidence on oath or affirmation, or to produce documents;
(b) require any person or institution to report to it; (c) compel, in terms of national legislation or the rules and orders, any person or
institution to comply with a summons or requirement in terms of paragraph (a) or (b); and
(d) receive petitions, representations or submissions from any interested persons or institutions.
Internal arrangements, proceedings and procedures of National Assembly 57. (1) The National Assembly may—
(a) determine and control its internal arrangements, proceedings and procedures; and
(b) make rules and orders concerning its business, with due regard to representative and participatory democracy, accountability, transparency and public involvement.
(2) The rules and orders of the National Assembly must provide for— (a) the establishment, composition, powers, functions, procedures and duration of
its committees; (b) the participation in the proceedings of the Assembly and its committees of
minority parties represented in the Assembly, in a manner consistent with
Chapter 4: Parliament
31
Chapter 4: Parliament
democracy; (c) � financial and administrative assistance to each party represented in the
Assembly in proportion to its representation, to enable the party and its leader to perform their functions in the Assembly effectively; and
(d) � the recognition of the leader of the largest opposition party in the Assembly as the Leader of the Opposition.
Privilege 58. (1) Cabinet members, Deputy Ministers and members of the National Assembly—
(a) � have freedom of speech in the Assembly and in its committees, subject to its rules and orders; and
(b) � are not liable to civil or criminal proceedings, arrest, imprisonment or damages for— (i) � anything that they have said in, produced before or submitted to the
Assembly or any of its committees; or (ii) � anything revealed as a result of anything that they have said in,
produced before or submitted to the Assembly or any of its committees. (2) � Other privileges and immunities of the National Assembly, Cabinet members and
members of the Assembly may be prescribed by national legislation. (3) � Salaries, allowances and benefits payable to members of the National Assembly are
a direct charge against the National Revenue Fund. [S. 58 amended by s. 4 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Public access to and involvement in National Assembly 59. (1) The National Assembly must—
(a) � facilitate public involvement in the legislative and other processes of the Assembly and its committees; and
(b) � conduct its business in an open manner, and hold its sittings, and those of its committees, in public, but reasonable measures may be taken— (i) � to regulate public access, including access of the media, to the Assembly
and its committees; and (ii) � to provide for the searching of any person and, where appropriate, the
refusal of entry to, or the removal of, any person.
32
(2) The National Assembly may not exclude the public, including the media, from a sitting of a committee unless it is reasonable and justifiable to do so in an open and democratic society.
national council of provinces
Composition of National Council 60. (1) The National Council of Provinces is composed of a single delegation from each
province consisting of ten delegates. (2) The ten delegates are—
(a) four special delegates consisting of— (i) the Premier of the province or, if the Premier is not available, any
member of the provincial legislature designated by the Premier either generally or for any specific business before the National Council of Provinces; and
(ii) three other special delegates; and (b) six permanent delegates appointed in terms of section 61(2).
(3) The Premier of a province, or if the Premier is not available, a member of the province’s delegation designated by the Premier, heads the delegation.
Allocation of delegates 61. (1) Parties represented in a provincial legislature are entitled to delegates in the
province’s delegation in accordance with the formula set out in Part B of Schedule 3. (2) (a) A provincial legislature must, within 30 days after the result of an election of
that legislature is declared— (i) determine, in accordance with national legislation, how many of each
party’s delegates are to be permanent delegates and how many are to be special delegates; and
(ii) appoint the permanent delegates in accordance with the nominations of the parties.
(b) ……. [Para. (b) omitted by s. 1 of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
Chapter 4: Parliament
33
Chapter 4: Parliament
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 1 of the Constitution Ninth Amendment Act of 2002 and by s. 1 of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
(3) � The national legislation envisaged in subsection (2)(a) must ensure the participation of minority parties in both the permanent and special delegates’ components of the delegation in a manner consistent with democracy.
(4) � The legislature, with the concurrence of the Premier and the leaders of the parties entitled to special delegates in the province’s delegation, must designate special delegates, as required from time to time, from among the members of the legislature.
Permanent delegates 62. � (1) A person nominated as a permanent delegate must be eligible to be a member of
the provincial legislature. (2) � If a person who is a member of a provincial legislature is appointed as a permanent
delegate, that person ceases to be a member of the legislature. (3) � Permanent delegates are appointed for a term that expires-
(a) � immediately before the first sitting of the provincial legislature after its next election..
(b) …… � [Para. (b) omitted by s. 2 of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.] �
[Sub-s. (3) substituted by s. 2 of the Constitution Ninth Amendment Act of 2002 and substituted by s. 2 of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
(4) � A person ceases to be a permanent delegate if that person— (a) � ceases to be eligible to be a member of the provincial legislature for any reason
other than being appointed as a permanent delegate; (b) � becomes a member of the Cabinet; (c) � has lost the confidence of the provincial legislature and is recalled by the party
that nominated that person; (d) � ceases to be a member of the party that nominated that person and is recalled
by that party; or (e) � is absent from the National Council of Provinces without permission in
circumstances for which the rules and orders of the Council prescribe loss of
34
office as a permanent delegate. (5) Vacancies among the permanent delegates must be filled in terms of national
legislation. (6) Before permanent delegates begin to perform their functions in the National
Council of Provinces, they must swear or affirm faithfulness to the Republic and obedience to the Constitution, in accordance with Schedule 2.
Sittings of National Council 63. (1) The National Council of Provinces may determine the time and duration of its
sittings and its recess periods. (2) The President may summon the National Council of Provinces to an extraordinary
sitting at any time to conduct special business. (3) Sittings of the National Council of Provinces are permitted at places other than the
seat of Parliament only on the grounds of public interest, security or convenience, and if provided for in the rules and orders of the Council.
Chairperson and Deputy Chairpersons 64. (1) The National Council of Provinces must elect a Chairperson and two Deputy
Chairpersons from among the delegates. (2) The Chairperson and one of the Deputy Chairpersons are elected from among the
permanent delegates for five years unless their terms as delegates expire earlier. (3) The other Deputy Chairperson is elected for a term of one year, and must be
succeeded by a delegate from another province, so that every province is represented in turn.
(4) The Chief Justice must preside over the election of the Chairperson, or designate another judge to do so. The Chairperson presides over the election of the Deputy Chairpersons.
[Sub-s. (4) substituted by s. 5 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(5) The procedure set out in Part A of Schedule 3 applies to the election of the Chairperson and the Deputy Chairpersons.
(6) The National Council of Provinces may remove the Chairperson or a Deputy Chairperson from office.
Chapter 4: Parliament
35
Chapter 4: Parliament
(7) � In terms of its rules and orders, the National Council of Provinces may elect from among the delegates other presiding officers to assist the Chairperson and Deputy Chairpersons.
Decisions 65. (1) � Except where the Constitution provides otherwise—
(a) � each province has one vote, which is cast on behalf of the province by the head of its delegation; and
(b) � all questions before the National Council of Provinces are agreed when at least five provinces vote in favour of the question.
(2) � An Act of Parliament, enacted in accordance with the procedure established by either subsection (1) or subsection (2) of section 76, must provide for a uniform procedure in terms of which provincial legislatures confer authority on their delegations to cast votes on their behalf.
Participation by members of national executive 66. � (1) Cabinet members and Deputy Ministers may attend, and may speak in, the National
Council of Provinces, but may not vote. (2) � The National Council of Provinces may require a Cabinet member, a Deputy Minister
or an official in the national executive or a provincial executive to attend a meeting of the Council or a committee of the Council.
Participation by local government representatives 67. � Not more than ten part-time representatives designated by organised local government
in terms of section 163, to represent the different categories of municipalities, may participate when necessary in the proceedings of the National Council of Provinces, but may not vote.
Powers of National Council 68. � In exercising its legislative power, the National Council of Provinces may—
(a) � consider, pass, amend, propose amendments to or reject any legislation before the Council, in accordance with this Chapter; and
36
(b) initiate or prepare legislation falling within a functional area listed in Schedule 4 or other legislation referred to in section 76(3), but may not initiate or prepare money Bills.
Evidence or information before National Council 69. The National Council of Provinces or any of its committees may—
(a) summon any person to appear before it to give evidence on oath or affirmation or to produce documents;
(b) require any institution or person to report to it; (c) compel, in terms of national legislation or the rules and orders, any person or
institution to comply with a summons or requirement in terms of paragraph (a) or (b); and
(d) receive petitions, representations or submissions from any interested persons or institutions.
Internal arrangements, proceedings and procedures of National Council 70. (1) The National Council of Provinces may—
(a) determine and control its internal arrangements, proceedings and procedures; and
(b) make rules and orders concerning its business, with due regard to representative and participatory democracy, accountability, transparency and public involvement.
(2) The rules and orders of the National Council of Provinces must provide for— (a) the establishment, composition, powers, functions, procedures and duration of
its committees; (b) the participation of all the provinces in its proceedings in a manner consistent
with democracy; and (c) the participation in the proceedings of the Council and its committees of
minority parties represented in the Council, in a manner consistent with democracy, whenever a matter is to be decided in accordance with section 75.
Chapter 4: Parliament
37
Chapter 4: Parliament
Privilege 71. � (1) Delegates to the National Council of Provinces and the persons referred to in
sections 66 and 67— (a) � have freedom of speech in the Council and in its committees, subject to its
rules and orders; and (b) � are not liable to civil or criminal proceedings, arrest, imprisonment or damages
for— (i) � anything that they have said in, produced before or submitted to the
Council or any of its committees; or (ii) � anything revealed as a result of anything that they have said in,
produced before or submitted to the Council or any of its committees. (2) � Other privileges and immunities of the National Council of Provinces, delegates
to the Council and persons referred to in sections 66 and 67 may be prescribed by national legislation.
(3) � Salaries, allowances and benefits payable to permanent members of the National Council of Provinces are a direct charge against the National Revenue Fund.
Public access to and involvement in National Council 72. (1) � The National Council of Provinces must—
(a) � facilitate public involvement in the legislative and other processes of the Council and its committees; and
(b) � conduct its business in an open manner, and hold its sittings, and those of its committees, in public, but reasonable measures may be taken— (i) � to regulate public access, including access of the media, to the Council
and its committees; and (ii) � to provide for the searching of any person and, where appropriate, the
refusal of entry to, or the removal of, any person. (2) � The National Council of Provinces may not exclude the public, including the media,
from a sitting of a committee unless it is reasonable and justifiable to do so in an open and democratic society.
38
national legislative process
All Bills 73. (1) Any Bill may be introduced in the National Assembly.
(2) Only a Cabinet member or a Deputy Minister, or a member or committee of the National Assembly, may introduce a Bill in the Assembly, but only the Cabinet member responsible for national financial matters may introduce the following Bills in the Assembly: (a) a money Bill; or (b) a Bill which provides for legislation envisaged in section 214.
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 1(a) of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
(3) A Bill referred to in section 76(3), except a Bill referred to in subsection (2)(a) or (b) of this section, may be introduced in the National Council of Provinces.
[Sub-s. (3) substituted by s. 1(b) of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
(4) Only a member or committee of the National Council of Provinces may introduce a Bill in the Council.
(5) A Bill passed by the National Assembly must be referred to the National Council of Provinces if it must be considered by the Council. A Bill passed by the Council must be referred to the Assembly.
Bills amending the Constitution 74. (1) Section 1 and this subsection may be amended by a Bill passed by—
(a) the National Assembly, with a supporting vote of at least 75 per cent of its members; and
(b) the National Council of Provinces, with a supporting vote of at least six provinces.
(2) Chapter 2 may be amended by a Bill passed by— (a) the National Assembly, with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of its
members; and (b) the National Council of Provinces, with a supporting vote of at least six
provinces. (3) Any other provision of the Constitution may be amended by a Bill passed—
Chapter 4: Parliament
39
Chapter 4: Parliament
(a) � by the National Assembly, with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of its members; and
(b) � also by the National Council of Provinces, with a supporting vote of at least six provinces, if the amendment—
(i) � relates to a matter that affects the Council; (ii) � alters provincial boundaries, powers, functions or institutions; or (iii) amends a provision that deals specifically with a provincial matter.
(4) � A Bill amending the Constitution may not include provisions other than constitutional amendments and matters connected with the amendments.
(5) � At least 30 days before a Bill amending the Constitution is introduced in terms of section 73(2), the person or committee intending to introduce the Bill must— (a) � publish in the national Government Gazette, and in accordance with the rules
and orders of the National Assembly, particulars of the proposed amendment for public comment;
(b) � submit, in accordance with the rules and orders of the Assembly, those particulars to the provincial legislatures for their views; and
(c) � submit, in accordance with the rules and orders of the National Council of Provinces, those particulars to the Council for a public debate, if the proposed amendment is not an amendment that is required to be passed by the Council.
(6) � When a Bill amending the Constitution is introduced, the person or committee introducing the Bill must submit any written comments received from the public and the provincial legislatures— (a) � to the Speaker for tabling in the National Assembly; and (b) � in respect of amendments referred to in subsection (1), (2) or (3)(b), to the
Chairperson of the National Council of Provinces for tabling in the Council. (7) � A Bill amending the Constitution may not be put to the vote in the National
Assembly within 30 days of— (a) � its introduction, if the Assembly is sitting when the Bill is introduced; or (b) � its tabling in the Assembly, if the Assembly is in recess when the Bill is
introduced. (8) � If a Bill referred to in subsection (3)(b), or any part of the Bill, concerns only a
specific province or provinces, the National Council of Provinces may not pass the Bill or the relevant part unless it has been approved by the legislature or legislatures of
40
the province or provinces concerned. (9) A Bill amending the Constitution that has been passed by the National Assembly
and, where applicable, by the National Council of Provinces, must be referred to the President for assent.
Ordinary Bills not affecting provinces 75. (1) When the National Assembly passes a Bill other than a Bill to which the procedure
set out in section 74 or 76 applies, the Bill must be referred to the National Council of Provinces and dealt with in accordance with the following procedure: (a) The Council must—
(i) pass the Bill; (ii) pass the Bill subject to amendments proposed by it; or (iii) reject the Bill.
(b) If the Council passes the Bill without proposing amendments, the Bill must be submitted to the President for assent.
(c) If the Council rejects the Bill or passes it subject to amendments, the Assembly must reconsider the Bill, taking into account any amendment proposed by the Council, and may— (i) pass the Bill again, either with or without amendments; or (ii) decide not to proceed with the Bill.
(d) A Bill passed by the Assembly in terms of paragraph (c) must be submitted to the President for assent.
(2) When the National Council of Provinces votes on a question in terms of this section, section 65 does not apply; instead— (a) each delegate in a provincial delegation has one vote; (b) at least one third of the delegates must be present before a vote may be taken
on the question; and (c) the question is decided by a majority of the votes cast, but if there is an equal
number of votes on each side of the question, the delegate presiding must cast a deciding vote.
Ordinary Bills affecting provinces 76. (1) When the National Assembly passes a Bill referred to in subsection (3), (4) or (5),
Chapter 4: Parliament
41
Chapter 4: Parliament
the Bill must be referred to the National Council of Provinces and dealt with in accordance with the following procedure: (a) � The Council must—
(i) � pass the Bill; (ii) � pass an amended Bill; or (iii) � reject the Bill.
(b) � If the Council passes the Bill without amendment, the Bill must be submitted to the President for assent.
(c) � If the Council passes an amended Bill, the amended Bill must be referred to the Assembly, and if the Assembly passes the amended Bill, it must be submitted to the President for assent.
(d) � If the Council rejects the Bill, or if the Assembly refuses to pass an amended Bill referred to it in terms of paragraph (c), the Bill and, where applicable, also the amended Bill, must be referred to the Mediation Committee, which may agree on— (i) � the Bill as passed by the Assembly; (ii) � the amended Bill as passed by the Council; or (iii) � another version of the Bill.
(e) � If the Mediation Committee is unable to agree within 30 days of the Bill’s referral to it, the Bill lapses unless the Assembly again passes the Bill, but with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of its members.
(f) � If the Mediation Committee agrees on the Bill as passed by the Assembly, the Bill must be referred to the Council, and if passes the Bill, the Bill must be submitted to the President for assent.
(g) � If the Mediation Committee agrees on the amended Bill as passed by the Council, the Bill must be referred to the Assembly, and if it is passed by the Assembly, it must be submitted to the President for assent.
(h) � If the Mediation Committee agrees on another version of the Bill, that version of the Bill must be referred to both the Assembly and the Council, and if it is passed by the Assembly and the Council, it must be submitted to the President for assent.
(i) � If a Bill referred to the Council in terms of paragraph (f) or (h) is not passed by the Council, the Bill lapses unless the Assembly passes the Bill with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of its members.
42
(j) If a Bill referred to the Assembly in terms of paragraph (g) or (h) is not passed by the Assembly, that Bill lapses, but the Bill as originally passed by the Assembly may again be passed by the Assembly, but with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of its members.
(k) A Bill passed by the Assembly in terms of paragraph (e), (i) or (j) must be submitted to the President for assent.
(2) When the National Council of Provinces passes a Bill referred to in subsection (3), the Bill must be referred to the National Assembly and dealt with in accordance with the following procedure: (a) The Assembly must—
(i) pass the Bill; (ii) pass an amended Bill; or (iii) reject the Bill.
(b) A Bill passed by the Assembly in terms of paragraph (a)(i) must be submitted to the President for assent.
(c) If the Assembly passes an amended Bill, the amended Bill must be referred to the Council, and if the Council passes the amended Bill, it must be submitted to the President for assent.
(d) If the Assembly rejects the Bill, or if the Council refuses to pass an amended Bill referred to it in terms of paragraph (c), the Bill and, where applicable, also the amended Bill must be referred to the Mediation Committee, which may agree on— (i) the Bill as passed by the Council; (ii) the amended Bill as passed by the Assembly; or (iii) another version of the Bill.
(e) If the Mediation Committee is unable to agree within 30 days of the Bill’s referral to it, the Bill lapses.
(f) If the Mediation Committee agrees on the Bill as passed by the Council, the Bill must be referred to the Assembly, and if the Assembly passes the Bill, the Bill must be submitted to the President for assent.
(g) If the Mediation Committee agrees on the amended Bill as passed by the Assembly, the Bill must be referred to the Council, and if it is passed by the Council, it must be submitted to the President for assent.
(h) If the Mediation Committee agrees on another version of the Bill, that version
Chapter 4: Parliament
43
Chapter 4: Parliament
of the Bill must be referred to both the Council and the Assembly, and if it is passed by the Council and the Assembly, it must be submitted to the President for assent.
(i) � If a Bill referred to the Assembly in terms of paragraph (f) or (h) is not passed by the Assembly, the Bill lapses.
(3) � A Bill must be dealt with in accordance with the procedure established by either subsection (1) or subsection (2) if it falls within a functional area listed in Schedule 4 or provides for legislation envisaged in any of the following sections: (a) � Section 65(2); (b) � section 163; (c) � section 182; (d) � section 195(3) and (4); (e) � section 196; and (f) � section 197.
(4) � A Bill must be dealt with in accordance with the procedure established by subsection (1) if it provides for legislation— (a) � envisaged in section 44(2) or 220(3); or (b) � envisaged in Chapter 13, and which includes any provision affecting the
financial interests of the provincial sphere of government. [Para. (b) substituted by s. 1 of the Constitution Eleventh Amendment Act of 2003.]
(5) � A Bill envisaged in section 42(6) must be dealt with in accordance with the procedure established by subsection (1), except that— (a) � when the National Assembly votes on the Bill, the provisions of section 53(1)
do not apply; instead, the Bill may be passed only if a majority of the members of the Assembly vote in favour of it; and
(b) � if the Bill is referred to the Mediation Committee, the following rules apply: (i) � If the National Assembly considers a Bill envisaged in subsection (1)(g)
or (h), that Bill may be passed only if a majority of the members of the Assembly vote in favour of it.
(ii) � If the National Assembly considers or reconsiders a Bill envisaged in subsection (1)(e), (i) or (j), that Bill may be passed only if at least two thirds of the members of the Assembly vote in favour of it.
(6) � This section does not apply to money Bills.
44
Money Bills 77. (1) A Bill is a money Bill if it—
(a) appropriates money; (b) imposes national taxes, levies, duties or surcharges; (c) abolishes or reduces, or grants exemptions from, any national taxes, levies,
duties or surcharges; or (d) authorises direct charges against the National Revenue Fund, except a Bill
envisaged in section 214 authorising direct charges. (2) A money Bill may not deal with any other matter except—
(a) a subordinate matter incidental to the appropriation of money; (b) the imposition, abolition or reduction of national taxes, levies, duties or
surcharges; (c) the granting of exemption from national taxes, levies, duties or surcharges; or (d) the authorisation of direct charges against the National Revenue Fund.
(3) All money Bills must be considered in accordance with the procedure established by section 75. An Act of Parliament must provide for a procedure to amend money Bills before Parliament.
[S. 77 substituted by s. 2 of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act 2001.]
Mediation Committee 78. (1) The Mediation Committee consists of—
(a) nine members of the National Assembly elected by the Assembly in accordance with a procedure that is prescribed by the rules and orders of the Assembly and results in the representation of parties in substantially the same proportion that the parties are represented in the Assembly; and
(b) one delegate from each provincial delegation in the National Council of Provinces, designated by the delegation.
(2) The Mediation Committee has agreed on a version of a Bill, or decided a question, when that version, or one side of the question, is supported by— (a) at least five of the representatives of the National Assembly; and (b) at least five of the representatives of the National Council of Provinces.
Chapter 4: Parliament
45
Chapter 4: Parliament
Assent to Bills 79. � (1) The President must either assent to and sign a Bill passed in terms of this Chapter or,
if the President has reservations about the constitutionality of the Bill, refer it back to the National Assembly for reconsideration.
(2) � The joint rules and orders must provide for the procedure for the reconsideration of a Bill by the National Assembly and the participation of the National Council of Provinces in the process.
(3) � The National Council of Provinces must participate in the reconsideration of a Bill that the President has referred back to the National Assembly if— (a) � the President’s reservations about the constitutionality of the Bill relate to a
procedural matter that involves the Council; or (b) � section 74(1), (2) or (3)(b) or 76 was applicable in the passing of the Bill.
(4) � If, after reconsideration, a Bill fully accommodates the President’s reservations, the President must assent to and sign the Bill; if not, the President must either— (a) � assent to and sign the Bill; or (b) � refer it to the Constitutional Court for a decision on its constitutionality.
(5) � If the Constitutional Court decides that the Bill is constitutional, the President must assent to and sign it.
Application by members of National Assembly to Constitutional Court 80. � (1) Members of the National Assembly may apply to the Constitutional Court for an
order declaring that all or part of an Act of Parliament is unconstitutional. (2) � An application—
(a) � must be supported by at least one third of the members of the National Assembly; and
(b) � must be made within 30 days of the date on which the President assented to and signed the Act.
(3) � The Constitutional Court may order that all or part of an Act that is the subject of an application in terms of subsection (1) has no force until the Court has decided the application if— (a) � the interests of justice require this; and (b) � the application has a reasonable prospect of success.
(4) � If an application is unsuccessful, and did not have a reasonable prospect of success,
46
the Constitutional Court may order the applicants to pay costs.
Publication of Acts 81. A Bill assented to and signed by the President becomes an Act of Parliament, must be
published promptly, and takes effect when published or on a date determined in terms of the Act.
Safekeeping of Acts of Parliament 82. The signed copy of an Act of Parliament is conclusive evidence of the provisions of that Act
and, after publication, must be entrusted to the Constitutional Court for safekeeping.
Chapter 4: Parliament
47
Chapter 5: The President and National Executive
CHAPTER 5 the pReSident And nAtionAl executiVe
The President 83. The President—
(a) � is the Head of State and head of the national executive; (b) � must uphold, defend and respect the Constitution as the supreme law
of the Republic; and (c) � promotes the unity of the nation and that which will advance the
Republic.
Powers and functions of President 84. � (1) The President has the powers entrusted by the Constitution and legislation,
including those necessary to perform the functions of Head of State and head of the national executive.
(2) The President is responsible for— (a) � assenting to and signing Bills; (b) � referring a Bill back to the National Assembly for reconsideration of the Bill’s
constitutionality; (c) � referring a Bill to the Constitutional Court for a decision on the Bill’s
constitutionality; (d) � summoning the National Assembly, the National Council of Provinces or
Parliament to an extraordinary sitting to conduct special business; (e) � making any appointments that the Constitution or legislation requires the
President to make, other than as head of the national executive; (f) � appointing commissions of inquiry; (g) � calling a national referendum in terms of an Act of Parliament; (h) � receiving and recognising foreign diplomatic and consular representatives; (i) � appointing ambassadors, plenipotentiaries, and diplomatic and consular
representatives; (j) � pardoning or reprieving offenders and remitting any fines, penalties or
forfeitures; and
48
(k) conferring honours.
[General Note: Honourable tributes instituted in Government Gazette 24155 of 6 December, 2002 and Government Gazette 25213 of 25 July, 2003.]
Executive authority of the Republic 85. (1) The executive authority of the Republic is vested in the President.
(2) The President exercises the executive authority, together with the other members of the Cabinet, by— (a) implementing national legislation except where the Constitution or an Act of
Parliament provides otherwise; (b) developing and implementing national policy; (c) co-ordinating the functions of state departments and administrations; (d) preparing and initiating legislation; and (e) performing any other executive function provided for in the Constitution or in
national legislation.
Election of President 86. (1) At its first sitting after its election, and whenever necessary to fill a vacancy, the
National Assembly must elect a woman or a man from among its members to be the President.
(2) The Chief Justice must preside over the election of the President, or designate another judge to do so. The procedure set out in Part A of Schedule 3 applies to the election of the President.
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 6 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(3) An election to fill a vacancy in the office of President must be held at a time and on a date determined by the Chief Justice, but not more than 30 days after the vacancy occurs.
[Sub-s. (3) substituted by s. 6 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Assumption of office by President 87. When elected President, a person ceases to be a member of the National Assembly and,
Chapter 5: The President and National Executive
49
Chapter 5: The President and National Executive
within five days, must assume office by swearing or affirming faithfulness to the Republic and obedience to the Constitution, in accordance with Schedule 2.
Term of office of President 88. � (1) The President’s term of office begins on assuming office and ends upon a vacancy
occurring or when the person next elected President assumes office. (2) � No person may hold office as President for more than two terms, but when a person
is elected to fill a vacancy in the office of President, the period between that election and the next election of a President is not regarded as a term.
Removal of President 89. � (1) The National Assembly, by a resolution adopted with a supporting vote of at least
two thirds of its members, may remove the President from office only on the grounds of— (a) a serious violation of the Constitution or the law; (b) serious misconduct; or (c) inability to perform the functions of office.
(2) � Anyone who has been removed from the office of President in terms of subsection (1)(a) or (b) may not receive any benefits of that office, and may not serve in any public office.
Acting President 90. � (1) When the President is absent from the Republic or otherwise unable to fulfil the
duties of President, or during a vacancy in the office of President, an office-bearer in the order below acts as President: (a) The Deputy President. (b) A Minister designated by the President. (c) A Minister designated by the other members of the Cabinet. (d) The Speaker, until the National Assembly designates one of its other members.
(2) � An Acting President has the responsibilities, powers and functions of the President. (3) � Before assuming the responsibilities, powers and functions of the President, the
Acting President must swear or affirm faithfulness to the Republic and obedience to
50
the Constitution, in accordance with Schedule 2. (4) A person who as Acting President has sworn or affirmed faithfulness to the Republic
need not repeat the swearing or affirming procedure for any subsequent term as Acting President during the period ending when the person next elected President assumes office.
[Sub-s. (4) added by s. 1 of the Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997]
Cabinet 91. (1) The Cabinet consists of the President, as head of the Cabinet, a Deputy President and
Ministers. (2) The President appoints the Deputy President and Ministers, assigns their powers
and functions, and may dismiss them. (3) The President—
(a) must select the Deputy President from among the members of the National Assembly;
(b) may select any number of Ministers from among the members of the Assembly; and
(c) may select no more than two Ministers from outside the Assembly. (4) The President must appoint a member of the Cabinet to be the leader of
government business in the National Assembly. (5) The Deputy President must assist the President in the execution of the functions of
government.
Accountability and responsibilities 92. (1) The Deputy President and Ministers are responsible for the powers and functions of
the executive assigned to them by the President. (2) Members of the Cabinet are accountable collectively and individually to Parliament
for the exercise of their powers and the performance of their functions. (3) Members of the Cabinet must—
(a) act in accordance with the Constitution; and (b) provide Parliament with full and regular reports concerning matters under
their control.
Chapter 5: The President and National Executive
51
Chapter 5: The President and National Executive
Deputy Ministers 93. (1) The President may appoint—
(a) � any number of Deputy Ministers from among the members of the National Assembly; and
(b) � no more than two Deputy Ministers from outside the Assembly, to assist the members of the Cabinet, and may dismiss them.
(2) � Deputy Ministers appointed in terms of subsection (1)(b) are accountable to Parliament for the exercise of their powers and the performance of their functions.
[S. 93 substituted by s. 7 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Continuation of Cabinet after elections 94. � When an election of the National Assembly is held, the Cabinet, the Deputy President,
Ministers and any Deputy Ministers remain competent to function until the person elected President by the next Assembly assumes office.
Oath or affirmation 95. � Before the Deputy President, Ministers and any Deputy Ministers begin to perform their
functions, they must swear or affirm faithfulness to the Republic and obedience to the Constitution, in accordance with Schedule 2.
Conduct of Cabinet members and Deputy Ministers 96. � (1) Members of the Cabinet and Deputy Ministers must act in accordance with a code of
ethics prescribed by national legislation. (2) � Members of the Cabinet and Deputy Ministers may not—
(a) � undertake any other paid work; (b) � act in any way that is inconsistent with their office, or expose themselves
to any situation involving the risk of a conflict between their official responsibilities and private interests; or
(c) � use their position or any information entrusted to them, to enrich themselves or improperly benefit any other person.
52
Transfer of functions 97. The President by proclamation may transfer to a member of the Cabinet—
(a) the administration of any legislation entrusted to another member; or (b) any power or function entrusted by legislation to another member.
Temporary assignment of functions 98. The President may assign to a Cabinet member any power or function of another member
who is absent from office or is unable to exercise that power or perform that function.
Assignment of functions 99. A Cabinet member may assign any power or function that is to be exercised or performed
in terms of an Act of Parliament to a member of a provincial Executive Council or to a Municipal Council. An assignment—
(a) must be in terms of an agreement between the relevant Cabinet member and the Executive Council member or Municipal Council;
(b) must be consistent with the Act of Parliament in terms of which the relevant power or function is exercised or performed; and
(c) takes effect upon proclamation by the President.
National intervention in provincial administration [Heading amended by s. 2(a) the Constitution Eleventh Amendment Act of 2003.]
100. (1) When a province cannot or does not fulfil an executive obligation in terms of the Constitution or legislation, the national executive may intervene by taking any appropriate steps to ensure fulfilment of that obligation, including— (a) issuing a directive to the provincial executive, describing the extent of the
failure to fulfil its obligations and stating any steps required to meet its obligations; and
(b) assuming responsibility for the relevant obligation in that province to the extent necessary to— (i) maintain essential national standards or meet established minimum
standards for the rendering of a service; (ii) maintain economic unity;
Chapter 5: The President and National Executive
53
Chapter 5: The President and National Executive
(iii) � maintain national security; or (iv) � prevent that province from taking unreasonable action that is prejudicial
to the interests of another province or to the country as a whole. [Sub-s. (1) amended by s. 2(b) of the Constitution Eleventh Amendment Act of 2003.]
(2) � If the national executive intervenes in a province in terms of subsection (1)(b)— (a) � it must submit a written notice of the intervention to the National Council of
Provinces within 14 days after the intervention began; (b) � the intervention must end if the Council disapproves the intervention within
180 days after the intervention began or by the end of that period has not approved the intervention; and
(c) � the Council must, while the intervention continues, review the intervention regularly and may make any appropriate recommendations to the national executive.
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 2(c) of the Constitution Eleventh Amendment Act of 2003.]
(3) � National legislation may regulate the process established by this section. [S. 100 amended by s. 2 of the Constitution Eleventh Amendment Act of 2003.]
Executive decisions 101. (1) A decision by the President must be in writing if it—
(a) � is taken in terms of legislation; or (b) � has legal consequences.
(2) � A written decision by the President must be countersigned by another Cabinet member if that decision concerns a function assigned to that other Cabinet member.
(3) � Proclamations, regulations and other instruments of subordinate legislation must be accessible to the public.
(4) � National legislation may specify the manner in which, and the extent to which, instruments mentioned in subsection (3) must be— (a) � tabled in Parliament; and (b) � approved by Parliament.
54
Motions of no confidence 102. (1) If the National Assembly, by a vote supported by a majority of its members, passes a
motion of no confidence in the Cabinet excluding the President, the President must reconstitute the Cabinet.
(2) If the National Assembly, by a vote supported by a majority of its members, passes a motion of no confidence in the President, the President and the other members of the Cabinet and any Deputy Ministers must resign.
Chapter 5: The President and National Executive
55
Chapter 6: Provinces
CHAPTER 6 pRoVinceS
Provinces 103. (1) The Republic has the following provinces:
(a) � Eastern Cape; (b) � Free State; (c) � Gauteng; (d) � KwaZulu-Natal; (e) � Limpopo; (f) � Mpumalanga; (g) � Northern Cape; (h) � North West; (i) Western Cape.
[Sub-s. (1) substituted by s. 3 of the Constitution Eleventh Amendment Act of 2003 and substituted by s. 1 of the Constitution Twelfth Amendment Act of 2005]
(2) The geographical areas of the respective provinces comprise the sum of the indicated geographical areas reflected in the various maps referred to in the Notice listed in Schedule 1A.
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 1 of the Constitution Twelfth Amendment Act of 2005.]
(3) � (a) Whenever the geographical area of a province is re-determined by an amendment to the Constitution, an Act of Parliament may provide for measures to regulate, within a reasonable time, the legal, practical and any other consequences of the re-determination.
(b) � An Act of Parliament envisaged in paragraph (a) may be enacted and implemented before such amendment to the Constitution takes effect, but any provincial functions, assets, rights, obligations, duties or liabilities may only be transferred in terms of that Act after that amendment to the Constitution takes effect.
[S.103 substituted by s. 1 of the Constitution Twelfth Amendment Act of 2005.]
56
provincial legislatures
Legislative authority of provinces 104. (1) The legislative authority of a province is vested in its provincial legislature, and
confers on the provincial legislature the power— (a) to pass a constitution for its province or to amend any constitution passed by it
in terms of sections 142 and 143; (b) to pass legislation for its province with regard to—
(i) any matter within a functional area listed in Schedule 4; (ii) any matter within a functional area listed in Schedule 5; (iii) any matter outside those functional areas, and that is expressly assigned
to the province by national legislation; and (iv) any matter for which a provision of the Constitution envisages the
enactment of provincial legislation; and (c) to assign any of its legislative powers to a Municipal Council in that province.
(2) The legislature of a province, by a resolution adopted with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of its members, may request Parliament to change the name of that province.
(3) A provincial legislature is bound only by the Constitution and, if it has passed a constitution for its province, also by that constitution, and must act in accordance with, and within the limits of, the Constitution and that provincial constitution.
(4) Provincial legislation with regard to a matter that is reasonably necessary for, or incidental to, the effective exercise of a power concerning any matter listed in Schedule 4, is for all purposes legislation with regard to a matter listed in Schedule 4.
(5) A provincial legislature may recommend to the National Assembly legislation concerning any matter outside the authority of that legislature, or in respect of which an Act of Parliament prevails over a provincial law.
Composition and election of provincial legislatures 105. (1) A a provincial legislature consists of women and men elected as members in terms
of an electoral system that— (a) is prescribed by national legislation;
Chapter 6: Provinces
57
Chapter 6: Provinces
(b) � is based on that province’s segment of the national common voters roll; (c) � provides for a minimum voting age of 18 years; and (d) � results, in general, in proportional representation.
[Sub-s. (1) amended by s. 3 of the Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003 and by s. 3 of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
(2) � A provincial legislature consists of between 30 and 80 members. The number of members, which may differ among the provinces, must be determined in terms of a formula prescribed by national legislation.
Membership 106. � (1) Every citizen who is qualified to vote for the National Assembly is eligible to be a
member of a provincial legislature, except— (a) � anyone who is appointed by, or is in the service of, the state and receives
remuneration for that appointment or service, other than— (i) � the Premier and other members of the Executive Council of a province;
and (ii) � other office-bearers whose functions are compatible with the functions
of a member of a provincial legislature, and have been declared compatible with those functions by national legislation;
(b) � members of the National Assembly, permanent delegates to the National Council of Provinces or members of a Municipal Council;
(c) � unrehabilitated insolvents; (d) � anyone declared to be of unsound mind by a court of the Republic; or (e) � anyone who, after this section took effect, is convicted of an offence and
sentenced to more than 12 months’ imprisonment without the option of a fine, either in the Republic, or outside the Republic if the conduct constituting the offence would have been an offence in the Republic, but no one may be regarded as having been sentenced until an appeal against the conviction or sentence has been determined, or until the time for an appeal has expired. A disqualification under this paragraph ends five years after the sentence has been completed.
(2) � A person who is not eligible to be a member of a provincial legislature in terms of subsection (1)(a) or (b) may be a candidate for the legislature, subject to any limits
58
or conditions established by national legislation. (3) A person loses membership of a provincial legislature if that person—
(a) ceases to be eligible; (b) is absent from the legislature without permission in circumstances for which
the rules and orders of the legislature prescribe loss of membership; or (c) ceases to be a member of the party that nominated that person as a member
of the legislature. [Sub-s. (3) substituted by s. 4 of the Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003 and by s. 4 of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
(4) Vacancies in a provincial legislature must be filled in terms of national legislation.
Oath or affirmation 107. Before members of a provincial legislature begin to perform their functions in the
legislature, they must swear or affirm faithfulness to the Republic and obedience to the Constitution, in accordance with Schedule 2.
Duration of provincial legislatures 108. (1) A provincial legislature is elected for a term of five years.
(2) If a provincial legislature is dissolved in terms of section 109, or when its term expires, the Premier of the province, by proclamation, must call and set dates for an election, which must be held within 90 days of the date the legislature was dissolved or its term expired. A proclamation calling and setting dates for an election may be issued before or after the expiry of the term of a provincial legislature.
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 1 of the Constitution Fourth Amendment Act of 1999.]
(3) If the result of an election of a provincial legislature is not declared within the period referred to in section 190, or if an election is set aside by a court, the President, by proclamation, must call and set dates for another election, which must be held within 90 days of the expiry of that period or of the date on which the election was set aside.
(4) A provincial legislature remains competent to function from the time it is dissolved or its term expires, until the day before the first day of polling for the next
Chapter 6: Provinces
59
Chapter 6: Provinces
legislature.
Dissolution of provincial legislatures before expiry of term 109. (1) � The Premier of a province must dissolve the provincial legislature if—
(a) � the legislature has adopted a resolution to dissolve with a supporting vote of a majority of its members; and
(b) � three years have passed since the legislature was elected. (2) � An Acting Premier must dissolve the provincial legislature if—
(a) � there is a vacancy in the office of Premier; and (b) � the legislature fails to elect a new Premier within 30 days after the vacancy
occurred.
Sittings and recess periods 110. � (1) After an election, the first sitting of a provincial legislature must take place at a time
and on a date determined by a judge designated by the Chief Justice, but not more than 14 days after the election result has been declared. A provincial legislature may determine the time and duration of its other sittings and its recess periods.
[Sub-s. (1) substituted by s. 8 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(2) � The Premier of a province may summon the provincial legislature to an extraordinary sitting at any time to conduct special business.
(3) � A provincial legislature may determine where it ordinarily will sit.
Speakers and Deputy Speakers 111. � (1) At the first sitting after its election, or when necessary to fill a vacancy, a provincial
legislature must elect a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker from among its members. (2) � A judge designated by the Chief Justice must preside over the election of a Speaker.
The Speaker presides over the election of a Deputy Speaker. [Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 9 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(3) � The procedure set out in Part A of Schedule 3 applies to the election of Speakers and Deputy Speakers. �
(4) � A provincial legislature may remove its Speaker or Deputy Speaker from office by resolution. A majority of the members of the legislature must be present when the
Chapter 6: Provinces
resolution is adopted. (5) � In terms of its rules and orders, a provincial legislature may elect from among its
members other presiding officers to assist the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker.
Decisions 112. (1) Except where the Constitution provides otherwise—
(a) � a majority of the members of a provincial legislature must be present before a vote may be taken on a Bill or an amendment to a Bill;
(b) � at least one third of the members must be present before a vote may be taken on any other question before the legislature; and
(c) � all questions before a provincial legislature are decided by a majority of the votes cast.
(2) � The member presiding at a meeting of a provincial legislature has no deliberative vote, but— (a) � must cast a deciding vote when there is an equal number of votes on each side
of a question; and (b) � may cast a deliberative vote when a question must be decided with a
supporting vote of at least two thirds of the members of the legislature.
Permanent delegates’ rights in provincial legislatures 113. � A province’s permanent delegates to the National Council of Provinces may attend, and
may speak in, their provincial legislature and its committees, but may not vote. The legislature may require a permanent delegate to attend the legislature or its committees.
Powers of provincial legislatures 114. (1) In exercising its legislative power, a provincial legislature may—
(a) � consider, pass, amend or reject any Bill before the legislature; and (b) � initiate or prepare legislation, except money Bills.
(2) A provincial legislature must provide for mechanisms— (a) � to ensure that all provincial executive organs of state in the province are
accountable to it; and (b) � to maintain oversight of—
(i) � the exercise of provincial executive authority in the province, including
60
61
Chapter 6: Provinces
the implementation of legislation; and (ii) � any provincial organ of state.
Evidence or information before provincial legislatures 115. A provincial legislature or any of its committees may—
(a) � summon any person to appear before it to give evidence on oath or affirmation, or to produce documents;
(b) � require any person or provincial institution to report to it; (c) � compel, in terms of provincial legislation or the rules and orders, any
person or institution to comply with a summons or requirement in terms of paragraph (a) or (b); and
(d) � receive petitions, representations or submissions from any interested persons or institutions.
Internal arrangements, proceedings and procedures of provincial legislatures 116. (1) A provincial legislature may—
(a) � determine and control its internal arrangements, proceedings and procedures; and
(b) � make rules and orders concerning its business, with due regard to representative and participatory democracy, accountability, transparency and public involvement.
(2) The rules and orders of a provincial legislature must provide for— (a) � the establishment, composition, powers, functions, procedures and duration of
its committees; (b) � the participation in the proceedings of the legislature and its committees of
minority parties represented in the legislature, in a manner consistent with democracy;
(c) financial and administrative assistance to each party represented in the legislature, in proportion to its representation, to enable the party and its leader to perform their functions in the legislature effectively; and
(d) � the recognition of the leader of the largest opposition party in the legislature, as the Leader of the Opposition.
62
Privilege 117. (1) Members of a provincial legislature and the province’s permanent delegates to the
National Council of Provinces— (a) have freedom of speech in the legislature and in its committees, subject to its
rules and orders; and (b) are not liable to civil or criminal proceedings, arrest, imprisonment or damages
for— (i) anything that they have said in, produced before or submitted to the
legislature or any of its committees; or (ii) anything revealed as a result of anything that they have said in,
produced before or submitted to the legislature or any of its committees. (2) Other privileges and immunities of a provincial legislature and its members may be
prescribed by national legislation. (3) Salaries, allowances and benefits payable to members of a provincial legislature are
a direct charge against the Provincial Revenue Fund.
Public access to and involvement in provincial legislatures 118. (1) A provincial legislature must—
(a) facilitate public involvement in the legislative and other processes of the legislature and its committees; and
(b) conduct its business in an open manner, and hold its sittings, and those of its committees, in public, but reasonable measures may be taken— (i) to regulate public access, including access of the media, to the legislature
and its committees; and (ii) to provide for the searching of any person and, where appropriate, the
refusal of entry to, or the removal of, any person. (2) A provincial legislature may not exclude the public, including the media, from a
sitting of a committee unless it is reasonable and justifiable to do so in an open and democratic society.
Introduction of Bills 119. Only members of the Executive Council of a province or a committee or member of a
provincial legislature may introduce a Bill in the legislature; but only the member of the
Chapter 6: Provinces
63
Chapter 6: Provinces
Executive Council who is responsible for financial matters in the province may introduce a money Bill in the legislature.
Money Bills 120. (1) A Bill is a money Bill if it—
(a) � appropriates money; (b) � imposes provincial taxes, levies, duties or surcharges; (c) � abolishes or reduces, or grants exemptions from, any provincial taxes, levies,
duties or surcharges; or (d) � authorises direct charges against a Provincial Revenue Fund.
(2) A money Bill may not deal with any other matter except— (a) � a subordinate matter incidental to the appropriation of money; (b) � the imposition, abolition or reduction of provincial taxes, levies, duties or
surcharges; (c) � the granting of exemption from provincial taxes, levies, duties or surcharges; or (d) � the authorisation of direct charges against a Provincial Revenue Fund.
(3) � A provincial Act must provide for a procedure by which the province’s legislature may amend a money Bill.
[S. 120 substituted by s. 3 of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
Assent to Bills 121. � (1) The Premier of a province must either assent to and sign a Bill passed by the
provincial legislature in terms of this Chapter or, if the Premier has reservations about the constitutionality of the Bill, refer it back to the legislature for reconsideration.
(2) If, after reconsideration, a Bill fully accommodates the Premier’s reservations, the Premier must assent to and sign the Bill; if not, the Premier must either— (a) � assent to and sign the Bill; or (b) � refer it to the Constitutional Court for a decision on its constitutionality.
(3) � If the Constitutional Court decides that the Bill is constitutional, the Premier must assent to and sign it.
64
Application by members to Constitutional Court 122. (1) Members of a provincial legislature may apply to the Constitutional Court for an
order declaring that all or part of a provincial Act is unconstitutional. (2) An application—
(a) must be supported by at least 20 per cent of the members of the legislature; and
(b) must be made within 30 days of the date on which the Premier assented to and signed the Act.
(3) The Constitutional Court may order that all or part of an Act that is the subject of an application in terms of subsection (1) has no force until the Court has decided the application if— (a) the interests of justice require this; and (b) the application has a reasonable prospect of success.
(4) If an application is unsuccessful, and did not have a reasonable prospect of success, the Constitutional Court may order the applicants to pay costs.
Publication of provincial Acts 123. A Bill assented to and signed by the Premier of a province becomes a provincial Act, must
be published promptly and takes effect when published or on a date determined in terms of the Act.
Safekeeping of provincial Acts 124. The signed copy of a provincial Act is conclusive evidence of the provisions of that Act and,
after publication, must be entrusted to the Constitutional Court for safekeeping.
provincial executives
Executive authority of provinces 125. (1) The executive authority of a province is vested in the Premier of that province.
(2) The Premier exercises the executive authority, together with the other members of the Executive Council, by— (a) implementing provincial legislation in the province;
Chapter 6: Provinces
65
Chapter 6: Provinces
(b) � implementing all national legislation within the functional areas listed in Schedule 4 or 5 except where the Constitution or an Act of Parliament provides otherwise;
(c) � administering in the province, national legislation outside the functional areas listed in Schedules 4 and 5, the administration of which has been assigned to the provincial executive in terms of an Act of Parliament;
(d) � developing and implementing provincial policy; (e) � co-ordinating the functions of the provincial administration and its
departments; (f) � preparing and initiating provincial legislation; and (g) � performing any other function assigned to the provincial executive in terms of
the Constitution or an Act of Parliament. (3) � A province has executive authority in terms of subsection (2)(b) only to the extent
that the province has the administrative capacity to assume effective responsibility. The national government, by legislative and other measures, must assist provinces to develop the administrative capacity required for the effective exercise of their powers and performance of their functions referred to in subsection (2).
(4) � Any dispute concerning the administrative capacity of a province in regard to any function must be referred to the National Council of Provinces for resolution within 30 days of the date of the referral to the Council.
(5) � Subject to section 100, the implementation of provincial legislation in a province is an exclusive provincial executive power.
(6) � The provincial executive must act in accordance with— (a) � the Constitution; and (b) � the provincial constitution, if a constitution has been passed for the province.
Assignment of functions 126. � A member of the Executive Council of a province may assign any power or function that
is to be exercised or performed in terms of an Act of Parliament or a provincial Act, to a Municipal Council. An assignment—
(a) � must be in terms of an agreement between the relevant Executive Council member and the Municipal Council;
(b) � must be consistent with the Act in terms of which the relevant power or
66
function is exercised or performed; and (c) takes effect upon proclamation by the Premier.
Powers and functions of Premiers 127. (1) The Premier of a province has the powers and functions entrusted to that office by
the Constitution and any legislation. (2) The Premier of a province is responsible for—
(a) assenting to and signing Bills; (b) referring a Bill back to the provincial legislature for reconsideration of the Bill’s
constitutionality; (c) referring a Bill to the Constitutional Court for a decision on the Bill’s
constitutionality; (d) summoning the legislature to an extraordinary sitting to conduct special
business; (e) appointing commissions of inquiry; and (f) calling a referendum in the province in accordance with national legislation.
Election of Premiers 128. (1) At its first sitting after its election, and whenever necessary to fill a vacancy, a
provincial legislature must elect a woman or a man from among its members to be the Premier of the province.
(2) A judge designated by the Chief Justice must preside over the election of the Premier. The procedure set out in Part A of Schedule 3 applies to the election of the Premier.
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 10 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(3) An election to fill a vacancy in the office of Premier must be held at a time and on a date determined by the Chief Justice, but not later than 30 days after the vacancy occurs.
[Sub-s. (3) substituted by s. 10 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Assumption of office by Premiers 129. A Premier-elect must assume office within five days of being elected, by swearing or
Chapter 6: Provinces
67
Chapter 6: Provinces
affirming faithfulness to the Republic and obedience to the Constitution, in accordance with Schedule 2.
Term of office and removal of Premiers 130. � (1) A Premier’s term of office begins when the Premier assumes office and ends upon a
vacancy occurring or when the person next elected Premier assumes office. (2) � No person may hold office as Premier for more than two terms, but when a person
is elected to fill a vacancy in the office of Premier, the period between that election and the next election of a Premier is not regarded as a term.
(3) � The legislature of a province, by a resolution adopted with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of its members, may remove the Premier from office only on the grounds of— (a) � a serious violation of the Constitution or the law; (b) � serious misconduct; or (c) � inability to perform the functions of office.
(4) � Anyone who has been removed from the office of Premier in terms of subsection (3) (a) or (b) may not receive any benefits of that office, and may not serve in any public office.
Acting Premiers 131. � (1) When the Premier is absent or otherwise unable to fulfil the duties of the office of
Premier, or during a vacancy in the office of Premier, an office-bearer in the order below acts as the Premier: (a) � A member of the Executive Council designated by the Premier. (b) � A member of the Executive Council designated by the other members of the
Council. (c) � The Speaker, until the legislature designates one of its other members.
(2) � An Acting Premier has the responsibilities, powers and functions of the Premier. (3) � Before assuming the responsibilities, powers and functions of the Premier, the
Acting Premier must swear or affirm faithfulness to the Republic and obedience to the Constitution, in accordance with Schedule 2.
68
Executive Councils 132. (1) The Executive Council of a province consists of the Premier, as head of the Council,
and no fewer than five and no more than ten members appointed by the Premier from among the members of the provincial legislature.
(2) The Premier of a province appoints the members of the Executive Council, assigns their powers and functions, and may dismiss them.
Accountability and responsibilities 133. (1) The members of the Executive Council of a province are responsible for the functions
of the executive assigned to them by the Premier. (2) Members of the Executive Council of a province are accountable collectively and
individually to the legislature for the exercise of their powers and the performance of their functions.
(3) Members of the Executive Council of a province must— (a) act in accordance with the Constitution and, if a provincial constitution has
been passed for the province, also that constitution; and (b) provide the legislature with full and regular reports concerning matters under
their control.
Continuation of Executive Councils after elections 134. When an election of a provincial legislature is held, the Executive Council and its members
remain competent to function until the person elected Premier by the next legislature assumes office.
Oath or affirmation 135. Before members of the Executive Council of a province begin to perform their functions,
they must swear or affirm faithfulness to the Republic and obedience to the Constitution, in accordance with Schedule 2.
Conduct of members of Executive Councils 136. (1) Members of the Executive Council of a province must act in accordance with a code
of ethics prescribed by national legislation.
Chapter 6: Provinces
69
Chapter 6: Provinces
(2) Members of the Executive Council of a province may not— (a) � undertake any other paid work; (b) � act in any way that is inconsistent with their office, or expose themselves
to any situation involving the risk of a conflict between their official responsibilities and private interests; or
(c) � use their position or any information entrusted to them, to enrich themselves or improperly benefit any other person.
Transfer of functions 137. � The Premier by proclamation may transfer to a member of the Executive Council—
(a) the administration of any legislation entrusted to another member; or (b) any power or function entrusted by legislation to another member.
Temporary assignment of functions 138. � The Premier of a province may assign to a member of the Executive Council any power or
function of another member who is absent from office or is unable to exercise that power or perform that function.
Provincial intervention in local government 139. � (1) When a municipality cannot or does not fulfil an executive obligation in terms of the
Constitution or legislation, the relevant provincial executive may intervene by taking any appropriate steps to ensure fulfilment of that obligation, including— (a) � issuing a directive to the Municipal Council, describing the extent of the failure
to fulfil its obligations and stating any steps required to meet its obligations; (b) � assuming responsibility for the relevant obligation in that municipality to the
extent necessary to — (i) � maintain essential national standards or meet established minimum
standards for the rendering of a service; (ii) � prevent that Municipal Council from taking unreasonable action that is
prejudicial to the interests of another municipality or to the province as a whole; or
(iii) � maintain economic unity; or (c) dissolving the Municipal Council and appointing an administrator until a
Chapter 6: Provinces
newly elected Municipal Council has been declared elected, if exceptional circumstances warrant such a step.
(2) � If a provincial executive intervenes in a municipality in terms of subsection (1)(b)— (a) � it must submit a written notice of the intervention to—
(i) � the Cabinet member responsible for local government affairs; and (ii) � the relevant provincial legislature and the National Council of Provinces,
within 14 days after the intervention began; (b) � the intervention must end if—
(i) � the Cabinet member responsible for local government affairs disapproves the intervention within 28 days after the intervention began or by the end of that period has not approved the intervention; or
(ii) � the Council disapproves the intervention within 180 days after the intervention began or by the end of that period has not approved the intervention; and
(c) � the Council must, while the intervention continues, review the intervention regularly and may make any appropriate recommendations to the provincial executive.
(3) � If a Municipal Council is dissolved in terms of subsection (1)(c)— (a) � the provincial executive must immediately submit a written notice of the
dissolution to— (i) � the Cabinet member responsible for local government affairs; and (ii) � the relevant provincial legislature and the National Council of Provinces;
and (b) � the dissolution takes effect 14 days from the date of receipt of the notice by
the Council unless set aside by that Cabinet member or the Council before the expiry of those 14 days.
(4) � If a municipality cannot or does not fulfil an obligation in terms of the Constitution or legislation to approve a budget or any revenue-raising measures necessary to give effect to the budget, the relevant provincial executive must intervene by taking any appropriate steps to ensure that the budget or those revenue-raising measures are approved, including dissolving the Municipal Council and— (a) � appointing an administrator until a newly elected Municipal Council has been
declared elected; and (b) � approving a temporary budget or revenue-raising measures to provide for the
70
71
Chapter 6: Provinces
continued functioning of the municipality. (5) � If a municipality, as a result of a crisis in its financial affairs, is in serious or persistent
material breach of its obligations to provide basic services or to meet its financial commitments, or admits that it is unable to meet its obligations or financial commitments, the relevant provincial executive must— (a) � impose a recovery plan aimed at securing the municipality’s ability to meet its
obligations to provide basic services or its financial commitments, which— (i) � is to be prepared in accordance with national legislation; and (ii) � binds the municipality in the exercise of its legislative and executive
authority, but only to the extent necessary to solve the crisis in its financial affairs; and
(b) � dissolve the Municipal Council, if the municipality cannot or does not approve legislative measures, including a budget or any revenue-raising measures, necessary to give effect to the recovery plan, and— (i) � appoint an administrator until a newly elected Municipal Council has
been declared elected; and (ii) � approve a temporary budget or revenue-raising measures or any other
measures giving effect to the recovery plan to provide for the continued functioning of the municipality; or
(c) � if the Municipal Council is not dissolved in terms of paragraph (b), assume responsibility for the implementation of the recovery plan to the extent that the municipality cannot or does not otherwise implement the recovery plan.
(6) � If a provincial executive intervenes in a municipality in terms of subsection (4) or (5), it must submit a written notice of the intervention to— (a) � the Cabinet member responsible for local government affairs; and (b) � the relevant provincial legislature and the National Council of Provinces, within
seven days after the intervention began. (7) � If a provincial executive cannot or does not or does not adequately exercise the
powers or perform the functions referred to in subsection (4) or (5), the national executive must intervene in terms of subsection (4) or (5) in the stead of the relevant provincial executive.
(8) � National legislation may regulate the implementation of this section, including the processes established by this section.
72
[S. 139 substituted by s. 4 of the Constitution Eleventh Amendment Act of 2003.]
Executive decisions 140. (1) A decision by the Premier of a province must be in writing if it—
(a) is taken in terms of legislation; or (b) has legal consequences.
(2) A written decision by the Premier must be countersigned by another Executive Council member if that decision concerns a function assigned to that other member.
(3) Proclamations, regulations and other instruments of subordinate legislation of a province must be accessible to the public.
(4) Provincial legislation may specify the manner in which, and the extent to which, instruments mentioned in subsection (3) must be— (a) tabled in the provincial legislature; and (b) approved by the provincial legislature.
Motions of no confidence 141. (1) If a provincial legislature, by a vote supported by a majority of its members, passes
a motion of no confidence in the province’s Executive Council excluding the Premier, the Premier must reconstitute the Council.
(2) If a provincial legislature, by a vote supported by a majority of its members, passes a motion of no confidence in the Premier, the Premier and the other members of the Executive Council must resign.
provincial constitutions
Adoption of provincial constitutions 142. A provincial legislature may pass a constitution for the province or, where applicable,
amend its constitution, if at least two thirds of its members vote in favour of the Bill.
Contents of provincial constitutions 143. (1) A provincial constitution, or constitutional amendment, must not be inconsistent
with this Constitution, but may provide for—
Chapter 6: Provinces
73
Chapter 6: Provinces
(a) � provincial legislative or executive structures and procedures that differ from those provided for in this Chapter; or
(b) � the institution, role, authority and status of a traditional monarch, where applicable.
(2) � Provisions included in a provincial constitution or constitutional amendment in terms of paragraphs (a) or (b) of subsection (1)—
(a) must comply with the values in section 1 and with Chapter 3; and (b) may not confer on the province any power or function that falls—
(i) � outside the area of provincial competence in terms of Schedules 4 and 5; or
(ii) � outside the powers and functions conferred on the province by other sections of the Constitution.
Certification of provincial constitutions 144. � (1) If a provincial legislature has passed or amended a constitution, the Speaker of the
legislature must submit the text of the constitution or constitutional amendment to the Constitutional Court for certification.
(2) No text of a provincial constitution or constitutional amendment becomes law until the Constitutional Court has certified— (a) � that the text has been passed in accordance with section 142; and (b) � that the whole text complies with section 143.
Signing, publication and safekeeping of provincial constitutions 145. � (1) The Premier of a province must assent to and sign the text of a provincial
constitution or constitutional amendment that has been certified by the Constitutional Court.
(2) � The text assented to and signed by the Premier must be published in the national Government Gazette and takes effect on publication or on a later date determined in terms of that constitution or amendment.
(3) � The signed text of a provincial constitution or constitutional amendment is conclusive evidence of its provisions and, after publication, must be entrusted to the Constitutional Court for safekeeping.
74
conflicting laws
Conflicts between national and provincial legislation 146. (1) This section applies to a conflict between national legislation and provincial
legislation falling within a functional area listed in Schedule 4. (2) National legislation that applies uniformly with regard to the country as a whole
prevails over provincial legislation if any of the following conditions is met: (a) The national legislation deals with a matter that cannot be regulated
effectively by legislation enacted by the respective provinces individually. (b) The national legislation deals with a matter that, to be dealt with effectively,
requires uniformity across the nation, and the national legislation provides that uniformity by establishing— (i) norms and standards; (ii) frameworks; or (iii) national policies.
(c) The national legislation is necessary for— (i) the maintenance of national security; (ii) the maintenance of economic unity; (iii) the protection of the common market in respect of the mobility of goods,
services, capital and labour; (iv) the promotion of economic activities across provincial boundaries; (v) the promotion of equal opportunity or equal access to government
services; or (vi) the protection of the environment.
(3) National legislation prevails over provincial legislation if the national legislation is aimed at preventing unreasonable action by a province that— (a) is prejudicial to the economic, health or security interests of another province
or the country as a whole; or (b) impedes the implementation of national economic policy.
(4) When there is a dispute concerning whether national legislation is necessary for a purpose set out in subsection (2)(c) and that dispute comes before a court for resolution, the court must have due regard to the approval or the rejection of the legislation by the National Council of Provinces.
Chapter 6: Provinces
75
Chapter 6: Provinces
(5) � Provincial legislation prevails over national legislation if subsection (2) or (3) does not apply.
(6) � A law made in terms of an Act of Parliament or a provincial Act can prevail only if that law has been approved by the National Council of Provinces.
(7) � If the National Council of Provinces does not reach a decision within 30 days of its first sitting after a law was referred to it, that law must be considered for all purposes to have been approved by the Council.
(8) � If the National Council of Provinces does not approve a law referred to in subsection (6), it must, within 30 days of its decision, forward reasons for not approving the law to the authority that referred the law to it.
Other conflicts 147. � (1) If there is a conflict between national legislation and a provision of a provincial
constitution with regard to— (a) � a matter concerning which this Constitution specifically requires
or envisages the enactment of national legislation, the national legislation prevails over the affected provision of the provincial constitution;
(b) � national legislative intervention in terms of section 44 (2), the national legislation prevails over the provision of the provincial constitution; or
(c) � a matter within a functional area listed in Schedule 4, section 146 applies as if the affected provision of the provincial constitution were provincial legislation referred to in that section.
(2) � National legislation referred to in section 44(2) prevails over provincial legislation in respect of matters within the functional areas listed in Schedule 5.
Conflicts that cannot be resolved 148. � If a dispute concerning a conflict cannot be resolved by a court, the national legislation
prevails over the provincial legislation or provincial constitution.
Status of legislation that does not prevail 149. � A decision by a court that legislation prevails over other legislation does not invalidate that
other legislation, but that other legislation becomes inoperative for as long as the conflict
76
remains.
Interpretation of conflicts 150. When considering an apparent conflict between national and provincial legislation, or
between national legislation and a provincial constitution, every court must prefer any reasonable interpretation of the legislation or constitution that avoids a conflict, over any alternative interpretation that results in a conflict.
Chapter 6: Provinces
77
Chapter 7: Local Government
CHAPTER 7 locAl GoVeRnment
Status of municipalities 151. � (1) The local sphere of government consists of municipalities, which must be
established for the whole of the territory of the Republic. (2) � The executive and legislative authority of a municipality is vested in its Municipal
Council. (3) � A municipality has the right to govern, on its own initiative, the local
government affairs of its community, subject to national and provincial legislation, as provided for in the Constitution.
(4) � The national or a provincial government may not compromise or impede a municipality’s ability or right to exercise its powers or perform its functions.
Objects of local government 152. (1) � The objects of local government are—
(a) � to provide democratic and accountable government for local communities; (b) � to ensure the provision of services to communities in a sustainable manner; (c) � to promote social and economic development; (d) � to promote a safe and healthy environment; and (e) � to encourage the involvement of communities and community organisations
in the matters of local government. (2) A municipality must strive, within its financial and administrative capacity, to
achieve the objects set out in subsection (1).
Developmental duties of municipalities 153. A municipality must—
(a) � structure and manage its administration and budgeting and planning processes to give priority to the basic needs of the community, and to promote the social and economic development of the community; and
(b) � participate in national and provincial development programmes.
78
Municipalities in co-operative government 154. (1) The national government and provincial governments, by legislative and other
measures, must support and strengthen the capacity of municipalities to manage their own affairs, to exercise their powers and to perform their functions.
(2) Draft national or provincial legislation that affects the status, institutions, powers or functions of local government must be published for public comment before it is introduced in Parliament or a provincial legislature, in a manner that allows organised local government, municipalities and other interested persons an opportunity to make representations with regard to the draft legislation.
Establishment of municipalities 155. (1) There are the following categories of municipality:
(a) Category A: A municipality that has exclusive municipal executive and legislative authority in its area.
(b) Category B: A municipality that shares municipal executive and legislative authority in its area with a category C municipality within whose area it falls.
(c) Category C: A municipality that has municipal executive and legislative authority in an area that includes more than one municipality.
(2) National legislation must define the different types of municipality that may be established within each category.
(3) National legislation must— (a) establish the criteria for determining when an area should have a single
category A municipality or when it should have municipalities of both category B and category C;
(b) establish criteria and procedures for the determination of municipal boundaries by an independent authority; and
(c) subject to section 229, make provision for an appropriate division of powers and functions between municipalities when an area has municipalities of both category B and category C. A division of powers and functions between a category B municipality and a category C municipality may differ from the division of powers and functions between another category B municipality and that category C municipality.
(4) The legislation referred to in subsection (3) must take into account the need to
Chapter 7: Local Government
79
Chapter 7: Local Government
provide municipal services in an equitable and sustainable manner. (5) � Provincial legislation must determine the different types of municipality to be
established in the province. (6) � Each provincial government must establish municipalities in its province in a
manner consistent with the legislation enacted in terms of subsections (2) and (3) and, by legislative or other measures, must— (a) � provide for the monitoring and support of local government in the province;
and (b) � promote the development of local government capacity to enable
municipalities to perform their functions and manage their own affairs. (6A) ...... [Sub-s. (6A) inserted by s. 1 of the Constitution Third Amendment Act of 1998 and deleted by s. 2 of the Constitution Twelfth Amendment Act of 2005.]
(7) � The national government, subject to section 44, and the provincial governments have the legislative and executive authority to see to the effective performance by municipalities of their functions in respect of matters listed in Schedules 4 and 5, by regulating the exercise by municipalities of their executive authority referred to in section 156(1).
Powers and functions of municipalities 156. � (1) A municipality has executive authority in respect of, and has the right to
administer— (a) � the local government matters listed in Part B of Schedule 4 and Part B of
Schedule 5; and (b) � any other matter assigned to it by national or provincial legislation.
(2) � A municipality may make and administer by-laws for the effective administration of the matters which it has the right to administer.
(3) � Subject to section 151(4), a by-law that conflicts with national or provincial legislation is invalid. If there is a conflict between a bylaw and national or provincial legislation that is inoperative because of a conflict referred to in section 149, the by-law must be regarded as valid for as long as that legislation is inoperative.
(4) � The national government and provincial governments must assign to a municipality,
Chapter 7: Local Government
by agreement and subject to any conditions, the administration of a matter listed in Part A of Schedule 4 or Part A of Schedule 5 which necessarily relates to local government, if— (a) � that matter would most effectively be administered locally; and (b) � the municipality has the capacity to administer it.
(5) � A municipality has the right to exercise any power concerning a matter reasonably necessary for, or incidental to, the effective performance of its functions.
Composition and election of Municipal Councils 157. (1) A Municipal Council consists of—
(a) members elected in accordance with subsections (2) and (3); or (b) if provided for by national legislation—
(i) � members appointed by other Municipal Councils to represent those other Councils; or
(ii) both members elected in accordance with paragraph (a) and members appointed in accordance with subparagraph (i) of this paragraph.
[Sub-s. (1) substituted by s. 1 (a) of the Constitution Eighth Amendment Act of 2002 and by s. 3 of the Constitution Fifteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
(2) � The election of members to a Municipal Council as anticipated in subsection (1)(a) must be in accordance with national legislation, which must prescribe a system— (a) of proportional representation based on that municipality’s segment of the
national common voters roll, and which provides for the election of members from lists of party candidates drawn up in a party’s order of preference; or
(b) of proportional representation as described in paragraph (a) combined with a system of ward representation based on that municipality’s segment of the national common voters roll.
(3) � An electoral system in terms of subsection (2) must result, in general, in proportional representation.
[Sub-s. (3) substituted by s. 1(b) of the Constitution Eighth Amendment Act of 2002.]
(4) � (a) If the electoral system includes ward representation, the delimitation of wards must be done by an independent authority appointed in terms of, and operating according to, procedures and criteria prescribed by national
80
81
Chapter 7: Local Government
legislation. (b) …… �
Para. (b) deleted by s. 3 of the Constitution Twelfth Amendment Act of 2005.] �
[Sub-s. (4) substituted by s. 2 of the Constitution Third Amendment Act of 1998.
(5) � A person may vote in a municipality only if that person is registered on that municipality’s segment of the national common voters roll.
(6) � The national legislation referred to in subsection (1)(b) must establish a system that allows for parties and interests reflected within the Municipal Council making the appointment, to be fairly represented in the Municipal Council to which the appointment is made.
Membership of Municipal Councils 158. � (1) Every citizen who is qualified to vote for a Municipal Council is eligible to be a
member of that Council, except— (a) anyone who is appointed by, or is in the service of, the municipality and
receives remuneration for that appointment or service, and who has not been exempted from this disqualification in terms of national legislation;
(b) anyone who is appointed by, or is in the service of, the state in another sphere, and receives remuneration for that appointment or service, and who has been disqualified from membership of a Municipal Council in terms of national legislation;
(c) anyone who is disqualified from voting for the National Assembly or is disqualified in terms of section 47(1)(c), (d) or (e) from being a member of the Assembly;
(d) � a member of the National Assembly, a delegate to the National Council of Provinces or a member of a provincial legislature; but this disqualification does not apply to a member of a Municipal Council representing local government in the National Council; or
(e) a member of another Municipal Council; but this disqualification does not apply to a member of a Municipal Council representing that Council in another Municipal Council of a different category.
(2) A person who is not eligible to be a member of a Municipal Council in terms of
82
subsection (1)(a), (b), (d) or (e) may be a candidate for the Council, subject to any limits or conditions established by national legislation.
(3) Vacancies in a Municipal Council must be filled in terms of national legislation. [Sub-s. (3) added by s. 4 of the Constitution Fifteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
Terms of Municipal Councils 159. (1) The term of a Municipal Council may be no more than five years, as
determined by national legislation. (2) If a Municipal Council is dissolved in terms of national legislation, or when its
term expires, an election must be held within 90 days of the date that Council was dissolved or its term expired.
(3) A Municipal Council, other than a Council that has been dissolved following an intervention in terms of section 139, remains competent to function from the time it is dissolved or its term expires, until the newly elected Council has been declared elected.
[S. 159 substituted by s. 1 of the Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998.]
Internal procedures 160. (1) A Municipal Council –
(a) makes decisions concerning the exercise of all the powers and the performance of all the functions of the municipality;
(b) must elect its chairperson; (c) may elect an executive committee and other committees, subject to national
legislation; and (d) may employ personnel that are necessary for the effective performance of its
functions. (2) The following functions may not be delegated by a Municipal Council:
(a) The passing of by-laws; (b) the approval of budgets; (c) the imposition of rates and other taxes, levies and duties; and (d) the raising of loans.
(3) (a) A majority of the members of a Municipal Council must be present before a
Chapter 7: Local Government
83
Chapter 7: Local Government
vote may be taken on any matter. (b) All questions concerning matters mentioned in subsection (2) are determined
by a decision taken by a Municipal Council with a supporting vote of a majority of its members.
(c) All other questions before a Municipal Council are decided by a majority of the votes cast.
(4) � No by-law may be passed by a Municipal Council unless— (a) all the members of the Council have been given reasonable notice; and (b) the proposed by-law has been published for public comment.
(5) � National legislation may provide criteria for determining— (a) the size of a Municipal Council; (b) whether Municipal Councils may elect an executive committee or any other
committee; or (c) the size of the executive committee or any other committee of a Municipal
Council. (6) A Municipal Council may make by-laws which prescribe rules and orders for—
(a) its internal arrangements; (b) its business and proceedings; and (c) the establishment, composition, procedures, powers and functions of its
committees. (7) � A Municipal Council must conduct its business in an open manner, and may close
its sittings, or those of its committees, only when it is reasonable to do so having regard to the nature of the business being transacted.
(8) � Members of a Municipal Council are entitled to participate in its proceedings and those of its committees in a manner that— (a) allows parties and interests reflected within the Council to be fairly
represented; (b) is consistent with democracy; and (c) may be regulated by national legislation.
Privilege 161. � Provincial legislation within the framework of national legislation may provide for
privileges and immunities of Municipal Councils and their members.
84
Publication of municipal by-laws 162. (1) A municipal by-law may be enforced only after it has been published in the official
gazette of the relevant province. (2) A provincial official gazette must publish a municipal by-law upon request by the
municipality. (3) Municipal by-laws must be accessible to the public.
Organised local government 163. An Act of Parliament enacted in accordance with the procedure established by section 76
must— (a) provide for the recognition of national and provincial organisations
representing municipalities; and (b) determine procedures by which local government may—
(i) consult with the national or a provincial government; (ii) designate representatives to participate in the National Council of
Provinces; and (iii) participate in the process prescribed in the national legislation envisaged
in section 221(1)(c). [S. 163(b) substituted by s. 4 of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
Other matters 164. Any matter concerning local government not dealt with in the Constitution may be
prescribed by national legislation or by provincial legislation within the framework of national legislation.
Chapter 7: Local Government
85
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
CHAPTER 8 couRtS And AdminiStRAtion of JuStice
Judicial authority 165. (1) The judicial authority of the Republic is vested in the courts.
(2) The courts are independent and subject only to the Constitution and the law, which they must apply impartially and without fear, favour or prejudice.
(3) � No person or organ of state may interfere with the functioning of the courts.
(4) � Organs of state, through legislative and other measures, must assist and protect the courts to ensure the independence, impartiality, dignity, accessibility and effectiveness of the courts.
(5) � An order or decision issued by a court binds all persons to whom and organs of state to which it applies.
(6) � The Chief Justice is the head of the judiciary and exercises responsibility over the establishment and monitoring of norms and standards for the exercise of the judicial functions of all courts.
[Sub-s (6) added by s. 1 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
Judicial system 166. The courts are—
(a) the Constitutional Court; (b) � the Supreme Court of Appeal; (c) the High Court of South Africa, and any high court of appeal that may be established
by an Act of Parliament to hear appeals from any court of a status similar to the High Court of South Africa;
(d) the Magistrates’ Courts; and (e) any other court established or recognised in terms of an Act of Parliament,
including any court of a status similar to either the High Court of South Africa or the Magistrates’ Courts.
[Sub-s (c) and (e) substituted by s. 2 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
86
Constitutional Court 167. (1) The Constitutional Court consists of the Chief Justice of South Africa, the Deputy
Chief Justice and nine other judges. [Sub-s. (1) substituted by s. 11 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(2) A matter before the Constitutional Court must be heard by at least eight judges. (3) The Constitutional Court—
(a) is the highest court of the Republic; and (b) may decide –
(i) constitutional matters; and (ii) any other matter, if the Constitutional Court grants leave to appeal on
the grounds that the matter raises an arguable point of law of general public importance which ought to be considered by that Court, and
(c) makes the final decision whether a matter is within its jurisdiction. [Sub-s (3) substituted by s. 3 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
(4) Only the Constitutional Court may— (a) decide disputes between organs of state in the national or provincial
sphere concerning the constitutional status, powers or functions of any of those organs of state;
(b) decide on the constitutionality of any parliamentary or provincial Bill, but may do so only in the circumstances anticipated in section 79 or 121;
(c) decide applications envisaged in section 80 or 122; (d) decide on the constitutionality of any amendment to the Constitution; (e) decide that Parliament or the President has failed to fulfil a constitutional
obligation; or (f) certify a provincial constitution in terms of section 144.
(5) The Constitutional Court makes the final decision whether an Act of Parliament, a provincial Act or conduct of the President is constitutional, and must confirm any order of invalidity made by the Supreme Court of Appeal, the High Court of South Africa, or a court of similar status, before that order has any force.
[Sub-s (5) substituted by s. 3 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
(6) National legislation or the rules of the Constitutional Court must allow a person, when it is in the interests of justice and with leave of the Constitutional Court—
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
87
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
(a) to bring a matter directly to the Constitutional Court; or (b) to appeal directly to the Constitutional Court from any other court.
(7) � A constitutional matter includes any issue involving the interpretation, protection or enforcement of the Constitution.
Supreme Court of Appeal 168. (1) The Supreme Court of Appeal consists of a President, a Deputy President and the
number of judges of appeal determined in terms of an Act of Parliament. [Sub-s. (1) substituted by s. 12 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(2) � A matter before the Supreme Court of Appeal must be decided by the number of judges determined in terms of an Act of Parliament.
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 12 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(3) � (a) The Supreme Court of Appeal may decide appeals in any matter arising from the High Court of South Africa or a court of a status similar to the High Court of South Africa, except in respect of labour or competition matters to such an extent as may be determined by an Act of Parliament .
(b) The Supreme Court of Appeal may decide only - (i) appeals;
(ii) issues connected with appeals; and (iii) any other matter that may be referred to it in circumstances defined by
an Act of Parliament. [Sub-s (3) substituted by s. 4 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.] �
High Court of South Africa 169. (1) The High Court of South Africa may decide—
(a) any constitutional matter except a matter that— (i) the Constitutional Court has agreed to hear directly in terms of section
167(6)(a); or (ii) is assigned by an Act of Parliament to another court of a status similar to
the High Court of South Africa; and (b) any other matter not assigned to another court by an Act of Parliament.
88
(2) The High Court of South Africa consists of the Divisions determined by an Act of Parliament, which Act must provide for – (a) the establishing of Divisions, with one or two more seats in a Division; and (b) the assigning of jurisdiction to a Division or a seat with a Division.
(3) Each Division of the High Court of South Africa – (a) has a Judge President; (b) may have one or more Deputy Judges President; and (c) has the number of other judges determined in terms of national legislation.
[S. 169 substituted by s. 5 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
Other courts 170. All courts other than those referred to in sections 167, 168 and 169 may decide any matter
determined by an Act of Parliament, but a court of a status lower than the High Court of South Africa may not enquire into or rule on the constitutionality of any legislation or any conduct of the President. [S. 170 substituted by s. 6 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
Court procedures 171. All courts function in terms of national legislation, and their rules and procedures must be
provided for in terms of national legislation.
Powers of courts in constitutional matters 172. (1) When deciding a constitutional matter within its power, a court—
(a) must declare that any law or conduct that is inconsistent with the Constitution is invalid to the extent of its inconsistency; and
(b) may make any order that is just and equitable, including— (i) an order limiting the retrospective effect of the declaration of invalidity;
and (ii) an order suspending the declaration of invalidity for any period and on
any conditions, to allow the competent authority to correct the defect. (2) (a) The Supreme Court of Appeal, the High Court of South Africa or a court of
similar status may make an order concerning the constitutional validity of
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
89
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
an Act of Parliament, a provincial Act or any conduct of the President, but an order of constitutional invalidity has no force unless it is confirmed by the Constitutional Court.
[Par (a) substituted by s. 7 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
(b) A court which makes an order of constitutional invalidity may grant a temporary interdict or other temporary relief to a party, or may adjourn the proceedings, pending a decision of the Constitutional Court on the validity of that Act or conduct.
(c) National legislation must provide for the referral of an order of constitutional invalidity to the Constitutional Court.
(d) Any person or organ of state with a sufficient interest may appeal, or apply, directly to the Constitutional Court to confirm or vary an order of constitutional invalidity by a court in terms of this subsection.
Inherent power 173. � The Constitutional Court, the Supreme Court of Appeal and the High Court of South Africa
each has the inherent power to protect and regulate their own process, and to develop the common law, taking into account the interests of justice. [S. 173 substituted by s. 8 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
Appointment of judicial officers 174. � (1) Any appropriately qualified woman or man who is a fit and proper person may be
appointed as a judicial officer. Any person to be appointed to the Constitutional Court must also be a South African citizen.
(2) � The need for the judiciary to reflect broadly the racial and gender composition of South Africa must be considered when judicial officers are appointed.
(3) � The President as head of the national executive, after consulting the Judicial Service Commission and the leaders of parties represented in the National Assembly, appoints the Chief Justice and the Deputy Chief Justice and, after consulting the Judicial Service Commission, appoints the President and Deputy President of the Supreme Court of Appeal.
[Sub-s. (3) substituted by s. 13 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
(4) � The other judges of the Constitutional Court are appointed by the President, as head of the national executive, after consulting the Chief Justice and the leaders of parties represented in the National Assembly, in accordance with the following procedure: (a) � The Judicial Service Commission must prepare a list of nominees with three
names more than the number of appointments to be made, and submit the list to the President.
(b) The President may make appointments from the list, and must advise the Judicial Service Commission, with reasons, if any of the nominees are unacceptable and any appointment remains to be made.
(c) � The Judicial Service Commission must supplement the list with further nominees and the President must make the remaining appointments from the supplemented list.
[Sub-s. (4) substituted by s. 13 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(5) � At all times, at least four members of the Constitutional Court must be persons who were judges at the time they were appointed to the Constitutional Court.
(6) � The President must appoint the judges of all other courts on the advice of the Judicial Service Commission.
(7) � Other judicial officers must be appointed in terms of an Act of Parliament which must ensure that the appointment, promotion, transfer or dismissal of, or disciplinary steps against, these judicial officers take place without favour or prejudice.
(8) � Before judicial officers begin to perform their functions, they must take an oath or affirm, in accordance with Schedule 2, that they will uphold and protect the Constitution.
Appointment of acting judges 175. � (1) The President may appoint a woman or a man to serve as an acting Deputy Chief
Justice or judge of the Constitutional Court if there is a vacancy in any of those offices , or if the person holding such an office is absent. The appointment must be made on the recommendation of the Cabinet member responsible for the administration of justice acting with the concurrence of the Chief Justice, and an appointment as acting Deputy Chief Justice must be made from the ranks of the
90
91
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
judges who had been appointed to the Constitutional Court in terms of section 174(4).
(2) � The Cabinet member responsible for the administration of justice must appoint acting judges to other courts after consulting the senior judge of the court on which the acting judge will serve.
[S. 175 substituted by s. 9 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
Terms of office and remuneration 176. � (1) A Constitutional Court judge holds office for a non-renewable term of 12 years, or
until he or she attains the age of 70, whichever occurs first, except where an Act of Parliament extends the term of office of a Constitutional Court judge.
[Sub-s. (1) substituted by s. 15 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(2) � Other judges hold office until they are discharged from active service in terms of an Act of Parliament.
(3) � The salaries, allowances and benefits of judges may not be reduced.
Removal 177. (1) � A judge may be removed from office only if—
(a) � the Judicial Service Commission finds that the judge suffers from an incapacity, is grossly incompetent or is guilty of gross misconduct; and
(b) � the National Assembly calls for that judge to be removed, by a resolution adopted with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of its members.
(2) � The President must remove a judge from office upon adoption of a resolution calling for that judge to be removed.
(3) � The President, on the advice of the Judicial Service Commission, may suspend a judge who is the subject of a procedure in terms of subsection (1).
Judicial Service Commission 178. (1) There is a Judicial Service Commission consisting of—
(a) the Chief Justice, who presides at meetings of the Commission; (b) the President of the Supreme Court of Appeal;
[Para. (b) substituted by s. 16(a) of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
92
(c) one Judge President designated by the Judges President; (d) the Cabinet member responsible for the administration of justice, or an
alternate designated by that Cabinet member; (e) two practising advocates nominated from within the advocates’ profession to
represent the profession as a whole, and appointed by the President; (f) two practising attorneys nominated from within the attorneys’ profession to
represent the profession as a whole, and appointed by the President; (g) one teacher of law designated by teachers of law at South African universities; (h) six persons designated by the National Assembly from among its
members, at least three of whom must be members of opposition parties represented in the Assembly;
(i) four permanent delegates to the National Council of Provinces designated together by the Council with a supporting vote of at least six provinces;
(j) four persons designated by the President as head of the national executive, after consulting the leaders of all the parties in the National Assembly; and
(k) when considering matters relating to a specific Division of the High Court of South Africa, the Judge President of that Division and the Premier of the province concerned, or an alternate designated by each of them.
[Para. (k) substituted by s. 2(a) of the Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998, by s. 16(b) of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001 and by s. 10 of the Constitution Seventeenth Amendment Act of 2012.]
(2) If the number of persons nominated from within the advocates’ or attorneys’ profession in terms of subsection (1)(e) or (f) equals the number of vacancies to be filled, the President must appoint them. If the number of persons nominated exceeds the number of vacancies to be filled, the President, after consulting the relevant profession, must appoint sufficient of the nominees to fill the vacancies, taking into account the need to ensure that those appointed represent the profession as a whole.
(3) Members of the Commission designated by the National Council of Provinces serve until they are replaced together, or until any vacancy occurs in their number. Other members who were designated or nominated to the Commission serve until they are replaced by those who designated or nominated them.
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
93
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
(4) � The Judicial Service Commission has the powers and functions assigned to it in the Constitution and national legislation.
(5) � The Judicial Service Commission may advise the national government on any matter relating to the judiciary or the administration of justice, but when it considers any matter except the appointment of a judge, it must sit without the members designated in terms of subsection (1)(h) and (i).
(6) � The Judicial Service Commission may determine its own procedure, but decisions of the Commission must be supported by a majority of its members.
(7) � If the Chief Justice or the President of the Supreme Court of Appeal is temporarily unable to serve on the Commission, the Deputy Chief Justice or the Deputy President of the Supreme Court of Appeal, as the case may be, acts as his or her alternate on the Commission.
[Sub-s. (7) added by s. 2(b) of the Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998 and substituted by s. 16 (c) of Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(8) � The President and the persons who appoint, nominate or designate the members of the Commission in terms of subsection (1)(c), (e), (f) and (g), may, in the same manner appoint, nominate or designate an alternate for each of those members, to serve on the Commission whenever the member concerned is temporarily unable to do so by reason of his or her incapacity or absence from the Republic or for any other sufficient reason.
[Sub-s. (8) added by s. 2(b) of the Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998.]
Prosecuting authority 179. � (1) There is a single national prosecuting authority in the Republic, structured in terms
of an Act of Parliament, and consisting of— (a) a National Director of Public Prosecutions, who is the head of the prosecuting
authority, and is appointed by the President, as head of the national executive; and
(b) Directors of Public Prosecutions and prosecutors as determined by an Act of Parliament.
94
(2) The prosecuting authority has the power to institute criminal proceedings on behalf of the state, and to carry out any necessary functions incidental to instituting criminal proceedings.
(3) National legislation must ensure that the Directors of Public Prosecutions— (a) are appropriately qualified; and (b) are responsible for prosecutions in specific jurisdictions, subject to subsection
(5). (4) National legislation must ensure that the prosecuting authority exercises its
functions without fear, favour or prejudice. (5) The National Director of Public Prosecutions—
(a) must determine, with the concurrence of the Cabinet member responsible for the administration of justice, and after consulting the Directors of Public Prosecutions, prosecution policy, which must be observed in the prosecution process;
(b) must issue policy directives which must be observed in the prosecution process;
(c) may intervene in the prosecution process when policy directives are not complied with; and
(d) may review a decision to prosecute or not to prosecute, after consulting the relevant Director of Public Prosecutions and after taking representations within a period specified by the National Director of Public Prosecutions, from the following: (i) The accused person. (ii) The complainant. (iii) Any other person or party whom the National Director considers to be
relevant. (6) The Cabinet member responsible for the administration of justice must exercise final
responsibility over the prosecuting authority. (7) All other matters concerning the prosecuting authority must be determined by
national legislation.
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
95
Chapter 8: Courts and Administration of Justice
Other matters concerning administration of justice 180. � National legislation may provide for any matter concerning the administration of justice
that is not dealt with in the Constitution, including— (a) training programmes for judicial officers; (b) procedures for dealing with complaints about judicial officers; and (c) the participation of people other than judicial officers in court decisions.
96
CHAPTER 9 StAte inStitutionS SuppoRtinG
conStitutionAl democRAcY
Establishment and governing principles 181. (1) The following state institutions strengthen constitutional democracy in the
Republic: (a) The Public Protector. (b) The South African Human Rights Commission. (c) The Commission for the Promotion and Protection of the Rights of Cultural,
Religious and Linguistic Communities. (d) The Commission for Gender Equality. (e) The Auditor-General. (f) The Electoral Commission.
(2) These institutions are independent, and subject only to the Constitution and the law, and they must be impartial and must exercise their powers and perform their functions without fear, favour or prejudice.
(3) Other organs of state, through legislative and other measures, must assist and protect these institutions to ensure the independence, impartiality, dignity and effectiveness of these institutions.
(4) No person or organ of state may interfere with the functioning of these institutions. (5) These institutions are accountable to the National Assembly, and must report on
their activities and the performance of their functions to the Assembly at least once a year.
public protector
Functions of Public Protector 182. (1) The Public Protector has the power, as regulated by national legislation—
(a) to investigate any conduct in state affairs, or in the public administration in any sphere of government, that is alleged or suspected to be improper or to result in any impropriety or prejudice;
Chapter 9: State Institutions supporting Constitutional Democracy
97
Chapter 9: State Institutions supporting Constitutional Democracy
(b) to report on that conduct; and (c) to take appropriate remedial action.
(2) � The Public Protector has the additional powers and functions prescribed by national legislation.
(3) � The Public Protector may not investigate court decisions. (4) � The Public Protector must be accessible to all persons and communities. (5) � Any report issued by the Public Protector must be open to the public unless
exceptional circumstances, to be determined in terms of national legislation, require that a report be kept confidential.
Tenure 183. The Public Protector is appointed for a non-renewable period of seven years.
South African human Rights commission
Functions of South African Human Rights Commission 184. (1) The South African Human Rights Commission must—
(a) promote respect for human rights and a culture of human rights; (b) promote the protection, development and attainment of human rights; and (c) � monitor and assess the observance of human rights in the Republic.
(2) � The South African Human Rights Commission has the powers, as regulated by national legislation, necessary to perform its functions, including the power— (a) to investigate and to report on the observance of human rights; (b) to take steps to secure appropriate redress where human rights have been
violated; (c) to carry out research; and (d) to educate.
(3) � Each year, the South African Human Rights Commission must require relevant organs of state to provide the Commission with information on the measures that they have taken towards the realisation of the rights in the Bill of Rights concerning housing, health care, food, water, social security, education and the environment.
(4) � The South African Human Rights Commission has the additional powers and functions prescribed by national legislation.
98
commission for the promotion and protection of the Rights of cultural, Religious and linguistic communities
Functions of Commission 185. (1) The primary objects of the Commission for the Promotion and Protection of the
Rights of Cultural, Religious and Linguistic Communities are— (a) to promote respect for the rights of cultural, religious and linguistic
communities; (b) to promote and develop peace, friendship, humanity, tolerance and national
unity among cultural, religious and linguistic communities, on the basis of equality, non-discrimination and free association; and
(c) to recommend the establishment or recognition, in accordance with national legislation, of a cultural or other council or councils for a community or communities in South Africa.
(2) The Commission has the power, as regulated by national legislation, necessary to achieve its primary objects, including the power to monitor, investigate, research, educate, lobby, advise and report on issues concerning the rights of cultural, religious and linguistic communities.
(3) The Commission may report any matter which falls within its powers and functions to the South African Human Rights Commission for investigation.
(4) The Commission has the additional powers and functions prescribed by national legislation.
Composition of Commission 186. (1) The number of members of the Commission for the Promotion and Protection of the
Rights of Cultural, Religious and Linguistic Communities and their appointment and terms of office must be prescribed by national legislation.
(2) The composition of the Commission must— (a) be broadly representative of the main cultural, religious and linguistic
communities in South Africa; and (b) broadly reflect the gender composition of South Africa.
Chapter 9: State Institutions supporting Constitutional Democracy
99
Chapter 9: State Institutions supporting Constitutional Democracy
commission for Gender equality
Functions of Commission for Gender Equality 187. � (1) The Commission for Gender Equality must promote respect for gender equality and
the protection, development and attainment of gender equality. (2) � The Commission for Gender Equality has the power, as regulated by national
legislation, necessary to perform its functions, including the power to monitor, investigate, research, educate, lobby, advise and report on issues concerning gender equality.
(3) � The Commission for Gender Equality has the additional powers and functions prescribed by national legislation.
Auditor-General
Functions of Auditor-General 188. � (1) The Auditor-General must audit and report on the accounts, financial
statements and financial management of— (a) all national and provincial state departments and administrations; (b) all municipalities; and (c) any other institution or accounting entity required by national or provincial
legislation to be audited by the Auditor-General. (2) � In addition to the duties prescribed in subsection (1), and subject to any legislation,
the Auditor-General may audit and report on the accounts, financial statements and financial management of— (a) any institution funded from the National Revenue Fund or a Provincial Revenue
Fund or by a municipality; or (b) any institution that is authorised in terms of any law to receive money for a
public purpose. (3) � The Auditor-General must submit audit reports to any legislature that has a direct
interest in the audit, and to any other authority prescribed by national legislation. All reports must be made public.
(4) � The Auditor-General has the additional powers and functions prescribed by national legislation.
Chapter 9: State Institutions supporting Constitutional Democracy
Tenure 189. � The Auditor-General must be appointed for a fixed, non-renewable term of between five
and ten years.
electoral commission
Functions of Electoral Commission 190. (1) The Electoral Commission must—
(a) manage elections of national, provincial and municipal legislative bodies in accordance with national legislation;
(b) ensure that those elections are free and fair; and (c) declare the results of those elections within a period that must be prescribed
by national legislation and that is as short as reasonably possible. (2) � The Electoral Commission has the additional powers and functions prescribed by
national legislation.
Composition of Electoral Commission 191. � The Electoral Commission must be composed of at least three persons. The number of
members and their terms of office must be prescribed by national legislation.
independent Authority to Regulate broadcasting
Broadcasting Authority 192. � National legislation must establish an independent authority to regulate broadcasting in
the public interest, and to ensure fairness and a diversity of views broadly representing South African society.
100
101
Chapter 9: State Institutions supporting Constitutional Democracy
General provisions
Appointments 193. � (1) The Public Protector and the members of any Commission established by this
Chapter must be women or men who— (a) are South African citizens; (b) are fit and proper persons to hold the particular office; and (c) comply with any other requirements prescribed by national legislation.
(2) � The need for a Commission established by this Chapter to reflect broadly the race and gender composition of South Africa must be considered when members are appointed.
(3) � The Auditor-General must be a woman or a man who is a South African citizen and a fit and proper person to hold that office. Specialised knowledge of, or experience in, auditing, state finances and public administration must be given due regard in appointing the Auditor-General.
(4) � The President, on the recommendation of the National Assembly, must appoint the Public Protector, the Auditor-General and the members of— (a) � the South African Human Rights Commission; (b) the Commission for Gender Equality; and (c) � the Electoral Commission.
(5) � The National Assembly must recommend persons— (a) nominated by a committee of the Assembly proportionally composed of
members of all parties represented in the Assembly; and (b) approved by the Assembly by a resolution adopted with a supporting vote—
(i) � of at least 60 per cent of the members of the Assembly, if the recommendation concerns the appointment of the Public Protector or the Auditor-General; or
(ii) of a majority of the members of the Assembly, if the recommendation concerns the appointment of a member of a Commission.
(6) � The involvement of civil society in the recommendation process may be provided for as envisaged in section 59(1)(a).
102
Removal from office 194. (1) The Public Protector, the Auditor-General or a member of a
Commission established by this Chapter may be removed from office only on— (a) the ground of misconduct, incapacity or incompetence; (b) a finding to that effect by a committee of the National Assembly; and (c) the adoption by the Assembly of a resolution calling for that person’s removal
from office. (2) A resolution of the National Assembly concerning the removal from office of—
(a) the Public Protector or the Auditor-General must be adopted with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of the members of the Assembly; or
(b) a member of a Commission must be adopted with a supporting vote of a majority of the members of the Assembly.
(3) The President— (a) may suspend a person from office at any time after the start of the proceedings
of a committee of the National Assembly for the removal of that person; and (b) must remove a person from office upon adoption by the Assembly of the
resolution calling for that person’s removal.
Chapter 9: State Institutions supporting Constitutional Democracy
103
Chapter 10: Public Administration
CHAPTER 10 public AdminiStRAtion
Basic values and principles governing public administration 195. � (1) Public administration must be governed by the democratic values and principles
enshrined in the Constitution, including the following principles: (a) A high standard of professional ethics must be promoted and maintained. (b) Efficient, economic and effective use of resources must be promoted. (c) Public administration must be development-oriented. (d) � Services must be provided impartially, fairly, equitably and without bias. (e) People’s needs must be responded to, and the public must be encouraged to
participate in policy-making. (f) � Public administration must be accountable. (g) � Transparency must be fostered by providing the public with timely, accessible
and accurate information. (h) Good human-resource management and career-development practices, to
maximise human potential, must be cultivated. (i) � Public administration must be broadly representative of the South African
people, with employment and personnel management practices based on ability, objectivity, fairness, and the need to redress the imbalances of the past to achieve broad representation.
(2) The above principles apply to— (a) � administration in every sphere of government; (b) organs of state; and (c) public enterprises.
(3) � National legislation must ensure the promotion of the values and principles listed in subsection (1).
(4) � The appointment in public administration of a number of persons on policy considerations is not precluded, but national legislation must regulate these appointments in the public service.
(5) � Legislation regulating public administration may differentiate between different sectors, administrations or institutions.
104
(6) The nature and functions of different sectors, administrations or institutions of public administration are relevant factors to be taken into account in legislation regulating public administration.
Public Service Commission 196. (1) There is a single Public Service Commission for the Republic.
(2) The Commission is independent and must be impartial, and must exercise its powers and perform its functions without fear, favour or prejudice in the interest of the maintenance of effective and efficient public administration and a high standard of professional ethics in the public service. The Commission must be regulated by national legislation.
(3) Other organs of state, through legislative and other measures, must assist and protect the Commission to ensure the independence, impartiality, dignity and effectiveness of the Commission. No person or organ of state may interfere with the functioning of the Commission.
(4) The powers and functions of the Commission are— (a) to promote the values and principles set out in section 195, throughout the
public service; (b) to investigate, monitor and evaluate the organisation and administration, and
the personnel practices, of the public service; (c) to propose measures to ensure effective and efficient performance within the
public service; (d) to give directions aimed at ensuring that personnel procedures relating to
recruitment, transfers, promotions and dismissals comply with the values and principles set out in section 195;
(e) to report in respect of its activities and the performance of its functions, including any finding it may make and directions and advice it may give, and to provide an evaluation of the extent to which the values and principles set out in section 195 are complied with; and
(f) either of its own accord or on receipt of any complaint— (i) to investigate and evaluate the application of personnel and public
administration practices, and to report to the relevant executive authority and legislature;
Chapter 10: Public Administration
105
Chapter 10: Public Administration
(ii) to investigate grievances of employees in the public service concerning official acts or omissions, and recommend appropriate remedies;
(iii) � to monitor and investigate adherence to applicable procedures in the public service; and
(iv) � to advise national and provincial organs of state regarding personnel practices in the public service, including those relating to the recruitment, appointment, transfer, discharge and other aspects of the careers of employees in the public service; and
(g) to exercise or perform the additional powers or functions prescribed by an Act of Parliament.
[Para. (g) added by s. 3 of the Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998.]
(5) � The Commission is accountable to the National Assembly. (6) � The Commission must report at least once a year in terms of subsection (4)(e)—
(a) � to the National Assembly; and (b) in respect of its activities in a province, to the legislature of that province.
(7) � The Commission has the following 14 commissioners appointed by the President: (a) Five commissioners approved by the National Assembly in accordance with
subsection (8)(a); and (b) one commissioner for each province nominated by the Premier of the province
in accordance with subsection (8)(b). (8) � (a) A commissioner appointed in terms of subsection (7)(a) must be—
(i) � recommended by a committee of the National Assembly that is proportionally composed of members of all parties represented in the Assembly; and
(ii) approved by the Assembly by a resolution adopted with a supporting vote of a majority of its members.
(b) A commissioner nominated by the Premier of a province must be— (i) � recommended by a committee of the provincial legislature that is
proportionally composed of members of all parties represented in the legislature; and
(ii) � approved by the legislature by a resolution adopted with a supporting vote of a majority of its members.
106
(9) An Act of Parliament must regulate the procedure for the appointment of commissioners.
(10) A commissioner is appointed for a term of five years, which is renewable for one additional term only, and must be a woman or a man who is— (a) a South African citizen; and (b) a fit and proper person with knowledge of, or experience in, administration,
management or the provision of public services. (11) A commissioner may be removed from office only on—
(a) the ground of misconduct, incapacity or incompetence; (b) a finding to that effect by a committee of the National Assembly or, in the case
of a commissioner nominated by the Premier of a province, by a committee of the legislature of that province; and
(c) the adoption by the Assembly or the provincial legislature concerned, of a resolution with a supporting vote of a majority of its members calling for the commissioner’s removal from office.
(12) The President must remove the relevant commissioner from office upon— (a) the adoption by the Assembly of a resolution calling for that commissioner’s
removal; or (b) written notification by the Premier that the provincial legislature has adopted
a resolution calling for that commissioner’s removal. (13) Commissioners referred to in subsection (7)(b) may exercise the powers and
perform the functions of the Commission in their provinces as prescribed by national legislation.
Public Service 197. (1) Within public administration there is a public service for the Republic, which must
function, and be structured, in terms of national legislation, and which must loyally execute the lawful policies of the government of the day.
(2) The terms and conditions of employment in the public service must be regulated by national legislation. Employees are entitled to a fair pension as regulated by national legislation.
(3) No employee of the public service may be favoured or prejudiced only because that person supports a particular political party or cause.
Chapter 10: Public Administration
107
Chapter 10: Public Administration
(4) � Provincial governments are responsible for the recruitment, appointment, promotion, transfer and dismissal of members of the public service in their administrations within a framework of uniform norms and standards applying to the public service.
108
CHAPTER 11 SecuRitY SeRViceS
Governing principles 198. The following principles govern national security in the Republic:
(a) National security must reflect the resolve of South Africans, as individuals and as a nation, to live as equals, to live in peace and harmony, to be free from fear and want and to seek a better life.
(b) The resolve to live in peace and harmony precludes any South African citizen from participating in armed conflict, nationally or internationally, except as provided for in terms of the Constitution or national legislation.
(c) National security must be pursued in compliance with the law, including international law.
(d) National security is subject to the authority of Parliament and the national executive.
Establishment, structuring and conduct of security services 199. (1) The security services of the Republic consist of a single defence force, a single police
service and any intelligence services established in terms of the Constitution. (2) The defence force is the only lawful military force in the Republic. (3) Other than the security services established in terms of the Constitution, armed
organisations or services may be established only in terms of national legislation. (4) The security services must be structured and regulated by national legislation. (5) The security services must act, and must teach and require their members to act, in
accordance with the Constitution and the law, including customary international law and international agreements binding on the Republic.
(6) No member of any security service may obey a manifestly illegal order. (7) Neither the security services, nor any of their members, may, in the performance of
their functions— (a) prejudice a political party interest that is legitimate in terms of the
Constitution; or (b) further, in a partisan manner, any interest of a political party.
Chapter 11: Security Services
109
Chapter 11: Security Services
(8) � To give effect to the principles of transparency and accountability, multi-party parliamentary committees must have oversight of all security services in a manner determined by national legislation or the rules and orders of Parliament.
defence
Defence force 200. (1) The defence force must be structured and managed as a disciplined military force.
(2) � The primary object of the defence force is to defend and protect the Republic, its territorial integrity and its people in accordance with the Constitution and the principles of international law regulating the use of force.
Political responsibility 201. (1) � A member of the Cabinet must be responsible for defence.
(2) � Only the President, as head of the national executive, may authorise the employment of the defence force— (a) in co-operation with the police service; (b) in defence of the Republic; or (c) in fulfilment of an international obligation.
(3) � When the defence force is employed for any purpose mentioned in subsection (2), the President must inform Parliament, promptly and in appropriate detail, of— (a) the reasons for the employment of the defence force; (b) any place where the force is being employed; (c) the number of people involved; and (d) the period for which the force is expected to be employed.
(4) � If Parliament does not sit during the first seven days after the defence force is employed as envisaged in subsection (2), the President must provide the information required in subsection (3) to the appropriate oversight committee.
Command of defence force 202. � (1) The President as head of the national executive is Commander-in-Chief of the
defence force, and must appoint the Military Command of the defence force.
Chapter 11: Security Services
(2) � Command of the defence force must be exercised in accordance with the directions of the Cabinet member responsible for defence, under the authority of the President.
State of national defence 203. � (1) The President as head of the national executive may declare a state of
national defence, and must inform Parliament promptly and in appropriate detail of— (a) the reasons for the declaration; (b) any place where the defence force is being employed; and (c) the number of people involved.
(2) � If Parliament is not sitting when a state of national defence is declared, the President must summon Parliament to an extraordinary sitting within seven days of the declaration.
(3) � A declaration of a state of national defence lapses unless it is approved by Parliament within seven days of the declaration.
Defence civilian secretariat 204. � A civilian secretariat for defence must be established by national legislation to function
under the direction of the Cabinet member responsible for defence.
police
Police service 205. � (1) The national police service must be structured to function in the national, provincial
and, where appropriate, local spheres of government. (2) � National legislation must establish the powers and functions of the police service
and must enable the police service to discharge its responsibilities effectively, taking into account the requirements of the provinces.
(3) � The objects of the police service are to prevent, combat and investigate crime, to maintain public order, to protect and secure the inhabitants of the Republic and their property, and to uphold and enforce the law.
110
111
Chapter 11: Security Services
Political responsibility 206. � (1) A member of the Cabinet must be responsible for policing and must determine
national policing policy after consulting the provincial governments and taking into account the policing needs and priorities of the provinces as determined by the provincial executives.
(2) � The national policing policy may make provision for different policies in respect of different provinces after taking into account the policing needs and priorities of these provinces.
(3) � Each province is entitled— (a) to monitor police conduct; (b) to oversee the effectiveness and efficiency of the police service, including
receiving reports on the police service; (c) to promote good relations between the police and the community; (d) to assess the effectiveness of visible policing; and (e) to liaise with the Cabinet member responsible for policing with respect to
crime and policing in the province. (4) A provincial executive is responsible for policing functions—
(a) vested in it by this Chapter; (b) assigned to it in terms of national legislation; and (c) allocated to it in the national policing policy.
(5) In order to perform the functions set out in subsection (3), a province— (a) may investigate, or appoint a commission of inquiry into, any complaints of
police inefficiency or a breakdown in relations between the police and any community; and
(b) � must make recommendations to the Cabinet member responsible for policing. (6) � On receipt of a complaint lodged by a provincial executive, an independent police
complaints body established by national legislation must investigate any alleged misconduct of, or offence committed by, a member of the police service in the province.
(7) � National legislation must provide a framework for the establishment, powers, functions and control of municipal police services.
(8) � A committee composed of the Cabinet member and the members of the Executive Councils responsible for policing must be established to ensure effective co-
Chapter 11: Security Services
ordination of the police service and effective co-operation among the spheres of government.
(9) � A provincial legislature may require the provincial commissioner of the province to appear before it or any of its committees to answer questions.
Control of police service 207. � (1) The President as head of the national executive must appoint a woman or a man as
the National Commissioner of the police service, to control and manage the police service.
(2) � The National Commissioner must exercise control over and manage the police service in accordance with the national policing policy and the directions of the Cabinet member responsible for policing.
(3) � The National Commissioner, with the concurrence of the provincial executive, must appoint a woman or a man as the provincial commissioner for that province, but if the National Commissioner and the provincial executive are unable to agree on the appointment, the Cabinet member responsible for policing must mediate between the parties.
(4) � The provincial commissioners are responsible for policing in their respective provinces— (a) as prescribed by national legislation; and (b) subject to the power of the National Commissioner to exercise control over and
manage the police service in terms of subsection (2). (5) � The provincial commissioner must report to the provincial legislature annually
on policing in the province, and must send a copy of the report to the National Commissioner.
(6) � If the provincial commissioner has lost the confidence of the provincial executive, that executive may institute appropriate proceedings for the removal or transfer of, or disciplinary action against, that commissioner, in accordance with national legislation.
112
113
Chapter 11: Security Services
Police civilian secretariat 208. � A civilian secretariat for the police service must be established by national legislation to
function under the direction of the Cabinet member responsible for policing.
intelligence
Establishment and control of intelligence services 209. � (1) Any intelligence service, other than any intelligence division of the defence force
or police service, may be established only by the President, as head of the national executive, and only in terms of national legislation.
(2) The President as head of the national executive must appoint a woman or a man as head of each intelligence service established in terms of subsection (1), and must either assume political responsibility for the control and direction of any of those services, or designate a member of the Cabinet to assume that responsibility.
Powers, functions and monitoring 210. � National legislation must regulate the objects, powers and functions of the intelligence
services, including any intelligence division of the defence force or police service, and must provide for—
(a) the co-ordination of all intelligence services; and (b) civilian monitoring of the activities of those services by an inspector appointed
by the President, as head of the national executive, and approved by a resolution adopted by the National Assembly with a supporting vote of at least two thirds of its members.
114
CHAPTER 12 tRAditionAl leAdeRS
Recognition 211. (1) The institution, status and role of traditional leadership, according to customary law,
are recognised, subject to the Constitution. (2) A traditional authority that observes a system of customary law may function
subject to any applicable legislation and customs, which includes amendments to, or repeal of, that legislation or those customs.
(3) The courts must apply customary law when that law is applicable, subject to the Constitution and any legislation that specifically deals with customary law.
Role of traditional leaders 212. (1) National legislation may provide for a role for traditional leadership as an institution
at local level on matters affecting local communities. (2) To deal with matters relating to traditional leadership, the role of traditional leaders,
customary law and the customs of communities observing a system of customary law— (a) national or provincial legislation may provide for the establishment of houses
of traditional leaders; and (b) national legislation may establish a council of traditional leaders.
Chapter 12: Traditional Leaders
115
Chapter 13: Finance
CHAPTER 13 finAnce
General financial matters
National Revenue Fund 213. � (1) There is a National Revenue Fund into which all money received by the national
government must be paid, except money reasonably excluded by an Act of Parliament.
(2) Money may be withdrawn from the National Revenue Fund only— (a) in terms of an appropriation by an Act of Parliament; or (b) as a direct charge against the National Revenue Fund, when it is provided for in
the Constitution or an Act of Parliament. (3) � A province’s equitable share of revenue raised nationally is a direct charge against
the National Revenue Fund. [Date of commencement of s. 213: 1 January 1998] �
Equitable shares and allocations of revenue 214. (1) � An Act of Parliament must provide for—
(a) the equitable division of revenue raised nationally among the national, provincial and local spheres of government;
(b) the determination of each province’s equitable share of the provincial share of that revenue; and
(c) any other allocations to provinces, local government or municipalities from the national government’s share of that revenue, and any conditions on which those allocations may be made.
(2) � The Act referred to in subsection (1) may be enacted only after the provincial governments, organised local government and the Financial and Fiscal Commission have been consulted, and any recommendations of the Commission have been considered, and must take into account— (a) the national interest;
116
(b) any provision that must be made in respect of the national debt and other national obligations;
(c) the needs and interests of the national government, determined by objective criteria;
(d) the need to ensure that the provinces and municipalities are able to provide basic services and perform the functions allocated to them;
(e) the fiscal capacity and efficiency of the provinces and municipalities; (f) developmental and other needs of provinces, local government and
municipalities; (g) economic disparities within and among the provinces; (h) obligations of the provinces and municipalities in terms of national legislation; (i) the desirability of stable and predictable allocations of revenue shares; and (j) the need for flexibility in responding to emergencies or other temporary needs,
and other factors based on similar objective criteria. [Date of commencement of s. 214: 1 January 1998]
National, provincial and municipal budgets 215. (1) National, provincial and municipal budgets and budgetary processes must promote
transparency, accountability and the effective financial management of the economy, debt and the public sector.
(2) National legislation must prescribe— (a) the form of national, provincial and municipal budgets; (b) when national and provincial budgets must be tabled; and (c) that budgets in each sphere of government must show the sources of revenue
and the way in which proposed expenditure will comply with national legislation.
(3) Budgets in each sphere of government must contain— (a) estimates of revenue and expenditure, differentiating between capital and
current expenditure; (b) proposals for financing any anticipated deficit for the period to which they
apply; and (c) an indication of intentions regarding borrowing and other forms of public
liability that will increase public debt during the ensuing year. [Date of commencement of s. 215: 1 January 1998
Chapter 13: Finance
117
Chapter 13: Finance
Treasury control 216. (1) National legislation must establish a national treasury and prescribe measures to
ensure both transparency and expenditure control in each sphere of government, by introducing— (a) generally recognised accounting practice; (b) uniform expenditure classifications; and (c) uniform treasury norms and standards.
(2) The national treasury must enforce compliance with the measures established in terms of subsection (1), and may stop the transfer of funds to an organ of state if that organ of state commits a serious or persistent material breach of those measures.
[Sub-s. (2) substituted by s. 5 (a) of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
(3) � A decision to stop the transfer of funds due to a province in terms of section 214(1) (b) may be taken only in the circumstances mentioned in subsection (2) and— (a) may not stop the transfer of funds for more than 120 days; and (b) may be enforced immediately, but will lapse retrospectively unless Parliament
approves it following a process substantially the same as that established in terms of section 76(1) and prescribed by the joint rules and orders of Parliament. This process must be completed within 30 days of the decision by the national treasury.
[Sub-s. (3) amended by s. 5 (b) of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
(4) � Parliament may renew a decision to stop the transfer of funds for no more than 120 days at a time, following the process established in terms of subsection (3).
(5) � Before Parliament may approve or renew a decision to stop the transfer of funds to a province— (a) the Auditor-General must report to Parliament; and (b) the province must be given an opportunity to answer the allegations against
it, and to state its case, before a committee.
Procurement 217. � (1) When an organ of state in the national, provincial or local sphere of government,
or any other institution identified in national legislation, contracts for goods
118
or services, it must do so in accordance with a system which is fair, equitable, transparent, competitive and cost-effective.
(2) Subsection (1) does not prevent the organs of state or institutions referred to in that subsection from implementing a procurement policy providing for— (a) categories of preference in the allocation of contracts; and (b) the protection or advancement of persons, or categories of persons,
disadvantaged by unfair discrimination. (3) National legislation must prescribe a framework within which the policy referred to
in subsection (2) must be implemented. [Sub-s. (3) substituted by s. 6 of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
Government guarantees 218. (1) The national government, a provincial government or a municipality may guarantee
a loan only if the guarantee complies with any conditions set out in national legislation.
(2) National legislation referred to in subsection (1) may be enacted only after any recommendations of the Financial and Fiscal Commission have been considered.
(3) Each year, every government must publish a report on the guarantees it has granted.
[Date of commencement of S. 218: 1 January 1998]
Remuneration of persons holding public office 219. (1) An Act of Parliament must establish a framework for determining—
(a) the salaries, allowances and benefits of members of the National Assembly, permanent delegates to the National Council of Provinces, members of the Cabinet, Deputy Ministers, traditional leaders and members of any councils of traditional leaders; and
(b) the upper limit of salaries, allowances or benefits of members of provincial legislatures, members of Executive Councils and members of Municipal Councils of the different categories.
(2) National legislation must establish an independent commission to make recommendations concerning the salaries, allowances and benefits referred to in subsection (1).
Chapter 13: Finance
119
Chapter 13: Finance
(3) � Parliament may pass the legislation referred to in subsection (1) only after considering any recommendations of the commission established in terms of subsection (2).
(4) � The national executive, a provincial executive, a municipality or any other relevant authority may implement the national legislation referred to in subsection (1) only after considering any recommendations of the commission established in terms of subsection (2).
(5) � National legislation must establish frameworks for determining the salaries, allowances and benefits of judges, the Public Protector, the Auditor-General, and members of any commission provided for in the Constitution, including the broadcasting authority referred to in section 192.
financial and fiscal commission
Establishment and functions 220. � (1) There is a Financial and Fiscal Commission for the Republic which makes
recommendations envisaged in this Chapter, or in national legislation, to Parliament, provincial legislatures and any other authorities determined by national legislation.
(2) � The Commission is independent and subject only to the Constitution and the law, and must be impartial.
(3) � The Commission must function in terms of an Act of Parliament and, in performing its functions, must consider all relevant factors, including those listed in section 214(2).
Appointment and tenure of members 221. � (1) The Commission consists of the following women and men appointed by the
President, as head of the national executive: (a) A chairperson and a deputy chairperson; (b) � three persons selected, after consulting the Premiers, from a list compiled in
accordance with a process prescribed by national legislation; (c) � two persons selected, after consulting organised local government, from a list
Chapter 13: Finance
compiled in accordance with a process prescribed by national legislation; and (d) two other persons.
[Sub-s (1) substituted by s. 2 of the Constitution Fifth Amendment Act of 1999] and substituted by s. 7(a) of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
(1A) � National legislation referred to in subsection (1) must provide for the participation of- (a) the Premiers in the compilation of a list envisaged in subsection (1) (b); and (b) organised local government in the compilation of a list envisaged in subsection
(1) (c). �
[Sub-s. (1A) inserted by s. 7(b) of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
(2) � Members of the Commission must have appropriate expertise. (3) � Members serve for a term established in terms of national legislation. The President
may remove a member from office on the ground of misconduct, incapacity or incompetence.
Reports 222. � The Commission must report regularly both to Parliament and to the provincial
legislatures.
central bank
Establishment 223. � The South African Reserve Bank is the central bank of the Republic and is regulated in
terms of an Act of Parliament.
Primary object 224. � (1) The primary object of the South African Reserve Bank is to protect the value of
the currency in the interest of balanced and sustainable economic growth in the Republic.
(2) � The South African Reserve Bank, in pursuit of its primary object, must perform its functions independently and without fear, favour or prejudice, but there must be regular consultation between the Bank and the Cabinet member responsible for national financial matters.
120
121
Chapter 13: Finance
Powers and functions 225. � The powers and functions of the South African Reserve Bank are those customarily
exercised and performed by central banks, which powers and functions must be determined by an Act of Parliament and must be exercised or performed subject to the conditions prescribed in terms of that Act.
provincial and local financial matters
Provincial Revenue Funds 226. � (1) There is a Provincial Revenue Fund for each province into which all money received
by the provincial government must be paid, except money reasonably excluded by an Act of Parliament.
(2) Money may be withdrawn from a Provincial Revenue Fund only— (a) in terms of an appropriation by a provincial Act; or (b) as a direct charge against the Provincial Revenue Fund, when it is provided for
in the Constitution or a provincial Act. (3) � Revenue allocated through a province to local government in that province in terms
of section 214(1), is a direct charge against that province’s Revenue Fund. (4) � National legislation may determine a framework within which—
(a) a provincial Act may in terms of subsection (2)(b) authorise the withdrawal of money as a direct charge against a Provincial Revenue Fund; and
(b) revenue allocated through a province to local government in that province in terms of subsection (3) must be paid to municipalities in the province.
[Sub-s. (4) added by s. 8 of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.] [Date of commencement of s. 226: 1 January 1998] �
National sources of provincial and local government funding 227. (1) Local government and each province—
(a) is entitled to an equitable share of revenue raised nationally to enable it to provide basic services and perform the functions allocated to it; and
(b) may receive other allocations from national government revenue, either conditionally or unconditionally.
Chapter 13: Finance
(2) � Additional revenue raised by provinces or municipalities may not be deducted from their share of revenue raised nationally, or from other allocations made to them out of national government revenue. Equally, there is no obligation on the national government to compensate provinces or municipalities that do not raise revenue commensurate with their fiscal capacity and tax base.
(3) � A province’s equitable share of revenue raised nationally must be transferred to the province promptly and without deduction, except when the transfer has been stopped in terms of section 216.
(4) � A province must provide for itself any resources that it requires, in terms of a provision of its provincial constitution, that are additional to its requirements envisaged in the Constitution.
[Date of commencement of s. 227: 1 January 1998]
Provincial taxes 228. (1) A provincial legislature may impose—
(a) � taxes, levies and duties other than income tax, value-added tax, general sales tax, rates on property or customs duties; and
(b) flat-rate surcharges on any tax, levy or duty that is imposed by national legislation, other than on corporate income tax, value-added tax, rates on property or customs duties.
[Para. (b) substituted by s. 9 of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
(2) � The power of a provincial legislature to impose taxes, levies, duties and surcharges— (a) may not be exercised in a way that materially and unreasonably prejudices
national economic policies, economic activities across provincial boundaries, or the national mobility of goods, services, capital or labour; and
(b) must be regulated in terms of an Act of Parliament, which may be enacted only after any recommendations of the Financial and Fiscal Commission have been considered.
[Date of commencement of s. 228: 1 January 1998]
122
123
Chapter 13: Finance
Municipal fiscal powers and functions 229. (1) Subject to subsections (2), (3) and (4), a municipality may impose—
(a) rates on property and surcharges on fees for services provided by or on behalf of the municipality; and
(b) if authorised by national legislation, other taxes, levies and duties appropriate to local government or to the category of local government into which that municipality falls, but no municipality may impose income tax, value-added tax, general sales tax or customs duty.
(2) The power of a municipality to impose rates on property, surcharges on fees for services provided by or on behalf of the municipality, or other taxes, levies or duties— (a) may not be exercised in a way that materially and unreasonably prejudices
national economic policies, economic activities across municipal boundaries, or the national mobility of goods, services, capital or labour; and
(b) may be regulated by national legislation. (3) When two municipalities have the same fiscal powers and functions with regard to
the same area, an appropriate division of those powers and functions must be made in terms of national legislation. The division may be made only after taking into account at least the following criteria: (a) The need to comply with sound principles of taxation. (b) The powers and functions performed by each municipality. (c) The fiscal capacity of each municipality. (d) The effectiveness and efficiency of raising taxes, levies and duties. (e) Equity.
(4) Nothing in this section precludes the sharing of revenue raised in terms of this section between municipalities that have fiscal power and functions in the same area.
(5) National legislation envisaged in this section may be enacted only after organised local government and the Financial and Fiscal Commission have been consulted, and any recommendations of the Commission have been considered.
[Date of commencement of s. 229: 1 January 1998]
124
Provincial loans 230. (1) A province may raise loans for capital or current expenditure in accordance with
national legislation, but loans for current expenditure may be raised only when necessary for bridging purposes during a fiscal year.
(2) National legislation referred to in subsection (1) may be enacted only after any recommendations of the Financial and Fiscal Commission have been considered.
[S. 230 substituted by s. 10 of the Constitution Seventh Amendment Act of 2001.]
Municipal loans 230A. (1) A Municipal Council may, in accordance with national legislation—
(a) raise loans for capital or current expenditure for the municipality, but loans for current expenditure may be raised only when necessary for bridging purposes during a fiscal year; and
(b) bind itself and a future Council in the exercise of its legislative and executive authority to secure loans or investments for the municipality.
(2) National legislation referred to in subsection (1) may be enacted only after any recommendations of the Financial and Fiscal Commission have been considered.
[S. 230A inserted by s. 17 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Chapter 13: Finance
125
Chapter 14: General Provisions
CHAPTER 14 GeneRAl pRoViSionS
international law
International agreements 231. � (1) The negotiating and signing of all international agreements is the responsibility of
the national executive. (2) � An international agreement binds the Republic only after it has been approved by
resolution in both the National Assembly and the National Council of Provinces, unless it is an agreement referred to in subsection (3).
(3) � An international agreement of a technical, administrative or executive nature, or an agreement which does not require either ratification or accession, entered into by the national executive, binds the Republic without approval by the National Assembly and the National Council of Provinces, but must be tabled in the Assembly and the Council within a reasonable time.
(4) � Any international agreement becomes law in the Republic when it is enacted into law by national legislation; but a self-executing provision of an agreement that has been approved by Parliament is law in the Republic unless it is inconsistent with the Constitution or an Act of Parliament.
(5) � The Republic is bound by international agreements which were binding on the Republic when this Constitution took effect.
Customary international law 232. � Customary international law is law in the Republic unless it is inconsistent with the
Constitution or an Act of Parliament.
Application of international law 233. � When interpreting any legislation, every court must prefer any reasonable interpretation
of the legislation that is consistent with international law over any alternative interpretation that is inconsistent with international law.
126
other matters
Charters of Rights 234. In order to deepen the culture of democracy established by the Constitution, Parliament
may adopt Charters of Rights consistent with the provisions of the Constitution.
Self-determination 235. The right of the South African people as a whole to self-determination, as manifested in
this Constitution, does not preclude, within the framework of this right, recognition of the notion of the right of self-determination of any community sharing a common cultural and language heritage, within a territorial entity in the Republic or in any other way, determined by national legislation.
Funding for political parties 236. To enhance multi-party democracy, national legislation must provide for the funding of
political parties participating in national and provincial legislatures on an equitable and proportional basis.
Diligent performance of obligations 237. All constitutional obligations must be performed diligently and without delay.
Agency and delegation 238. An executive organ of state in any sphere of government may—
(a) delegate any power or function that is to be exercised or performed in terms of legislation to any other executive organ of state, provided the delegation is consistent with the legislation in terms of which the power is exercised or the function is performed; or
(b) exercise any power or perform any function for any other executive organ of state on an agency or delegation basis.
Definitions 239. In the Constitution, unless the context indicates otherwise—
Chapter 14: General Provisions
127
Chapter 14: General Provisions
“national legislation” includes— (a) subordinate legislation made in terms of an Act of Parliament; and (b) legislation that was in force when the Constitution took effect and that is
administered by the national government; “organ of state” means— �
(a) any department of state or administration in the national, provincial or local sphere of government; or
(b) any other functionary or institution— (i) � exercising a power or performing a function in terms of the Constitution
or a provincial constitution; or (ii) exercising a public power or performing a public function in terms of any
legislation, but does not include a court or a judicial officer; “provincial legislation” includes—
(a) subordinate legislation made in terms of a provincial Act; and (b) legislation that was in force when the Constitution took effect and that is
administered by a provincial government.
Inconsistencies between different texts 240. � In the event of an inconsistency between different texts of the Constitution, the English
text prevails.
Transitional arrangements 241. Schedule 6 applies to the transition to the new constitutional order established by this
Constitution, and any matter incidental to that transition.
Repeal of laws 242. � The laws mentioned in Schedule 7 are repealed, subject to section 243 and Schedule 6.
Short title and commencement 243. � (1) This Act is called the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996, and comes
into effect as soon as possible on a date set by the President by proclamation, which may not be a date later than 1 July 1997.
(2) � The President may set different dates before the date mentioned in subsection (1) in
128
respect of different provisions of the Constitution. (3) Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference in a provision of the Constitution
to a time when the Constitution took effect must be construed as a reference to the time when that provision took effect.
(4) If a different date is set for any particular provision of the Constitution in terms of subsection (2), any corresponding provision of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993 (Act 200 of 1993), mentioned in the proclamation, is repealed with effect from the same date.
(5) Sections 213, 214, 215, 216, 218, 226, 227, 228, 229 and 230 come into effect on 1 January 1998, but this does not preclude the enactment in terms of this Constitution of legislation envisaged in any of these provisions before that date. Until that date any corresponding and incidental provisions of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993, remain in force.
Chapter 14: General Provisions
129
Schedule 1: National Flag
SCHEDULE 1 national flag
(1) � The national flag is rectangular; it is one and a half times longer than it is wide. (2) � It is black, gold, green, white, chilli red and blue. (3) � It has a green Y-shaped band that is one fifth as wide as the flag. The centre lines of the
band start in the top and bottom corners next to the flag post, converge in the centre of the flag, and continue horizontally to the middle of the free edge.
(4) � The green band is edged, above and below in white, and towards the flag post end, in gold. Each edging is one fifteenth as wide as the flag.
(5) � The triangle next to the flag post is black. (6) � The upper horizontal band is chilli red and the lower horizontal band is blue. These bands
are each one third as wide as the flag.
Schedule 1A: Geographical Areas of Provinces
SCHEDULE 1A Geographical Areas of provinces
[Schedule 1A inserted by s. 4 of the Constitution Twelfth Amendment Act of 2005 and amended by s. 1 of the Constitution Thirteenth Amendment Act of 2007 and by the Constitution Sixteenth
Amendment Act of 2009.]
The Province of the Eastern Cape [Demarcation of the Province of the Eastern Cape substituted by the �
Constitution Thirteenth Amendment Act of 2007.] � Map No. 3 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 6 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 7 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 8 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 9 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 �
Map No. 10 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 11 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 �
The Province of the Free State Map No. 12 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 13 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 14 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 15 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 16 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005
The Province of Gauteng [Demarcation of the Province of Gauteng amended by the Constitution
Sixteenth Amendment Act of 2009.] � Map No. 4 in Notice 1490 of 2008 �
[Reference to Map No. 4 substituted by s. 1(a) of the Constitution
130
131
Schedule 1A: Geographical Areas of Provinces
Sixteenth Amendment Act of 2009.] � Map No. 17 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 18 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 19 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 20 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 21 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 �
The Province of KwaZulu-Natal [Demarcation of the Province of KwaZulu-Natal substituted by the
Constitution Thirteenth Amendment Act of 2007.] � Map No. 22 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 23 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 24 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 25 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 26 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 27 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 28 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 29 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 30 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 31 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 32 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 �
The Province of Limpopo Map No. 33 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 34 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 35 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 36 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 37 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005
The Province of Mpumalanga Map No. 38 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 39 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005
Schedule 1A: Geographical Areas of Provinces
Map No. 40 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 The Province of the Northern Cape
Map No. 41 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 42 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 43 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 44 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 45 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005
The Province of North West [Demarcation of the Province of North West amended by the
Constitution Sixteenth Amendment Act of 2009.] � Map No. 5 in Notice 1490 of 2008 �
Reference to Map No. 5 substituted by s. 1(b) of the Constitution Sixteenth Amendment Act of 2009.] � Map No. 46 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 47 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 � Map No. 48 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 �
The Province of the Western Cape Map No. 49 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 50 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 51 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 52 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 53 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005 Map No. 54 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005
132
133
Schedule 2: Oaths and Solemn Affirmations
SCHEDULE 2 oaths and Solemn Affirmations
[Schedule 2 amended by s. 2 of Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997 (Eng text only) and substituted by s. 18 of Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Oath or solemn affirmation of President and Acting President 1. � The President or Acting President, before the Chief Justice, or another judge designated by
the Chief Justice, must swear/affirm as follows:
In the presence of everyone assembled here, and in full realisation of the high calling I assume as President/Acting President of the Republic of South Africa, I, A.B., swear/ solemnly affirm that I will be faithful to the Republic of South Africa, and will obey, observe, uphold and maintain the Constitution and all other law of the Republic; and I solemnly and sincerely promise that I will always—
• � promote all that will advance the Republic, and oppose all that may harm it; • � protect and promote the rights of all South Africans; • � discharge my duties with all my strength and talents to the best of my
knowledge and ability and true to the dictates of my conscience; • � do justice to all; and • devote myself to the well-being of the Republic and all of its people. (In the case of an oath: So help me God.)
Oath or solemn affirmation of Deputy President 2. � The Deputy President, before the Chief Justice or another judge designated by the Chief
Justice, must swear/affirm as follows:
In the presence of everyone assembled here, and in full realisation of the high calling I assume as Deputy President of the Republic of South Africa, I, A.B., swear/solemnly affirm that I will be faithful to the Republic of South Africa and will obey, observe, uphold and maintain the Constitution and all other law of the Republic; and I solemnly and sincerely promise that I will always—
Schedule 2: Oaths and Solemn Affirmations
• promote all that will advance the Republic, and oppose all that may harm it; • be a true and faithful counsellor; • discharge my duties with all my strength and talents to the best of my
knowledge and ability and true to the dictates of my conscience; • do justice to all; and • devote myself to the well-being of the Republic and all of its people.
(In the case of an oath: So help me God.)
Oath or solemn affirmation of Ministers and Deputy Ministers 3. Each Minister and Deputy Minister, before the Chief Justice or another judge designated by
the Chief Justice, must swear/affirm as follows:
I, A.B., swear/solemnly affirm that I will be faithful to the Republic of South Africa and will obey, respect and uphold the Constitution and all other law of the Republic; and I undertake to hold my office as Minister/Deputy Minister with honour and dignity; to be a true and faithful counsellor; not to divulge directly or indirectly any secret matter entrusted to me; and to perform the functions of my office conscientiously and to the best of my ability. (In the case of an oath: So help me God.)
Oath or solemn affirmation of members of the National Assembly, permanent delegates to the National Council of Provinces and members of the provincial legislatures 4. (1) Members of the National Assembly, permanent delegates to the National Council of
Provinces and members of provincial legislatures, before the Chief Justice or a judge designated by the Chief Justice, must swear or affirm as follows:
I, A.B., swear/solemnly affirm that I will be faithful to the: Republic of South Africa and will obey, respect and uphold the Constitution and all other law of the Republic; and I solemnly promise to perform my functions as a member of the National Assembly/permanent delegate to the National Council of Provinces/member of the legislature of the province of C.D. to the best of my ability.
134
135
Schedule 2: Oaths and Solemn Affirmations
(In the case of an oath: So help me God.) (2) � Persons filling a vacancy in the National Assembly, a permanent delegation to the
National Council of Provinces or a provincial legislature may swear or affirm in terms of subitem (1) before the presiding officer of the Assembly, Council or legislature, as the case may be.
Oath or solemn affirmation of Premiers, Acting Premiers and members of provincial Executive Councils 5. � The Premier or Acting Premier of a province, and each member of the Executive Council of
a province, before the Chief Justice or a judge designated by the Chief Justice, must swear/ affirm as follows:
I, A.B., swear/solemnly affirm that I will be faithful to the Republic of South Africa and will obey, respect and uphold the Constitution and all other law of the Republic; and I undertake to hold my office as Premier/Acting Premier/member of the Executive Council of the province of C.D. with honour and dignity; to be a true and faithful counsellor; not to divulge directly or indirectly any secret matter entrusted to me; and to perform the functions of my office conscientiously and to the best of my ability. (In the case of an oath: So help me God.)
Oath or solemn affirmation of Judicial Officers 6. (1) Each judge or acting judge, before the Chief Justice or another judge designated by
the Chief Justice, must swear or affirm as follows:
I, A.B., swear/solemnly affirm that, as a Judge of the Constitutional Court/Supreme Court of Appeal/High Court/ E.F. Court, I will be faithful to the Republic of South Africa, will uphold and protect the Constitution and the human rights entrenched in it, and will administer justice to all persons alike without fear, favour or prejudice, in accordance with the Constitution and the law. (In the case of an oath: So help me God.)
(2) � A person appointed to the office of Chief Justice who is not already a judge at the time of that appointment must swear or affirm before the Deputy Chief Justice, or
136
failing that judge, the next most senior available judge of the Constitutional Court. (3) Judicial officers, and acting judicial officers, other than judges, must swear/affirm in
terms of national legislation.
Schedule 2: Oaths and Solemn Affirmations
137
Schedule 3: Election Procedures
SCHEDULE 3 election procedures
[Schedule 3 amended by s. 2 of the Constitution Fourth Amendment Act of 1999, by s. 19 of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001, by s. 3 of the Constitution Ninth Amendment Act of 2002
and by s. 5 of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
part A � election procedures for constitutional office-bearers �
Application 1. � The procedure set out in this Schedule applies whenever—
(a) � the National Assembly meets to elect the President, or the Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the Assembly;
(b) � the National Council of Provinces meets to elect its Chairperson or a Deputy Chairperson; or
(c) a provincial legislature meets to elect the Premier of the province or the Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the legislature.
Nominations 2. � The person presiding at a meeting to which this Schedule applies must call for the
nomination of candidates at the meeting.
Formal requirements 3. � (1) A nomination must be made on the form prescribed by the rules mentioned in item
9. (2) The form on which a nomination is made must be signed—
(a) by two members of the National Assembly, if the President or the Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the Assembly is to be elected;
(b) on behalf of two provincial delegations, if the Chairperson or a Deputy Chairperson of the National Council of Provinces is to be elected; or
(c) by two members of the relevant provincial legislature, if the Premier of the
138
province or the Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the legislature is to be elected. (3) A person who is nominated must indicate acceptance of the nomination by signing
either the nomination form or any other form of written confirmation.
Announcement of names of candidates 4. At a meeting to which this Schedule applies, the person presiding must announce the
names of the persons who have been nominated as candidates, but may not permit any debate.
Single candidate 5. If only one candidate is nominated, the person presiding must declare that candidate
elected.
Election procedure 6. If more than one candidate is nominated—
(a) a vote must be taken at the meeting by secret ballot; (b) each member present, or if it is a meeting of the National Council of Provinces,
each province represented, at the meeting may cast one vote; and (c) the person presiding must declare elected the candidate who receives a
majority of the votes.
Elimination procedure 7. (1) If no candidate receives a majority of the votes, the candidate who receives the
lowest number of votes must be eliminated and a further vote taken on the remaining candidates in accordance with item 6. This procedure must be repeated until a candidate receives a majority of the votes.
(2) When applying subitem (1), if two or more candidates each have the lowest number of votes, a separate vote must be taken on those candidates, and repeated as often as may be necessary to determine which candidate is to be eliminated.
Further meetings 8. (1) If only two candidates are nominated, or if only two candidates remain
Schedule 3: Election Procedures
139
Schedule 3: Election Procedures
after an elimination procedure has been applied, and those two candidates receive the same number of votes, a further meeting must be held within seven days, at a time determined by the person presiding.
(2) � If a further meeting is held in terms of subitem (1), the procedure prescribed in this Schedule must be applied at that meeting as if it were the first meeting for the election in question.
Rules 9. (1) The Chief Justice must make rules prescribing—
(a) the procedure for meetings to which this Schedule applies; (b) the duties of any person presiding at a meeting, and of any person assisting
the person presiding; (c) the form on which nominations must be submitted; and (d) the manner in which voting is to be conducted.
(2) These rules must be made known in the way that the Chief Justice determines.
part b � formula to determine party participation in provincial
Delegations to the National Council of Provinces
1. � The number of delegates in a provincial delegation to the National Council of Provinces to which a party is entitled, must be determined by multiplying the number of seats the party holds in the provincial legislature by ten and dividing the result by the number of seats in the legislature plus one.
2. � If a calculation in terms of item 1 yields a surplus not absorbed by the delegates allocated to a party in terms of that item, the surplus must compete with similar surpluses accruing to any other party or parties, and any undistributed delegates in the delegation must be allocated to the party or parties in the sequence of the highest surplus.
3. � If the competing surpluses envisaged in item 2 are equal, the undistributed delegates in the delegation must be allocated to the party or parties with the same surplus in the sequence from the highest to the lowest number of votes that have been recorded for those parties during the last election for the provincial legislature concerned.
Schedule 3: Election Procedures
[Item 3 added by s. 2 of the Constitution Fourth Amendment Act of 1999 and substituted by s. 3 of the Constitution Ninth Amendment Act of 2002 and by s. 5(a) of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
4. � If more than one party with the same surplus recorded the same number of votes during the last election for the provincial legislature concerned, the legislature concerned must allocate the undistributed delegates in the delegation to the party with the same surplus in a manner which is consistent with democracy. [Item 4 added by s. 5(b) of the Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
140
141
Schedule 4: Functional Areas of Concurrent National and Provincial Legislative Competence �
SCHEDULE 4 functional Areas of concurrent national and provincial
legislative competence
part A
• � Administration of indigenous forests • � Agriculture • � Airports other than international and national airports • � Animal control and diseases • � Casinos, racing, gambling and wagering, excluding lotteries and sports pools • � Consumer protection • � Cultural matters • � Disaster management • � Education at all levels, excluding tertiary education • � Environment • � Health services • � Housing • � Indigenous law and customary law, subject to Chapter 12 of the Constitution • � Industrial promotion • � Language policy and the regulation of official languages to the extent that the provisions
of section 6 of the Constitution expressly confer upon the provincial legislatures legislative competence
• � Media services directly controlled or provided by the provincial government, subject to section 192
• � Nature conservation, excluding national parks, national botanical gardens and marine resources
• � Police to the extent that the provisions of Chapter 11 of the Constitution confer upon the provincial legislatures legislative competence
• � Pollution control • � Population development • � Property transfer fees
Schedule 4: Functional Areas of Concurrent National and Provincial Legislative Competence �
• � Provincial public enterprises in respect of the functional areas in this Schedule and Schedule 5
• � Public transport • � Public works only in respect of the needs of provincial government departments in the
discharge of their responsibilities to administer functions specifically assigned to them in terms of the Constitution or any other law
• � Regional planning and development • � Road traffic regulation • � Soil conservation • � Tourism • � Trade • � Traditional leadership, subject to Chapter 12 of the Constitution • � Urban and rural development • � Vehicle licensing • � Welfare services
part b
The following local government matters to the extent set out in section 155(6)(a) and (7): • � Air pollution • � Building regulations • � Child care facilities • � Electricity and gas reticulation • � Firefighting services • � Local tourism • � Municipal airports • � Municipal planning • � Municipal health services • � Municipal public transport • � Municipal public works only in respect of the needs of municipalities in the discharge
of their responsibilities to administer functions specifically assigned to them under this Constitution or any other law
• � Pontoons, ferries, jetties, piers and harbours, excluding the regulation of international and national shipping and matters related thereto
142
143
Schedule 4: Functional Areas of Concurrent National and Provincial Legislative Competence �
• � Stormwater management systems in built-up areas • � Trading regulations • � Water and sanitation services limited to potable water supply systems and domestic waste-
water and sewage disposal systems
144
SCHEDULE 5 functional Areas of exclusive
provincial legislative competence
part A • Abattoirs • Ambulance services • Archives other than national archives • Libraries other than national libraries • Liquor licences • Museums other than national museums • Provincial planning • Provincial cultural matters • Provincial recreation and amenities • Provincial sport • Provincial roads and traffic • Veterinary services, excluding regulation of the profession
part b
The following local government matters to the extent set out for provinces in section 155(6)(a) and (7): • Beaches and amusement facilities • Billboards and the display of advertisements in public places • Cemeteries, funeral parlours and crematoria • Cleansing • Control of public nuisances • Control of undertakings that sell liquor to the public • Facilities for the accommodation, care and burial of animals • Fencing and fences • Licensing of dogs • Licensing and control of undertakings that sell food to the public
Schedule 5: Functional Areas of Exclusive Provincial Legislative Competence
145
Schedule 5: Functional Areas of Exclusive Provincial Legislative Competence
• Local amenities • Local sport facilities • Markets • Municipal abattoirs • Municipal parks and recreation • Municipal roads • Noise pollution • Pounds • Public places • Refuse removal, refuse dumps and solid waste disposal • Street trading • Street lighting • Traffic and parking
146
SCHEDULE 6 transitional Arrangements
[Schedule 6 amended by s. 3 of Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997, by s. 5 of Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998 and by s. 20 of Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Definitions 1. In this Schedule, unless inconsistent with the context—
“homeland” means a part of the Republic which, before the previous Constitution took effect, was dealt with in South African legislation as an independent or a self-governing territory; “new Constitution” means the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996; “old order legislation” means legislation enacted before the previous Constitution took effect; “previous Constitution” means the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993 (Act 200 of 1993).
Continuation of existing law 2. (1) All law that was in force when the new Constitution took effect, continues in force,
subject to— (a) any amendment or repeal; and (b) consistency with the new Constitution.
(2) Old order legislation that continues in force in terms of subitem (1)— (a) does not have a wider application, territorially or otherwise, than it had before
the previous Constitution took effect unless subsequently amended to have a wider application; and
(b) continues to be administered by the authorities that administered it when the new Constitution took effect, subject to the new Constitution.
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
147
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
Interpretation of existing legislation 3. (1) Unless inconsistent with the context or clearly inappropriate, a reference in any
legislation that existed when the new Constitution took effect— (a) to the Republic of South Africa or a homeland (except when it refers to a
territorial area), must be construed as a reference to the Republic of South Africa under the new Constitution;
(b) to Parliament, the National Assembly or the Senate, must be construed as a reference to Parliament, the National Assembly or the National Council of Provinces under the new Constitution;
(c) to the President, an Executive Deputy President, a Minister, a Deputy Minister or the Cabinet, must be construed as a reference to the President, the Deputy President, a Minister, a Deputy Minister or the Cabinet under the new Constitution, subject to item 9 of this Schedule;
(d) to the President of the Senate, must be construed as a reference to the Chairperson of the National Council of Provinces;
(e) to a provincial legislature, Premier, Executive Council or member of an Executive Council of a province, must be construed as a reference to a provincial legislature, Premier, Executive Council or member of an Executive Council under the new Constitution, subject to item 12 of this Schedule; or
(f) to an official language or languages, must be construed as a reference to any of the official languages under the new Constitution.
(2) Unless inconsistent with the context or clearly inappropriate, a reference in any remaining old order legislation— (a) to a Parliament, a House of a Parliament or a legislative assembly or body of
the Republic or of a homeland, must be construed as a reference to— (i) Parliament under the new Constitution, if the administration of that
legislation has been allocated or assigned in terms of the previous Constitution or this Schedule to the national executive; or
(ii) the provincial legislature of a province, if the administration of that legislation has been allocated or assigned in terms of the previous Constitution or this Schedule to a provincial executive; or
(b) to a State President, Chief Minister, Administrator or other chief executive, Cabinet, Ministers’ Council or executive council of the Republic or of a homeland, must be construed as a reference to—
148
(i) the President under the new Constitution, if the administration of that legislation has been allocated or assigned in terms of the previous Constitution or this Schedule to the national executive; or
(ii) the Premier of a province under the new Constitution, if the administration of that legislation has been allocated or assigned in terms of the previous Constitution or this Schedule to a provincial executive.
National Assembly 4. (1) Anyone who was a member or office-bearer of the National Assembly when the
new Constitution took effect, becomes a member or office-bearer of the National Assembly under the new Constitution, and holds office as a member or office-bearer in terms of the new Constitution.
(2) The National Assembly as constituted in terms of subitem (1) must be regarded as having been elected under the new Constitution for a term that expires on 30 April 1999.
(3) The National Assembly consists of 400 members for the duration of its term that expires on 30 April 1999, subject to section 49(4) of the new Constitution.
(4) The rules and orders of the National Assembly in force when the new Constitution took effect, continue in force, subject to any amendment or repeal.
Unfinished business before Parliament 5. (1) Any unfinished business before the National Assembly when the new Constitution
takes effect must be proceeded with in terms of the new Constitution. (2) Any unfinished business before the Senate when the new Constitution takes effect
must be referred to the National Council of Provinces, and the Council must proceed with that business in terms of the new Constitution.
Elections of National Assembly 6. (1) No election of the National Assembly may be held before 30 April 1999 unless the
Assembly is dissolved in terms of section 50(2) after a motion of no confidence in the President in terms of section 102(2) of the new Constitution.
(2) Section 50(1) of the new Constitution is suspended until 30 April 1999.
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
149
(3) Despite the repeal of the previous Constitution, Schedule 2 to that Constitution, as amended by Annexure A to this Schedule, applies— (a) to the first election of the National Assembly under the new Constitution; (b) to the loss of membership of the Assembly in circumstances other than those
provided for in section 47(3) of the new Constitution; and (c) to the filling of vacancies in the Assembly, and the supplementation, review
and use of party lists for the filling of vacancies, until the second election of the Assembly under the new Constitution.
(4) Section 47(4) of the new Constitution is suspended until the second election of the National Assembly under the new Constitution.
National Council of Provinces 7. (1) For the period which ends immediately before the first sitting of a provincial
legislature held after its first election under the new Constitution— (a) the proportion of party representation in the province’s delegation to the
National Council of Provinces must be the same as the proportion in which the province’s 10 senators were nominated in terms of section 48 of the previous Constitution; and
(b) the allocation of permanent delegates and special delegates to the parties represented in the provincial legislature, is as follows:
PROVINCE PERMANENT DELEGATES SPECIAL DELEGATES 1. Eastern Cape ANC 5
NP 1 ANC 4
2. Free State ANC 4 FF 1 NP 1
ANC 4
3. Gauteng ANC 3 DP 1 FF 1 NP 1
ANC 3 NP 1
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
PROVINCE PERMANENT DELEGATES SPECIAL DELEGATES 4. KwaZulu-Natal ANC 1
DP 1 IFP 3 NP 1
ANC 2 IFP 2
5. Mpumalanga ANC 4 FF 1 NP 1
ANC 4
6. Northern Cape ANC 3 FF 1 NP 2
ANC 2 NP 2
7. Northern Province ANC 6 ANC 4
8. North West ANC 4 FF 1 NP 1
ANC 4
9. Western Cape ANC 2 DP 1 NP 3
ANC 1 NP 3
(2) � A party represented in a provincial legislature— (a) must nominate its permanent delegates from among the persons who were
senators when the new Constitution took effect and are available to serve as permanent delegates; and
(b) may nominate other persons as permanent delegates only if none or an insufficient number of its former senators are available.
(3) � A provincial legislature must appoint its permanent delegates in accordance with the nominations of the parties.
(4) � Subitems (2) and (3) apply only to the first appointment of permanent delegates to the National Council of Provinces.
(5) � Section 62(1) of the new Constitution does not apply to the nomination and appointment of former senators as permanent delegates in terms of this item.
150
151
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
(6) � The rules and orders of the Senate in force when the new Constitution took effect, must be applied in respect of the business of the National Council to the extent that they can be applied, subject to any amendment or repeal.
Former senators 8. � (1) A former senator who is not appointed as a permanent delegate to the National
Council of Provinces is entitled to become a full voting member of the legislature of the province from which that person was nominated as a senator in terms of section 48 of the previous Constitution.
(2) � If a former senator elects not to become a member of a provincial legislature that person is regarded as having resigned as a senator the day before the new Constitution took effect.
(3) � The salary, allowances and benefits of a former senator appointed as a permanent delegate or as a member of a provincial legislature may not be reduced by reason only of that appointment.
National executive 9. � (1) Anyone who was the President, an Executive Deputy President, a Minister or a
Deputy Minister under the previous Constitution when the new Constitution took effect, continues in and holds that office in terms of the new Constitution, but subject to subitem (2).
(2) � Until 30 April 1999, sections 84, 89, 90, 91, 93 and 96 of the new Constitution must be regarded to read as set out in Annexure B to this Schedule.
(3) � Subitem (2) does not prevent a Minister who was a senator when the new Constitution took effect, from continuing as a Minister referred to in section 91(1)(a) of the new Constitution, as that section reads in Annexure B.
Provincial legislatures 10. � (1) Anyone who was a member or office-bearer of a province’s legislature when the
new Constitution took effect, becomes a member or office-bearer of the legislature for that province under the new Constitution, and holds office as a member or office-bearer in terms of the new Constitution and any provincial constitution that
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
may be enacted. (2) � A provincial legislature as constituted in terms of subitem (1) must be regarded as
having been elected under the new Constitution for a term that expires on 30 April 1999.
(3) � For the duration of its term that expires on 30 April 1999, and subject to section 108(4), a provincial legislature consists of the number of members determined for that legislature under the previous Constitution plus the number of former senators who became members of the legislature in terms of item 8 of this Schedule.
(4) � The rules and orders of a provincial legislature in force when the new Constitution took effect, continue in force, subject to any amendment or repeal.
Elections of provincial legislatures 11. � (1) Despite the repeal of the previous Constitution, Schedule 2 to that Constitution, as
amended by Annexure A to this Schedule, applies— (a) to the first election of a provincial legislature under the new Constitution; (b) to the loss of membership of a legislature in circumstances other than those
provided for in section 106(3) of the new Constitution; and (c) to the filling of vacancies in a legislature, and the supplementation, review and
use of party lists for the filling of vacancies, until the second election of the legislature under the new Constitution.
(2) � Section 106(4) of the new Constitution is suspended in respect of a provincial legislature until the second election of the legislature under the new Constitution.
Provincial executives 12. � (1) Anyone who was the Premier or a member of the Executive Council of a province
when the new Constitution took effect, continues in and holds that office in terms of the new Constitution and any provincial constitution that may be enacted, but subject to subitem (2).
(2) � Until the Premier elected after the first election of a province’s legislature under the new Constitution assumes office, or the province enacts its constitution, whichever occurs first, sections 132 and 136 of the new Constitution must be regarded to read as set out in Annexure C to this Schedule.
152
153
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
Provincial constitutions 13. � A provincial constitution passed before the new Constitution took effect must comply with
section 143 of the new Constitution.
Assignment of legislation to provinces 14. � (1) Legislation with regard to a matter within a functional area listed in Schedule 4 or
5 to the new Constitution and which, when the new Constitution took effect, was administered by an authority within the national executive, may be assigned by the President, by proclamation, to an authority within a provincial executive designated by the Executive Council of the province.
(2) � To the extent that it is necessary for an assignment of legislation under subitem (1) to be effectively carried out, the President, by proclamation, may— (a) amend or adapt the legislation to regulate its interpretation or application; (b) where the assignment does not apply to the whole of any piece of legislation,
repeal and re-enact, with or without any amendments or adaptations referred to in paragraph (a), those provisions to which the assignment applies or to the extent that the assignment applies to them; or
(c) regulate any other matter necessary as a result of the assignment, including the transfer or secondment of staff, or the transfer of assets, liabilities, rights and obligations, to or from the national or a provincial executive or any department of state, administration, security service or other institution.
(3) � (a) A copy of each proclamation issued in terms of subitem (1) or (2) must be submitted to the National Assembly and the National Council of Provinces within 10 days of the publication of the proclamation.
(b) � If both the National Assembly and the National Council by resolution disapprove the proclamation or any provision of it, the proclamation or provision lapses, but without affecting— (i) � the validity of anything done in terms of the proclamation or provision
before it lapsed; or (ii) a right or privilege acquired or an obligation or liability incurred before it
lapsed. (4) � When legislation is assigned under subitem (1), any reference in the legislation to
an authority administering it, must be construed as a reference to the authority to which it has been assigned.
154
(5) Any assignment of legislation under section 235(8) of the previous Constitution, including any amendment, adaptation or repeal and re-enactment of any legislation and any other action taken under that section, is regarded as having been done under this item.
Existing legislation outside Parliament’s legislative power 15. (1) An authority within the national executive that administers any legislation falling
outside Parliament’s legislative power when the new Constitution takes effect, remains competent to administer that legislation until it is assigned to an authority within a provincial executive in terms of item 14 of this Schedule.
(2) Subitem (1) lapses two years after the new Constitution took effect.
Courts 16. (1) Every court, including courts of traditional leaders, existing when the new
Constitution took effect, continues to function and to exercise jurisdiction in terms of the legislation applicable to it, and anyone holding office as a judicial officer continues to hold office in terms of the legislation applicable to that office, subject to— (a) any amendment or repeal of that legislation; and (b) consistency with the new Constitution.
(2) (a) The Constitutional Court established by the previous Constitution becomes the Constitutional Court under the new Constitution.
(b)……. [Subitem (b) deleted by s. 20(a) of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(3) (a) The Appellate Division of the Supreme Court of South Africa becomes the Supreme Court of Appeal under the new Constitution.
(b)……. [Subitem (b) deleted by s. 20(a) of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
(4) (a) A provincial or local division of the Supreme Court of South Africa or a supreme court of a homeland or a general division of such a court, becomes a High Court under the new Constitution without any alteration in its area of jurisdiction, subject to any rationalisation contemplated in subitem (6).
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
155
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
(b) Anyone holding office or deemed to hold office as the Judge President, the Deputy Judge President or a judge of a court referred to in paragraph (a) when the new Constitution takes effect, becomes the Judge President, the Deputy Judge President or a judge of such a court under the new Constitution, subject to any rationalisation contemplated in subitem (6).
(5) � Unless inconsistent with the context or clearly inappropriate, a reference in any legislation or process to— (a) the Constitutional Court under the previous Constitution, must be construed as
a reference to the Constitutional Court under the new Constitution; (b) � the Appellate Division of the Supreme Court of South Africa, must be construed
as a reference to the Supreme Court of Appeal; and (c) a provincial or local division of the Supreme Court of South Africa or a supreme
court of a homeland or general division of that court, must be construed as a reference to a High Court.
(6) � (a) As soon as is practical after the new Constitution took effect all courts, including their structure, composition, functioning and jurisdiction, and all relevant legislation, must be rationalised with a view to establishing a judicial system suited to the requirements of the new Constitution.
(b) The Cabinet member responsible for the administration of justice, acting after consultation with the Judicial Service Commission, must manage the rationalisation envisaged in paragraph (a).
(7) � (a) Anyone holding office, when the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2001, takes effect, as— (i) � the President of the Constitutional Court, becomes the Chief Justice as
contemplated in section 167(1) of the new Constitution; (ii) the Deputy President of the Constitutional Court, becomes the Deputy
Chief Justice as contemplated in section 167(1) of the new Constitution; (iii) the Chief Justice, becomes the President of the Supreme Court of Appeal
as contemplated in section 168(1) of the new Constitution; and (iv) the Deputy Chief Justice, becomes the Deputy President of the
Supreme Court of Appeal as contemplated in section 168(1) of the new Constitution.
156
(b) All rules, regulations or directions made by the President of the Constitutional Court or the Chief Justice in force immediately before the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2001, takes effect, continue in force until repealed or amended.
(c) Unless inconsistent with the context or clearly inappropriate, a reference in any law or process to the Chief Justice or to the President of the Constitutional Court, must be construed as a reference to the Chief Justice as contemplated in section 167(1) of the new Constitution.
[[Subitem (7) added by s. 20(b) of the Constitution Sixth Amendment Act of 2001.]
Cases pending before courts 17. All proceedings which were pending before a court when the new Constitution took effect,
must be disposed of as if the new Constitution had not been enacted, unless the interests of justice require otherwise.
Prosecuting authority 18. (1) Section 108 of the previous Constitution continues in force until the Act of
Parliament envisaged in section 179 of the new Constitution takes effect. This subitem does not affect the appointment of the National Director of Public Prosecutions in terms of section 179.
(2) An attorney-general holding office when the new Constitution takes effect, continues to function in terms of the legislation applicable to that office, subject to subitem (1).
Oaths and affirmations 19. A person who continues in office in terms of this Schedule and who has taken the oath of
office or has made a solemn affirmation under the previous Constitution, is not obliged to repeat the oath of office or solemn affirmation under the new Constitution.
Other constitutional institutions 20. (1) In this section “constitutional institution” means—
(a) the Public Protector;
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
157
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
(b) the South African Human Rights Commission; [Para (b) amended by s. 4 of the Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998.]
(c) the Commission on Gender Equality; (d) the Auditor-General; (e) the South African Reserve Bank; (f) the Financial and Fiscal Commission; (g) the Judicial Service Commission; or (h) the Pan South African Language Board.
(2) � A constitutional institution established in terms of the previous Constitution continues to function in terms of the legislation applicable to it, and anyone holding office as a commission member, a member of the board of the Reserve Bank or the Pan South African Language Board, the Public Protector or the Auditor-General when the new Constitution takes effect, continues to hold office in terms of the legislation applicable to that office, subject to— (a) any amendment or repeal of that legislation; and (b) consistency with the new Constitution.
(3) � Sections 199(1), 200(1), (3) and (5) to (11) and 201 to 206 of the previous Constitution continue in force until repealed by an Act of Parliament passed in terms of section 75 of the new Constitution.
(4) � The members of the Judicial Service Commission referred to in section 105(1)(h) of the previous Constitution cease to be members of the Commission when the members referred to in section 178(1)(i) of the new Constitution are appointed.
(5) � (a) The Volkstaat Council established in terms of the previous Constitution continues to function in terms of the legislation applicable to it, and anyone holding office as a member of the Council when the new Constitution takes effect, continues to hold office in terms of the legislation applicable to that office, subject to— (i) any amendment or repeal of that legislation; and (ii) consistency with the new Constitution.
(b) Sections 184A and 184B (1)(a), (b) and (d) of the previous Constitution continue in force until repealed by an Act of Parliament passed in terms of section 75 of the new Constitution.
158
Enactment of legislation required by new Constitution 21. (1) Where the new Constitution requires the enactment of national or provincial
legislation, that legislation must be enacted by the relevant authority within a reasonable period of the date the new Constitution took effect.
(2) Section 198(b) of the new Constitution may not be enforced until the legislation envisaged in that section has been enacted.
(3) Section 199(3)(a) of the new Constitution may not be enforced before the expiry of three months after the legislation envisaged in that section has been enacted.
(4) National legislation envisaged in section 217(3) of the new Constitution must be enacted within three years of the date on which the new Constitution took effect, but the absence of this legislation during this period does not prevent the implementation of the policy referred to in section 217(2).
(5) Until the Act of Parliament referred to in section 65(2) of the new Constitution is enacted each provincial legislature may determine its own procedure in terms of which authority is conferred on its delegation to cast votes on its behalf in the National Council of Provinces.
(6) Until the legislation envisaged in section 229(1)(b) of the new Constitution is enacted, a municipality remains competent to impose any tax, levy or duty which it was authorised to impose when the Constitution took effect.
National unity and reconciliation 22. (1) Notwithstanding the other provisions of the new Constitution and despite the
repeal of the previous Constitution, all the provisions relating to amnesty contained in the previous Constitution under the heading “National Unity and Reconciliation” are deemed to be part of the new Constitution for the purposes of the Promotion of National Unity and Reconciliation Act, 1995 (Act 34 of 1995), as amended, including for the purposes of its validity.
(2) For the purposes of subitem (1), the date “6 December 1993”, where it appears in the provisions of the previous Constitution under the heading “National Unity and Reconciliation”, must be read as “11 May 1994”.
[Subitem (2) added by s. 3 of the Constitution First Amendment Act of 1997.]
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
159
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
Bill of Rights 23. � (1) National legislation envisaged in sections 9(4), 32(2) and 33(3) of the new
Constitution must be enacted within three years of the date on which the new Constitution took effect.
(2) � Until the legislation envisaged in sections 32(2) and 33(3) of the new Constitution is enacted— (a) section 32 (1) must be regarded to read as follows:
“(1) Every person has the right of access to all information held by the state or any of its organs in any sphere of government in so far as that information is required for the exercise or protection of any of their rights.”; and
(b) section 33(1) and (2) must be regarded to read as follows: “Every person has the right to— (a) lawful administrative action where any of their rights or interests is
affected or threatened; (b) � procedurally fair administrative action where any of their rights or
legitimate expectations is affected or threatened; (c) � be furnished with reasons in writing for administrative action which
affects any of their rights or interests unless the reasons for that action have been made public; and
(d) � administrative action which is justifiable in relation to the reasons given for it where any of their rights is affected or threatened.”.
(3) � Sections 32(2) and 33(3) of the new Constitution lapse if the legislation envisaged in those sections, respectively, is not enacted within three years of the date the new Constitution took effect.
Public administration and security services 24. � (1) Sections 82(4)(b), 215, 218(1), 219(1), 224 to 228, 236(1), (2), (3), (6), (7)(b) and
(8), 237(1) and (2)(a) and 239(4) and (5) of the previous Constitution continue in force as if the previous Constitution had not been repealed, subject to— (a) the amendments to those sections as set out in Annexure D; (b) any further amendment or any repeal of those sections by an Act of Parliament
passed in terms of section 75 of the new Constitution; and (c) consistency with the new Constitution.
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
(2) � The Public Service Commission and the provincial service commissions referred to in Chapter 13 of the previous Constitution continue to function in terms of that Chapter and the legislation applicable to it as if that Chapter had not been repealed, until the Commission and the provincial service commissions are abolished by an Act of Parliament passed in terms of section 75 of the new Constitution.
(3) � The repeal of the previous Constitution does not affect any proclamation issued under section 237(3) of the previous Constitution, and any such proclamation continues in force, subject to— (a) any amendment or repeal; and (b) consistency with the new Constitution.
Additional disqualification for legislatures 25. � (1) Anyone who, when the new Constitution took effect, was serving a sentence in the
Republic of more than 12 months’ imprisonment without the option of a fine, is not eligible to be a member of the National Assembly or a provincial legislature.
(2) � The disqualification of a person in terms of subitem (1)— (a) lapses if the conviction is set aside on appeal, or the sentence is reduced on
appeal to a sentence that does not disqualify that person; and (b) ends five years after the sentence has been completed.
Local government 26. � (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 151, 155, 156 and 157 of the new
Constitution— (a) the provisions of the Local Government Transition Act, 1993 (Act 209 of 1993),
as may be amended from time to time by national legislation consistent with the new Constitution, remain in force in respect of a Municipal Council until a Municipal Council replacing that Council has been declared elected as a result of the first general election of Municipal Councils after the commencement of the new Constitution; and
[Subitem (a) substituted by s. 5(a) of the Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998.]
(b) a traditional leader of a community observing a system of indigenous law and residing on land within the area of a transitional local council, transitional
160
161
Schedule 6: Transitional Arrangements
rural council or transitional representative council, referred to in the Local Government Transition Act, 1993, and who has been identified as set out in section 182 of the previous Constitution, is ex officio entitled to be a member of that council until a Municipal Council replacing that council has been declared elected as a result of the first general election of Municipal Councils after the commencement of the new Constitution.
[Subitem (b) substituted by s. 5(a) of the Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998.]
(2) � Section 245(4) of the previous Constitution continues in force until the application of that section lapses. Section 16(5) and (6) of the Local Government Transition Act, 1993, may not be repealed before 30 April 2000.
[Sub item (2) amended by s. 5 (b) of Constitution Second Amendment Act of 1998.]
Safekeeping of Acts of Parliament and Provincial Acts 27. � Sections 82 and 124 of the new Constitution do not affect the safekeeping of Acts of
Parliament or provincial Acts passed before the new Constitution took effect.
Registration of immovable property owned by the state 28. � (1) On the production of a certificate by a competent authority that immovable
property owned by the state is vested in a particular government in terms of section 239 of the previous Constitution, a registrar of deeds must make such entries or endorsements in or on any relevant register, title deed or other document to register that immovable property in the name of that government.
(2) � No duty, fee or other charge is payable in respect of a registration in terms of subitem (1).
Annexure A
ANNEXURE A Amendments to Schedule 2 to the previous constitution
1. The replacement of item 1 with the following item: “1. Parties registered in terms of national legislation and contesting an
election of the National Assembly, shall nominate candidates for such election on lists of candidates prepared in accordance with this Schedule and national legislation.”.
2. The replacement of item 2 with the following item: “2. The seats in the National Assembly as determined in terms of section 46 of the
new Constitution, shall be filled as follows: (a) One half of the seats from regional lists submitted by the respective
parties, with a fixed number of seats reserved for each region as determined by the Commission for the next election of the Assembly, taking into account available scientifically based data in respect of voters, and representations by interested parties.
(b) The other half of the seats from national lists submitted by the respective parties, or from regional lists where national lists were not submitted.”.
3. The replacement of item 3 with the following item: “3. The lists of candidates submitted by a party, shall in total contain the names
of not more than a number of candidates equal to the number of seats in the National Assembly, and each such list shall denote such names in such fixed order of preference as the party may determine.”.
4. The amendment of item 5 by replacing the words preceding paragraph (a) with the following words:
“5. The seats referred to in item 2(a) shall be allocated per region to the parties contesting an election, as follows:”.
5. The amendment of item 6— (a) by replacing the words preceding paragraph (a) with the following words:
“6. � The seats referred to in item 2(b) shall be allocated to the parties contesting an election, as follows:”; and
(b) � by replacing paragraph (a) with the following paragraph:
162
163
Annexure A
“(a) A quota of votes per seat shall be determined by dividing the total number of votes cast nationally by the number of seats in the National Assembly, plus one, and the result plus one, disregarding fractions, shall be the quota of votes per seat.”.
6. The amendment of item 7(3) by replacing paragraph (b) with the following paragraph:
“(b) An amended quota of votes per seat shall be determined by dividing the total number of votes cast nationally, minus the number of votes cast nationally in favour of the party referred to in paragraph (a), by the number of seats in the Assembly, plus one, minus the number of seats finally allocated to the said party in terms of paragraph (a).”.
7. The replacement of item 10 with the following item: “10. The number of seats in each provincial legislature shall be as determined in
terms of section 105 of the new Constitution.”. 8. The replacement of item 11 with the following item:
“11. Parties registered in terms of national legislation and contesting an election of a provincial legislature, shall nominate candidates for election to such provincial legislature on provincial lists prepared in accordance with this Schedule and national legislation.”.
9. The replacement of item 16 with the following item: “Designation of representatives 16. � (1) After the counting of votes has been concluded, the number of
representatives of each party has been determined and the election result has been declared in terms of section 190 of the new Constitution, the Commission shall, within two days after such declaration, designate from each list of candidates, published in terms of national legislation, the representatives of each party in the legislature.
(2) � Following the designation in terms of subitem (1), if a candidate’s name appears on more than one list for the National Assembly or on lists for both the National Assembly and a provincial legislature (if an election of the Assembly and a provincial legislature is held at the same time), and such candidate is due for designation as a representative in more than one case, the party which submitted such lists shall, within two days after the said declaration, indicate to the Commission from which list such candidate will be designated or in
164
which legislature the candidate will serve, as the case may be, in which event the candidate’s name shall be deleted from the other lists.
(3) The Commission shall forthwith publish the list of names of representatives in the legislature or legislatures.”..
10. The amendment of item 18 by replacing paragraph (b) with the following paragraph:
“(b) a representative is appointed as a permanent delegate to the National Council of Provinces;”.
11. The replacement of item 19 with the following item: “19. Lists of candidates of a party referred to in item 16 (1) may be supplemented
on one occasion only at any time during the first 12 months following the date on which the designation of representatives in terms of item 16 has been concluded, in order to fill casual vacancies: Provided that any such supplementation shall be made at the end of the list.”.
12. The replacement of item 23 with the following item: “Vacancies 23. (1) In the event of a vacancy in a legislature to which this Schedule applies,
the party which nominated the vacating member shall fill the vacancy by nominating a person— (a) whose name appears on the list of candidates from which the vacating
member was originally nominated; and (b) who is the next qualified and available person on the list.
(2) A nomination to fill a vacancy shall be submitted to the Speaker in writing. (3) If a party represented in a legislature dissolves or ceases to exist and the
members in question vacate their seats in consequence of item 23A(1), the seats in question shall be allocated to the remaining parties mutatis mutandis as if such seats were forfeited seats in terms of item 7 or 14, as the case may be.”.
13. The insertion of the following item after item 23: “Additional ground for loss of membership of legislatures 23A. (1) A person loses membership of a legislature to which this Schedule applies
if that person ceases to be a member of the party which nominated that person as a member of the legislature.
(2) Despite subitem (1) any existing political party may at any time change its
Annexure A
165
Annexure A
name. (3) An Act of Parliament may, within a reasonable period after the new
Constitution took effect, be passed in accordance with section 76(1) of the new Constitution to amend this item and item 23 to provide for the manner in which it will be possible for a member of a legislature who ceases to be a member of the party which nominated that member, to retain membership of such legislature.
(4) An Act of Parliament referred to in subitem (3) may also provide for— (a) any existing party to merge with another party; or (b) any party to subdivide into more than one party.”.
14. The deletion of item 24. 15. The amendment of item 25—
(a) by replacing the definition of “Commission” with the following definition: “‘Commission’ means the Electoral Commission referred to in section 190 of the new Constitution;”; and
(b) � by inserting the following definition after the definition of “national list”: “‘new Constitution’ means the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996;”.
16. The deletion of item 26.
166
ANNEXURE B Government of national unity: national Sphere
1. Section 84 of the new Constitution is deemed to contain the following additional subsection:
“(3) The President must consult the Executive Deputy Presidents— (a) in the development and execution of the policies of the national
government; (b) in all matters relating to the management of the Cabinet and the
performance of Cabinet business; (c) in the assignment of functions to the Executive Deputy Presidents; (d) before making any appointment under the Constitution or any
legislation, including the appointment of ambassadors or other diplomatic representatives;
(e) before appointing commissions of inquiry; (f) before calling a referendum; and (g) before pardoning or reprieving offenders.”.
2. Section 89 of the new Constitution is deemed to contain the following additional subsection:
“(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply also to an Executive Deputy President.”. 3. Paragraph (a) of section 90(1) of the new Constitution is deemed to read as
follows: “(a) an Executive Deputy President designated by the President;”.
4. Section 91 of the new Constitution is deemed to read as follows: “Cabinet 91. (1) The Cabinet consists of the President, the Executive Deputy Presidents
and— (a) not more than 27 Ministers who are members of the National Assembly
and appointed in terms of subsections (8) to (12); and (b) not more than one Minister who is not a member of the 175 National
Assembly and appointed in terms of subsection (13), provided the President, acting in consultation with the Executive Deputy Presidents
Annexure B
167
Annexure B
and the leaders of the participating parties, deems the appointment of such a Minister expedient.
(2) � Each party holding at least 80 seats in the National Assembly is entitled to designate an Executive Deputy President from among the members of the Assembly.
(3) � If no party or only one party holds 80 or more seats in the Assembly, the party holding the largest number of seats and the party holding the second largest number of seats are each entitled to designate one Executive Deputy President from among the members of the Assembly.
(4) � On being designated, an Executive Deputy President may elect to remain or cease to be a member of the Assembly.
(5) � An Executive Deputy President may exercise the powers and must perform the functions vested in the office of Executive Deputy President by the Constitution or assigned to that office by the President.
(6) � An Executive Deputy President holds office— (a) � until 30 April 1999 unless replaced or recalled by the party entitled to
make the designation in terms of subsections (2) and (3); or (b) until the person elected President after any election of the National
Assembly held before 30 April 1999, assumes office. (7) � A vacancy in the office of an Executive Deputy President may be filled by the
party which designated that Deputy President. (8) � A party holding at least 20 seats in the National Assembly and which has
decided to participate in the government of national unity, is entitled to be allocated one or more of the Cabinet portfolios in respect of which Ministers referred to in subsection (1)(a) are to be appointed, in proportion to the number of seats held by it in the National Assembly relative to the number of seats held by the other participating parties.
(9) � Cabinet portfolios must be allocated to the respective participating parties in accordance with the following formula: (a) A quota of seats per portfolio must be determined by dividing the
total number of seats in the National Assembly held jointly by the participating parties by the number of portfolios in respect of which Ministers referred to in subsection (1)(a) are to be appointed, plus one.
(b) The result, disregarding third and subsequent decimals, if any, is the
168
quota of seats per portfolio. (c) The number of portfolios to be allocated to a participating party is
determined by dividing the total number of seats held by that party in the National Assembly by the quota referred to in paragraph (b).
(d) The result, subject to paragraph (e), indicates the number of portfolios to be allocated to that party.
(e) Where the application of the above formula yields a surplus not absorbed by the number of portfolios allocated to a party, the surplus competes with other similar surpluses accruing to another party or parties, and any portfolio or portfolios which remain unallocated must be allocated to the party or parties concerned in sequence of the highest surplus.
(10) The President after consultation with the Executive Deputy Presidents and the leaders of the participating parties must— (a) determine the specific portfolios to be allocated to the respective
participating parties in accordance with the number of portfolios allocated to them in terms of subsection (9);
(b) appoint in respect of each such portfolio a member of the National Assembly who is a member of the party to which that portfolio was allocated under paragraph (a), as the Minister responsible for that portfolio;
(c) if it becomes necessary for the purposes of the Constitution or in the interest of good government, vary any determination under paragraph (a), subject to subsection (9);
(d) terminate any appointment under paragraph (b)— (i) if the President is requested to do so by the leader of the party of which
the Minister in question is a member; or (ii) if it becomes necessary for the purposes of the Constitution or in the
interest of good government; or (e) fill, when necessary, subject to paragraph (b), a vacancy in the office of Minister.
(11) Subsection (10) must be implemented in the spirit embodied in the concept of a government of national unity, and the President and the other functionaries concerned must in the implementation of that subsection seek to achieve consensus at all times: Provided that if consensus cannot be achieved on—
Annexure B
169
Annexure B
(a) the exercise of a power referred to in paragraph (a), (c) or (d)(ii) of that subsection, the President’s decision prevails;
(b) � the exercise of a power referred to in paragraph (b), (d)(i) or (e) of that subsection affecting a person who is not a member of the President’s party, the decision of the leader of the party of which that person is a member prevails; and
(c) the exercise of a power referred to in paragraph (b) or (e) of that subsection affecting a person who is a member of the President’s party, the President’s decision prevails.
(12) If any determination of portfolio allocations is varied under subsection (10) (c), the affected Ministers must vacate their portfolios but are eligible, where applicable, for reappointment to other portfolios allocated to their respective parties in terms of the varied determination.
(13) The President— (a) in consultation with the Executive Deputy Presidents and the leaders of
the participating parties, must— (i) � determine a specific portfolio for a Minister referred to in subsection (1)
(b) should it become necessary pursuant to a decision of the President under that subsection;
(ii) � appoint in respect of that portfolio a person who is not a member of the National Assembly, as the Minister responsible for that portfolio; and
(iii) fill, if necessary, a vacancy in respect of that portfolio; or (b) � after consultation with the Executive Deputy Presidents and the
leaders of the participating parties, must terminate any appointment under paragraph (a) if it becomes necessary for the purposes of the Constitution or in the interest of good government.
(14) Meetings of the Cabinet must be presided over by the President, or, if the President so instructs, by an Executive Deputy President: Provided that the Executive Deputy Presidents preside over meetings of the Cabinet in turn unless the exigencies of government and the spirit embodied in the concept of a government of national unity otherwise demand.
(15) The Cabinet must function in a manner which gives consideration to the consensus-seeking spirit embodied in the concept of a government of national unity as well as the need for effective government.”.
Annexure B
5. Section 93 of the new Constitution is deemed to read as follows: “Appointment of Deputy Ministers 93. � (1) The President may, after consultation with the Executive Deputy
Presidents and the leaders of the parties participating in the Cabinet, establish deputy ministerial posts.
(2) A party is entitled to be allocated one or more of the deputy ministerial posts in the same proportion and according to the same formula that portfolios in the Cabinet are allocated.
(3) � The provisions of section 91(10) to (12) apply, with the necessary changes, in respect of Deputy Ministers, and in such application a reference in that section to a Minister or a portfolio must be read as a reference to a Deputy Minister or a deputy ministerial post, respectively.
(4) If a person is appointed as the Deputy Minister of any portfolio entrusted to a Minister— (a) � that Deputy Minister must exercise and perform on behalf of the relevant
Minister any of the powers and functions assigned to that Minister in terms of any legislation or otherwise which may, subject to the directions of the President, be assigned to that Deputy Minister by that Minister; and
(b) any reference in any legislation to that Minister must be construed as including a reference to the Deputy Minister acting in terms of an assignment under paragraph (a) by the Minister for whom that Deputy Minister acts.
(5) Whenever a Deputy Minister is absent or for any reason unable to exercise or perform any of the powers or functions of office, the President may appoint any other Deputy Minister or any other person to act in the said Deputy Minister’s stead, either generally or in the exercise or performance of any specific power or function.”.
6. Section 96 of the new Constitution is deemed to contain the following additional subsections:
“(3) Ministers are accountable individually to the President and to the National Assembly for the administration of their portfolios, and all members of the Cabinet are correspondingly accountable collectively for the performance of the functions of the national government and for its policies.
170
171
Annexure B
(4) � Ministers must administer their portfolios in accordance with the policy determined by the Cabinet.
(5) � If a Minister fails to administer the portfolio in accordance with the policy of the Cabinet, the President may require the Minister concerned to bring the administration of the portfolio into conformity with that policy.
(6) � If the Minister concerned fails to comply with a requirement of the President under subsection (5), the President may remove the Minister from office— (a) if it is a Minister referred to in section 91(1)(a), after consultation with
the Minister and, if the Minister is not a member of the President’s party or is not the leader of a participating party, also after consultation with the leader of that Minister’s party; or
(b) if it is a Minister referred to in section 91(1)(b), after consultation with the Executive Deputy Presidents and the leaders of the participating parties.”.
Annexure C
ANNEXURE C Government of national unity: provincial Sphere
1. Section 132 of the new Constitution is deemed to read as follows: “Executive Councils 132. (1) The Executive Council of a province consists of the Premier and not more
than 10 members appointed by the Premier in accordance with this section. (2) A party holding at least 10 per cent of the seats in a provincial legislature
and which has decided to participate in the government of national unity, is entitled to be allocated one or more of the Executive Council portfolios in proportion to the number of seats held by it in the legislature relative to the number of seats held by the other participating parties.
(3) Executive Council portfolios must be allocated to the respective participating parties according to the same formula set out in section 91(9), and in applying that formula a reference in that section to—
(a) the Cabinet, must be read as a reference to an Executive Council; (b) � a Minister, must be read as a reference to a member of an
Executive Council; and (c) the National Assembly, must be read as a reference to the provincial legislature.
(4) The Premier of a province after consultation with the leaders of the participating parties must— (a) � determine the specific portfolios to be allocated to the respective
participating parties in accordance with the number of portfolios allocated to them in terms of subsection (3);
(b) � appoint in respect of each such portfolio a member of the provincial legislature who is a member of the party to which that portfolio was allocated under paragraph (a), as the member of the Executive Council responsible for that portfolio;
(c) � if it becomes necessary for the purposes of the Constitution or in the interest of good government, vary any determination under paragraph (a), subject to subsection (3);
172
173
Annexure C
(d) terminate any appointment under paragraph (b)— (i) � if the Premier is requested to do so by the leader of the party of which
the Executive Council member in question is a member; or (ii) � if it becomes necessary for the purposes of the Constitution or in the
interest of good government; or (e) fill, when necessary, subject to paragraph (b), a vacancy in the office of a
member of the Executive Council. (5) Subsection (4) must be implemented in the spirit embodied in the concept of
a government of national unity, and the Premier and the other functionaries concerned must in the implementation of that subsection seek to achieve consensus at all times: Provided that if consensus cannot be achieved on— (a) the exercise of a power referred to in paragraph (a), (c) or ( d)(ii) of that
subsection, the Premier’s decision prevails; (b) the exercise of a power referred to in paragraph (b), (d)(i) or (e) of that
subsection affecting a person who is not a member of the Premier’s party, the decision of the leader of the party of which such person is a member prevails; and
(c) the exercise of a power referred to in paragraph (b) or (e) of that subsection affecting a person who is a member of the Premier’s party, the Premier’s decision prevails.
(6) � If any determination of portfolio allocations is varied under subsection (4) (c), the affected members must vacate their portfolios but are eligible, where applicable, for reappointment to other portfolios allocated to their respective parties in terms of the varied determination.
(7) � Meetings of an Executive Council must be presided over by the Premier of the province.
(8) � An Executive Council must function in a manner which gives consideration to the consensus-seeking spirit embodied in the concept of a government of national unity, as well as the need f or effective government.”.
2. Section 136 of the new Constitution is deemed to contain the following additional subsections:
“(3) Members of Executive Councils are accountable individually to the Premier and to the provincial legislature for the administration of their portfolios, and all members of the Executive Council are correspondingly accountable collectively
174
for the performance of the functions of the provincial government and for its policies.
(4) Members of Executive Councils must administer their portfolios in accordance with the policy determined by the Council.
(5) If a member of an Executive Council fails to administer the portfolio in accordance with the policy of the Council, the Premier may require the member concerned to bring the administration of the portfolio into conformity with that policy.
(6) If the member concerned fails to comply with a requirement of the Premier under subsection (5), the Premier may remove the member from office after consultation with the member, and if the member is not a member of the Premier’s party or is not the leader of a participating party, also after consultation with the leader of that member’s party.”.
Annexure C
175
Annexure D
ANNEXURE D public Administration and Security Services: Amendments to
Sections of the previous constitution
1. The amendment of section 218 of the previous Constitution— (a) by replacing in subsection (1) the words preceding paragraph (a) with the
following words: “(1) Subject to the directions of the Minister of Safety and Security, the
National Commissioner shall be responsible for—”; (b) � by replacing paragraph (b) of subsection (1) with the following paragraph:
“(b) the appointment of provincial commissioners;”; (c) � by replacing paragraph (d) of subsection (1) with the following paragraph:
“(d) � the investigation and prevention of organised crime or crime which requires national investigation and prevention or specialised skills;”; and
(d) � by replacing paragraph (k) of subsection (1) with the following paragraph: “(k) � the establishment and maintenance of a national public order policing
unit to be deployed in support of and at the request of the Provincial Commissioner;”.
2. The amendment of section 219 of the previous Constitution by replacing in subsection (1) the words preceding paragraph (a) with the following words:
“(1) Subject to section 218(1), a Provincial Commissioner shall be responsible for—”.
3. The amendment of section 224 of the previous Constitution by replacing the proviso to subsection (2) with the following proviso:
“Provided that this subsection shall also apply to members of any armed force which submitted its personnel list after the commencement of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 993 (Act 200 of 1993), but before the adoption of the new constitutional text as envisaged in section 73 of that Constitution, if the political organisation under whose authority and control it stands or with which it is associated and whose objectives it promotes did participate in the Transitional Executive Council or did take part in the first election of the National Assembly and the provincial legislatures under the said Constitution.”.
176
4. The amendment of section 227 of the previous Constitution by replacing subsection (2) with the following subsection:
“(2) The National Defence Force shall exercise its powers and perform its functions solely in the national interest in terms of Chapter 11 of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996.”.
5. The amendment of section 236 of the previous Constitution— (a) by replacing subsection (1) with the following subsection:
“(1) A public service, department of state, administration or security service which immediately before the commencement of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 (hereinafter referred to as “the new Constitu- tion”), performed governmental functions, continues to function in terms of the legislation applicable to it until it is abolished or incorporated or integrated into any appropriate institution or is rationalised or consolidated with any other institution.”;
(b) by replacing subsection (6) with the following subsection: “(6) (a) The President may appoint a commission to review the conclusion
or amendment of a contract, the appointment or promotion, or the award of a term or condition of service or other benefit, which occurred between 27 April 1993 and 30 September 1994 in respect of any person referred to in subsection (2) or any class of such persons.
(b) The commission may reverse or alter a contract, appointment, promotion or award if not proper or justifiable in the circumstances of the case.”; and
(c) by replacing “this Constitution”, wherever this occurs in section 236, with “the new Constitution”.
6. The amendment of section 237 of the previous Constitution— (a) by replacing paragraph (a) of subsection (1) with the following paragraph:
“(a) The rationalisation of all institutions referred to in section 236(1), excluding military forces referred to in section 224(2), shall after the commencement of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996, continue, with a view to establishing—
(i) an effective administration in the national sphere of government to deal with matters within the jurisdiction of the national sphere; and
(ii) an effective administration for each province to deal with matters within the jurisdiction of each provincial government.”; and
Annexure D
177
Annexure D
(b) � by replacing subparagraph (i) of subsection (2)(a) with the following subparagraph: “(i) institutions referred to in section 236(1), excluding military forces,
shall rest with the national government, which shall exercise such responsibility in co-operation with the provincial governments;”.
7. The amendment of section 239 of the previous Constitution by replacing subsection (4) with the following subsection:
“(4) Subject to and in accordance with any applicable law, the assets, rights, duties and liabilities of all forces referred to in section 224(2) shall devolve upon the National Defence Force in accordance with the directions of the Minister of Defence.”.
178
SCHEDULE 6A [Schedule 6A inserted by s. 6 of Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003 and repealed by s. 6 of the
Constitution Fourteenth Amendment Act of 2008.]
Schedule 6A
179
Schedule 6B
SCHEDULE 6B [Schedule 6B, previously Schedule 6A, inserted by s. 2 of the Constitution Eighth Amendment Act
of 2002, amended by s. 5 of the Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003, renumbered by s. 6 of the Constitution Tenth Amendment Act of 2003 and repealed by s. 5 of the Constitution Fifteenth
Amendment Act of 2008.]
Schedule 7
SCHEDULE 7 lAWS RepeAled
NUMBER AND YEAR OF LAW
TITLE
Act No. 200 of 1993 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993
Act No. 2 of 1994 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1994
Act No. 3 of 1994 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1994
Act No. 13 of 1994 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Third Amendment Act, 1994
Act No. 14 of 1994 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Fourth Amendment Act, 1994
Act No. 24 of 1994 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Sixth Amendment Act, 1994
Act No. 29 of 1994 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Fifth Amendment Act, 1994
Act No. 20 of 1995 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1995
Act No. 44 of 1995 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1995
Act No. 7 of 1996 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1996
Act No. 26 of 1996 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Third Amendment Act, 1996
180
181
Index
INDEX (Please note: the figures after the entries refer to section numbers)
Anthem, 4 Auditor-General, 181, 188 Bill of Rights—
Access to courts, 34 � Access to information, 32 � Application, 8 � Arrested, detained and accused persons, 35 � Assembly, demonstration, picket and petition, 17 � Children, 28 � Citizenship, 20 � Cultural, religious and linguistic communities, 31 � Education, 29 � Enforcement of rights, 38 � Environment, 24 � Equality, 9 � Human Dignity, 10 � Freedom and security of the person, 12 � Freedom of association, 18 � Freedom of expression, 16 � Freedom of movement and residence, 21 � Freedom of religion, belief and opinion, 15 � Freedom of trade, occupation and profession, 22 � Health care, food, water and social security, 27 � Housing, 26 � Interpretation, 39 � Labour relations, 23 � Language and culture, 30 � Life, 11 �
Index
Limitation of rights, 36 � Political rights, 19 � Privacy, 14 � Property, 25 � Just administrative action, 33 � Slavery, servitude and forced labour, 13 �
States of emergency, 37 Broadcasting, Independent Authority to Regulate, 181, 192 Budget, 215 Central Bank, 223 - 225 Co-operative Government, 41 Citizenship, 3 Cabinet, 91 - 99, 101, 102 Commission for Gender Equality, 181, 187 Commission for the Promotion and Protection of the Rights of Cultural, Religious and Linguistic Communities, 181, 185, 186 Conflicting Laws, 146 - 150 Courts—
Constitutional Court, 167 � High Courts, 169 � Magistrates’ Courts and other courts, 170 � Powers in constitutional matters, 172 � Supreme Court of Appeals, 168 �
Defence, 200 - 204 Electoral Commission, 181, 190, 191 Election procedures for Constitutional office-bearers, Schedule 3, Part A Executive authority—
the provinces, 125 the republic, 85
Executive Councils, Provincial, 132 -141 Finance, National, 213, 214, 216, 217 Finance, Provincial and local, 226 - 230 Financial and Fiscal Commission, 220 - 222 Flag, 5 Funding for political parties, 236
Index
South African Human Rights Commission, 181, 184 Independent Authority to Regulate Broadcasting, 192 Intelligence, 209, 210 International Law, 231 - 233 Judicial Authority, 165 Judicial officers, 174 - 177 Judicial Service Commission, 178 Judicial system, 166 Languages, 6 Law-making, 73 - 82 Legislative Authority, 43, 44 Local government, 152, 163 Municipalities, 151 - 164 National Assembly—
Composition and election, 46 Decision, 53 Evidence or information before National Assembly, 56 Powers, 55 Public access, 59
National Council of Provinces— Allocation of delegates, 61 Composition, 60 Decisions, 65 Evidence or information before National Council, 69
Party participation in provincial delegations, Schedule 3, Part B Participation by local government representatives, 67 Permanent delegates, 62 Powers, 68 Public access, 72
Parliament, 42 Police, 205 - 208 Premiers, 127 - 130 President, 83 - 89 Prosecuting authority, 179 Provinces, 103
Provincial Constitutions, 142 - 121 Provincial Legislatures, 104 - 121
Application by members to Constitutional Court, 122 Permanent delegates’ rights, 113 Public access, 118
Public Administration, 195 Public Service Commission, 195 Public Service, 197 Public Protector, 181, 182 Security Services, 198, 199 Self-determination, 235 Supremacy of the Constitution, 2 Traditional leaders, 211, 212
Index
Sepedi
MOLAOTHEO wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa wa , 1996
Bjalo ka ge o thomile go šomišwa ka la 8 Mei 1996 mme o fetošitšwe ka la 11 Oktoboro 1996 ke Seboka sa Kopano ya
Molaotheo
ISBN 978-0-621-39063-6
MOLAOTHEOWA REPHABLIKI YA AFRIKA BORWA, 1996
(Mokgwa wa peleng wa go tsopola Molao ‘Molaotheo wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, Molao wa 108 wa 1996’, o tseetšwe legato ke karolwana 1 (1) ya the Citation of Contitutional Laws, 2005
(Molao wa 5 wa 2005)) �
[O dumeletšwe ka la 16 Desemere 1996] � [LETŠATŠIKGWEDI LA GO TSEBAGATŠA: 18 DECEMERE, 1996] �
[LETŠATŠIKGWEDI LA GO THOMA GO ŠOMA: 4 FEBERWARE, 1997] � (Ntle le ge go laeditšwe ka tsela ye nngwe– lebelela gape le karolo ya 243[5])
(Sengwalwa sa Seisemane se saennwe ke Mopresidente) �
Bjalo ka ge go fetošitšwe ka � Molaophetošo wa Mathomo wa Molaotheo wa 1997 �
Molaophetošo wa Bobedi wa Molaotheo wa 1998 � Molaophetošo wa Boraro wa Molaotheo wa 1998 � Molaophetošo wa Bone wa Molaotheo wa 1999 �
Molaophetošo wa Bohlano wa Molaotheo wa 1999 � Molaophetošo wa Boselela wa Molaotheo wa 2001 � Molaophetošo wa Bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001 �
Molaophetošo wa Boseswai wa Molaotheo wa 2002 � Molaophetošo wa Bosenyane wa Molaotheo wa 2002 � Molaophetošo wa Bolesome wa Molaotheo wa 2003 �
Molaophetošo wa Bolesometee wa Molaotheo wa 2003 � Molaophetošo wa Bolesomepedi wa Molaotheo wa 2005 �
Molaophetošo Bolesometharo wa Molaotheo wa 2007 � Molaophetošo wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2008 �
Molaophetošo wa Bolesomehlano wa Molaotheo wa 2008 � Molaophetošo wa Bolesometshela wa Molaotheo wa 2009 � Molaophetošo wa Bolesomesupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012 �
Go ya ka Kgoeletšo ya bo 26 ya la 26 ya Aporele 2001, maikarabelo a tshepedišo ya Molao wo a filwe Tona ya Toka le Tlhabollo ya Molaotheo.
MOLAO Go tsebagatša Molaotheo wo mofsa wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa le go phethagaletša merero ye
malebana.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
3
5
DIKAGARE
KETAPELE
KgAoLo yA Mabakatheo
KgAoLo yA Molao wa Ditokelo
KgAoLo yA Mmušo wa Mohlakanelwa
KgAoLo yA Palamente
KgAoLo yA Mopresidente le Khuduthamaga ya Bosetšhaba
KARoLo yA Diprofense
KgAoLo yA Mmušoselegae
KgAoLo yA Dikgorotsheko le Tshepedišo ya Toka
KARoLo yA 103 Dihlongwa tša Mmušo tše di Thekgago Temokrasi ya Molaotheo
KgAoLo yA 110 Taolo ya Merero ya Setšhaba
KgAoLo yA 115 Ditirelo tša Tšhireletšo
KARoLo yA 122 Baetapele ba Setšo
KARoLo yA 123 Tša Ditšhelete
23
25
51
59
83
91
138
140
KARoLo yA 14 � 134 Dipeakanyetšokakaretšo
ŠETULE 1 � Folaga ya Setšhaba
ŠETULE 1A � Mafelo a Thutafase a Diprofense
ŠETULE 2 � Dikano le Maitlamo a Mmakgonthe
ŠETULE 3 � Ditshepedišo tša dikgetho
ŠETULE 4 Makalatirišwa a Mošomo wa Mmušo wa
Sammaletee wa Setšhaba le wa Profense
ŠETULE 5 Makalatirišwa a Mošomo wa Mmušo wa Profense
Kuduthamaga a Bokgoni bja tša peamelao
ŠETULE 6 � Dithulaganyo tša Nakwana
ŠETULE 6A � [Šetulo 6A e loketšwe ka karolo 6 ya Molaophetošo 190 wa Bolesome wa Molaotheo wa 2003 mme ya fedišwa ke karolwana 6 ya Molaophetošo wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
ŠETULE 6B � [Šetulo 6B, peleng e be e le Šetulo 6A, e loketšwe ka 191 karolo 2 ya Molaophetošo wa Bolesomeseswai wa Molaotheo wa 2002, ya lokelwa dinomoro ka leswa ka karolwana 6 ya Molaophetošo wa Bolesome wa Molaotheo wa 2003 mme ya fedišwa ke karolwana ya 5 ya Molaophetošo wa Bolesome wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
ŠETULE 7 Melao ye e Phumotšwego
TŠhUPABoTEng
143
147
151
154
156
192
193
1
KETAPELE Rena, batho ba Afrika Borwa, Re lemoga ditlhokatoka tša rena tša bogologolo; Re tlotla bao ba ilego ba hlokofaletšwa toka le tokologo nageng ya gaborena; Re hlompha bao ba ilego ba katanela go aga le go hlabolla naga ya gaborena; mme Re dumela gore Afrika-Borwa ke ya batho bohle ba ba dulago go yona, re le ngata e tee e nago le pharologano Ka gona, ka baemedi ba rena bao ba kgethilwego ka tokologo, re amogela molaotheo wo bjalo ka molaomogolo wa Repabliki gore re tlo-
Fediša diphapano tša kgale mme re bope setšhaba seo se theilwego godimo ga dikelo tša temokrasi, toka setšhabeng le ditokelomotheo tša batho;
Aga metheo ya setšhaba se se lokologilego sa temokrasi moo mmušo o theilwego godimo ga thato ya batho mme moo moagi yo mongwe le yo mongwe a šireleditšwego ke molao ka go lekana;
Kaonafatša maemo a bophelo bja baagi ka moka le go lokolla mabokgoni a motho o mongwe le o mongwe; le go
Aga Afrika-Borwa ye e kopanego ya temokrasi yeo e ka kgonago go tšea maemo a yona a maswanedi bjalo ka setšhaba se se ikemetšego ka noši ditšhabeng tša lefase ka bophara.
Eke Morena a ka boloka setšhaba sa gešo. � Nkosi Sikelel’ iAfrika. Morena boloka setjhaba sa heso. God seën Suid-Afrika. God bless South Africa. Mudzimu fhatutshedza Afurika. Hosi katekisa Afrika. �
2 �
3
KGAOLO YA 1: MABAKATHEO
KGAOLO YA 1 MABAKAThEo
Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa 1. � Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa ke naga e tee yeo e ikemetšego ya temokrasi yeo e theilwego
godimo ga dikelo tše di latelago: (a) � Seriti sa setho, phihlelelo ya tekano le tšwetšopele ya ditokelo tša botho le
ditokologo. (b) Go se kgetholle batho go ya ka mmala le bong. (c) � Bogolo bja Molaotheo le pušo ya molao. (d) � Ditshwanelo tša batho ka moka ba bagolo tša go bouta, lenaneo la bakgethi
le le swanago ka bophara, dikgetho tša ka mehla le pušo ya temokrasi ya makgotlantši, go netefatša maikarabelo, boikarabelo le tokologo.
Bogolo bja Molaotheo 2. � Molaotheo wo ke molaomogolo wa Repabliki; molao goba maitshwaro ao a thulanago
le wona ga a amogelege, gomme ditlemo tšeo di tšweletšwago ke wona di swanetše go phethagatšwa.
Boagi 3. � (1) Go na le boagi bjo bo swanago bja Afrika Borwa.
(2) � Baagi ka moka ba - (a) � na le ditokelo, ditshwanelo le dikholego tša boagi ka go lekana; le (b) � phetha mediro le maikarabelo a boagi ka go lekana.
(3) � Molao wa setšhaba o swanetše go beakanyetša khwetšagalo, tlahlegelo le pušetšo ya boagi.
Koša ya Setšhaba 4. � Koša ya setšhaba ya Repabliki e laolwa ke Mopresidente ka go dira kgoeletšo.
Folaga ya Setšhaba 5. � Folaga ya Repabliki e na le mebala ye boso, gauta, talamorogo, bošweu, bohwibidu le
4
KGAOLO YA 1: MABAKATHEO
botalalerata bjalo ka ge go hlalošitšwe ebile go thadilwe šetulong ya 1.
Maleme 6. (1) Maleme a semmušo a Repabliki ke Sesotho sa Leboa, Sesotho, Setswana, Seswati,
Sevenda, Setsonga, Seafrikanse, Seisimane, Setebele, Sethosa le Sezulu. (2) Ka go lemoga tirišo ye fase bogologolo le maemo a maleme a setšo a batho ba
rena, mmušo o swanetše go tšea magato a maleba a a bonalago go phagamiša maemo le go tšwetšapele tirišo ya maleme a.
(3) (a) Mmušo wa bosetšhaba le dipušo tša diprofense di ka šomiša maleme afe goba afe a itšego a semmušo mabakeng a pušo, mme go elwa hloko tirišo, kgonagalo, ditshenyegelo, mabaka le tekatekano ya dinyakwa le dikganyogo tša setšhaba ka moka goba tša profense ye e amegago; efela mmušo wa setšhaba le pušo ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya profense di swanetše go šomiša bonyane maleme a mabedi a semmušo.
(b) Bomasepela ba swanetše go ela hloko tirišo ya maleme le dikganyogo tša baagi ba yona.
(4) Mmušo wa setšhaba le dipušo tša diprofense, ka go šomiša magato a semolao le a mangwe, di swanetše go laola le go hlokomela tirišo ya tšona ya maleme a semmušo. Ntle le go hlokomologa ditaelo tša karolwana ya (2), maleme ka moka a semmušo a swanetše go fiwa maemo a a swanago mme a swanetše go dirišwa ka tekatekano.
(5) Boto ya Maleme a Afrika Borwa (Pan South African Language Board) yeo e theilwego ka molao wa setšhaba e swanetše - (a) go godiša, le go dira mabaka a tlhabollo le tirišo ya -
(i) maleme ka moka a semmušo; (ii) maleme a MaKhoi, MaNama le a MaSan; le (iii) polelo ya dika ; le
(b) go godiša le go tiišetša tlhompho ya - (i) maleme ka moka ao a šommišwago kudu ke ditikologo ka Afrika Borwa
go akaretšwa Sejeremane, Segerika, Segujarati, Sehindi, Sepotokisi, Setamil Setelegu, Seurdu; le
(ii) Searabiki, Seheberu, Sanskrit le a mangwe a adirišetšwago mabaka a sedumedi ka Afrika-Borwa.
5
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
KGAOLO YA 2 MoLAo WA DIToKELo
Ditokelo 7. (1) Molao wo wa ditokelo ke motheo wa temokrasi Afrika Borwa. O šireletša ditokelo
tša batho ka moka nageng ya rena gomme o tiišetša dikelo tša temokrasi tša tlhompho ya setho, tekatekano le tokologo.
(2) � Mmušo o swanetše go hlompha, go šireletša, go tšwetšapele le go phethagatša ditokelo tšeo di lego ka go Molao wa Ditokelo.
(3) � Ditokelo tšeo di lego ka Molaong wa Ditokelo di na le mellwane yeo e hwetšwago goba yeo e hlalošištwego karolong ya 36, goba go gongwe Molaong.
Tirišo 8. (1) Molao wa Ditokelo o šoma melaong ka moka mme o tlama peomolao,
khuduthamaga, lekgotlatoka, le makala ka moka a mmušo. (2) � Taelo ya Molao wa Ditokelo o tlama motho wa tlhago goba wa semolao ge, le
go fihla, ge go kgonagala, go hlokomelwa mohuta wa tokelo goba mohuta wa tshwanelo ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e gapeletšwago ke tokelo.
(3) � Ge go dirišwa melawana ya Molao wa Ditokelo go motho wa tlhago goba wa semolao go ya ka karolwana (2), kgorotsheko - (a) gore e tle e diragatše tokelo ka Molaong, e swanetše go kgontšha, goba ge
go hlokega e dire, molaosetlwaedi go fihla moo e lego gore peomolao ga e diragatše tokelo yeo; gomme
(b) � e ka dira melao ya molaosetlwaedi go fokotša tokelo, ge fela phokotšo e sepelelana le karolo ya 36(1).
(4) � Motho wa semolao o swanetše ke ditokelo tšeo di lego ka go Molao wa Ditokelo go ya ka mohuta wa ditokelo le mohuta wa motho yoo wa semolao.
Tekatekano 9. (1) Batho bohle ba a lekana pele ga molao, mme ba na le tokelo ya tšhireletšo le
kholego ya tša molao tše di lekanago
6
(2) Tekatekano e akaretša go ba le boipshino ka botlalo bja ditokelo ka moka le ditokologo. Go tšwetša phihlelelo ya tekano pele phihlelelo ya tekano, magato a semolao le a mangwe ao a hlamilwego ka nepo ya go šireletša le go tšwetšapele batho goba dihlopha tša batho, tšeo di hlokago ka lebaka la kgethollo ya go se loke a ka tšewa.
(3) Mmušo ga wa swanela go kgetholla thwii goba ka mokgwa wa tharedi motho mang goba mang, lebakeng le itšego goba mabakeng ao a akaretšago mohlobo, bong, kamano, boimana, seemo mabapi le lenyalo, morafe goba setšo, mmala, tshekamelo ya bong, bogolo, bogole, bodumedi, letswalo, tumelo, setšo, polelo le matswalo.
(4) Ga go motho yo a swanetšego go kgetholla thwii goba ka mokgwa wa tharedi motho yo mongwe ka lebaka le tee goba a mantši go ya ka karolwana ya (3). Molao wa setšhaba o swanetše go dirišwa gore o thibele goba go iletša kgethollo ya go se loke
(5) Kgethollo go ya ka lebaka le tee goba a mantši ao a tšweleditšwego go karolwana ya (3) ga se ya loka, ntle le ge go tšweleditšwe gore kgethollo yeo e lokile.
Seriti sa botho 10. Motho mang le mang o na le seriti sa gagwe sa seng, le tokelo ya gore seriti sa gagwe se
hlomphiwe le go šireletšwa.
Bophelo 11. Motho mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go phela.
Tokologo le tšhireletšego ya motho 12. (1) Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya tokologo le tšhireletšo bjale ka ge e le motho, yeo e
akaretšago tokelo ya – (a) go se amogwe tokologo ka go rata goba ntle le lebaka la go kwagala; (b) go se golegwe ntle le tsheko; (c) go se angwe ke mehuta yohle ya dintwa e ka ba go tšwa setšhabeng goba
mathokong a praebete; (d) go se hlorišwe ka mokgwa ofe goba ofe; le
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
7
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
(e) � go se swarwe goba go se hlokofatšwe ka mokgwa wa sehlogo, wa go hloka botho goba wa go nyefola.
(2) � Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya maemo a mmele le a monagano, yeo e akaretšago tokelo ya- (a) � go tšea diphetho mabapi le tša pelegi; (b) tšhireletšo le taolo ya mebele ya bona; le (c) � go se dirwe diteko tša kalafo goba tša saense ntle le tsebo le tumelo ya bona.
Bokgoba, bohlanka le go šomišwa ka kgapeletšo 13. � Ga go motho yoo a swanetšego go dirwa lekgoba, mohlanka goba go šomišwa ka
kgapeletšo.
Sephiri 14. � Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya sephiri, yeo e akaretšago tokelo ya gore go se be le-
(a) � phuruphutšo ya bona goba ya magae a bona; (b) � phuruphutšo ya dithoto tša gagwe; (c) � go amogwa diphahlo tša gagwe; goba (d) � tsenatseno dikgokaganong tša bona tša sephiri.
Tokologo ya bodumedi, tumelo le kgopolo 15. (1) Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya tokologo ya letswalo, bodumedi, maikutlo, tumelo
le kgopolo. (2) � Merero ya bodumedi e ka phethagatšwa ditlhongweng tša mmušo goba
ditlhongweng tšeo di thušwago ke mmušo, ge fela ele gore - (a) � merero yeo e latela melao yeo e beilwego ke ditaolo tša maleba tša setšhaba; (b) � e phethagatšwa ka mokgwa wa go lekana; le (c) � tsenelo ya yona ga se ya kgapeletšo ebile ke ya boithaopo.
(3) � (a) Karolo ye ga e thibele molao wo o amogelago - (i) � manyalo ao a phethagatšwago ka fase ga setšo sefe goba sefe, goba
tshepedišo ya sedumedi, molao wa motho ka nama goba wa lapa; goba (ii) � ditshepedišo tša molao wa motho ka boyena le molao wa lapa ka fase
ga setšo sefe goba sefe, goba seo se latelwago ke batho bao ba latelago tumelo ye itšego.
8
(b) Kamogelo go ya ka temana ya (a) e swanetše go sepedišana le karolo ye gammogo le melawana e mengwe ya Molaotheo.
Tokologo tlhagišong ya maikutlo 16. (1) Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go ntšha maikutlo, yeo e akaretšago -
(a) tokologo ya kgašo le diphatlalatši tše dingwe; (b) tokologo ya go amogela goba go abela tshedimošo goba dikgopolo; (c) tokologo ya boithomelo bja tša bokgabo; le (d) tokologo ya tša thuto le dinyakišišo tša saense.
(2) Tokelo mo karolwaneng (1) ga e akaretše - (a) tlhohleletšo ya ntwa; (b) tlhohleletšo ya kgaruru ye e okaokago; goba (c) khuetšo ya lehloyo leo le itshamilego godimo ga mohlobo, morafe, bong goba
bodumedi, leo le tsošago tlhohleletšo ye e ka hlolago kotsi.
Kgobokano, tšhupetšo, kgwabo le ngongorego 17. Mang le mang o na le tokelo, ka khutšo ka ntle le go itlhama, go kgobokana, go dira
ditšhupetšo, go gwaba, le go tliša dingongorego.
Tokologo ya kwano 18. Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya tokologo ya go kwana le ba bangwe.
Ditokelo tša dipolitiki 19. (1) Moagi yo mongwe le yo mongwe o lokologile go dira dikgetho tša dipolitiki, tšeo di
akaretšago tokelo ya - (a) hlama phathi ya dipolitiki; (b) kgatha tema medirong ya, goba go kalatša maloko legatong la phathi ya
dipolotiki; le (c) go dira lesolo la phathi ya dipolitiki goba lebakeng la yona.
(2) Moagi yo mongwe le yo mongwe o na le tokelo ya go kgatha tema dikgethong tše di lokologilego tša ka mehla tša lekgotlatheramelao leo le hlomilwego go ya ka Molaotheo.
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
9
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
(3) � Moagi yo mogwe le yo mongwe yo mogolo o na le tokelo ya - (a) � go bouta dikgethong tša lekgotlatheramelao lefe goba lefe leo le hlomilweng
go ya ka Molaotheo, le go dira bjalo sephiring; le (b) � go ba nkgetheng ditirelong tša setšhaba gomme, ge a kgethilwe, a tšee
maemo ao.
Boagi 20. Ga go na moagi yo a swanetšego go amogwa boagi.
Tokologo ya mosepelo le madulo 21. � (1) Mang le mang o na le tokologo ya mosepelo.
(2) � Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go tloga Repabliking. (3) � Moagi yo mongwe le yo mongwe o na le tokelo ya go tsena, go ba gona le go dula
kae le kae ka Repabliking. (4) � Moagi mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go ba le pasporoto.
Tokologo ya go gweba, mošomo le profešene 22. � Moagi yo mongwe le yo mongwe o na le tokelo ya go ikgethela kgwebo ya gagwe,
mošomo goba profešene ka tokologo. Ditiro tša kgwebo, mošomo goba profešene di ka laolwa ke molao.
Dikamano medirong 23. � (1) Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go swarwa gabotse dikamanong tša modiro.
(2) � Mošomi yo mongwe le yo mongwe o na le tokelo ya - (a) � go hloma le go ba leloko la yunione ya bašomi; (b) � go kgatha tema mererong le mananeong a yunione ya bašomi; le (c) � go straeka mošomo.
(3) � Mongmošomo yo mongwe le yo mongwe o na le tokelo ya go - (a) � hloma le go ba leloko la mekgatlo ya bengmešomo; le (b) � kgatha tema medirong le mananeong a mekgatlo ya bengmešomo.
(4) � Yunione ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya bašomi le mokgatlo wo mongwe le wo mongwe wa bengmešomo o na le tokelo ya -
10
(a) go laola tshepedišo ya yona, mananeo le mediro; (b) go beakanya; le (c) go hloma le go ba maloko a fetereišene.
(5) Yunione ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya bašomi, mokgatlo wa bengmešomo le mongmošomo ba na le tokelo ya go tsenela ditherišano ka seboka. Molao wa setšhaba o ka bewa go laola ditherišano ka seboka. Bogolo bjoo molao o ka direlago tokelo mollwane mo Kgaolong ye, mollwane woo o swanetše go sepelelana le karolo ya 36 (1).
(6) Molao wa setšhaba o ka amogela dipeakanyo tša tšhireletšo tša yunione tšeo di hwetšwago ka ditumelelanong tša seboka. Bogolo bjoo molao o ka direlago tokelo mollwane mo Kgaolong ye, mollwane woo o swanetše go sepelelana le karolo ya 36 (1).
Tikologo 24. Mang le mang o na le tokelo -
(a) go ba tikologong yeo e se nago le kotsi bophelong bja gagwe goba go pheleng gabotse ga gagwe; le
(b) go šireletša tikologo, kholegong ya meloko ya bjale le ya ka moso, ka magato a melao ya maleba le e mengwe yeo e - (i) thibelago tšhilafatšo ya tikologo le phokodišo ya tlhago; (ii) tšwetšago pele pabalelo ya tlhago; le (iii) lotago le go hlabolla tlhago ye e tlogo tšea lebaka le letelele le tšhomišo
ya methopo ya tlhago ka nepo ya go tšwetšapele tlhabollo ya maleba ya ekonomi ya setšhaba.
Thoto 25. (1) Ga go motho yo a swanetšego go tšeelwa thoto ntle le go ya ka molao woo o amago
mang le mang, le gona ga go molao woo o swanetšego go dumelela go tšeelwa ga thoto ka go rata.
(2) Thoto e ka amogwa fela ka go latela molao wo o amago mang le mang – (a) morerong wa setšhaba goba go phetha dikgahlego tša setšhaba; le (b) go ya ka go lefa, seroto seo e lego gore nako le mokgwa wa tefo wo e
lego gore o ka ba o kwanetšwe ke bao ba amegago goba o rerilwe goba o amogetšwe ke kgorotsheko.
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
11
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
(3) � Seroto sa pušetšo, nako le mokgwa wa tefo di swanetše go ba tša toka le tše di lekanago, di bontšha tekatekano gare ga dikgahlego tša setšhaba le dikgahlego tša bao ba amegago, go šetšwa mabaka a a swanetšego, go akaretšwa - (a) � tšhomišo ya bjale ya thoto; (b) � histori ya khwetšo le tšhomišo ya thoto; (c) � boleng bja mmaraka bja thoto; (d) � maemo a dipeeletšothwii tša mmušo le dithušo khwetšong le tlhabollong ya
mohola ya kapitale ya thoto; le (e) lebaka la kamogo.
(4) � Mabakeng a karolo ye - (a) � kgahlego ya setšhaba e akaretša boikgafo bja setšhaba kabongleswa ya naga,
le dikabongleswa tšeo di tla tlišago tekatekano phihlelelong ya methopo ya tlhago ya Afrika-Borwa; le gore
(b) � thoto ga e ame naga fela. (5) � Mmušo o swanetše go tšea magato ao a kwagalago a peomolao le amangwe, ka
maatla a wona, go tliša maemo ao a tla kgontšhago baagi go ikhweletša lefase ka go lekana.
(6) � Motho goba setšhaba seo bodulo bja sona bo tekatekišwago ke melao ya peleng ya kgethollo ya semorafe goba ditiro, se swanetše, go ya ka Molao wa Palamente, go hwetša bodulo bjo bo tiišitšwego ke molao goba go hwetša thušo e nngwe yeo e swanago ya peakanyoleswa.
(7) � Motho goba setšhaba seo se amogilweng naga morago ga la 19 Juni 1913 ka lebaka la melao ya peleng ya kgethollo ya semorafe goba ditiro, se swanetše, go ya ka Molao wa Palamente, go bušetšwa naga yeo goba go hwetša peakanyoleswa ye e lekanego.
(8) � Ga go tlhagišo efe goba efe ya karolo ye yeo e ka thibelago mmušo go tšea magato a semolao le a mangwe go hwetša naga, meetse le dikaboleswa tše dingwe tša go swana le tšona, nepo e le go bekanyaleswa dipoelo tša kgethollo ya semorafe, ge fela e le gore phapogo efe goba efe ditlhagišong tša karolo ye di sepelelana le ditlhagišo tša karolo ya 36(1).
(9) � Palamente e swanetše go bea molao wo o ukangwego karolwaneng ya (6).
12
Kago ya Dintlo 26. (1) Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go ba le ntlo ya maleba.
(2) Mmušo o swanetše go tšea magato a maleba a molao le a mangwe, ka maatla a wona, go fihlela phethagatšo ya kgato ka kgato ya tokelo ye.
(3) Ga go motho yo a swanetšego go ntšhwa ka ngwakong wa gagwe goba ngwako wa gagwe o phušulwe ntle le taelo ya kgorotsheko yeo e dirilwego ka morago ga go ela hloko mabaka ka moka a a amegago. Ga go molao wo o swanetšego go dumelela go ntšhiwa ga batho magaeng ka boithatelo.
Tlhokomelo ya tša maphelo, dijo, meetse le tšhireletšo ya leago 27. (1) Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya phihlelelo ya -
(a) ditirelo tša tlhokomelo ya tša maphelo, go akaretšwa le tlhokomelo ya maphelo go tša pelegi;
(b) dijo le meetse tše di lekanego; le (c) tšhireletšo ya tša leago, go akaretšwa, ge e le gore ga ba kgone go ithuša ka
bobona le bao ba ba tshepilego, thušo ya selegae yeo e swanetšego. (2) Mmušo o swanetše go tšea magato a maleba a semolao le a mangwe, ka maatla a
wona, go fihlela phethagatšo, kgato ka kgato ya ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya ditokelo tše.
(3) Ga go motho yo a swanetšego go ganwa ka kalafo ya tšhoganyetšo.
Bana 28. (1) Ngwana yo mongwe le yo mongwe o na le tokelo ya -
(a) leina le tokelo ya go ba wa naga ye a belegetšwego go yona; (b) go hlokomelwa ke lelapa goba motswadi, goba hlokemelo ye swanetšego ge a
tlošitšwe lelapeng; (c) phepo ya motheo, madulo, ditirelo tša maphelo tša motheo le ditirelo tša
leago; (d) go šireletšwa go swarompe, hlokomologo, tlaišo goba go se hlokomelwe; (e) go šireletšwa go tlaišo ya tša go šoma (f) go se dirišwe goba go se dumelelwe go dira mošomo goba go abela ditirelo
tšeo di -
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
13
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
(i) � sa swanelago go motho wa mengwaga ya go lekana le ya ngwana yo; goba
(ii) � ka beyago kotsing go phela gabotse ga ngwana, thuto, boitekanelo bja mmele le monagano, goba semoya, maitshwaro goba tšwelopele setšhabeng;
(g) � go se golegwe, ntle le ge seo e le kgato fela yeo e ka tšewago, gomme ge go le bjalo, godimo ga ditokelo tšeo ngwana yoo a di fiwago ka fase ga dikarolo tša 12 le 35, ngwana yoo a ka golegwa fela nakwana e nnyane ya maleba; le gona o na le tokelo ya go - (i) � hlaolwa bagolegweng bao ba nago le mengwaga ya ka godimo ga 18;
gomme (ii) � a swarwe ka mokgwa wo, a bewe maemong ao a tšeago šedi ya bogolo
bja ngwana; (h) � gore ngwana yoo a be le ramolao wa mmušo yoo ebilego a lefša ke mmušo,
melatong yeo e amago ngwana, ge e le gore tlhokego ya toka e ka tšwelelela; le
(i) � go se šomišwe thwii dithulanong tšeo go itlhamilwego gape le go šireletšwa mabakeng a dithulano tšeo go itlhamilwego.
(2) � Dikgahlego tša ngwana di bohlokwa kudu mererong e mengwe le e mengwe ye e amago ngwana yoo.
(3) � Mo karolong ye lentšu le “ngwana” le šupa motho yo a lego ka fase ga mengwaga e 18.
Thuto 29. (1) Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya -
(a) � go hwetša thuto ya motheo, go akaretšwa thutomotheo ya ba bagolo; le (b) � go tšwetša pele thuto yeo mmušo, go ya ka mabaka a a kwešišegago, o
swanetšego go tšea magato a maswanedi go dira gore e hwetšwagale le go fihlelelwa.
(2) � Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go hwetša thuto ka leleme la semmušo goba maleme a boikgethelo bja bona dihlongweng tša thuto tša setšhaba moo thuto yeo e tlogago e kgonagala. Go kgonthišiša phihlelelo le phethagatšo ya tokelo ye, mmušo o swanetše go hlokomela maano ka moka a thuto, go akaretšwa dihlongwa
14
tša thuto ya go rutwa ka polelo e tee, go hlokometšwe - (a) tekatekano; (b) kgonagalo; le (c) phišegelo ya go nyaka go beakanyaleswa ditlamorago tša melao ya maloba ya
kgethollo ya semorafe le mekgwa. (3) Motho yo mongwe le yo mongwe o na le tokelo ya go hloma le go lota, ka
ditshenyegelo tša gagwe, dihlongwa tša thuto tše di ikemetšego tšeo di - (a) sa kgethollego ka lebaka la morafe; (b) ngwadišitšwego le mmušo; le (c) go lota maemo a thuto ao a sego ka fase ga ao a lego dihlongweng tša thuto
tša setšhaba. (4) Karolwana ya (3) ga e thibele dithušo tša mmušo dihlongweng tše di ikemetšego
tša thuto.
Leleme le setšo 30. Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go šomiša leleme la gagwe le go kgatha tema bophelong
bja setšo sa kgetho ya gagwe, efela ga go yo a diragatšago ditokelo tše a ka dirago bjalo ka tsela ye e lego kgahlanong le mabaka a itšego a Molao wa Ditokelo.
Ditšhaba tša setšo, bodumedi le tša maleme 31. (1) Batho ba e lego ditho tša setšhaba sa setšo, bodumedi goba sa leleme ga ba
swanela go ganetšwa tokelo, le maloko a mangwe a setšhaba seo - (a) go ipshina ka setšo sa bona, go latela bodumedi bja bona le go šomiša leleme
la bona; le (b) go hloma, go itswalanya le go lota setšo, bodumedi le ditlemagano le
mekgatlo e mengwe ya setšhaba. (2) Ditokelo karolwaneng ya (1)di ka no se šomišwe ka tsela yeo e tla bago kgahlanong
le ditlhagišo tše dingwe tša Molao wa Ditokelo.
Phihlelelo ya tshedimošo 32. (1) Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go fihlelela -
(a) tshedimošo efe goba efe yeo e swerwego ke mmušo; le (b) tshedimošo efe goba efe yeo e swerwego ke motho o mongwe yeo e
tsomegago gore go phethagatšwe goba go šireletšwe tokelo efe goba efe.
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
15
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
(2) � Molao wa setšhaba o swanetše go bewa gore go phethagatšwe tokelo ye gomme o ka fa magato a maleba go imolla mmušo mathateng a taolo le a ditšhelete.
Kgatotaolo ye e lokilego 33. � (1) Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya go hwetša kgatotaolo yeo e lego molaong, ye e
kwalago, yeo e sepedišwago ka tsela ya maleba. (2) � Mang le mang yo ditokelo tša gagwe di amilwego gampe ke kgatotaolo o na le
tokelo ya go fiwa mabaka ao a ngwadilwego. (3) � Molao wa setšhaba o swanetše go bewa go maatlafatša ditokelo tše, gomme o
swanetše- (a) � go hlagiša tekololefsa ya kgatotaolo ke kgorotsheko goba, ge e le gore go
swanetše, kgoro ya go ikemela ya go se tšee lehlakore; (b) go bea maikarabelo go mmušo go maatlafatša ditokelo tšeo di beilwego
dikarolwaneng tša(1)le (2); le (c) � go tšwetšapele taolo ye e šomago gabotse.
Tumelelo go dikgorotsheko 34. � Mang le mang o na le tokelo ya gore phapano efe goba efe yeo e ka rarollwago ka tirišo ya
molao, e theetšwe phatlalatša pele ga kgoro ya tsheko goba, moo go kgonegago, lekgotla goba foramong e nngwe ye e ikemetšego ya go se tšeye lehlakore.
Batho bao ba swerwego, ba golegilwego le ba latofatšwago 35. (1) � Mang le mang yo a swerwego ka go oba molato o na le tokelo ya -
(a) � go homola; (b) � go tsebišwa ka bonako -
(i) ka tokelo ya gagwe ya go homola; le (ii) � go lemošwa ka ditlamorago tša go se homole;
(c) � go se gapeletšwe go dira boipobolo bofe goba bofe goba go dumela se sengwe seo se ka šomišwago bjalo ka bohlatse kgahlanong le yena;
(d) � go tlišwa pele ga kgorotsheko ka pela ka mo go ka kgonegago, fela e sego ka morago ga - (i) � diiri tše 48 ka morago ga go swarwa; goba (ii) � mafelelong a letšatši la pele la tsheko morago ga ge diiri tše 48 di fetile,
16
ge e le gore diiri tše 48 di fela ka ntle ga diiri tša tlwaelo tša kgorotsheko goba ka letšatši leo e sego la tlwaelo la tsheko;
(e) ka letšatši la mathomo la go tšwelela pele ga kgorotsheko, a latofatšwe goba a tsebišwe lebaka leo le dirago gore go golegwa ga gagwe go tšwelepele goba a lokollwe; le
(f) go lokollwa kgolegong ge dikgahlego tša toka di dumela, go ya ka mabaka a a kwalago.
(2) Mang le mang yo a golegilwego, go akaretšwa le mogolegwa yo a ahlotšwego, o na le tokelo ya - (a) go tsebišwa ka pele lebaka leo le mo dirilego gore a swarwe; (b) go kgetha le go boledišana le ramolao, le go tsebišwa ka tokelo ye ka bonako; (c) gore mmušo o mo fe ramolao o a lefšago ke mmušo, ge go hloka toka go ka
tšwelela, le go tsebišwa ka tokelo ye ka bonako; (d) go ganetšana le go ba molaong ga go swarwa ga gagwe pele ga kgorotsheko
gomme, ge go swarwa go se molaong, a lokollwe; (e) go mabaka a kgolego ao a sepelelanago le seriti sa botho, go akaretšwa
bonnyane go diragatša le tlhagišo, ka ditshenyegelo tša mmušo, tša bodulo bjo bo lekanego, phepo, ditlabelo tša go bala le kalafo; le
(f) go kgokagana le go etelwa ke - (i) mogatša goba molekane; (ii) wa leloko; (iii) moeletši yo a ikgethetšego yena wa sedumedi; le (iv) ngaka yeo a ikgethetšego yona.
(3) Mang le mang yo a latofatšwago o na le tokelo ya go sekišwa ka tsela ya toka, yeo e akaretšago tokelo ya - (a) go tsebišwa ka ga tatofatšo ya gagwe le dintlha tše di lekanego go mo
kgontšha go fetola tatofatšo yeo; (b) go fiwa nako le ditlabelo tšeo di lekanego gore a kgone go itokišetša tsheko; (c) go sekišwa phatlalatša pele ga kgoro ya tsheko ya mehleng; (d) go ba le tshekišo yeo e thomago e bile e felago ka ntle le titelo yeo e sa
kwešišagalego; (e) go ba gona ge a sekišwa; (f) go kgetha, le go emelwa ke ramolao, le go tsebišwa ka tokelo ye ka pela;
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
17
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
(g) � gore mmušo o mo fe ramolao o a lefšago ke mmušo, ge go hloka toka go ka tšwelela, le go tsebišwa ka tokelo ye ka bonako;
(h) � go tšewa bjalo ka motho yo a se nago molato, go homola, le go se fe bohlatse nakong ya tshepedišo ya tsheko;
(i) � go fa bohlatse, le go ganetšana le bohlatse; (j) � go se gapeletšwe go fa bohlatse bjo a ka ipofago ka bjona; (k) go sekišwa ka leleme leo yena molatofatšwa a le kwešišago goba, ge e le gore
seo ga se kgonagale, go dira gore ditshepedišo di hlathollelwe lelemeng leo; (l) � go se bonwe molato ka tiro goba go se phethagatše moo go sego gwa ba tlolo
ya molao ka fase ga molao wa setšhaba goba wa ditšhabatšhaba ka nako yeo o sego wa dirirwa goba o sego wa phethagatšwa;
(m) go se sekišwe tlolong ya molao ka lebaka la tiro goba go se phethagatše moo e lego gore mosekišwa o šetše a kile a se bonwe molato goba a ilego a golegelwa yona;
(n) � go holegeng ga dikotlo tše di sego tše kgolo tšeo di laetšwego, ge dikotlo tše di laetšwego tša tlolo ya molao di fetošitšwe gareng ga nako yeo tlolo ya molao e dirilwego le nako ya go kwebja; le
(o) � go dira boipiletšo bja, goba go lekola lefsa ka kgorokgolo ya tsheko. (4) � Neng le neng ge karolo ye e nyaka gore tshedimošo e fiwe motho, tshedimošo yeo e
swanetše go fiwa ka leleme leo motho a yoo a le kwešišago. (5) � Bohlatse bjo bo hweditšwego ka tsela yeo e ganetšanago le tokelo efe goba efe
ye e lego ka go Molao wa Ditokelo bo swanetše go phaelwa thoko ge e le gore go amogela bohlatse bjoo go tla dira gore tsheko e se be le toka goba mohlomongwe bo be kgahlanong le tirišo ya toka.
Mollwane wa ditokelo 36. � (1) Ditokelo tše di lego ka Molaong wa Ditokelo di ka ba le mellwane fela go ya ka
molao wo o akaretšago mang le mang ge e le gore mollwane wo o a kwala e bile o molaong setšhabeng seo se lokologilego sa temokrasi seo se theilwego ka seriti sa botho, tekatekano le tokologo, go elwa hloko mabaka ka moka ao a amegago, go akaretšwa - (a) � mohuta wa tokelo; (b) � bohlokwa le maikemišetšo a mollwane;
18
(c) mohuta le bogolo bja mollwane; (d) kamano magareng ga mollwane le maikemišetšo a yona; le (e) mokgwa woo o sa šitišego phihlelelo ya maikemišetšo ao.
(2) Ka ntle le ge go hlagišitšwe karolwaneng ya (1) goba ditlhagišong tše dingwe tša Molaotheo, ga go molao wo o swanetšego go direla tokelo yeo e tiišeditšwego ka go Molao wa Ditokelo mollwane.
Maemo a tšhoganetšo 37. (1) Maemo a tšhoganetšo a ka goeletšwa fela go ya ka Molao wa Palamente, le gona
fela ge - (a) bophelo bja setšhaba bo tšhošetšwa ka ntwa, tlhaselo, tsogelokakaretšo,
tlhakahlakano, masetlapelo a tlhago goba maemo a mangwe tšhoganetšo a setšhaba; le
(b) kgoeletšo e hlokega go tliša khutšo le kagišo. (2) Kgoeletšo ya maemo a tšhoganetšo, le molao ofe goba ofe woo o dirilwego goba
magato a mangwe ao a tšerwego go latela kgoeletšo yeo, di ka šoma fela - (a) kholofelong; le (b) mo matšatšing ao a sa fetego 21 go tloga letšatšing la kgoeletšo, ntle le ge
Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se ka tšea sephetho sa go katološa kgoeletšo. Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se ka tšea sephetho sa go katološa maemo a tšhoganetšo ka dikgwedi tše sa fetego tše tharo ka nako e tee. Katološo ya mathomo ya kgoeletšo ya tšhoganetšo e swanetše go tšewa ka sephetho seo go dumelelwanego ka sona ke bontši bja dibouto tša maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente. Katološo ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e latelago e swanetše go tšewa ke bouto ya bonyane diperesente tše 60 tša maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente. Sephetho seo se tšewago go ya ka temana ye se swanetše go tšewa fela morago ga ngangišano ya phatlalatša ya setšhaba Kgobokanong ya Palamente.
(3) Kgoro efe goba efe ya tsheko e ka ahlola go ba molaong ga - (a) kgoeletšo ya maemo a tšhoganetšo; (b) katološo efe goba efe ya kgoeletšo ya maemo a tšhoganetšo; goba (c) molao ofe goba ofe wo o dirilwego goba kgato ye e tšerwego go latela
kgoeletšo ya maemo a tšhoganetšo.
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
19
(4) Molao wo mongwe le wo mongwe wo o dirwago go latela kgoeletšo ya maemo a tšhoganetšo o ka fapoga go Molao wa Ditokelo go fihla fela ge - (a) go fapoga go tlogago go tsomega ka kgoeletšo ya tšhoganetšo; le ge (b) molao -
(i) o sepelelana le ditlamego tša Repabliki go ya ka molao wa boditšhabatšhaba woo o šomišwago ge go na le kgoeletšo ya maemo a tšhoganetšo;
(ii) o kwana le karolwana ya(5); ebile (iii) o phatlaladitšwe ka Kuranteng ya Mmušo wa setšhaba ka pela ka mo go
kgonegago morago ga go bewa. (5) Ga go Molao wa Palamente woo o dumelelago kgoeletšo ya tšhoganetšo, ebile
ga go molao woo o dirwago goba kgato efe goba efe yeo e ka tšewago go latela kgoeletšo ya tšhoganetšo, yeo e ka dumelago goba go dumelela go - (a) go lebalela mmušo, goba motho mang goba mang yo a dirilego tiro ye e sego
molaong; (b) go fapoga go gongwe le go gongwe karolong ye; goba (c) go fapoga go gongwe le go gongwe karolong yeo e ukamilwego kholomong
ya 1 ya Lenaneo la Ditokelo tšeo Go sa swanelwago go Fapogwa go Tšona, go bogolo bjo bo bontšhwago go lebana le karolo ya kholomo ya 3 ya lenaneo.
Lenaneo la Ditokelo tše Go sa swanelago go Fapogwa go Tšona
1 Nomoro ya karolo
2 Leina la karolo
3 Bogolo bjoo tokelo e sego ya swanelwa go fapoga go yona
9 Tekatekano Mabapi le kgethollo ye e sa lokago ka mabaka fela a mohlobo, mmala, morafe goba tlhago, bong, bodumedi goba polelo
10 Tlhompho ya setho Ka moka
11 Bophelo Ka moka
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
1 Nomoro ya karolo
2 Leina la karolo
3 Bogolo bjoo tokelo e sego ya swanelwa go fapoga go yona
12 Tokologo le tšhireletšo ya motho
Mabapi le dikarolwana (1)(d) le (e) le 2 (c)
13 Bokgoba, bohlanka le kgapeletšo ya mošomo
Mabapi le bokgoba le bohlanka
28 Bana Mabapi le: - dikarolwana tša (1)(d) le (e); - ditokelo ditemaneng tša (i) le (ii) tša karolwana (1)(g); le - karolwana ya (1)(i) mabapi le bana ba meng- waga ye 15 le ka fase.
35 Batho bao ba swer- wego, ba golegilwego le bao ba latofatšwago
Mabapi le : - dikarolwana tša (1)(a), (b) le (c) le (2)(d); - ditokelo ditemaneng tša (a) go fihla go (o) goba karolwana ya (3), go sa akaretšwe temana ya (d); - karolwana ya (4); le - karolwana ya (5) mabapi le tlogelo ya bohlatse ge e le gore go amogela bohlatse bjoo go tla dira gore tsheko e se be le toka.
(6) � Ge motho mang goba mang a golegilwe ntle le tsheko go latela phapogo go ditokelo tša gagwe ka lebaka la kgoeletšo ya maemo a tšhoganetšo, mabaka a a latelago a swanetše go hlokomelwa: (a) � Leloko la lapa la motho o mogolo goba mogwera wa motho yo a golegilwego
o swanetše go tsebišwa ka pela ka moo go kgonegago, a tsebišwe gore motho yoo o golegilwe.
(b) � Tsebišo e swanetše go gatišwa ka Kuranteng ya Mmušo ya setšhaba pele ga ge matšatši a mahlano a morago ga ge motho a swerwe a fela, a bolela leina la mogolegwa le lefelo la kgolego le go bolela ka magato a tšhoganetšo ao motho yoo a golegilwego ka fase ga wona.
20
21
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
(c) � Mogolegwa o swanetše go dumelelwa go ikgethela, le go etelwa nako ye nngwe le ye nngwe ye e kwalago, ke ngaka.
(d) � Mogolegwa o swanetše go dumelelwa go ikgethela, le go etelwa nako ye nngwe le ye nngwe ye e kwalago, ke ramolao.
(e) � Kgorotsheko e swanetše go lekodišiša mabaka a kgolego ka pele ka moo go kgonegago, e fela e sego morago ga matšatši a 10 morago ga gore motho yoo a golegwe, gomme kgorotsheko e swanetše go lokolla mogolegwa ka ntle le ge go hlokega go tšwelapele ka go golega go tliša khutšo le molao.
(f) � Mogolegwa yo a sa lokollwego go ya ka tekolo ya ka fase ga temana ya (e), goba yoo a sa lokollwego go ya ka tekolo ya temana ye, a ka dira kgopelo go kgorotsheko go lekodišiša lefsa go tšwelapele ka kgolego ya gagwe nako ye nngwe le ye nngwe morago ga ge matšatši a 10 a tekolo ya pele a fetile, gomme kgorotsheko e swanetše go lokolla mogolegwa ntle le ge go sa hlokega go tšwelapele ka kgolego go tliša khutšo le toka.
(g) � Mogolegwa o swanetše go dumelelwa go tšwelelapele ga kgorotsheko efe goba efe ka sebele pele kgorotsheko yeo e lekodišiša maemo a gagwe a go golegwa, go emelwa ke ramolao tshekong yeo, le go dira dikgopelo kgahlanong le go tšwetšwapele ga kgolego ya gagwe.
(h) � Mmušo o swanetše go tšweletša mabaka ao a ngwadilwego pele ga kgorotsheko ao ka ona o hlalošago mabaka a go tšwetšapele kgolego ya mogolegwa yoo, ebile o swanetše go fa khopi ya mabaka ao go mogolegwa bonyane matšatši a mabedi pele kgorotsheko e lekola lefsa go swarwa ga motho yoo.
(7) � Ge kgorotsheko e lokolla mogolegwa, motho yoo ga a swanela go golegwa gape mabakeng ao a swanago le ao a bego a golegilwe ka ona, ntle le ge mmušo o ka tliša mabaka a go kwagala a go golega motho yoo gape.
(8) � Dikarolwana tša (6) le (7) ga di šomišwe bathong bao e sego baagi ba Afrika Borwa bao ba golegilwego ka lebaka la phapano ya ntwa ya boditšhabatšhaba. Eupša mmušo o swanetše go obamela maemo ao a tlamago Repabliki ka fase ga molao wa setho wa boditšhabatšhaba mabapi le kgolego ya batho bao.
Phethagatšo ya ditokelo 38. Mang le mang yoo a ngwadilwego karolong ye o na le tokelo ya go ya go kgorotsheko
22
ya maswanedi moo a tlilego go bega gore tokelo ya ka Molaong wa Ditokelo e tshetšwe goba e nyaditšwe, le kgorotsheko e ka mo fa kimollo yeo e swanetšego, go akaretšwa le go tsebagatšwa ga ditokelo tšeo. Batho bao ba ka boledišanago le kgoro ke -
(a) mang le mang yoo a emelago dikgahlego tša gagwe ka nama; (b) mang le mang yoo a emelago batho ba bangwe bao ba palelwago ke go
ikemela ka bobona; (c) mang le mang yoo a emego bjalo ka leloko la, goba a emetšego dikgahlego tša
sehlopha goba legoro la batho; (d) mang le mang yoo a emelago dikgahlego tša setšhaba; le (e) mokgatlo wo o emelago dikgahlego tša maloko a wona.
Tlhathollo ya Molao wa Ditokelo 39. (1) Ge go hlathollwa Molao wa Ditokelo, kgorotsheko, lekgotlatshekišo la setšo goba
foramo - (a) e swanetše go tšwetšapele melao yeo e laolago setšhaba seo se lokologilego sa
temokrasi se se theilwego godimo ga seriti sa botho, tekatekano le tokologo; (b) e swanetše go hlokomela molao wa boditšhabatšhaba; le (c) go ka no diriša molao wa dinaga tše dingwe.
(2) Ge go hlathollwa molao ofe goba ofe, le ge go dirwa molaotlwaelo goba molao wa setšo, kgorotsheko efe goba efe, kgorotshekišo efe goba efe ya setšo goba foramo di swanetše go tšwetšapele phišego, sephetho le maikemišetšo a Molao wa Ditokelo.
(3) Molao wa Ditokelo ga o ganetše go ba gona ga ditokelo tše dingwe goba ditokologo tšeo di amogelwago goba di fiwago ke molaotlwaelo, molao wa setšo goba molao, ge fela di nyalelana le Molao wo.
KGAOLO YA 2: MOLAO WA DITOKELO
23
KGAOLO YA 3: MMUŠO WA MOHLAKANELWA
KGAOLO YA 3 MMUŠo WA MohLAKAnELWA
Mmušo wa Repabliki 40. � (1) Mo Repabliking, mmušo o theilwe e le wa setšhaba, wa profense le wa selegae, yeo
e ikemego, e šomišanago ebile e tswalanego. (2) � Makala ka moka a mmušo a swanetše go obamela le go latela melao yeo e lego
Kgaolong ye gomme a sepediše mediro ya ona ka gare ga mellwane ya Kgaolo ye.
Melao ya mmušo wa mohlakanelwa le dikamano tša semmušo 41. � (1) Makala ka moka a mmušo le mekgatlo ka moka ya mmušo ye e lego ka gare ga
lekala le lengwe le le lengwe di swanetše go - (a) � lota khutšo, botee bja setšhaba le go se aroganyege ga Repabliki; (b) � go babalela boiketlo bja batho ba Repabliki; (c) � go aba mmušo wa go šoma gabotse, wa phatlalatša, wa maikarabelo le wa
tšhomišano Repabliking ka bophara; (d) � botegela Molaotheo, Repabliki, le batho ba yona; (e) � hlompha maemo a molaotheo, dihlongwa, maatla le mediro ya mmušo
makaleng a mangwe; (f) � inea maatla a itšego goba mediro ka ntle le yeo ba e filwego go ya ka
Molaotheo; (g) � šomiša maatla a tšona le go dira mediro ya wona ka tsela yeo e sa
tshwenyanego le seriti sa tikologo, sa mediro goba sa dihlongwa tša mmušo makaleng a mangwe; le
(h) � go šomišana le makala a mangwe ka go tshepana le - (i) � ka go tliša kamano ya segwera;
(ii) � ka go thušana le go eletšana; (iii) � ka go tsebišana ka ga, le go rerišana ditabeng tšeo e lego tša kgahlego ya
tšona ka moka; (iv) � ka go kopanya ditiro le melao ya tšona mmogo; (v) � ka go obamela ditshepedišo tšeo go kwanwego ka tšona; le (vi) � ka go efoga go tšeelana dikgato tša semolao magareng ga tšona.
24
(2) Molao wa Palamente o swanetše - (a) go hloma goba go beakanyetša dibopego le dihlongwa go tšwetšapele le go
nolofatša dikamano magareng ga dikgoro tša mmušo; le (b) go beakanyetša mekgwa le ditshepedišo tša maswanedi tša go nolofatša
tharollo ya diphapano magareng ga dikgoro tša mmušo. (3) Setho sa mmušo seo se nago le phapano ya gareng ga dikgoro tša mmušo se
swanetše go leka ka moo se ka kgonago go rarolla phapano yeo ka go tšea mekgwa le ditshepedišo tšeo di beetšwego mabaka ao, gomme se tšee matsapa ka moka pele ga ge se ka kgopela kgorotsheko go rarolla phapano yeo.
(4) Ge kgorotsheko e se ya kgotsofala gore ga se go phethwe dinyakwa tša karolo ya (3), e ka bušetša phapano yeo morago go ditho tša mmušo tšeo di amegago.
KGAOLO YA 3: MMUŠO WA MOHLAKANELWA
25
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
KGAOLO YA 4 PALAMEnTE
Sebopego sa Palamente 42. (1) Palamente e bopša ke -
(a) � Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente; le (b) � Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense.
(2) � Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente le Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense mo go hlangweng ga melao go ya ka tshepedišo yeo e beakantšwego ka Molaotheong.
(3) � Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se kgethelwa go emela batho le go kgonthišiša pušo ka batho ka tlase ga Molaotheo. E dira seo ka go kgetha Mopresidente, ka go hloma lekgotla la setšhaba moo go ahlaahlwago merero ya setšhaba, ka go hlama melao le go sekaseka le go hlokomela ditiro tša khuduthamaga.
(4) � Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e emela diprofense go kgonthišiša gore dikgahlego tša tšona di elwa hloko makaleng a mmušo wa naga. E dira se ka go kgatha tema tlhamong ya melao ya setšhaba le ka go hloma foramo ya setšhaba moo go ahlaahlwago merero ya setšhaba yeo e amago diprofense.
(5) � Mopresidente a ka bitša Palamente go tsenela pitšo yeo e sego ya mehleng nako ye nngwe le ye nngwe go ahlaahla merero ye bohlokwa.
(6) � Tulo ya Palamente ke Cape Town, e fela Molao wa Palamente, wo o hlamilwego go ya ka karolo ya 76 (1) le ya(5) o ka tšea sephetho sa gore tulo ya Palamente e be lefelong le lengwe.
Maatla a go hlama melao a Repabliki 43. Mo Repabliking, maatla a go hlama melao -
(a) � a mmušo wa naga ka bophara, a magetleng a Palamente, bjalo ka ge go hlagišitšwe karolong ya 44;
(b) � a mmušo wa diprofense a magetleng a makgotlapeamelao a profense bjale ka ge go hlagišitšwe karolong ya 104; le
(c) � a mebušoselegae, a magetleng a Dikhansele tša Bommasepala, bjalo ka ge go hlagišitšwe karolong ya 156.
26
Maatla a go hlama melao ya naga 44. (1) Maatla a go hlama melao ya naga bjalo ka ge a beilwe magetleng a Palamente -
(a) go fa Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente maatla a go- (i) fetola Molaotheo ; (ii) bea molao mabapi le morero ofe goba ofe, go akaretšwa taba ya
lehlakore la tirelo leo le beilwego ka Šetulong ya 4, eupša go sa akaretšwe, go ya ka karolwana ya (2), taba ya lehlakore la tirelo le le beilwego ka Šetulong ya 5; le
(iii) go aba maatla afe goba afe a yona a go hlama melao, ka ntle le maatla a go kgona go fetola Molaotheo, go lekgotla lefe goba lefe la go hlama melao lekaleng le lengwe la mmušo; le
(b) go fa Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense maatla a - (i) go kgatha tema phetolong ya Molaotheo go ya ka karolo ya 74; (ii) go fetiša, go ya ka karolo ya 76, melao mabapi le morero ofe goba efe
wa tiragatšo wo o welago ka go Šetulo 4, le morero ofe goba ofe wo o nyakwago ke Molaotheo gore o hlangwe go ya ka karolo ya 76; le
(iii) go šetša, go ya ka karolo ya 75, molao ofe goba ofe wo o hlamilwego ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente.
(2) Palamente e ka tsenagare, ka go hlama molao go ya ka karolo ya 76 (1), mabapi le taba yeo e welago ka gare ka lehlakore la modiro leo le tšweleditšwego Šetulong ya 5, ge go - (a) boloka tšhireletšo ya setšhaba; (b) boloka botee bja ekonomi; (c) boloka maemo a bohlokwa a setšhaba; (d) hloma maemo a mannyane ao a tsomegago phethagatšong ya ditirelo; goba (e) thibela tiro ya go se kwagale ye e tšerwego ke profense mme e ka amago
gampe dikgahlego tša profense e nngwe goba naga ka bophara. (3) Molao mabapi le taba yeo e tlogago e tsomega go, goba ka sewelo go, tiragatšo e
kaone ya maatla ao a amago morero ofe goba ofe wo o tšweleditšwego Šetulong ya 4 ke, go mehola ka moka, molao mabapi le morero wo o tšweleditšwego Šetulong ya 4.
(4) Ge e šomiša maatla a yona a go hlama melao, Palamente e tlengwa fela ke Molaotheo, gomme e swanetše go šoma go ya ka, le ka gare ga mellwane ya Molaotheo.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
27
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
Melawana ya mohlakanelwa le ditaelo le dikomiti tša mohlakanelwa 45. (1) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente le Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense di swanetše
go hloma komiti ya mohlakanelwa ya go hlama melawana le ditaelo tša mabapi le merero ya mohlakanelwa ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente le sa Khansele, go akaretšwa melawana le ditaelo- (a) � tša go beakanya mokgwa wa go sepediša tsela ya go dira melao, go akaretšwa
go bewa ga mellwane ya dinako tšeo go swanetšego go phethwa kgato ye nngwe le ye nngwe tshepedišong yeo;
(b) � go hloma dikomiti tša mohlakanelwa tšeo di bopšago ke baemedi ba ba tšwago go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente le Khansele gore di lekodišiše le go bega ka ga Melaokakanywa yeo e ukangwego dikarolong tša 74 le 75 yeo e amago dikomiti tšeo;
(c) � go hloma komiti ya mohlakanelwa go lekodišiša Molaotheo, bonyane ngwaga ka ngwaga; le
(d) � go laola merero ya- (i) � komiti ya mohlakanelwa ya melawana; (ii) � Komiti ya Poelanyo; (iii) � Komiti ya go sekaseka Molaotheo; le (iv) � dikomiti dife goba dife tša mohlakanelwa tše di hlomilwego go ya ka
temana ya (b). (2) � Maloko a Kabinete, maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente le baemedi ba
Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense ba na le ditokelo le dikgahlego pele ga komiti ya mohlakanelwa ya Seboka le Khansele bjalo ka ge ba na le tšona pele ga Seboka goba le Khansele.
Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente
Sebopego le kgetho 46. (1) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se bopša ke basadi le banna bao ba sego ka fase ga
350 le 400, bao ba kgethilwego go ba maloko go ya ka mabaka a lenaneokgetho leo- (a) � le beilwego ka molao wa naga; (b) � le theilwego godimo ga lenaneo la bakgethi la mang le mang;
28
(c) le hlagišago bogolo bja mengwaga ya go bouta e 18; le (d) le hlolago, ka kakaretšo, boemedi bja go lekalekana.
(2) Molao wa Palamente o swanetše go hlagiša molao wa go bala woo o laolago palo ya maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente.
[Karolwana ya (1) e fetotšwe ke karolwana ya 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesome Molaotheo wa 2003 mme karolo ya 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomehlano wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
Boloko 47. (1) Moagi yo mongwe le yo mongwe yo a nago le ditshwanelo tša go boutela Seboka sa
Maloko a Palamente o na le tshwanelo ya go ba leloko la Seboka; ka ntle le - (a) mang le mang yo a kgethilwego ke, goba a lego tirelong ya, mmušo gomme a
amogela moputso mabapi le maemo ao goba tirelo yeo, ntle le - (i) Mopresidente, Motlatšamopresidente, Ditona le Batlatšatona; le (ii) bahlankedi ba bangwe bao mešomo ya bona e sepelelanago le mešomo
ya leloko la Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, gomme e bonwe bjalo ka ge e sepelelana le mešomo yeo go ya ka molao wa naga;
(b) baemedi ba go ya go ile ba Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, goba maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense goba Khansele ya Mmasepala;
(c) bakoloti bao ba sego ba fiwa thušo ya tsošološo; (d) mang le mang yo a bonwego ke kgorotsheko ya Repabliki gore ga se a felela
monaganong; goba (e) mang le mang, morago ga ge karolwana ye ya molao e se no tsena tirišong, a
ka bonwago molato gomme a romelwa kgolegong nako ya go feta dikgwedi tše 12 ka ntle le kgetho ya go lefa faene, Repabliking goba ka ntle ga Repabliki ge e le gore tiro yeo e be e ka ba molato Repabliking; efela go se na yoo a swanetšego go tšewa bjalo ka motho yo a golegilwego go fihla ge boipiletšo bja gagwe kgahlanong le kotlo bo šetše bo kwelwe goba go fihla ge nako ya boipiletšo e fetile. Go se sa dumelelwa go ya ka temana ye go fela ka morago ga mengwaga e mehlano morago ga ge kgolego e fedile.
(2) Motho yo a se nago ditshwanelo tša go ba leloko la Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente go ya ka karolwana ya (1)(a) goba ya (b) a ka ba nkgetheng wa Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, go e ya ka mellwane ye itšego goba mabaka ao a beilwego ke molao wa setšhaba.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
29
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
(3) � Motho o lahlegelwa ke boleloko bja Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ge motho yoo - (a) � a kgaotša go ba le ditshwanelo; (b) � a sa be gona Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente ntle le tumelelo mabakeng
ao melawana le ditaelo tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente di laelago go lahlegelwa ke boleloko; goba
(c) � a tlogela go ba leloko la phathi yeo e kgethilego motho yoo bjalo ka leloko la Seboka.
[Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesome ya Molaotheo wa 2003 le karolo ya 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bomasomehlano wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
(4) � Dikgoba Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente di swanetše go tlatšwa go ya ka molao wa naga.
Boikano goba boitlamo 48. � Pele maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente a ka thoma go phethagatša mešomo ya ona
ka Kopanong ya Maloko a Palamente ka moka, a swanetše go ikana goba go itlama go botegela Repabliki le go obamela Molaotheo go ya ka Šetulo 2.
Lebaka la Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente 49. � (1) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se kgethwa lebaka la mengwaga e mehlano.
(2) � Ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se ka phatlalatšwa go ya ka Karolo ya 50, goba ya phatlalala ge lebaka la yona le fedile, Mopresidente, ka kgoeletšo, o swanetše go bitša le go bea matšatšikgwedi a dikgetho, tšeo di swanetšego go swarwa ka gare ga matšatši a 90 ka morago ga ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se se no phatlalalatšwa goba ge lebaka la yona le fedile. Kgoeletšo yeo eipeletšago goba e beago matšatšikgwedi a dikgetho e ka dirwa pele goba morago ga go fela ga lebaka la Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bohlano wa Molaotheo wa 1999.]
(3) � Ge dipoelo tša dikgetho tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente di sa begwe ka gare ga nako ye e beilwego go ya ka Karolo ya 190, goba ge dikgetho di ka phaelwa thoko ke kgorotsheko, Mopresidente, ka kgoeletšo, o swanetše go bitša le go bea letšatši la dikgetho tše dingwe, tšeo di swanetšego go swarwa ka gare ga matšatši a 90 a go
30
fela ga nako yeo goba ga letšatšikgwedi leo dikgetho di phaetšwego thoko ka lona. (4) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se dula e na le maatla a go šoma go tloga letšatšing
leo e phatlaladitšwego ka lona, goba ge lebaka la yona le fedile, go fihla letšatši la pele ga letšatši la mathomo la dikgetho tša Seboka.
Phatlalatšo ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente pele ga go fela ga lebaka la yona 50. (1) Mopresidente o swanetše go phatlalatša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente -
(a) Seboka se tšere sephetho sa go phatlalala, ka thekgo ya bouto ya bontši bja maloko a yona; le ge
(b) mengwaga e meraro e fetile morago ga go kgethwa ga Seboka. (2) Mopresidente wa Monaoswere o swanetše go phatlalatša Seboka ge -
(a) go na le sekgoba ka ofising ya Mopresidente; gomme (b) Seboka se palelwa ke go kgetha Mopresidente o mofsa ka gare ga matšatši a
30 morago ga ge sekgoba se tšweletše.
Dipaka tša tulo le tša maikhutšo 51. (1) Morago ga dikgetho, go dula la mathomo ga Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente go
swanetše go direga nakong le letšatšikgwedi leo le beilwego ke Moahlodimogolo, efela e sego go feta matšatši a 14 morago ga pego ya dipoelo tša dikgetho. Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se ka ipeela dinako tša yona tša go dula le tša maikhutšo.
[Karolwana ya (1) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(2) Mopresidente a ka bitša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente go tla tulong ye e sego ya mehleng nakong ye nngwe le ye nngwe go tla go rera ditaba tšeo e sego tša mehleng.
(3) Ditulo tša Seboka di dumeletšwe mafelong a mangwe ao e sego tulong ya Palamante fela ge go lebeletšwe dikgahlego tša setšhaba, tšhireletšo goba boiketlo, le fela ge se se hlagišitšwe melawaneng le ditaelong tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
31
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
Spikara le Motlatšaspikara 52. (1) Ge e dula la mathomo morago ga go kgethwa, goba ge go tsomega go tlatša
sekgala se se itšego, Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se swanetše go kgetha Spikara le Motlatšaspikara go tšwa malokong a yona.
(2) Moahlodimogolo o swanetše go swara marapo ge go kgethwa Spikara, goba a kgethe moahlodi o mongwe go dira seo. Spikara sona se swara marapo ge go kgethwa Motlatšaspikara.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(3) � Tshepedišo yeo e beilweng go Karolo ya A ya Šetulo 3 e šomišwa ge go kgethwa Spikara le Motlatšaspikara.
(4) � Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se ka tloša Spikara goba Motlatšaspikara mošomong ka go tšea sephetho se se bjalo. Bontši bja maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente bo swanetše go ba gona ge go tšewa sephetho.
(5) � Go ya ka melawana le ditaelo tša yona, Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se ka kgetha batho bao ba ka swarago marapo go tšwa malokong a yona go thuša Spikara le Motlatšaspikara.
Diphetho 53. (1) � Ka ntle le ge Molaotheo o laela ka tsela e nngwe -
(a) � bontši bja maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente bo swanetše go ba gona pele ga ge bouto e ka tšewa mabapi le Molaokakanywa goba go fetolwa ga Molaokakanywa;
(b) � bonyane bja maloko a teetharong bo swanetše go ba gona pele ga ge go ka boutelwa taba efe goba efe Sebokeng; gomme
(c) � ditaba ka moka tšeo di lego pele ga Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente di phethwa ka bontši bja dibouto tšeo di dirilwego.
(2) Leloko la Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente leo le swerego marapo kopanong ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ga le na bouto ya ngangišano, efela - (a) � le swanetše go dira bouto ya makgaolakgang ge go na le palo ya dibouto tša
go lekana mahlakoreng ka moka a taba; gomme (b) � a ka dira bouto ya ngangišano ge taba e swanetše go phethwa ka thekgo
ya dibouto tša bonyane bja peditharong ya maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente.
32
Ditokelo tša maloko a itšego a Kabinete le Batlatšatona Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente 54. Mopresidente le leloko le lengwe le le lengwe la Kabinete leo e sego leloko la Seboka
sa Maloko a Palamente ba ka, go e ya ka melawana le ditaelo tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, tsenela le go bolela ka Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, efela ga se ba swanela go bouta. [Karolo ya 54 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Maatla a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente 55. (1) Ge se šomiša maatla a yona a go hlama melao, Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se
ka - (a) elelwa, diragatša, fetola goba go gana molao wo itšego pele ga Seboka; gape
go (b) thoma goba go rulaganya melao, ka ntle le Melaokakanywa ya ditšhelete.
(2) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se swanetše go loga maano a - (a) go kgonthišiša gore ditho ka moka tša khuduthamaga ya mmušo lekaleng la
mmušo wa setšhaba di ikarabela go yona; le (b) go dula e hlokometše diphošo tša -
(i) tirišo ya maatla a khuduthamaga ya setšhaba, go akaretšwa tiragatšo ya melao; le
(ii) lefapha le lengwe le le lengwe la mmušo.
Bohlatse goba tshedimošo pele ga Seboka sa Moloko a Palamente 56. Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente goba e nngwe ya dikomiti tša yona e ka -
(a) bitša motho yo mongwe le yo mongwe go tla pele ga yona go fa bohlatse ka boikano goba ka go itlama, goba go tliša ditokumente;
(b) nyaka gore motho yo mongwe le yo mongwe goba sehlongwa go bega go yona;
(c) gapeletša, go ya ka molao wa naga goba ka melawana le ditaelo, motho yo mongwe le yo mongwe goba sehlongwa se sengwe go obamela dipitšo goba senyakwa go ya ka temana ya (a) goba ya (b); le
(d) go amogela dingongorego, dikgopelo goba ditšhišinyo go tšwa go batho ba bangwe bao ba nago le kgahlego goba dihlongwa.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
33
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
Dithulaganyo tša ka gare, ditherišano le ditshepedišo tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente 57. (1) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se ka -
(a) � beakanya le go laola dithulaganyo tša yona tša ka gare, ditshepetšo le ditshepedišo; le go
(b) � hlama melawana le ditaelo tšeo di amago mešomo ya yona, go lebeletšwe temokrasi ya kemedi le go kgatha tema, maikarabelo, ponagatšo le go ba le seabe setšhabeng.
(2) � Melawana le ditaelo tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente di swanetše go beakanyetša - (a) � go hlongwa, tlhamo, maatla, mešomo, tshepedišo, le lebaka la dikomiti tša
yona; (b) � go kgathatema ditshepedišong tša Seboka le dikomiti tša yona tša diphathi
ka moka tše nnyane tše di emetšwego Seboka, ka tsela yeo e sepelelanago le temokrasi;
(c) � thušo ya ditšhelete le ya taolo go phathi ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e emetšwego ka Sebokeng go ya ka tekatekano ya boemedi, go dira gore phathi le moetapele wa yona e phethe mediro ya yona ka tshwanelo ka Sebokeng; le
(d) kamogelo ya moetapele wa phathi e kgolo ya kganetšo ka Sebokeng bjalo ka Moetapele wa Kganetšo.
Tshwanelo 58. (1) Maloko a Kabinete, Batlatšatona le maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente -
(a) � a na le tokologo ya go bolela ka Sebokeng le ka dikomiting tša yona, ge fela go šetšwa melawana le ditaelo tša yona; gomme
(b) � ba ka se išwe tshekong ka melato ya segae goba ya bosenyi, go swarwa, go golegwa goba ditshenyo tša - (i) � se sengwe le se sengwe seo ba se boletšego, ba se tšweleditšego pele
goba ba se išitšego Sebokeng goba go e nngwe ya dikomiti tša yona; goba
(ii) � se sengwe le se sengwe seo se utullotšwego ka lebaka la seo ba se boletšego, ba se tšweleditšego pele goba ba se išitšego Sebokeng goba go e nngwe ya dikomiti tša yona; goba
34
(2) Ditshwanelo le ditokologo tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, maloko a Kabinete le maloko a Seboka di tla laolwa ke molao wa naga.
(3) Meputso, diputseletšo le mehola tšeo di lefelwago maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente di dirwa thwii go tšwa Sekhwameng sa Ditseno tša Setšhaba.
[Karolwana ya 58 efetotšwe ke karolwana ya 4 ya Molaophetošo wa botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Phihlelelo le go tšea karolo ga setšhaba Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente 59. (1) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se swanetše go-
(a) nolofatša go tšea karolo ga setšhaba go hlameng ga melao le ditshepedišo tše dingwe tša Seboka le dikomiti tša yona; le
(b) go dira mediro ya yona phatlalatša le go dula ga yona, le tša dikomiti tša yona pepeneneng, eupša go ka tšewa magato a go kwala - (i) go laola go tsena ga batho, go akaretšwa le go tsena ga boraditaba ka
Sebokeng le ka dikomiting tša yona; le (ii) go beakanyetša go phuruphutšwa ga motho o mongwe le o mongwe,
mo go swanetšego, kganetšo ya go tsena ka, goba go ntšhiwa ga motho ofe goba ofe.
(2) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se ka se kgetholle batho, go akaretšwa boraditaba, tulong ya komiti ka ntle le ge seo se kwešišega ebile go le molaong go dira bjale setšhabeng seo se lokologilego sa temokrasi.
Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense
Tlhamo ya Khansele ya Setšhaba 60. (1) Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e bopša ke boemedi botee go tšwa profenseng
ye nngwe le ye nngwe bjoo bo nago le maloko a lesome. (2) Baemedi bao ba lesome ke -
(a) ba bane ba e sego ba mehleng ba akaretša - (i) Tonakgolo ya profense goba, ge Tonakgolo a se gona, leloko le lengwe
le le lengwe la Lekgotlapeamelao la Profense leo le kgethilwego ke Tonakgolo go ba gona dinakong tšohle goba lebakeng le itšego
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
35
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
Khanseleng ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense; le (ii) baemedi ba bangwe ba bararo ba ba kgethegilego; le
(b) � maloko a go ya go ile a tshelelago ao a kgethilwego go ya ka karolo ya 61 (2). (3) � Tonakgolo ya profense goba ge Tonakgolo a se gona, leloko la kemedi ya profense
leo le kgethilwego ke Tonakgolo, le etapele kemedi.
Kabo ya baemedi 61. � (1) Diphati tšeo di emetšwego ka lekgotlapeamelaong la profense di na le tokelo ya go
ba le baemedi boemeding bja profense go ya ka dipalapalo tšeo di beilwegoo go Karolo ya B ya Šetulo 3.
(2) � (a) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le swanetše, mo matšatšing a 30 ka morago ga dipoelo tša dikgetho tša lekgotlapeamelao go - (i) laola, go ya ka melao ya naga, gore ke maloko a makae a phathi ye
nngwe le ye nngwe ao e tlogo ba baemedi ba go ya go ile le gore ke a makae ao e tlogo ba baemedi ba ba kgethegilego; le
(ii) � go kgetha baemedi ba go ya go ile go ya ka ditšhišinyo tša diphathi. (b) � ....
[Temana (b) e phumotšwe ke karolo 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2008] [karolwana 2 e ya tlošwa go bewa bakeng karolo 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesenyane wa Molaotheo wa 2002 mme karolwana 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2008]
(3) � Molao wa naga wo o ukangwego karolwaneng ya (2)(a) o swanetše go netefatša go kgathatema ga diphathi tše dinnyane go bobedi go bopeng ga boemedi bja go ya go ile le bjo bo kgethegilego go ya ka mokgwa wo o sepelelanago le temokrasi.
(4) � Lekgotlapeamelao, ka tumelelo ya Tonakgolo le baetapele ba diphathi tšeo di nago le tshwanelo ya go ba le baemedi bao ba kgethegilego baemeding ba profense, le swanetše go kgetha baemedi bao ba kgethegilego, go ya ka moo go tlogo nyakega nako le nako, go tšwa go maloko a lekgotlapeamelao.
Baemedi ba go ya go ile 62. (1) Motho yo a kgethilwego go ba moemedi wa go ya go ile o swanetše go ba le tokelo
ya go ka ba leloko la lekgotlapeamelao la profense.
36
(2) Ge motho yoo e lego leloko la theramelao la profense a kgethwa go ba moemedi wa go ya go ile, motho yoo o lahlegelwa ke boleloko bja lekgotlapeamelao.
(3) Baemedi ba go ya go ile ba kgethwa lebaka le le felago - (a) ka bonako pele ga tulo ya mathomo ya lekgotlapeamelao la profense ka
morago ga dikgetho tše di latelago; goba (b) ......
[temana (b) e tlošitšwe ke karolo 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2008] [Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 2 ya Molaophetošo wa Bosenyane wa Molaotheo wa 2002 mme e tšeelwa legato ke karolo 2 ya Molaophetošo wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
(4) Motho o felelwa ke go ba leloko la go ya go ile ge motho yoo - (a) a se a hlwe a na le tshwanelo ya go ba leloko la lekgotlapeamelao la profense
ka lebaka lefe goba lefe ka ntle le la gore o kgethetšwe go ba moemedi wa go ya go ile;
(b) a eba leloko la Kabinete; (c) a lahlegetšwe ke thekgo ya lekgotlapeamelao la profense gomme a
bušeditšwe morago ke phathi ya go mo kgetha; (d) a se sa hlwa e le leloko la phathi yeo e mo kgethilego gomme a bušeditšwe
morago ke phathi yeo; goba (e) a se gona Khanseleng ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, ka ntle le tumelelo moo e
lego gore melawana le ditaelo tša Khansele di laela go lahlegelwa ke setulo sa go ba moemedi wa go ya go ile.
(5) Dikgoba tšeo di bago gona gare ga baemedi ba go ya go ile diswanetše go tlatšwa go ya ka mabaka a melao ya naga.
(6) Pele ga ge baemedi ba go ya go ile ba ka thoma go phetha mešomo ya bona Khanseleng ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, ba swanetše go ikana goba go itlama go botegela Repabliki le go obamela Molaotheo, go ya ka Šetulo 2.
Ditulo tša Khansele ya Setšhaba 63. (1) Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e ka rulaganya dinako le lebaka la ditulo tša
yona le mabaka a yona a maikhutšo. (2) Mopresidente a ka bitša Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, go tla tulong yeo e
sego ya mehleng go tlo rera ditaba tše e sego tša mehleng.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
37
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
(3) � Go dula ga Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense mafelong a mangwe ntle le Palamenteng go ka dumelelwa fela mabakeng a dikgahlego tša Setšhaba, tšhireletšo goba boiketlo, gape ge fela seo se dumeletšwe go ya ka melawana le ditaelo tša Khansele.
Modulasetulo le Batlatšamodulasetulo 64. � (1) Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e swanetše go kgetha Modulasetulo le
Batlatšamodulasetulo ba babedi go tšwa baemeding ba yona. (2) � Modulasetulo le o tee wa Batlatšamodulasetulo ba kgethwa go tšwa go baemedi
ba go ya go ile lebaka la mengwaga e mehlano ka ntle le ge lebaka la bona la go ba baemedi le fela pejana ga moo.
(3) � Motlatšamodulasetulo o mongwe o kgethwa lebaka la ngwaga o tee, gomme o swanetše go latelwa ke moemedi yo a tšwago profenseng e nngwe, gore profense ye nngwe le ye nngwe e emelwe ka go šielana.
(4) � Moahlodimogolo o swanetše go swara marapo kgethong ya Modulasetulo, goba a ka kgetha moahlodi o mongwe go phethagatša modiro woo. Modulasetulo o swara marapo kgethong ya Batlatšamodulasetulo.
[Karolwana ya (4)e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 5 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(5) � Tsela ya tshepedišo ye e beilwego go Karolo ya A ya Šetulo 3 e dirišwa kgethong ya Modulasetulo le Batlatšamodulasetulo.
(6) � Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e ka tloša Modulasetulo goba Motlatšamodulasetulo setulong. �
(7) � Go ya ka melawana le ditaelo tša yona, Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e ka kgetha, go tšwa go baemedi, badulasetulo go thuša Modulasetulo le Batlatšabadulasetulo.
Diphetho 65. (1) � Ka Ka ntle le ge seo se dumelelwa ke Molaotheo -
(a) � profense ye nngwe le ye nngwe e na le bouto e tee yeo e šomišwago ke hlogo ya boemedi legatong la profense; gomme
38
(b) ditaba ka moka tšeo di lego pele ga Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense di dumelelwa ge bonyane bja diprofense tše hlano bo boutetše go amogela taba yeo.
(2) Molao wa Palamente, wo o dirišwago go ya ka tshepedišo ye e beilwego go ya ka karolwana ya (1) goba karolwana ya (2) tša karolo ya 76, o swanetše go tliša tshepedišo ya go swana moo e lego gore makgotlapeamelao a diprofense a fa baemedi ba tšona maatla a go bouta legatong la tšona.
Go kgatha tema ga maloko a khuduthamaga ya Setšhaba 66. (1) Maloko a Kabinete le Batlatšatona ba ka tsenela le gona ba ka bolela ka Khanseleng
ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, eupša ba ka se boute. (2) Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e ka nyaka gore leloko la Kabinete,
Motlatšatona goba mohlankedi wa khuduthamaga ya naga goba wa khuduthamaga ya profense go tsenela kopano ya Khansele goba komiti ya Khansele.
Go kgatha tema ga baemedi ba dipušoselegae 67. Baemedi ba nakwana ba ba sa fetego lesome bao ba kgethilwego ke dipušoselegae go ya
ka karolo ya 163, go emela magorwana a go fapana a bommasepala, ba ka kgatha tema ge go nyakega mo ditherišanong tša Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, eupša ba ka se boute.
Maatla a Khansele ya Setšhaba 68. Mo tšhomišong ya yona ya maatla a go hlama melao, Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense
e ka - (a) lekola, fetiša, fetoša, ya akanya diphetošo goba ya gana molao ofe goba ofe
woo o lego pele ga Khansele, go ya ka Kgaolo ye; (b) ya thoma goba ya rulaganya go hlama molao wo o welago ka gare ga lefelo la
tirišo leo le lego Šetulong 4 goba melao e mengwe yeo e ukangwego karolong ya 76(3), eupša e ka se kgone go thoma le go rulaganya Melaokakanywa ya ditšhelete.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
39
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
Bohlatse goba tshedimošo pele ga Khansele ya Setšhaba 69. Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense goba e nngwe ya dikomiti tša yona e ka -
(a) � bitša motho yo mongwe le yo mongwe go tšwelela pele ga yona goba go fa bohlatse a ikanne goba a itlamile goba go ntšha ditokumente;
(b) � nyaka gore sehlongwa sefe goba sefe goba motho go fa pego pele ga yona; (c) � gapeletša, go ya ka molao wa naga goba melawana le ditaelo, motho yo
mongwe le yo mongwe goba sehlongwa go obamela dipitšo goba dinyakwa go ya ka temana ya (a) goba (b); le
(d) � go amogela dingongorego, dikgopelo goba ditšweletšwa bathong bafe goba bafe goba sehlongweng sefe goba sefe seo se nago le kgahlego.
Dithulaganyo tša ka gare, ditherišano le ditshepedišo tša Khansele ya Setšhaba 70. (1) � Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e ka -
(a) � beakanya le go laola dithulaganyo tša yona tša ka gare, ditherišano le ditshepedišo; le go
(b) � hlama melawana le ditaelo tšeo di amago mešomo ya yona, go lebeletšwe temokrasi ya kemedi le go kgatha tema, maikarabelo, ponagatšo le go ba le seabe setšhabeng.
(2) � Melawana le ditaelo tša Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e swanetše go beakanyetša - (a) � go hlongwa, tlhamo, maatla, mešomo, tshepedišo, le lebaka la dikomiti tša
yona; (b) � go kgatha tema ga diprofense ka moka ditherišanong tša yona ka tsela yeo e
sepelelanago le temokrasi; le (c) � go kgathatema ditherišanong tša Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense le
dikomiti tša yona tša diphathi ka moka tše nnyane tše di emetšwego Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, ka tsela yeo e sepelelanago le temokrasi, nako le nako ge taba e swanetše go phethwa go ya ka karolo ya 75.
Tshwanelo 71. (1) Baemedi ba Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, le batho bao ba ukangwego
dikarolong tša 66 le 67 -
40
(a) (a) ba na le tokologo ya go bolela ka Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense le ka dikomiting tša yona, ge fela go šetšwa melawana le ditaelo tša yona; gomme
(b) ba ka se išwe tshekong ka melato ya segae goba ya bosenyi, go swarwa, go golegwa goba ditshenyo tša - (i) sse sengwe le se sengwe seo ba se boletšego, ba se tšweleditšego pele
goba ba se išitšego Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense goba go e nngwe ya dikomiti tša yona; goba
(ii) se sengwe le se sengwe seo se utullotšwego ka lebaka la seo ba se boletšego, ba se tšweleditšego pele goba ba se išitšego Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense goba go e nngwe ya dikomiti tša yona;
(2) Ditshwanelo le ditokologo tša Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, tša baemedi ba Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense le tša batho ba ba ukangwego ka dikarolong tša 66 le 67 di tla laolwa ke molao wa naga.
(3) Meputso, diputseletšo le mehola tšeo di lefelwago maloko a Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense a go ya go ile di dirwa thwii go tšwa Sekhwameng sa Ditseno tša Setšhaba.
Phihlelelo le go tšea karolo ga setšhaba ka go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense 72. (1) Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e swanetše go -
(a) nolofatša go tšea karolo ga setšhaba go hlameng ga melao le ditshepedišo tše dingwe tša Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense le dikomiti tša yona; le
(b) go dira mediro ya yona phatlalatša le go dula ga yona, le tša dikomiti tša yona pepeneneng, eupša go ka tšewa magato a go kwala - (i) go laola go tsena ga batho, go akaretšwa le go tsena ga boraditaba ka go
Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense le ka dikomiting tša yona; le (ii) go beakanyetša go phuruphutšwa ga motho o mongwe le o mongwe,
mo go swanetšego, kganetšo ya go tsena ka, goba go ntšhiwa ga motho ofe goba ofe.
(2) Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e ka se kgetholle batho, go akaretšwa boraditaba, tulong ya komiti ka ntle le ge seo se kwešišega ebile go le molaong go dira bjale setšhabeng seo se lokologilego sa temokrasi.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
41
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
Tshepedišo ya Molao wa Setšhaba
Melaokakanywa ka Moka 73. (1) Molaokakanywa wo mongwe le wo mongwe o ka tšweletšwa Kopanong ya Maloko
a Palamente ka Moka. (2) Ke fela leloko la Kabinete goba Motlatšatona, goba leloko, goba komiti ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, ye e ka tšweletšago Molaokakanywa mo Kopanong, gomme ke fela leloko la Kabinete le le rwelego maikarabelo a merero ya ditšhelete tša setšhaba le le ka tšweletšago Melaokakanywa ye e latelago ka Sebokeng : (a) � Molaokakanywa wa ditšhelete; (b) � Molaokakanywa wo o hlagišago melao ye e ukangwego karolong ya 214.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 1 (a) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(3) � Molaokakanywa wo o ukangwego Karolong ya 76(3), ka ntle le Molaokakanywa wo o ukangwego dikarolwaneng tša (2)(a) goba (b) ya karolo ye, o ka tšweletšwa Khanseleng ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense.
[Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya1 (b) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(4) � Ke fela leloko goba komiti ya Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense ye e ka tšweletšago Molaokakanywa ka Khanseleng.
(5) � Molaokakanywa wo o amogetšwego ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense ge e le gore o swanetše go lekolwa ke Khansele. Molaokakanywa wo o amogetšwego ke Khansele o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Seboka.
Molaokakanywa ya go fetola Molaotheo 74. (1) � Karolo ya 1 le Karolwana ye di ka fetošwa ke molao wo o fetišitšwego ke -
(a) � Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, ka thekgo ya dibouto tša bonyane dipersente tše 75 tša maloko a yona; le
(b) � Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, ka thekgo ya dibouto tša diprofense tša bonyane diprofense tše tshelelago.
42
(2) Kgaolo ya 2 e ka fetošwa ke Molao wo o fetišitšwego ke - (a) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, ka thekgo ya dibouto tša bonyane bja
peditharong ya maloko a yona; le (b) Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, ka thekgo ya dibouto tša bonyane
diprofense tše tshelelago. (3) Ditlhagišo tše dingwe tša Molaotheo di ka fetošwa ke Molao wo o fetišitšwego ke -
(a) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, ka thekgo ya dibouto tša bonnyane bja peditharong ya maloko a yona le;
(b) gape ka go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, ka thekgo ya dibouto tša diprofense tša bonyane diprofense tše tshelelago, ge phetošo - (i) e amana le morero wo o amago Khansele; (ii) e fetoša mellwane ya profense, maatla, mehola goba dihlongwa; goba (iii) e fetoša tlhagišo ye e amago thwii taba ya profense.
(4) Molaokakanywa wo o fetošago Molaotheo o ka se akaretše ditlhagišo tše dingwe ka ntle le diphetošo tša Molaotheo le ditaba tše di sepelelanago le diphetošo.
(5) Bonyane matšatši a 30 pele ga ge Molaokakanywa woo o fetošago Molaotheo o begwa go ya ka Karolo ya 73(2), motho goba komiti ye e ikemišetšago go tsebiša Molaokakanywa woo, e swanetše go - (a) gatiša ka Kuranteng ya Mmušo ya setšhaba, le go ya ka melawana le ditaelo
tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, ditlhalošo tša phetošo ye e šišinywago gore batho ba swayaswaye ka ga wona;
(b) hlagiša, go ya ka melawana le ditaelo tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, ditlhalošo tšeo go lekgotlapeamelao la profense go kwa dikgopolo tša lona; le
(c) go hlagiša, go ya ka melawana le ditaelo tša Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, ditlhalošo tšeo go Khansele go tla go ngangišanwa ka tšona setšhabeng, ge e le gore phetošo yeo e šišinywago ga se phetošo yeo e nyakago go amogelwa ke Khansele.
(6) Ge Molaokakanywa wo o fetošago Molaotheo o tsebišwa, motho goba komiti ye e tsebišago Molaokakanywa e swanetše go hlagiša ditshwayotshwayo tše dingwe le tše dingwe tše di ngwadilwego go tšwa go batho le makgotlapeamelao a diprofense- (a) go Spikara go hlagišwa pele ga Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ; le (b) go ya ka diphetošo tšeo di ukangwego karolwaneng ya (1), (2), goba (3)
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
43
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
(b), go Modulasetulo wa Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense go hlagišwa Khanseleng.
(7) � Molaokakanywa wo o fetošago Molaotheo o ka se boutelwe Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente ka gare ga matšatši a 30 a - (a) � Tsebišo ya wona, ge e le gore Khansele e dutše ge Molaokakanywa o tsebišwa;
goba (b) � tlhagišo ya wona Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente, ge e le gore Seboka sa
Maloko a Palamente se maikhutšong ge Molaokakanywa o tsebiša. (8) � Ge e le gore Molaokakanywa wo go bolelwago ka wona mo karolwaneng ya (3)
(b), goba karolong ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya Molaokakanywa, o ama fela profense goba diprofense tše itšego, Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e ka se fetiše Molaokakanywa goba karolo ye e lebanego ya wona ka ntle le ge o dumeletšwe ke lekgotlapeamelao goba makgotlapeamelao a profense goba diprofense tše amegago.
(9) � Molaokakanywa wo o fetošago Molaotheo woo o šetšego o fetišitšwe ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente gomme, moo go hlokegago, ke Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
Melaokakanywa ya tlwaelo ye e sa amego diprofense 75. (1) Ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se fetiša Molaokakanywa ka ntle ga
Molaokakanywa wo o angwago ke ditshepedišo tše hlagišitšwego karolong ya 74 goba 76, Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense gomme o ahlaahlwe go ya ka tshepedišo ye e latelago: (a) � Khansele e swanetše go -
(i) � fetiša Molaokakanywa; (ii) � fetiša Molaokakanywa go ya ka diphetošo tše di šišintšwego ke yona;
goba (iii) � gana Molaokakanywa woo.
(b) � Ge Khansele e ka fetiša Molaokakanywa ka ntle le go šišinya diphetošo, Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
(c) � Ge Khansele e ka gana Molaokakanywa goba ya o fetiša go ya ka diphetošo, Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se swanetše go lekola Molaokakanywa lefsa, gomme e ele hloko diphetošo tšeo itšego tšeo di šišintšwego ke Khansele, e bile e ka -
44
(i) fetiša Molaokakanywa gape, ka diphetošo goba ka ntle le diphetogo; goba go
(ii) tšea sephetho sa go se tšwelepele ka Molaokakanywa woo. (d) Molaokakanywa wo o fetišitšwego ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente go ya ka
temana ya (c) o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa. (2) Ge Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e boutela taba go ya ka karolo ye, gona
karolo ya 65 ga e šomišwe; legatong leo - (a) moemedi yo mongwe le yo mongwe kemeding ya profense o na le bouto e tee; (b) bonyane teetharong ya baemedi e swanetše go ba gona pele ga ge go ka
boutelwa taba yeo; gomme (c) taba yeo e phethwa ka bontši bja dibouto tšeo di dirilwego, eupša ge go na
le tekano ya palo ya dibouto mahlakoreng ka moka a taba, moemedi yo a swerego marapo o swanetše go dira bouto ya makgaolakgang.
Melaokakanywa ya tlwaelo ye e amago diprofense 76. (1) Ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se fetiša Molaokakanywa wo go ukangwego ka
wona mo karolwaneng ya (3), (4) goba(5), Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go romelwa go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense o lekolwe go ya ka tshepedišo ye e latelago: (a) Khansele e swanetše go-
(i) fetiša Molaokakanywa; (ii) fetiša Molaokakanywa wo o fetotšwego; goba (iii) gana Molaokakanywa.
(b) Ge Khansele e fetiša Molaokakanywa ka ntle le diphetošo, Molaokakanywa o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
(c) Ge Khansele e ka fetiša Molaokakanywa woo o fetotšwego, Molaokakanywa woo o fetotšwego o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Seboka, gomme Seboka se ka fetiša Molaokakanywa woo o fetotšwego, o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente gore o amogelwe.
(d) Ge Khansele e ka gana Molaokakanywa, goba ge Seboka se ka gana go fetiša Molaokakanywa wo o fetotšwego, wo o ukangwago ka go ya ka temana ya (c), Molaokakanywa le, mo go kgonegago, gape le Molaokakanywa wo o fetotšwego, o swanetše go romelwa Komiting ya Bolamodi, yeo e kwanago ka-
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
45
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
(i) � Molaokakanywa bjalo ka ge o fetišitšwe ke Seboka; (ii) � Molaokakanywa wo o fetotšwego bjalo ka ge o fetišitšwe ke Khansele;
goba (iii) � sebopego se sengwe sa Molaokakanywa.
(e) � Ge Komiti ya Bolamodi e sa kgone go dumelelana ka gare matšatši a 30 morago ga ge Molaokakanywa o fetišeditšwe go yona, Molaokakanywa woo o tla felelwa ke mošomo ka ntle le ge Seboka se ka fetiša Molaokakanywa woo gape, e fela ka thekgo ya dibouto tša bonyane peditharong ya maloko a yona.
(f) � Ge komiti ya Bolamodi e dumelelana ka Molaokakanywa ka ge o fetišitšwe ke Seboka, Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Khansele, ge Khansele e ka fetiša Molaokakanywa woo, gona Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
(g) � Ge komiti ya Bolamodi e dumelelana ka Molaokakanywa ka ge o fetišitšwe ke Khansele, Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Seboka, ge o ka fetišwa ke Seboka, o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
(h) � Ge komiti ya Bolamodi e dumelelana ka sebopego se sengwe sa Molaokakanywa, sebopego seo sa Molaokakanywa se swanetše go fetišetšwa go bobedi Seboka le Khansele, ge o ka fetišwa ke Seboka le Khansele, gona o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
(i) � Ge Molaokakanywa wo o fetišeditšwego go Khansele go ya ka temana ya (f) goba (h) o sa fetišwe ke Khansele, Molaokakanywa woo o felelwa ke mošomo ka ntle ga ge Seboka se ka o fetiša gomme ka thekgo ya bonyane bja dibouto tše e ka bago peditharong tša maloko a yona.
(j) � Ge Molaokakanywa wo o fetišeditšwego go Seboka go ya ka temana ya (g) goba (h) o sa fetišwe ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, Molaokakanywa woo o felelwa ke mošomo, e fela Molaokakanywa ka ge o fetišitšwe ke Seboka peleng o ka fetišwa gape ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, e fela ka thekgo ya bonyane bja dibouto tše e ka bago peditharong tša maloko a yona.
(k) Molaokakanywa wo o fetišitšwego ke Seboka go ya ka temana ya (e),(i) goba (j) swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
(2) � Ge Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e fetiša Molaokakanywa wo go ukangwego ka wona karolwaneng ya (3), Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Seboka go lekolwa go ya ka ditshepedišo tše di latelago:
46
(a) Khansele e swanetše go - (i) fetiša Molaokakanywa; (ii) fetiša Molaokakanywa wo o fetotšwego; goba (iii) gana Molaokakanywa.
(b) Molaokakanywa woo o fetišitšego ke Seboka go ya ka temana ya (a)(i) o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
(c) Ge Seboka se ka fetiša Molaokakanywa woo o fetotšwego, Molaokakanywa woo o fetotšwego o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Khansele, gomme ge Seboka se ka fetiša Molaokakanywa woo o fetotšwego, o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente gore o amogelwa.
(d) Ge Seboka se ka gana Molaokakanywa, goba ge Khansele e ka gana go fetiša Molaokakanywa wo o fetotšwego wo o fetišeditšwego go yona go ya ka temana ya (c), Molaokakanywa le, mo go kgonegago, gape le Molaokakanywa wo o fetotšwego o swanetše go romelwa Komiting ya Bolamodi, yeo e kwanago ka - (i) Molaokakanywa bjalo ka ge o fetišitšwe ke Khansele; (ii) Molaokakanywa wo o fetotšwego bjalo ka ge o fetišitšwe ke Seboka;
goba (iii) sebopego se sengwe sa Molaokakanywa.
(e) Ge Komiti ya Bolamodi e sa kgone go dumelelana ka gare matšatši a 30 morago ga ge Molaokakanywa o fetišeditšwe go yona, Molaokakanywa woo o tla felelwa ke mošomo.
(f) Ge Komiti ya Bolamodi e dumelelana ka Molaokakanywa ka ge o fetišitšwe ke Khansele, Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, ge Seboka se ka fetiša Molaokakanywa woo, Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
(g) Ge Komiti ya Bolamodi e dumelelana ka Molaokakanywa wo o fetošitšwego ka ge o fetišitšwe ke Seboka, Molaokakanywa woo o swanetše go fetišetšwa go Khansele, ge o ka fetišwa ke Khansele, o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
(h) Ge Komiti ya Bolamodi e dumelelana ka sebopego se sengwe sa Molaokakanywa, sebopego seo sa Molaokakanywa se swanetše go fetišetšwa go bobedi Khansele le go Seboka, ge o ka fetišwa ke Khansele, o swanetše go romelwa go Mopresidente go amogelwa.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
47
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
(i) � Ge Molaokakanywa wo o fetišeditšwego go Seboka go ya ka temana ya (f)goba (h) o sa fetišwe ke Seboka, Molaokakanywa woo o felelwa ke mošomo.
(3) � Molaokakanywa o swanetše go lekolwa go ya ka tshepedišo yeo e beilwego ke karolwana ya (1) goba karolwana ya (2) ge e le gore o wela ka gare ga lefelo la tirišo leo le beilwego ka Šetulong ya 4 goba o hlagiša melao yeo e ukangwago go ye nngwe ya dikarolo tše di latelago: (a) � karolo ya 65 (2); (b) � karolo ya163; (c) � karolo ya 182; (d) karolo ya 195 (3) le (4); (e) � karolo ya 196; le (f) � karolo ya 197.
(4) � Molaokakanywa o swanetše go lekolwa go ya ka tshepedišo yeo e beilwego ke karolwana ya (1) ge e le gore e hlagiša melao yeo e - (a) � ukangwego karolong ya 44 (2) goba 220 (3); goba (b) � ukangwego Kgaolong ya 13, yeo e akaretšago tlhagišo ye nngwe le ye nngwe
yeo e amago dikgahlego tša ditšhelete tša lekala la profense la mmušo. [Temana ya (b) e tšeetšwe legato ke 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometee wa Molaotheo wa 2003.]
(5) � Molaokakanywa wo o ukangwego karolong ya 42 (6) o swanetše go lekolwa go ya ka tshepedišo yeo e beilwego ke karolwana ya (1) ka ntle le ge e le gore- (a) � ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se boutela Molaokakanywa, ditlhagišo tša
karolo ya (53)(1) ga di šome; lebakeng le, Molaokakanywa o ka no fetišwa fela ge e le gore dibouto tše dintši tša maloko a Seboka di o thekga; le
(b) � ge Molaokakanywa o ka fetišetšwa go Komiti ya Bolamodi, melawana ye e latelago e a šoma: (i) Ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se tšea Molaokakanywa bjalo ka ge
o ukangwa karolwaneng ya (1)(g) goba (h), Molaokakanywa woo o ka diragatšwa fela ge bontši bja dibouto tša maloko a Seboka di o thekga.
(ii) � ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se lekola le go lekodišiša Molaokakanywa wo o ukangwago karolwaneng (1)(e), (i) goba (j), Molaokakanywa woo o ka no fetišwa fela ge e le gore peditharong ya dibouto tša maloko a Seboka di o thekga.
(6) � Karolo ye ga e ame Melaokakanywa ya ditšhelete.
48
Melaokakanywa ya Ditšhelete 77. (1) Molaokakanywa ke Molaokakanywa wa ditšhelete ge o-
(a) lekanyetša ditšhelete; (b) lefiša metšhelo ya setšhaba, makgetho, metšhelo ya dithoto goba metšhelo ya
tlaleletšo; (c) fediša le go fokotša, go se sa amogela dithekgo go tšwa go, metšhelo e
mengwe le e mengwe ya setšhaba makgetho, metšhelo ya dithoto goba metšhelo ya tlaleletšo; goba
(d) o dumelela ditefedišothwii go tšwa go Sekhwama sa Setšhaba sa Ditšhelete, ntle le ge Molaokakanywa wo o ukangwego karolong ya 214 o dumelela ditefedišo thwii.
(2) Molaokakanywa wa ditšhelete ga se wa swanela go šoma ka taba ye itšego ka ntle le ge- (a) taba yeo e sepelelana le tekanyetšo ya tšhelete; (b) e gapeletša, e fediša goba e fokotša metšhelo ya setšhaba, makgetho,
metšhelo ya dithoto le metšhelo ya tlaleletšo; (c) go se sa amogela dithekgo go tšwa go metšhelo ya setšhaba, makgetho,
metšhelo ya dithoto le metšhelo ya tlaleletšo; goba (d) go dumelela ditefedišothwii go tšwa go Sekhwama sa Setšhaba sa Ditšhelete.
(3) Melaokakanywa ka moka e swanetše go lekolwa go ya ka tshepedišo ye e beilwego ke karolwana ya 75. Molao wa Palamente o swanetše go hlagiša tshepedišo Go fetoša Melaokakanywa ya ditšhelete pele ga Palamente.
[Karolo ya 77 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Komiti ya Bolamodi 78. (1) Komiti ya bolamodi e bopša ke-
(a) maloko a senyane a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ao a kgethilwego ke Seboka go latela tshepedišo yeo e beilwego go ya ka melawana le ditaelo tša Seboka gomme e tlišago kemelo ya diphathi ka tekatekano ya go swana le yeo diphathi di emetšwego ka gona, ka go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente; le
(b) moemedi o tee go tšwa boemeding bja profense ye nngwe le ye nngwe ka go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, yo a kgethilwego ke boemedi.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
49
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
(2) Komiti ya Bolamodi e dumelelane ka sebopego se itšego sa Molaokakanywa goba e feditše ka taba, ge sebopego seo, goba lehlakore le tee la taba le thekgwa ke- (a) bonyane bja baemedi ba bahlano go tšwa go Khansele ya Setšhaba; le (b) bonnyane bja baemedi ba bahlano ba Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense.
Kamogelo ya Melaokakanywa 79. (1) Mopresidente o swanetše go amogela le go saena Molaokakanywa wo o
fetišitšwego go ya ka Kgaolo ye goba, ge Mopresidente a na le kgonono ka go ba molao ga Molaokakanywa, a o bušetše morago go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente gore o lekolwe lefsa.
(2) Melawana le ditaelo tšeo di kopanetšwego di swanetše go hlagiša tshepedišo ya go lekola Molaokakanywa gape ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente le go kgatha tema ga Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense ka tshepedišong.
(3) Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e swanetše go kgatha tema go lekoleng lefsa ga Molaokakanywa wo Mopresidente a o bušeditšego morago ka go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, ge- (a) dikgonono tša Mopresidente ka ga go ba molaong ga Molaokakanywa go
amana le mokgwa wa tshepedišo wo o amago Khansele; goba (b) karolo ya 74(1), (2) goba 3(b) goba 76 e be e dirišitšwe go fetišweng ga
Molaokakanywa. (4) Ge e le gore ka morago ga go lekola lefsa, Molaokakanywa o akaretša ka botlalo
dikgonono tša Mopresidente, gona Mopresidente o swanetše go amogela le go saena Molaokakanywa woo, ge go se bjalo, Mopresidente o swanetše go- (a) amogela le go saena Molaokakanywa; goba (b) a o fetišetše go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo go tšea sephetho ka ga go ba
molaong ga wona. (5) Ge Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e ka fetša ka gore Molaokakanywa o mo molaong,
Mopresidente o swanetše go o amogela le go o saena.
50
Kgopelo ya maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo 80. (1) Maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente a ka dira kgopelo go Kgorotsheko ya
Molaotheo go fiwa taelo ya gore Molao wa Palamente, ka moka ga wona, goba karolo ya wona ga e molaong.
(2) Kgopelo- (a) e swanetše go thekgwa ke bonyane teetharong ya Seboka sa Maloko a
Palamente; gape (b) e swanetše go dirwa matšatšing a 30 morago ga ge Mopresidente a amogetše
le go saenela molao woo. (3) Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo eka laela gore Molao ka moka goba karolo ya wona
ye lego yona taba ya kgopelo go ya ka karolwana ya (1) ga o na maatla go fihlela Kgorotsheko e tše a sephetho sa tiragatšo ge- (a) kgahlego ya toka e nyaka se; le (b) kgopelo e na le kgonagalo ye e bonalago ya katlego.
(4) Ge kgopelo e se ya atlega, ebile e ile ya se be le kgonagalo ye e bonalago ya katlego, Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e ka laela gore bakgopedi ba lefe ditshenyegelo.
Phatlalatšo ya Melao 81. Molaokakanywa wo o amogetšwego le go saenelwa ke Mopresidente e ba Molao wa
Palamente, ebile o swanetše go phatlalatšwa ka pela gomme o thoma go šoma le semeetseng ge o phatlaladitšwe goba go tloga nakong yeo o beilwego ke Molao.
Go lota ga Melao ya Palamente 82. Khopi ya Molao wa Palamente yeo e saennwego ke bohlatse bjo bo feletšego bja ditlhagišo
tša Molao gomme, morago ga go phatlalatšwa, o swanetše go išwa go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo go lotwa.
KGAOLO YA 4: PALAMENTE
51
KGAOLO YA 5: MOPRESIDENTE LE KHUDUTHAMAGA YA SETŠHABA
KGAOLO YA 5 MoPRESIDEnTE LE KhUDUThAMAgA yA SETŠhABA
Mopresidente 83. Mopresidente-
(a) � ke Hlogo ya Mmušo le hlogo wa khuduthamaga ya setšhaba; (b) � o swanetše go obamela, go šireletša le go hlompha Molaotheo bjalo ka
molaomogolo wa Repabliki; ebile (c) � o tšwetšapele botee bja setšhaba le seo se ka tšwetšago Repabliki pele.
Maatla le mešomo ya Mopresidente 84. (1) Mopresidente o na le maatla ao a a filwego ke Molaotheo le melao, go akaretšwa
yeo e nyakegago go phethagatša mešomo ya go ba Hlogo ya Mmušo le hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba.
(2) Mopresidente o na le maikarabelo a- (a) � go amogela le go saena Melaokakanywa; (b) � go bušetša Molaokakanywa go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente gore o lekolwe
lefsa go kgonthišiša gore o molaong; (c) � go fetišetša Molaokakanywa go Kgorongtsheko ya Molaotheo gore e fe
sephetho sa gore Molaokakanywa o molaong; (d) � go bitša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, le ya Khansele ya Setšhaba ya
Diprofense goba Palamente go tlo tsenela tulo ye e sego ya mehleng go tlo rera ditaba tše di ikgethilego;
(e) � go thwala batho bao Molaotheo goba melao e nyakago gore Mopresidente a ba thwale, ntle le go ba hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba;
(f) � go hloma dikomišene tša dinyakišišo; (g) � go goeletša referentamo ya setšhaba go ya ka Molao wa Palamente; (h) � go amogela le go hlokomela batseta ba dinaga dišele ba diplomate le ba
bokhonsole; (i) � go kgetha baambasatara; batsetaphethi, le batseta le baemedi ba bokhonsole;
52
(j) go lebalela goba go gaugela basenyi goba go tloša ditefo tše itšego, dikotlo goba dikamogo; le
(k) Go aba diala tša tlhompho. [Tsebišo: Diala tša tlhompho di abilwe ka gare ga Kuranta ya Mmušo 24155 ya 6 Desemere, 2002 le Kuranta ya Mmušo 25213 ya 25 Julae, 2003.]
Maatlaphetiši a Repabliki 85. (1) Maatlaphetiši a Repabliki a filwe Mopresidente.
(2) Mopresidente o diragatša maatlaphethiši, gammogo le maloko a mangwe a Kabinete, ka go- (a) diragatša melao ya naga ka ntle le ge Molaotheo goba molao wa Palamente o
hlagiša ka tsela e nngwe; (b) hlabolla le go phethagatša morero wa setšhaba; (c) kgokaganya mediro ya dikgoro tša mmušo le ditaolo; (d) go rulaganya le go thoma melao; le (e) phethagatša mediro e mengwe le e mengwe ya phethišo yeo e hlagišwago ka
go Molaotheo goba ka go melao ya setšhaba.
Go kgethwa ga Mopresidente 86. (1) Tulong ya yona ya mathomo morago ga go kgethwa ga yona, le ge go tsomega go
tlatša sekgoba, Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se swanetše go kgetha mosadi goba monna go tšwa malokong a yona go ba Mopresidente.
(2) Moahlodimogolo o swanetše go sepediša dikgetho tša Mopresidente, goba a kgethe moahlodi o mongwe go dira bjale. Tshepedišo ye e beilwego go Karolo ya A ya Šetulo 3 e šomišwa ge go kgethwa Mopresidente.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 6 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshelela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(3) Dikgetho tša go tlatša sekgoba mo kantorong ya Mopresidente di swanetše go swarwa nakong le letšatšikgwedi leo le beilwego ke Moahlodimogolo, eupša e sego matšatši a go feta a 30 ka morago ga ge sekgoba se bile gona.
[Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 6 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshelela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
KGAOLO YA 5: MOPRESIDENTE LE KHUDUTHAMAGA YA SETŠHABA
53
KGAOLO YA 5: MOPRESIDENTE LE KHUDUTHAMAGA YA SETŠHABA
Go thoma modiro ga Mopresidente 87. � Ge a kgethilwe go ba Mopresidente, motho o lahlegelwa ke go ba leloko la Seboka sa
Maloko a Palamente gomme mo matšatšing a mahlano, o swanetše go amogela modiro wa gagwe ka go ikana goba go itlama gore o tla botegela Repabliki le go obamela Molaotheo go ya ka Šetulo 2.
Pakatiro ya Mopresidente 88. (1) Pakatiro ya Mopresidente e thoma ge a thoma modiro gomme e felela ge go eba
le sekgoba goba ge motho yo a latelago a kgethilwe go ba Mopresidente a thoma modiro.
(2) � Ga go motho yo a swanetšego go dula šetulo sa Bopresidente makga a go feta a mabedi, eupša ge motho a kgethwa go tlatša sekgoba ka kantorong ya bopresidente; sebaka sa magareng a go kgethwa ga gagwe le go kgethwa ga Mopresidente yo a latelago ga se tšewe bjalo ka pakatiro.
Go tlošwa ga Mopresidente 89. (1) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ka sephetho sa bontši bja bonnyane bja peditharong
ya maloko a yona, e ka tloša Mopresidente mošomong fela ka mabaka a latelago- (a) go tlola Molaotheo le melao mo go šiišago; (b) maitshwaro ao a tlogago a le bohlaswa; (c) go šitwa ke go phethagatša mešomo ya šetulo sa gagwe.
(2) � Mang le mang yo a tlošitšwego mošomong wa Bopresidente go ya ka karolwana ya 1(a) goba (b) a ka se neelwe ditshwanelo tša kantoro yeo, le gona ga a swanela go šoma mošomo ofe goba ofe wa setšhaba.
Mopresidente wa Motšwaoswere 90. (1) Ge Mopresidente a se gona Repabliking goba a šitišwa ke mabaka a mangwe go
phetha mešomo ya gagwe ya Bopresidente, goba nakong yeo go nago le sekgoba šetulong sa Bopresidente, mohlankedi go ya ka tatelano ye e latelago, o tla šoma bjalo ka Mopresidente:
54
(a) Motlatšamopresidente. (b) Tona yeo e kgethilwego ke Mopresidente. (c) Tona yeo e kgethilwego ke maloko a mangwe a Kabinete (d) Spikara, go fihlela ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se kgethile le lengwe la
maloko a yona. (2) Mopresidente wa Motšwaoswere o na le maikarabelo, maatla le mešomo ya
Mopresidente. (3) Pele a tšea maikarabelo, maatla le mediro ya Mopresidente, Mopresidente wa
Motšwaoswere o swanetše go ikana goba go itlama gore o tla botegela Repabliki le go obamela Molaotheo go ya ka Šetulo 2.
(4) Motho yoo, bjalo ka Motlatšamopresidente a ikannego goba go itlama go botegela Repabliki o swanetše go boeletša tshepedišo ya kano go itlama nako ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya go latelana bjalo ka Motlatšamopresidente nakong yeo e felelago ge motho yo a kgethilwego bjalo ka Motlatšamopresidente yo a latelago a thoma modiro.
[Karolwana ya (4) e okeditšwe ke karolwana ya 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Mathomo wa Molaotheo wa1997.]
Kabinete 91. (1) Kabinete e bopša ke Mopresidente, bjalo ka hlogo ya Kabinete
Motlatšamopresidente le Ditona. (2) Mopresidente o kgetha Motlatšamopresidente le ditona go tšwa malokong a Seboka
sa Maloko a Palamente, o ba nea maatla le mešomo gomme o kgona le go ba raka mošomong.
(3) Mopresidente- (a) o swanetše go kgetha Motlatšamopresidente go tšwa malokong a Seboka sa
Maloko a Palamente; (b) a ka kgetha palo efe goba efe ya Ditona go tšwa malokong a Seboka; gomme (c) a ka kgetha Ditona tše di sa fetego tše pedi go tšwa ka ntle ga Seboka.
(4) Mopresidente o swanetše go kgetha leloko la Kabinete go ba moetapele wa merero ya mmušo ka go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente.
(5) Motlatšamopresidente o swanetše go thuša Mopresidente go phetheng ga mešomo ya mmušo.
KGAOLO YA 5: MOPRESIDENTE LE KHUDUTHAMAGA YA SETŠHABA
55
KGAOLO YA 5: MOPRESIDENTE LE KHUDUTHAMAGA YA SETŠHABA
Maikarabelo le mešomo 92. (1) Motlatšamopresidente le Ditona ba na le maikarabelo a maatla le mešomo ya
phetišo yeo ba e filwego ke Mopresidente. (2) � Maloko a Kabinete a na le maikarabelo a mohlakanelwa le ka bonoši phethagatšong
ya mešomo ya bona. (3) � Maloko a Kabinete a swanetše go-
(a) � šoma go ya ka Molaotheo; le go (b) � fa Palamente dipego ka botlalo le gona nako le nako, ka ga merero ye e welago
taolong ya bona.
Batlatšatona 93. (1) � Mopresidente a ka thwala-
(a) � palo ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya Batlatšatona go tšwa malokong a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente; le
(b) � e sego go feta Batlatšatona ba babedi go tšwa ka ntle ga Seboka, go thuša maloko a Kabinete, ebile a ka ba raka.
(2) � Batlatšatona bao ba kgethilwego go ya ka karolwana ya (1)(b) ba na le maikarabelo go Palamente go diragatšeng ga maatla a bona le go diriša mediro ya bona.
[Karolo ya 93 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 7 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshelela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Tšwetšopele ya Kabinete ka morago ga dikgetho 94. � Ge dikgetho tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente di swarwa, Kabinete,
Motlatšamopresidente, Ditona le Batlatšatona ba dula ba na le maatla a go šoma go fihla motho yoo a kgethilwego go ba Mopresidente ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ye e latelago a thoma modiro.
Keno goba boitlamo 95. � Pele ga ge Motlatšamopresidente, Ditona le Batlatšatona ba ka thoma go phethagatša
mešomo ya bona, ba swanetše go ikana le go itlama go botegela Repabliki le ka go obamela Molaotheo go ya ka Šetulo 2.
56
Maitshwaro a maloko a Kabinete le Batlatšatona 96. (1) Maloko a Kabinete le Batlatšatona ba swanetše go itshwara go ya ka mokgwa wa
boitshwaro woo o beilwego ke molao wa naga. (2) Maloko a Kabinete le Batlatšatona ga ba swanela go-
(a) amogela mošomo o mongwe o ba lefiwago go wona; (b) itshwara ka tsela yeo e lego kgahlanong le mešomo ya bona goba go ipea
maemong ao a ka tlišago kotsi ya thulano magareng a maikarabelo a bona a semmušo le dikgahlego tša bona tša ka ntle; goba
(c) go šomiša maemo a bona goba tshedimošo yeo ba e filwego go ikhumiša goba go hola motho yo mongwe ka tsela yeo e sa lokago.
Phetišetšo ya mediro 97. Mopresidente ka kgoeletšo, a ka fetišetša go leloko le lengwe la Kabinete-
(a) tiragatšo ya molao ofe goba ofe woo o lego matsogong a leloko le lengwe; goba
(b) maatla goba mošomo ofe goba ofe woo filwego leloko le lengwe ke molao.
Kabo ya nakwana ya mešomo 98. Mopresidente a ka abela leloko la Kabinete maatla a itšego goba mošomo wo mongwe le
wo mongwe wa leloko le lengwe leo le sego gona mošomong goba leo le šitwago ke go diragatša maatla ao goba go phetha mošomo woo.
Kabo ya mešomo 99. Leloko la Kabinete le ka abela maatla a itšego goba mošomo ofe goba ofe wo o
swanetšego go diragatšwa goba go phethagatšwa go ya ka Molao wa Palamente go leloko la Khansele ya Khuduthamaga ya profense goba go Khansele ya Mmasepala. Kabo-
(a) e swanetše go ba bjalo ka tumelelano magareng ga leloko leo la Kabinete le leloko la Khansele ya Khuduthamaga goba Khansele ya Mmasepala;
(b) e swanetše go sepelelana le Molao wa Palamente woo maatla le mešomo ya maswanedi di dirwago le go phethagatšwa go latela wona; gomme
(c) o thoma go šoma ge Mopresidente a se no dira kgoeletšo.
KGAOLO YA 5: MOPRESIDENTE LE KHUDUTHAMAGA YA SETŠHABA
57
KGAOLO YA 5: MOPRESIDENTE LE KHUDUTHAMAGA YA SETŠHABA
Tsenogare ya bosetšhaba taolong ya diprofense [Hlogo e fetošitšwe ka karolo 2(a) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometee wa Molaotheo wa 2003]
100. (1) Ge profense e sa kgone goba e sa phethagatše mešomo ya yona ya phetišo go ya ka Molaotheo goba molao, khuduthamaga ya setšhaba e tla tsena taba yeo ka go tšea magato a go swanela go kgonthišiša phethagatšo ya mošomo woo, go akaretšwa- (a) � go ntšha taelo yeo e lebišitšwego go khuduthamaga ya profense, moo go
hlalošwago bogolo bja go palelwa go phetha mešomo ya yona le go bolela ka magato ao a swanetšego go tšewa phethagatšong ya tshwanelo yeo; le
(b) � go tšea maikarabelo a go phethagatša mošomo woo profenseng yeo, go fihlela moo go swanetšego go- (i) � tšwetšapele maemo a bohlokwa a naga goba go bea maemo a bonyane
go phetheng ga ditirelo; (ii) � tšwetšapele botee bja ekonomi; (iii) � go tšwetšapele tšhireletšo ya naga; goba (iv) � go thibela profense yeo go tšea magato ao a sa kwagalego ao e ka bago
ditšhitišo go dikgahlego tša profense ye nngwe goba nageng ka moka. [Karolwana ya (1) e fetošitšwe ke karolwana ya 2 (b) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometee wa Molaotheo wa 2003.]
(2) � Ge khuduthamaga ya setšhaba e ka tsena taba ya profense ka bogare go ya ka karolwana ya (1)(b) – (a) � e swanetše go romela Tsebišo ya tsenogare ye e ngwadilwego go Khansele
ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense mo matšatšing a 14 morago ga ge tsenogare e thomile;
(b) � tsenogare e swanetše go fela ge Khansele e sa dumele tsenogare yeo mo matšatšing a 180 morago ga ge tsenogare e thomile goba mafelelong nako yeo ge e se ya dumelelwa tsenogare yeo; gomme
(c) � Khansele e swanetše, ge tsenogare e ntše e tšwelapele, go lekola lefsa tsenogare nako le nako e bile e ka dira ditigelo tše itšego tša maleba go khuduthamaga ya setšhaba.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke 2 (c) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometee wa Molaotheo wa 2003.]
(3) Molao wa setšhaba o ka laola tshepedišo yeo e theilwego karolong ye. [Karolo 100 fetošitšwe ke 2 (a) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometee wa Molaotheo wa 2003.]
58
Diphetho tša phetišo 101. (1) Sephetho se se tšerwego ke Mopresidente se swanetše go ba se se ngwadilwego ge
se- (a) tšerwe go latela molao; goba (b) se na le ditlamorago tša semolao.
(2) Sephetho se se ngwadilwego sa go tšewa ke Mopresidente se swanetše go saenelwa gape ke leloko le lengwe la Kabinete ge e le gore sephetho seo se ama mošomo wo o abetšwego leloko leo la Kabinete.
(3) Dikgoeletšo, melawana le didirišwa tše dingwe tša melawana ye mengwe di swanetše go hwetšwagala setšhabeng ka moka.
(4) Melao ya setšhaba e ka laetša ka mokgwa wo e lego gore, goba bokgole bjo, didirišwa tše di ukangwego karolwaneng ya (3) di swanetše go- (a) ahlaahlwa ka Palamenteng; le go (b) amogelwa ke Palamente.
Ditšhišinyo tša go hloka kholofelo 102. (1) Ge Kopano ya Maloko a Palamente ka Moka, ka bouto ye e thekgwago ke bontši
bja maloko a yona e ka fetiša tšhišinyo ya go hloka kholofelo go Kabinete, go sa akaretšwe Mopresidente, Mopresidente o tla swanela ke go bea Kabinete lefsa.
(2) Ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ka bouto ye e thekgwago ke bontši bja maloko a yona e ka fetiša tšhišinyo ya go hloka kholofelo go Mopresidente, Mopresidente le maloko a mangwe a Kabinete le Batlatši ka moka ba bona, ba swanetše go rola modiro.
KGAOLO YA 5: MOPRESIDENTE LE KHUDUTHAMAGA YA SETŠHABA
59
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
KGAOLO YA 6 DIPRoFEnSE
Diprofense 103. (1) Repabliki e na le diprofense tše di latelago:
(a) Kapa-Bohlabela; (b) Freistata; (c) Gauteng; (d) KwaZulu-Natala; (e) Mpumalanga; (f) Kapa-Leboa; (g) Limpopo; (h) Leboa-Bodikela; (i) Kapa-Bodikela.
[Temana ya (1) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometee wa Molaotheo wa 2003 mme e tšeetšwe legato ke karolo 1 ya ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomepedi wa Molaotheo wa 2005.]
(2) � Mafelo a thutafase a diprofense tše emetšwego a na le mafelo a thutafase ao a tšweletšego memepeng ye farologanego ye hlalošitšwego go Tsebišo ye mo Šetule ya 1A.
[Karolo (2) e tšeelwa legato ke karolo 1 ya ya Molaophetošwa wa Bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2005.]
(3) � (a) Neng goba neng ge lefelo la thutafase le akanywa ka go fetošwa go Molaotheo, Molao wa Palamente o ka abela magato a go sepetša, mo nakong ye kwagalago, ditlamorago tša semolao, tše kgonegago goba dife goba dife tša go kakanyo ye.
(b) Molao wa Palamente wo hlalošitšwego go tema (a) o ka tsenywa tirišong mme wa diragatšwa pele phetoše ye ya Molaotheo e diragatšwa, efela mešomo efe goba efe ya profense, matlole, ditokelo, ditlamego, ditshwanelo goba dikoloto di ka fetišetšwa fela go ya ka Molao morago ga phetošo go Molaotheo di diragatšwa.
[karolo 103 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolo 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomepedi wa Molaotheo wa 2005]
60
Makgotlapeamelao a Diprofense
Maatla a go bea melao a diprofense 104. (1) Maatla a profense a go dira melao a beilwe godimo ga lekgotlapeamelao la yona,
gomme a fa lekgotlapeamelao la profense maatla a - (a) go amogela molaotheo wa profense yeo goba go fetola molaotheo ofe goba
ofe wo o fetišitšwego ke lona go ya ka ditaelo tša dikarolo tša 142 le 143; (b) go fetiša melao legatong la profense ya lona mabapi le-
(i) taba ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya tirišo yeo e lego lefelong la mošomo ka lenaneong la Šetulo 4;
(ii) taba ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya tirišo yeo e lego lefelong la mošomo ka go Šetulo 5;
(iii) taba ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e welago ka ntle ga mafelo a mošomo gomme e, filwego profense thwii ke molao wa setšhaba; le
(iv) taba ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo tlhagišo ya Molaotheo e ukangwago go diriša ga melao ya profense; le
(c) go abela maatla a mangwe le a mangwe a molao wa yona go Khansele ya Mmasepala profenseng yeo.
(2) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense, ka sephetho seo se tšerwego ka thekgo ya bonyane bja dibouto tša peditharong ya maloko a yona, e ka kgopela Palamente go fetoša leina la profense yeo.
(3) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le tlangwa ke Molaotheo fela, gomme ge le fetišitše molaotheo wa profense ya yona, gona e tlangwa le gape ke molaotheo woo, ebile e swanetše go ya ka, ka gare ga mellwane ya Molaotheo le ya Molaotheo wa profense.
(4) Molao wa profense mabapi le taba yeo e tlogago e le bohlokwa, goba e lebanego le phethagatšo ya maleba ya maatla ao a amago taba efe goba efe yeo e lego go Šetulo 4, mabakeng ka moka ke molao woo o amago taba ye e lego go Šetulo 4.
(5) Lekgotlatheramelao la profense le ka digela Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente molao woo o amago taba ye e lego ka ntle ga maatla a lekgotlapeamelao, goba taba yeo e lego gore Molao wa Palamente o laola molao wa Profense.
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
61
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
Sebopego le dikgetho tša makgotlapeamelao a diprofense 105. � (1) Lekgotlapeamelao la Profense le bopilwe ke basadi le banna bao ba kgethilwego
bjalo ka maloko go ya ka lenaneo la dikgetho leo- (a) � le beilwego ke molao wa naga; (b) � le theilwe godimo ga karolo ya Profense yeo ya lenaneo la tlwaelo la bakgethi
la setšhaba; (c) � leo le hlagišago bonyane bja mengwaga ya go bouta e 18; le (d) � o feleletša, ka kakaretšo, ka boemedi bja tekatekano.
[Karolwana ya (1) e fetošitšwe ke karolwana ya 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesome wa Molaotheo wa 2003 le karolo 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
(2) � Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le bopša ke maloko a magareng ga a 30 le 80. Palo ya maloko, yeo e ka fapanago go ya ka profense, e swanetše go bewa go ya ka fomula yeo e beilwego go ya ka molao wa naga.
Boleloko 106. (1) Moagi yo mongwe le yo mongwe yo a loketšwego ke go boutela Seboka sa Maloko a
Palamente o na le tshwanelo ya go ka ba leloko la lekgotlapeamelao la profense, ka ntle le ge- (a) � mang le mang yo a thwetšwego ke, goba a le tirelong ya mmušo mme a
amogela tefo ya go thwalwa moo goba tirelo, ka ntle le- (i) � Tonakgolo le maloko a mangwe a Khuduthamaga ya profense; le (ii) � bahlankedi ba bangwe bao mešomo ya bona e sepelelanago le mešomo
ya leloko la lekgotlapeamelao la profense, gomme ebile molao wa naga o begile gore e sepelelana le mediro yeo ke;
(b) � maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, maloko a go ya go ile a Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense goba maloko a Khansele ya Bommasepala;
(c) � boradikoloto bao ba ka se tsošološwego; (d) � mang le mang yo kgorotsheko ya Repabliki e laetšego gore ke wa monagano
wa go se felele; goba; (e) � mang le mang yo, morago ga go thoma go šoma ga karolo ye, a bonwago
molato a romelwa kgolegong nako ya go feta dikgwedi tše 12 ntle le go ikgethela go lefa faene Repabliking goba ka ntle ga Repabliki, ge e le gore mediri yeo ya molato e be e tšewa bjalo ka molato ka Repabliking,
62
efela ga go na motho yo a ka tšewago bjalo ka yo a rometšwego kgolegong go fihla boipiletšo bja gagwe kgahlanong le kotlo bo šetše bo kwelwe goba go fihla ge kahlolo e šetše e dirilwe. Go lahlegelwa ke ditshwanelo tše di lego temaneng ye go fela morago ga mengwaga ye mehlano morago ga ge kotlo e fedile.
(2) Motho yo a se nago le tshwanelo ya go ba leloko la lekgotlapeamelao la profense go ya ka karolwana ya (1)(a) goba (b) a ka ba nkgetheng wa lekgotlapeamelao, go hlokometšwe mellwane ye itšego goba mabaka ao a beilwego ke molao wa naga.
(3) Motho o lahlegelwa ke go ba leloko la lekgotlapeamelao la profense ge motho yoo- (a) a sa hlwe a na le ditshwanelo tša go ba leloko; (b) a sa be gona ka go lekgotlapeamelao ka ntle le tumelelo ka mabaka a
melawana le ditaelo tša lekgotlapeamelao di bolela go lahlegelwa ke boleloko; goba
(c) a sa hlwe a na le ditshwanelo tša go ba leloko la phathi yeo e mo kgethilego bjalo ka leloko la lekgotlapeamelao, ntle le ge leloko leo e le leloko la phathi e nngwe go ya ka Šetulo ya 6A.
[Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 4 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesome wa Mola- otheo wa 2003 le ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
(4) Dikgoba ka go lekgotlatheramelao la profense di swanetše go tlatšwa go ya ka molao wa naga.
Keno goba boitlamo 107. Pele ga ge maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense a thoma go phethagatša mešomo
ya bona, ba swanetše go ikana le go itlama go botegela Repabliki le ka go obamela Molaotheo go ya ka Šetulo 2.
Lebaka la Makgotlapeamelao a Diprofense 108. (1) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le kgethwa go ba mošomong mengwaga e mehlano.
(2) Ge lekgotlapeamelao la profense le phatlalatšwa go ya ka karolo ya 109, goba ge lebaka la go ba modirong ga lona go fihla mafelelong, Tonakgolo ya profense, go ya ka kgoeletšo, o swanetše go bitša le go bega matšatšikgwedi a dikgetho, tšeo di swanetšego go swarwa mo matšatšing a 90 morago ga go phatlalatšwa ga
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
63
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
lekgotlapeamelao goba ge go ba modirong ga lona go fihla mafelelong. Kgoeletšo yeo e ipiletšago e beago matšatšikgwedi a dikgetho e ka dirwa pele goba morago ge go ba modirong ga lekgotlapeamelao go fihla mafelelong.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bone wa Molaotheo wa 1999.]
(3) � Ge dipoelo tša dikgetho tša lekgotlapeamelao la profense di sa begwe mo nakong ye e beilwego mo karolong ya 190, goba ge dikgetho di ka beelwa ka thoko ke kgorotsheko, Mopresidente, ka kgoeletšo, o swanetše go bitša le go bega matšatšikgwedi a dikgetho tše dingwe, tšeo di swanetšego go swarwa mo matšatšing a 90 morago ga go fela ga nako ye e beilwego goba morago ga nako ye dikgetho di ilego tša beelwa ka thoko.
(4) � Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le dula le na le maatla a go šoma go tloga nako ya ge e phatlalatšwa goba ge nako ya lona ya go šoma e fihla mafelelong go fihla letšatši pele ga letšatši la mathomo la dikgetho tša Lekgotlapeamelao le le latelago.
Phatlalatšo ya Makgotlapeamelao a diprofense pele pakatiro ya wona e fela 109. (1) � Tonakgolo ya profense o swanetše go phatlalatša lekgotlapeamelao ge-
(a) � lekgotlapeamelao le amogetše sephetho sa go phatlalala seo se thekgwago ke bontši bja dibouto tša maloko;
(b) � mengwaga e meraro e fetile morago ga go kgethwa ga lekgotlapeamelao. (2) Tonakgolo ya motšwaoswere o swanetše go phatlalatša lekgotlapeamelao ge-
(a) � go na le sekgoba kantorong ya Tonakgolo; ge (b) � lekgotlapeamelao le palelwa ke go kgetha Tonakgolo ye mpsha mo matšatšing
a 30 morago ga ge sekgoba se hlolegile.
Dinako tša go dula le tša maikhutšo 110. (1) Ka morago ga dikgetho, tulo ya mathomo ya lekgotlapeamelao la profense e
swanetše go direga ka nako le letšatši leo le laotšwego ke moahlodi yoo a beilwego ke Moahlodimogolo eupša e se be matšatši a 14 morago ga ge dipoelo tša dikgetho di begilwe. Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le ka no tšea sephetho ka ga nako le lebaka la go dula go gongwe ga lona le dinako tša lona tša maikhutšo.
64
[Karolwana (1) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 8 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(2) Tonakgolo ya profense e ka no bitša lekgotlapeamelao go tla pitšong yeo e sego ya mehleng go tlo ahlaahla merero ye e ikgethago.
(3) Lekgotlapeamelao le ka no tšea sephetho sa gore le ka kopanela kae ka mehla.
Spikara le Motlatšaspikara 111. (1) Ge e dula la mathomo morago ga go kgethwa, goba ge go tsomega go tlatša
sekgala se se itšego, lekgotlapeamelao la profense le swanetše go kgetha Spikara le Motlatšaspikara go tšwa malokong a yona.
(2) Moahlodi yo a rometšwego ke Moahlodimogolo o swanetše go swara marapo ge go kgethwa Spikara. Spikara sona se swara marapo ge go kgethwa Motlatšaspikara.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke 9 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(3) Tshepedišo yeo e beilweng go Karolo ya A ya Šetulo 3 e šomišwa ge go kgethwa Spikara le Motlatšaspikara.
(4) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le ka tloša Spikara goba Motlatšaspikara mošomong ka go tšea sephetho se se bjalo. Bontši bja maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense ba swanetše go ba gona ge go tšewa sephetho.
(5) Go ya ka melawana le ditaelo tša yona, lekgotlapeamelao la profense le ka kgetha batho bao ba ka swarago marapo go tšwa malokong a lona go thuša Spikara le Motlatšaspikara.
Diphetho 112. (1) Ka ntle le ge Molaotheo o laela ka tsela e nngwe -
(a) bontši bja maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense bo swanetše go ba gona pele ga ge bouto e ka tšewa mabapi le Molaokakanywa goba go fetolwa ga Molaokakanywa;
(b) bonyane bja maloko a teetharong bo swanetše go ba gona pele ga ge go ka boutelwa taba efe goba efe pele ga lekgotlapeamelao la profense; gomme
(c) ditaba ka moka tšeo di lego pele ga lekgotlapeamelao la profense di phethwa ka bontši bja dibouto tšeo di dirilwego.
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
65
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
(2) � Leloko la Lekgotlapeamelao la profense leo le swerego marapo kopanong ya lekgotlapeamelao la profense ga le na bouto ya ngangišano, efela- (a) � le swanetše go dira bouto ya makgaolakgang ge go na le palo ya dibouto tša
go lekana mahlakoreng ka moka a taba; gomme (b) � a ka dira bouto ya ngangišano ge taba e swanetše go phethwa ka thekgo
ya dibouto tša bonyane bja peditharong ya maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense.
Ditokelo tša baemedi ba go ya go ile ba makgotlapeamelao a diprofense 113. � Ditokelo tša baemedi ba go ya go ile ba makgotlapeamelao a diprofense ba go ya go
Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense ba ka tla, ebile ba ka bolela ka, makgotlapeamelao a diprofense a tšona le dikomiti tša yona, efela ba ka se boute. Lekgotlapeamelao le ka nyaka moemedi wa go ya go ile go tla ka lekgotlapeamelaong goba dikomiting tša lona.
Maatla a Makgotlapeamelao a diprofense 114. (1) Ge e šomiša maatla a yona a go hlama melao, lekgotlapeamelao la profense e ka-
(a) � hlokomela, hlama, fetola goba go gana molao wo itšego pele ga lekgotlapeamelao la profense; gape
(b) � thoma goba go rulaganya melao, ka ntle le Melaokakanywa ya ditšhelete. (2) � Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le swanetše go loga maano a-
(a) � go kgonthišiša gore ditho ka moka tša khuduthamaga ya profense lekaleng la mmušo wa setšhaba di ikarabela go yona; le
(b) � go dula e hlokometše diphošo tša- (i) � tirišo ya maatla a khuduthamaga ya profense, go akaretšwa tiragatšo ya
melao; le (ii) � lefapha le lengwe le le lengwe la profense la mmušo.
Bohlatse goba tshedimošo pele ga makgotlapeamelao a diprofense 115. � Lekgotlapeamelao la profense goba e nngwe ya dikomiti tša lona e ka-
(a) � bitša motho yo mongwe le yo mongwe go tla pele ga yona go fa bohlatse ka boikano goba ka go itlama, goba go tliša ditokumente;
(b) � nyaka gore motho yo mongwe le yo mongwe goba sehlongwa sa profense go
66
bega go lona; (c) gapeletša, go ya ka molao wa profense goba ka melawana le ditaelo, motho yo
mongwe le yo mongwe goba sehlongwa se sengwe go obamela dipitšo goba senyakwa go ya ka temana ya (a) goba ya (b); le
(d) go amogela dingongorego, dikgopelo goba ditšhišinyo go tšwa go batho ba bangwe bao ba nago le kgahlego goba dihlongwa.
Dithulaganyo tša ka gare, ditherišano le ditshepedišo tša makgotlapeamelao a diprofense 116. (1) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le ka-
(a) beakanya le go laola dithulaganyo tša yona tša ka gare, ditshepetšo le ditshepedišo; le go
(b) hlama melawana le ditaelo tšeo di amago mešomo ya yona, go lebeletšwe temokrasi ya kemedi le go kgatha tema, maikarabelo, ponagatšo le go ba le seabe setšhabeng.
(2) Melawana le ditaelo tša lekgotlapeamelao la profense di swanetše go beakanyetša- (a) go hlongwa, tlhamo, maatla, mešomo, tshepedišo, le lebaka la dikomiti tša
yona; (b) go kgathatema ditshepedišong tša lekgotlapeamelao la profense le
dikomiti tša yona tša diphathi ka moka tše nnyane tše di emetšwego ka go lekgotlapeamelao, ka tsela yeo e sepelelanago le temokrasi;
(c) thušo ya ditšhelete le ya taolo go phathi ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e emetšwego ka go lekgotlapeamelao go ya ka tekatekano ya boemedi, go dira gore phathi le moetapele wa yona e phethe mediro ya yona ka go lekgotlapeamelao ka tshwanelo; le
(d) kamogelo ya moetapele wa phathi e kgolo ya kganetšo ka go lekgotlapeamelao bjalo ka Moetapele wa Kganetšo.
Tshwanelo 117. (1) Maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense le maloko a profense a go ya go ile ka go
Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense - (a) a na le tokologo ya go bolela ka go lekgotlapeamelao le ka dikomiting tša lona,
ge fela go šetšwa melawana le ditaelo tša yona; gomme
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
67
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
(b) � ba ka se išwe tshekong ka melato ya segae goba ya bosenyi, go swarwa, go golegwa goba ditshenyo tša- (i) � se sengwe le se sengwe seo ba se boletšego, ba se tšweleditšego pele
goba ba se išitšego go lekgotlapeamelao goba go e nngwe ya dikomiti tša lona; goba
(ii) � se sengwe le se sengwe seo se utullotšwego ka lebaka la seo ba se boletšego, ba se tšweleditšego pele goba ba se išitšego go lekgotlapeamelao goba go e nngwe ya dikomiti tša lona.
(2) � Ditshwanelo le ditokologo tše dingwe tša lekgotlapeamelao le maloko a lona di tla laolwa ke molao wa naga.
(3) � Meputso, diputseletšo le mehola tšeo di lefelwago maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense di dirwa thwii go tšwa Sekhwameng sa Profense sa Ditšhelete.
Phihlelelo le go tšea karolo ga setšhaba Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente 118. (1) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le swanetše go-
(a) � nolofatša go tšea karolo ga setšhaba go hlameng ga melao le ditshepedišo tše dingwe tša lekgotlapeamelao le dikomiti tša lona; le
(b) � go dira mediro ya yona phatlalatša le go dula ga yona, le tša dikomiti tša yona pepeneneng, eupša go ka tšewa magato a go kwala- (i) � go laola go tsena ga batho, go akaretšwa le go tsena ga boraditaba ka go
lekgotlapeamelao le ka dikomiting tša lona; le (ii) � go beakanyetša go phuruphutšwa ga motho o mongwe le o mongwe,
mo go swanetšego, kganetšo ya go tsena ka, goba go ntšhiwa ga motho ofe goba ofe.
(2) � Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le ka se kgetholle batho, go akaretšwa boraditaba, tulong ya komiti ka ntle le ge seo se kwešišega ebile go le molaong go dira bjale setšhabeng seo se lokologilego sa temokrasi.
Tšweletšo ya Melaokakanywa 119. � Ke fela maloko a Khuduthamaga ya profense goba komiti goba leloko la lekgotlapeamelao
la profense leo le ka tšweletšago Molaokakanywa ka go lekgotlapeamelao, gomme ke fela leloko la Khuduthamaga le le rwelego maikarabelo a merero ya ditšhelete tša profense le le ka tšweletšago Molaokakanywa wa ditšhelete ka go lekgotlapeamelao la profense.
68
Melaokakanywa ya Ditšhelete 120. (1) Molaokakanywa ke Molaokakanywa wa ditšhelete ge o-
(a) lekanyetšago ditšhelete; (b) lefiša metšhelo ya setšhaba, makgetho, metšhelo ya dithoto goba metšhelo ya
tlaleletšo; (c) fediša le go fokotša, go se sa amogela dithekgo go tšwa go, metšhelo e
mengwe le e mengwe ya setšhaba makgetho, metšhelo ya dithoto goba metšhelo ya tlaleletšo; goba
(d) o dumelela ditefedišothwii go tšwa go Sekhwama sa Profense sa Ditšhelete. (2) Molaokakanywa wa ditšhelete ga se wa swanela go šoma ka taba ye itšego ka ntle
le ge- (a) taba yeo e sepelelana le tekanyetšo ya tšhelete; (b) e gapeletša, e fediša goba e fokotša metšhelo ya setšhaba, makgetho,
metšhelo ya dithoto le metšhelo ya tlaleletšo; (c) go se sa amogela dithekgo go tšwa go metšhelo ya profense, makgetho,
metšhelo ya dithoto le metšhelo ya tlaleletšo; goba (d) go dumelela ditefedišothwii go tšwa go Sekhwama sa Profense sa Ditšhelete.
(3) Molao wa profense o swanetše go hlagiša tshepedišo yeo lekgotlapeamelao la profense le ka fetošago Molaokakanywa ya ditšhelete.
[Karolo ya 120 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Kamogelo ya Melaokakanywa 121. (1) Tonakgolo e swanetše go amogela le go saena Molaokakanywa wo o fetišitšwego
ke lekgotlapeamelao la profense go ya ka Kgaolo ye goba, ge Tonakgolo a na le kgonono ka go ba molaong ga Molaokakanywa, a o bušetše morago go lekgotlapeamelao gore o lekolwe lefsa.
(2) Ge e le gore ka morago ga go lekola lefsa, Molaokakanywa o akaretša ka botlalo dikgonono tša Tonakgolo, gona Tonakgolo o swanetše go amogela le go saena Molaokakanywa woo; ge go se bjalo, Tonakgolo e swanetše go- (a) amogela le go saena Molaokakanywa; goba (b) a o fetišetše go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo go tšea sephetho ka ga go ba
molaong ga wona.
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
69
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
(3) � Ge Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e ka fetša ka gore Molaokakanywa o mo molaong, Tonakgolo e swanetše go o amogela le go o saena.
Kgopelo ya maloko ka go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo 122. (1) Maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense a ka dira kgopelo go Kgorotsheko ya
Molaotheo go fiwa taelo ya gore Molao wa profense ka moka ga wona, goba karolo ya wona ga e molaong.
(2) � Kgopelo - (a) � e swanetše go thekgwa ke bonyane teetharong ya maloko a lekgotlapeamelao
la profense; gape (b) � e swanetše go dirwa matšatšing a 30 morago ga ge Tonakgolo a amogetše le
go saenela molao woo. (3) � Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e ka laela gore Molao ka moka goba karolo ya wona e
lego yona taba ya kgopelo go ya ka karolwana ya (1) ga o na le maatla go fihla ge Kgorotsheko e tšere sephetho ka kgopelo ge- (a) � kgahlego ya toka e nyaka se; le (b) � kgopelo e na le kgonagalo ye e bonalago ya katlego.
(4) � Ge kgopelo e se ya atlega, ebile e ile ya se be le kgonagalo ye e bonalago ya katlego, Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e ka laela gore bakgopedi ba lefe ditshenyegelo.
Phatlalatšo ya Melao ya profense 123. � Molaokakanywa wo o amogetšwego le go saenelwa ke Tonakgolo e ba Molao wa profense,
ebile o swanetše go phatlalatšwa ka pela gomme o thoma go šoma le semeetseng ge o phatlaladitšwe goba go tloga nakong yeo o beilwego ke Molao.
Go lota ga Melao ya profense 124. � Khopi ya Molao wa profense yeo e saennwego ke bohlatse bjo bo feletšego bja ditlhagišo
tša Molao woo gomme, morago ga go phatlalatšwa, o swanetše go išwa go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo go lotwa.
70
Dikhuduthamaga tša Diprofense
Maatlaphethiši a diprofense 125. (1) Maatlaphethiši a profense a filwe Tonakgolo ya profense yeo.
(2) Tonakgolo o diragatša maatlaphethiši, gammogo le maloko a mangwe a Khuduthamaga, ka go- (a) diragatša melao ka moka ka profenseng; (b) diragatša melao ka moka ya naga ka gare ga mollwane wa yona wa mešomo
woo o beilwego ka go Šetulo 4 goba 5 ka ntle le ge Molaotheo goba Molao wa Palamente o hlagiša ka tsela e nngwe.
(c) laola ka profenseng, melao ya naga ka ntle ga mellwane ya yona ya mešomo yeo e beilwego ka go Šetulo 4 goba 5, taolo yeo e filwego khuduthamaga ya profense go ya ka Molao wa Palamente.
(d) go dira le go diragatša melaotshepetšo ya profense (e) kgokaganya mediro ya taolo ya profense le dikgoro tša yona; (f) go rulaganya le go thoma melao ya profense; le (g) phethagatša mediro e mengwe le e mengwe yeo e filwego khuduthamaga ya
profense go ya ka Molaotheo goba ka Molao wa Palamente. (3) Profense e na le maatla a phetišo go ya ka karolwana ya (2)(b) fela go fihla moo
profense e nago le bokgoni bja taolo bja go tšea maikarabelo gabotse. Mmušo wa setšhaba, ka go diriša molao le dikgato tše dingwe, o swanetše go thuša diprofense go hlabolla bokgoni bja taolo bjo bo nyakegago mo phethagatšong ya bolaodi, e lego go phetheng mediro yeo e laeditšwego go karolwana ya (2).
(4) Phapano e nngwe le ye nngwe mabapi le bokgoni bja profense bja taolo ya merero ka moka e swanetše go romelwa go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense gore e rarollwe mo matšatšing a 30 morago ga go romelwa go Khansele.
(5) Go ya ka Karolo 100, go tsenywa tšhomišong ga molao wa profense mo profenseng ke maatla ao a lebanego Khuduthamaga ya profense e nnoši.
(6) Khuduthamaga ya profense e swanetše go šoma go ya ka- (a) Molaotheo; le (b) Molaotheo wa profense ge e le gore molaotheo wa profense o šetše o
fetišitšwe.
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
71
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
Kabo ya mešomo 126. � Leloko la Khuduthamaga ya profense le ka abela maatla a itšego goba mošomo ofe goba
ofe wo o swanetšego go diragatšwa goba go phethagatšwa go ya ka Molao wa Palamente goba Molao wa profense, go Khansele ya Mmasepala. Kabo-
(a) � e swanetše go ba bjalo ka tumelelano magareng ga leloko leo la Khuduthamaga le leloko la Khansele Mmasepala;
(b) � e swanetše go sepelelana le Molao woo maatla le mešomo ya maswanedi di dirwago le go phethagatšwa go latela wona; gomme
(c) � o thoma go šoma ge Tonakgolo e se no dira kgoeletšo.
Maatla le mešomo ya Ditonakgolo 127. (1) Tonakgolo ya profense e na le maatla le mešomo yeo e filwego kantoro yeo ke
Molaotheo le melao efe goba efe. (2) Tonakgolo ya profense e na le maikarabelo a-
(a) � go amogela le go saena Melaokakanywa; (b) � go bušetša Molaokakanywa go lekgotlapeamelao la profense gore o lekolwe
lefsa go kgonthišiša gore o molaong; (c) � go fetišetša Malaokakanywa go Kgorongtsheko ya Molaotheo gore e fe
sephetho sa gore Molaokakanywa o molaong; (d) � go bitša lekgotlapeamelao la profense go tlo tsenela tulo ye e sego ya mehleng
go tlo rera ditaba tše di ikgethilego; (e) � go hloma dikomišene tša dinyakišišo; le (f) � go goeletša referentamo ka profenseng go ya ka molao wa naga.
Go kgetha ga Ditonakgolo 128. � (1) Ge e dula la mathomo morago ga go kgethwa, goba ge go tsomega go tlatša
sekgala se se itšego, lekgotlapeamelao la profense le swanetše go kgetha Spikara le Motlatšaspikara go tšwa malokong a yona.
(2) Moahlodi yo a rometšwego ke Moahlodimogolo o swanetše go swara marapo ge go kgethwa Spikara. Spikara sona se swara marapo ge go kgethwa Motlatšaspikara.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 10 ya Molao wa 34 wa 2001.]
(3) Dikgetho tša go tlatša sekgoba ka kantorong ya Tonakgolo di swanetše go swarwa
72
nako le letšatšikgwedi tšeo di beilwego ke Moahlodimogolo, e fela e sego ka morago ga matšatši a 30 morago ga ge sekgoba se hlolegile.
[Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 10 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshelela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Go thoma modiro ga Ditonakgolo 129. Tonakgolo ye e kgethilwego e swanetše go thoma modiro mo matšatšing a mahlano
morago ga go kgethwa, ka go ikana goba go itlama gore o tla botegela Repabliki le go obamela Molaotheo go ya ka Šetulo 2.
Pakatiro ya Ditonakgolo 130. (1) Pakatiro ya Tonakgolo e thoma ge Tonakgolo e thoma modiro gomme e felela ge go
eba le sekgoba goba ge motho yo a latelago a kgethilwe go ba Tonakgolo a thoma modiro.
(2) Ga go motho yo a swanetšego go dula setulo sa Botonakgolo makga a go feta a mabedi, eupša ge motho a kgethwa go tlatša sekgoba ka kantorong ya botonakgolo; sebaka sa magareng a go kgethwa ga gagwe le go kgethwa ga Tonakgolo yo a latelago ga se tšewe bjalo ka pakatiro.
(3) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense, ka sephetho seo se tšerwego sa bontši bja bonnyane bja peditharong ya maloko a lona, le ka tloša Tonakgolo setulong fela mabakeng a- (a) go tlola Molaotheo le melao mo go šiišago; (b) maitshwaro ao a tlogago a le bohlaswa; goba (c) go šitwa ke go phethagatša mešomo ya setulo sa gagwe.
(2) Mang le mang yo a tlošitšwego setulong sa Botonakgolo go ya ka karolwana ya 3 (a) goba (b) a ka se neelwe ditshwanelo tša kantoro yeo, le gona ga a swanela go šoma mošomo ofe goba ofe wa setšhaba.
Ditonakgolo tša Motšwaoswere 131. (1) Ge Tonakgolo e se gona Repabliking goba a šitišwa ke mabaka a mangwe go phetha
mešomo ya gagwe ya Botonakgolo, goba nakong yeo go nago le sekgoba setulong sa Botonakgolo, mohlankedi go ya ka tatelano ye e latelago, o tla šoma bjalo ka Tonakgolo:
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
73
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
(a) � Leloko la Khuduthamaga ya profense leo le kgethilwego ke Tonakgolo. (b) � Leloko Khuduthamaga ya profense leo le kgethilwego ke maloko a mangwe a
Khuduthamaga. (c) � Spikara, go fihlela ge lekgotlapeamelao la profense le kgethile le lengwe la
maloko a lona. (2) � Tonakgolo ya Motšwaoswere e na le maikarabelo, maatla le mešomo ya Tonakgolo. (3) � Pele a tšea maikarabelo, maatla le mediro ya Tonakgolo, Tonakgolo ya
Motšwaoswere o swanetše go ikana goba go itlama gore o tla botegela Repabliki le go obamela Molaotheo go ya ka Šetulo 2.
Dikhuduthamaga 132. (1) Khuduthamaga ya profense e bopša ke Tonakgolo, bjalo ka hlogo ya Khuduthamaga,
le maloko ao a sego ka fase ga ba bahlano bao ba sa fetego ba lesome bao ba kgethilwego ke Tonakgolo go tšwa go maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense.
(2) � Tonakgolo ya profense e kgetha maloko a Khuduthamaga, o ba nea maatla le mešomo gomme o kgona le go ba raka mošomong.
Maikarabelo le mešomo 133. (1) Maloko a khuduthamaga ya profense ba na le maikarabelo a mešomo ya phetišo
yeo ba e filwego ke Tonakgolo. (2) � Maloko a Khuduthamaga ya profense a na le maikarabelo a mohlakanelwa le ka
bonoši go lekgotlapeamelao phethagatšong ya maatla a bona le go diragatša mešomo ya bona.
(3) � Maloko a Khuduthamaga ya profense a swanetše go- (a) � šoma go ya ka Molaotheo, le ge molaotheo wa profense o amogetšwe ka
profenseng, gape go ya ka molaotheo woo; le (b) � fa lekgotlapeamelao dipego ka botlalo le gona nako le nako, ka ga merero ye e
welago taolong ya bona.
Tšwetšopele ya Dikhuduthamaga ka morago ga dikgetho 134. � Ge dikgetho tša lekgotlapeamelao la profense di swarwa, Khuduthamaga le maloko a yona
ba dula ba na le maatla a go šoma go fihla motho yoo a kgethilwego go ba Tonakgolo ke lekgotlapeamelao leo le latelago a thoma modiro.
74
Keno goba boitlamo 135. Pele ga ge maloko a Khuduthamaga ya profense a thoma go phethagatša mešomo
ya bona, ba swanetše go ikana le go itlama go botegela Repabliki le ka go obamela Molaotheo go ya ka Šetulo 2.
Maitshwaro a maloko a Khuduthamaga 136. (1) Maloko a Khuduthamaga ya profense ba swanetše go itshwara go ya ka mokgwa wa
boitshwaro woo o beilwego ke molao wa naga. (2) Maloko a Khuduthamaga ya profense ga ba swanela go-
(a) amogela mošomo o mongwe o ba lefiwago go wona; (b) itshwara ka tsela yeo e lego kgahlanong le mešomo ya bona goba go ipea
maemong ao a ka tlišago kotsi ya thulano magareng a maikarabelo a bona a semmušo le dikgahlego tša bona tša ka ntle; goba
(c) go šomiša maemo a bona goba tshedimošo yeo ba e filwego, go ikhumiša goba go hola motho yo mongwe ka tsela yeo e sa lokago.
Phetišetšo ya mediro 137. Tonakgolo ka kgoeletšo, a ka fetišetša go leloko le lengwe la Khuduthamaga-
(a) tiragatšo ya molao ofe goba ofe woo o lego matsogong a leloko le lengwe; goba
(b) maatla goba mošomo ofe goba ofe woo o filwego leloko le lengwe ke molao.
Kabo ya nakwana ya mešomo 138. Tonakgolo ya profense a ka abela leloko la Khuduthamaga maatla a itšego goba mošomo
wo mongwe le wo mongwe wa leloko le lengwe leo le sego gona mošomong goba leo le šitwago ke go diragatša maatla ao goba go phetha mošomo woo.
Tsenogare ya mmušo wa profense go dipušoselegae 139. (1) Ge mmasepala o sa kgone goba e sa phethagatše mešomo ya wona wa phetišo
go ya ka Molaotheo goba molao, khuduthamaga ya profense ye e swanetšego e tla tsena taba yeo ka go tšea magato a go swanela go kgonthišiša phethagatšo ya mošomo woo, go akaretšwa-
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
75
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
(a) � go ntšha taelo yeo e lebišitšwego go Khansele ya Mmasepala, moo go hlalošwago bogolo bja go palelwa go phetha mešomo ya yona le go bolela ka magato ao a swanetšego go tšewa phethagatšong ya tshwanelo yeo; le
(b) � go tšea maikarabelo a go phethagatša mošomo woo mmasepaleng woo go fihlela moo go swanetšego go- (i) � tšwetšapele maemo a bohlokwa a naga goba go bea maemo a bonyane
go phetheng ga ditirelo; (ii) thibela Khansele yeo ya Mmasepala go tšea magato ao a sa kwagalego
ao e ka bago ditšhitišo go dikgahlego tša mmasepala o mongwe goba nageng ka moka.
(iii) � tšwetšapele botee bja ekonomi; goba (c) � go phatlalatša Khansele ya Mmasepala le go kgetha molaodi go fihlela ge
Khansele e mpsha ya Mmasepala go begilwe gore e kgethilwe, ge e le gore mabaka ao e sego a tlwaelo e dumelela seo.
(2) � Ge khuduthamaga ya profense e ka tsena taba ya mmasepala ka bogare go ya ka karolwana ya (1)(b) – (a) � e swanetše go romela tsebišo ya tsenogare ye e ngwadilwego go-
(i) leloko la Kabinete leo le nago le maikarabelo a pušoselegae; (ii) � lekgotlapeamelao la profense leo le amegago le Khansele ya Setšhaba ya
Diprofense, mo matšatšing a 14 ka morago ga ge tsenogare e thomile; (b) � tsenogare e swanetše go fela ge-
(i) � leloko la Kabinete leo le nago le maikarabelo a merero ya pušoselegae le sa dumele tsenogare yeo mo matšatšing a 28 morago ga ge tsenogare e thomile goba mafelelong nako yeo ge e se ya dumelelwa tsenogare yeo; goba
(ii) � Khansele e sa dumele tsenogare yeo mo matšatšing a 180 morago ga ge tsenogare e thomile goba mafelelong nako yeo ge e se ya dumelelwa tsenogare yeo; gomme
(c) � Khansele e swanetše, ge tsenogare e ntše e tšwelapele, go lekola lefsa tsenogare nako le nako e bile e ka dira ditigelo tše itšego tša maleba go khuduthamaga ya profense.
(3) � Ge Khansele ya Mmasepala e phatlalatšwa go ya ka karolwana ya (1)(c) – (a) � khuduthamaga ya profense e swanetše go romela semeetseng tsebišo ya
tsenogare ye e ngwadilwego go-
76
(i) leloko la Kabinete leo le nago le maikarabelo a merero ya pušoselegae; le
(ii) lekgotlapeamelao la profense leo le amegago le Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense; gomme
(b) ge phatlalatšo e diragala mo matšatšing a 14 go tloga letšatšikgweding leo tsebišo e amogetšwego ka lona ke Khansele ka ntle le ge le phaetšwe thoko ke leloko leo la Kabinete goba Khansele pele ga ge matšatši ao a 14 a fela;
(4) Ge mmasepala o sa kgone goba o sa phethagatše mošomo go ya ka Molaotheo goba ka molao go amogela ditekanyetšo goba magato a go tšweletša ditseno ao a swanetšego go diragatša ditekanyetšo, khuduthamaga ye e amegago ya profense e swanetše go tsenagare ka go tšea magato ao a swanetšego go kgonthišiša gore ditekanyetšo goba magato ao a go tšweletša ditseno a a amogelwa, go akaretšwa Khansele ya Mmasepala le- (a) go kgetha molaodi go fihlela ge Khansele e mpsha ya Mmasepala e begilwe
gore e kgethilwe; le (b) go amogela ditekanyetšo tša motšwaoswere goba magato a go tšweletša
ditseno go thuša go šoma ga go tšwelapele ga mmasepala. (5) Ge mmasepala, ka lebaka la mathata ka mererong ya wona ya ditšhelete, e tlolong
ya go šiiša ya go tšwelapele ya ditlamego tša yona go aba ditirelo tša motheo goba go fihlelela maikarabelo a wona a ditšhelete, goba e amogela gore e palelwa ke go fihlelela ditlamego tša yona goba maikarabelo a yona a ditšhelete, khuduthamaga ye e amegago e swanetše go- (a) gapeletša maano a go tsoga gape ao a ikemišeditšego go šireletša bokgoni bja
mmasepala bja go fihlelela ditlamego tša yona go go aba ditirelo tša motheo goba go fihlelela maikarabelo a wona a ditšhelete, ao- (i) ao a tla beakanywa go ya ka molao wa naga; le go (ii) tlama mmasepala tiragatšong ya wona ya maatla a molao le a taolo,
eupša go bogolo bjo bo nyakegago go rarolla mathata mererong ya wona ya ditšhelete; le
(b) go phatlalatša Khansele ya Mmasepala, ge mmasepala o sa kgone go amogela magato a molao, go akaretša ditekanyetšo goba magato a mangwe le a mangwe a go tšweletša ditseno, ao a nyakegago go diragatša maano a go tsoga gape, le
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
77
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
(i) � go kgetha molaodi go fihlela ge Khansele e mpsha ya Mmasepala e begilwe gore e kgethilwe; le
(ii) go amogela ditekanyetšo tša motšwaoswere goba magato a mangwe a go tšweletša ditseno go thuša go šoma ga go tšwelapele ga mmasepala; goba
(c) � ge Khansele ya Mmasepala e sa phatlalatšwe go ya ka temana ya (b), ya tšea maikarabelo a go diragatša magato a go tšweletša ditseno moo e lego gore mmasepala o ka se goba wa se diragatše magato a go tsoga gape.
(6) � Ge khuduthamaga ya profense e ka tsena taba ya mmasepala ka bogare go ya ka karolwana ya (4) goba ya (b), e swanetše go romela tsebišo ya tsenogare ye e ngwadilwego go- (a) leloko la Kabinete leo le nago le maikarabelo a merero ya pušoselegae; (b) � lekgotlapeamelao la profense leo le amegago le Khansele ya Setšhaba ya
Diprofense, mo matšatšing a šupa ka morago ga ge tsenogare e thomile. (7) � Ge khuduthamaga ya profense e ka se kgone goba e sa goba e sa diragatše maatla
a yona gabotse goba e sa phethagatše mešomo yeo e beilwego karolwaneng ya (4) goba ya(5), khuduthamaga ya setšhaba e swanetše go tsenagare go ya ka karolwana ya (4) goba ya(5) legatong la khuduthamaga ya profense ye e amegago.
(8) � Molao wa setšhaba o tla laola tiragatšo ya karolo ye, go akaretša tshepedišo ye e hlamilwego ke karolo ye.
[Karolo ya 139 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 4 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2003.]
Diphetho tša phethišo 140. (1) Sephetho se se tšerwego ke Tonakgolo se swanetše go ba se se ngwadilwego ge se-
(a) � tšerwe go latela molao; goba (b) � se na le ditlamorago tša semolao.
(2) � Sephetho se se ngwadilwego sa go tšewa ke Tonakgolo se swanetše go saenelwa gape ke leloko le lengwe la Khuduthamaga ge e le gore sephetho seo se ama mošomo wo o abetšwego leloko leo.
(3) � Dikgoeletšo, melawana le didirišwa tše dingwe tša melawana ye mengwe ya profense di swanetše go hwetšagala setšhabeng ka moka.
(4) � Melao ya profense e ka laetša ka mokgwa wo e lego gore, le bokgole bjo, didirišwa tše di ukangwego karolwaneng ya (3) di swanetše go-
78
(a) ahlaahlwa ka lekgotlapeamelao la profense; le go (b) amogelwa ke lekgotlapeamelao la profense.
Ditšhišinyo tša go hloka kholofelo 141. (1) Ge lekgotlapeamelao la profense, ka bouto ye e thekgwago ke bontši bja maloko a
yona e ka fetiša tšhišinyo ya go hloka kholofelo go Khuduthamaga ya profense, go sa akaretšwe Tonakgolo, Tonakgolo e tla swanela ke go bea Khuduthamaga lefsa.
(2) Ge lekgotlapeamelao la profense, ka bouto ye e thekgwago ke bontši bja maloko a yona e ka fetiša tšhišinyo ya go hloka kholofelo go Khuduthamaga ya profense, Tonakgolo le maloko a mangwe a Khuduthamaga ba swanetše go rola modiro.
Melaotheo ya Diprofense
Kamogelo ya Melaotheo ya Diprofense 142. Khuduthamaga ya profense le tla fetiša molaotheo wa profense goba, ge go kgonega, la
fetoša molaotheo, ge bonyane bja peditharong ya maloko a lona ba boutela go amogela Molaokakanywa.
Dikagare tša melaotheo ya diprofense 143. (1) Molaotheo wa profense, goba phetošo ya molaotheo, ga se ya swanela go se latele
Molaotheo wo, e fela e ka hlagiša- (a) Khuduthamaga ya profense goba mafapha a khuduthamaga le ditshepedišo
tšeo di fapanago le tšeo di hlagišitšwego ka mo Karolong ye; goba (b) sehlongwa, tema, taolo le maemo a kgoši ya setšo, ge go kgonega.
(2) tšeo di lego ka go molaotheo wa profense goba phetošo ya molaotheo go ya ka temana ya (a) goba (b) ya karolwana ya (1)- (a) di swanetše go latela melao ka go karolo ya 1 le Kgaolo ya 3; le (b) di ka se fe profense maatla afe goba afe goba mešomo yeo e welago-
(i) ka ntle ga mešomo ya profense go ya ka Šetulo 4 le 5; goba (ii) ka ntle ga maatla le mešomo yeo e filwego profense ke dikarolo tše
dingwe tša Molaotheo.
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
79
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
Tlhatselo ya melaotheo ya diprofense 144. (1) Ge lekgotlapeamelao la profense le phasišitše goba e fetošitše molaotheo, Spikara
sa lekgotlapeamelao se o swanetše go neela sengwalwa seo sa molaotheo goba diphetošo tša molaotheo go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo gore o hlatselwe.
(2) � Ga go sengwalwa sa molaotheo wa profense goba diphetogo tšeo di dirwago molaotheong se se tla bago molaong go fihlela ge Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e hlatsetše- (a) � gore sengwalwa se fetišitšwe go ya ka karolo ya 142; le (b) � gore sengwalwa ka moka se dumelelana le karolo ya 143.
Go saenwa, go phatlalatšwa le go lotwa ga melaotheo ya diprofense 145. � (1) Tonakgolo ya profense e swanetše go amogela le go saena sengwalwa sa molaotheo
wa profense goba diphetošo tšeo di hlatsetšwego ke Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo. (2) � Sengwalwa seo se amogetšwego le go saenwa ke Tonakgolo se swanetše
go phatlalatšwa kuranteng ya Mmušo gomme se tsene tirišong ge se seno phatlalatšwa goba nakong ye sa tlago bjalo ka ge go rerilwe go ya ka molaotheo woo goba diphetošo.
(3) � Sengwalwa se se saennwego sa molaotheo wa profense goba diphetošo tša molaotheo ke bohlatse bjo bo feleletšego bja ditlhagišo tša sona gomme, ka morago ga phatlalatšo, se swanetše go išwa go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo go lotwa.
Melao ye e fapanago
Diphapano gare ga melao ya naga le ya profense 146. (1) Karolo ye e dirišwa mo phapanong gare ga melao ya naga le ya profense ye e
welago lekaleng la tirišo le le tšwelelago go Šetulo 4. (2) � Melao ya naga yeo e dirišwago ka go swana malebana le naga ka bophara e laola
melao ya profense ge fela le lengwe le le lengwe la mabaka a a latelago le ka šetšwa: (a) � Molao wa naga o swaragane le morero woo o ka se kgonego go laolega ka
tshwanelo ke molao wo o theilwego ke diprofense di ikemetše ka botšona.
80
(b) dikgahlego tša setšhaba ka moka di tsoma gore morero woo o lekolwe ka go swana nageng ka bophara, gomme molao wa setšhaba o fa tshwano yeo ka go thea- (i) dikelo le maemo; (ii) ditlhako; goba (iii) melawana ya setšhaba.
(c) Molao wa naga o bohlokwa go- (i) tlhokomelo ya tšhireletšo ya setšhaba; (ii) tlhokomelo ya botee bja ekonomi; (iii) tšhireletšo ya mmaraka wa bohle go ya ka tšhutišo ya dithoto, ditirelo,
matlotlo le mešomo; (iv) go tšwetša pele ditiro tsa ekonomi go tshela mellwane ya diprofense; (v) go tšwetšapele dibaka tše di swanago goba diphihlelelo tše di lekanago
ditirelong tša mmušo; goba (vi) tšhireletšo ya tikologo.
(3) Molao wa naga o laola molao wa profense ge molao wa naga o ikemišeditše go thibela tiragalo ye e sa swanelago ya profense ye- (a) e kgethollago go tša ekonomi, tša maphelo goba dikgahlego tša tšhireletšo ya
profense e nngwe goba naga ka bophara; goba (b) e šitiša tiragatšo ya molawana wa ekonomi ya setšhaba.
(4) Ge go na le ngangišano mabapi le tlhokego ya molao wa naga morerong wo o tšweleditšwego karolwaneng ya (2)(c) gomme ngangišano yeo ya tlišwa pele ga kgorotsheko go rarollwa, Kgorotsheko e swanetše go hlompha tumelo goba go ganwa ga molao ke Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense.
(5) Molao wa profense o na le maatla godimo ga molao wa naga ge karolwana ya (2) goba (3) e sa šome.
(6) Molao wo o hlamilwego go ya ka Molao wa Palamente goba Molao wa profense o ka ba le maatla ge fela molao woo o amogetšwe ke Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense.
(7) Ge Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e sa tšee sephetho mo matšatšing a 30 a tulo ya yona ya mathomo morago ga ge molao woo o tlišitšwe go yona, molao woo o swanetše go swanetše go sekasekwa mabakeng ka moka gore o amogetšwe ke Khansele.
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
81
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
(8) � Ge Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e sa amogele molao woo o umakilwego, karolwaneng ya (6), mo e swanetše, matšatšing a 30 a go tšea sephetho ga yona, mabaka a yona a go se amogele molao woo go bolaodi bjoo bo rometšego molao woo go yona.
Diphapano tše dingwe 147. (1) Ge go na le phapano magareng ga molao wa naga le tlhagišo ya molaotheo wa
profense mabapi le- (a) � taba yeo Molaotheo o tlogago o e nyaka goba o e ukamago mo tirišong
ya molao wa naga, molao wa naga o laola tlhagišo yeo e dirilwego mo go molaotheo wa profense;
(b) � tsenatseno ya molao wa naga go ya ka karolo ya 44(2), molao wa naga o laola ditlhagišo tša molaotheo wa profense; goba
(c) � taba yeo e lego lekaleng la tirišo leo le lego lenaneong la Šetulo 4, karolong ya 146 o šoma bjalo ka ge nke tlhagišo yeo e amegago ya molaotheo wa profense ke molao wa profense wo o ukangwego karolong yeo.
(2) � Molao wa naga wo o ukangwego mo karolong ya 44(2) o laola molao wa profense wa mabapi le ditaba tše di ukangwego mo lekaleng la tirišo le le tšweleditšego ka go Šetulo 5.
Diphapano tšeo di ka se rarollwego 148. � Ge ngangišano mabapi le phapano e ka se rarollwe ke kgorotsheko, molao wa naga ke
wona o dirišwago sebakeng sa molao wa profense goba molaotheo wa profense.
Maemo a molao wo o se nago maatla 149. � Sepheto sa kgorotsheko sa gore molao o na le maatla go feta o mongwe ga se bolaye
molao woo o hlokago maatla, fela molao woo o no se šome nakong yeo ge phapano yeo e ntše e le gona.
82
Tlhathollo ya diphapano 150. Ge go sekasekwa phapano yeo e lego pepeneneng magareng ga molao wa naga le
wa profense, goba gare ga molao wa naga le molaotheo wa profense, kgorotsheko ye nngwe le ye nngwe e swanetše go sekamela tlhathollong yeo e kwalago ya molao goba molaotheo yeo e efogago phapano, godimo ga tlhathollo ye itšego ye e hlolago phapano.
KGAOLO YA 6: DIPROFENSE
83
KGAOLO YA 7: PUŠOSELEGAE
KGAOLO YA 7 PUŠoSELEgAE
Maemo a bommasepala 151. (1) Lekala la mmušo wa gae le bopilwe ke bommasepala bao ba swanetšego go
hlongwa nageng ka moka ya Repabliki. (2) Bolaodi bja phethišo le bja go hlama melao bja mmasepala bo beilwe godimo ga
Khansele ya Mmasepala. (3) Mmasepala o na le tokelo ya go buša, ka bokgoni bja wona, go laola merero ya
pušoselegae ya batho ba wona, go ya ka melao ya naga le ya diprofense, bjalo ka ge go laeditšwe ka molaotheong.
(4) Mmušo wa naga le wa profense ga ya swanela go nyatša goba go šitiša mmasepala bokgoni goba tokelo ya wona ya go diriša maatla goba go phethagatša mešomo ya wona.
Maikemišetšo a pušoselegae 152. (1) Maikemišetšo a pušoselegae ke-
(a) � go tliša mmušo wa temokrasi le wa maikarabelo bathong ba tikologo; (b) � go kgonthišiša kabo ya ditirelo go ditšhaba ka tsela ye e swarelelago; (c) � go tšwetšapele kago ya setšhaba le ya ekonomi; (d) � go tšwetšapele tikologo ye e bolokegilego le ye e hlwekilego; le (e) � go hlohleletša setšhaba le mekgatlo ya setšhaba go tšea karolo mererong ya
pušoselegae. (2) � Mmasepala o swanetše go leka, go ya ka bokgoni bja wona bja ditšhelete le bja
taolo, go fihlelela maikemišetšo ao a tšweleditšwego karolwaneng ya (1).
Mehola ya tlhabollo ya bommasepala 153. Mmasepala o swanetše go-
(a) � rulaganya le go laola tshepedišo ya wona le ditekanyetšo le tshepetšo ya peakanyo go fa šedi ya pele dinyakwa tša motheo tša setšhaba, le go tšwetšapele tlhabollo ya setšhaba le ekonomi ya setšhaba; le
(b) � kgatha tema mananeong a tlhabollo a setšhaba le a profense.
84
Bommasepala mmušong wa tirišano 154. (1) Mmušo wa naga le dipušo tša diprofense, ka molao le ditsela tše dingwe, e
swanetše go thekga le go kgwahliša maatla a bommasepala go laola merero ya bona, go diriša maatla le go phetha mešomo ya bona.
(2) Molaokakanywa wa naga goba wa profense wo o amago maemo, dihlongwa, maatla goba mediro ya pušoselegae o swanetše go phatlalatšwa go sekasekwa ke setšhaba pele o ka tsebišwa Palamenteng goba go lekgotlapeamelao la profense, ka tsela yeo e kgontšhago bommasepala ba pušoselegae bao ba ipopilego, le batho ba bangwe bao ba nago le kgahlego go ba le monyetla wa go ntšha maikutlo ka ga Molaokakanywa woo.
Sebopego sa bommasepala 155. (1) Go na le mehuta ye e latelago ya:
(a) Mohuta wa A: Mmasepala wo o nago le taolophethišo le melao ye ikgethago ya bommasepala tikologong ya wona.
(b) Mohuta wa B: Mmasepala wo o abelanago taolophethišo le melao ya bommasepala tikologong ya wona le mmasepala wa mohuta wa C wa mmasepala wo o welago ka fase ga tikologo ya wona.
(c) Mohuta wa C: Mmasepala wo o nago le taolophethišo le melao ya bommasepala mo tikologong ye e akaretšago mmasepala wa go feta o tee.
(2) Melao ya naga e swanetše go hlatholla mehuta ye e fapanego ya bommasepala ye e ka hlongwago mohuteng wo mongwe le wo mongwe.
(3) Melao ya setšhaba e swanetše go- (a) hloma dikelo go laetša gore tikologo e ka ba neng le mohuta o tee wa
mmasepala wa A goba gore o ka ba neng le bommasepala ba mohuta wa B le woo wa C;
(b) hloma dikelo le ditshepetšo go laetša mellwane ya mmasepala ke setsebi seo se ikemetšego; gomme
(c) latela karolo ya 229, o dire dipeakanyetšo tša karoganyo ya maatla le mešomo bommasepala ge tikologo e na le bommasepala ba mehuta ya B le C. Karoganyo ya maatla le mešomo magareng a mmasepala wa mohuta wa B le wa C e ka no fapana le karolelano ya maatla le mešomo gare ga mmasepala wa mohuta wo mongwe wa B le wa C.
KGAOLO YA 7: PUŠOSELEGAE
85
KGAOLO YA 7: PUŠOSELEGAE
(4) � Melao ye e ukangwego karolwaneng ya (3) e swanetše go šetša tlhokego ya kabo ya ditirelo tša mmasepala ka tsela ya tekatekano le ya sebaka se setelele.
(5) � Melao ya profense e swanetše go laetša mehuta ye e fapanego ya bommasepala yeo e swanetšego go thewa ka profenseng.
(6) � Mmušo wa profense ye nngwe le ye nngwe o swanetše go hloma bommasepala profenseng ya wona ka mokgwa wo o sepelelanago le molao wo o beilwego go ya ka dikarolwana tša (2) le (3) le, ka magato a semolao goba a mangwe, o swanetše go- (a) go beakanyetša tlhokomelo le thekgo ya pušoselegae ka profenseng; le (b) � tšwetšapele tlhabollo ya pušoselegae le go kgontšha bommasepala go
phethagatša mešomo le go laola merero ya wona. (6A) … [Karolwana (6A) ye loketšwego ka karolo 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Boraro wa Molaotheo wa 1998 mme ye phumutšwego ke karolo 2 ya Molaophetošo wa Bolesomepedi wa Molaotheo wa 2005]
(7) � Mmušo wa naga, go latela karolo ya 44, le dipušo tša profense di na le maatla a go hlama melao le a phetišo go kgontšha go šoma gabotse ga bommasepala mešomong ya yona go ya ka merero yeo e beilwego Dišetulong tša 4 le 5, ka go laola tirišo ya maatla a phetišo a bommasepala ao a ukangwego karolong ya 156 (1).
Maatla le mešomo ya bommasepala 156. (1) Mmasepala o na le maatlaphethiši mabapi le, gomme o na le tokelo ya go laola –
(a) � merero ya selegae yeo e lego lenaneong la Karolo ya B ya Šetulo 4 le ya Karolo ya B ya Šetulo; le
(b) � morero ofe goba ofe woo o filwego ke molao wa naga goba wa profense. (2) � Mmasepala o ka dira le go laola melawana ya bommasepala go sepediša gabotse
merero yeo o nago le tokelo ya go e laola. (3) � Go ya ka taelo ya Karolo ya 151 (4), molawana wo o thulanago le molao wa naga
goba wa profense ga o na le maatla. Ge e le gore go na le thulano gare ga molawana le molao wa naga goba wa profense woo o sa šomego ka lebaka la thulano ye e šupilwego karolong ya 149, molawana woo o swanetše go tšewa o na le maatla ge fela molao wo o sa šome.
86
(4) Mmušo wa naga le dipušo tša diprofense di swanetše go abela goba go fa mmasepala, ka kwano le go ya ka mabaka afe goba afe, bolaodi bja morero woo o tšwelelago mo go Karolo ya A ya Šetulo 4 goba Karolo ya A ya Šetulo 5 yeo e amanago le pušoselegae, ge- (a) morero woo o ka laolwa gabotse mmušong wa selegae; le (b) mmasepala o na le bokgoni bja go o laola.
(5) Mmasepala o na le tokelo ya go šomiša maatla afe goba afe ao a amanago le morero wo o swanetšego wa, o sepelelanago le, go dira mešomo ya wona ka tshwanelo.
Sebopego le dikgetho ya Dikhansele tša Bommasepala 157. (1) Mmasepala wa Khansele o bopša ke-
(a) maloko ao a kgethilwego go latela dikarolwana tša (2) le (3) goba (b) ge go hlagišitšwe go molao wa naga-
(i) maloko ao a kgethilwego ke Dikhansele tše dingwe tša Mmasepala go emela Dikhansele tšeo; goba
(ii) maloko ka bobedi ao a kgethilwego go latela tema (a) le maloko ao a kgethilwego go ya ka temana (i) ya temana ye.
[Karolwana ya (1) e tšeetšwe legato ke 1 (a) ya Molaophetošwa wa Boseswai wa Molaotheo wa 2002 le ka karolo 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomehlano wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
(2) Go kgethwa ga maloko a Khansele ya Mmasepala bjalo ka ge go lebeletšwe karolwaneng ya (1)(a) go swanetše go dirwa go latela molao wa naga, woo o swanetšego go rulaganya mokgwa- (a) wa boemedi bja tekatekano bjo bo theilwego godimo ga karolo ya bakgethi ba
mmasepala woo o tšwelelago lenaneong la bohle la bakgethi, leo le hlagišago go kgethwa ga maloko go tšwa mananeong a bonkgetheng ba diphathi ao a rulagantšwego go ya ka kgetho ya phathi yeo; goba
(b) boemedi bja tekatekano bjalo ka ge go laeditšwe temaneng ya (a) go hlakantšhitšwe le tshepedišo ya boemedi bja diwate go ya ka karolo ya mmasepala woo ya lenaneo la bakgethi bohle.
(3) Mokgwa wa dikgetho go ya ka karolwana ya (2) o swanetše go feleletša, ka kakaretšo, go boemedi bja tekatekano.
[Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 1 (b) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomeseswai wa Molaotheo wa 2002.]
KGAOLO YA 7: PUŠOSELEGAE
87
KGAOLO YA 7: PUŠOSELEGAE
(4) � (a) Ge mokgwa wa dikgetho o akaretša boemedi bja diwate, gona go segwa ga mellwane ya diwate go swanetše go dirwa ke taolo ye e ikemetšego bjo bo kgethilwego go ya ka, le go šoma go latela tshepedišo le dikelo tša molao wa naga.
(b) � …. [Tema (b) e phumulwa ke karolo 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomepedi wa Molaotheo wa 2005] [Karolwana (4) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Boraro wa Molaotheo wa 1998.]
(5) � Motho a ka bouta mmasepaleng fela ge a ngwadišitšwe karolong yeo ya mmasepala go lenaneo la setšhaba le le swanago la bakgethi.
(6) � Molao wa naga wo o ukangwego karolwaneng ya (1)(b) o swanetše go hloma lenaneo leo le dumelelago diphathi le dikgahlego tše di laeditšwego go Khansele ya Mmasepala yeo e dirago kgetho, go emelwa ka toka Khanseleng ya Mmasepala moo kgetho e dirwago gona.
Boleloko bja Dikhansele tša Mmasepala 158. 1) Moagi yo mongwe le yo mongwe yo a loketšwego ke go boutela Khansele ya
Mmasepala o na le tshwanelo ya go ka ba leloko la Khansele yeo, ka ntle le ge- (a) � mang le mang yo a thwetšwego ke, goba a le tirelong ya mmasepala mme a
amogela tefo ya go thwalwa moo goba tirelo, gomme yoo a sego a iletšwa go ya ka molao wa naga;
(b) � mang le mang yo a thwetšwego ke, goba a le tirelong ya mmasepala mme a amogela tefo ya go thwalwa moo goba tirelo, gomme yoo a sego a iletšwa ka boleloko bja Khansele ya Mmasepala go ya ka molao wa naga ;
(c) � mang le mang yo a ganeditšwego go boutela Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente goba a ileditšwego go ya ka karolo ya 47(1)(c), (d) goba (e) go ba leloko la Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente;
(d) � leloko la Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense goba leloko la lekgotlapeamelao la profense; eupša kiletšo ye ga e ame leloko la Khansele ya Mmasepela le le emetšego pušoselegae ka Khanseleng ya Setšhaba; goba
(e) � leloko la Khansele e nngwe ya Mmasepala; eupša kiletšo ye ga e ame leloko la Khansele ya Mmasepala leo le emetšego Khansele yeo Khanseleng ya Mmasepala wo mongwe wa mohuta o šele.
88
(2) Motho yo a se nago le tshwanelo ya go ba leloko la Khansele ya Mmasepala go ya ka karolwana ya (1)(a), (b), (d) goba (e) a ka ba nkgetheng wa Khansele, go hlokometšwe mellwane ye itšego goba mabaka ao a beilwego ke molao wa naga.
(3) Mešomo ka go Khansele ya Mmasepala e swanetše go tlatšwa go ya ka molao wa bosetšhaba.
[Karolwana (3) e okeditšwe ke karolwana 4 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bomasomehlano wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
Pakatiro ya Dikhansele tša Mmasepala 159. (1) Pakatiro ya Khansele ya Mmasepala ga ya swanela go feta mengwaga e mehlano
bjalo ka ge go beakantšwe go ya ka molao wa naga. (2) Ge Khansele ya Mmasepala ae phatlaladitšwe go ya ka molao wa naga, goba
nako ya wona e fedile, dikgetho di swanetše go swarwa mo matšatšing a 90 a letšatšikgwedi leo Khansele e phatlaladitšwego ka lona goba ge nako ya wona e fedile.
(3) Khansele ya Mmasepala, ka ntle le Khansele yeo e phatlaladitšwego go latela tsenogare go ya ka karolo ya 139, e tšwelapele go ba le tshwanelo ya go šoma go tloga nako yeo e phatlalatšwago ka yona goba ge nako ya wona e fela, go fihlela ge Khansele e mpsha ye e kgethilwego go begilwe gore e kgethilwe.
[Karolo ya 159 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bobedi wa Molaotheo wa1998.]
Ditshepedišo tša ka gare 160. (1) Khansele ya Mmasepala e ka-
(a) dira diphetho tša mabapi le tirišo ya taolo ya maatla ka moka le tiragatšo ya mešomo ka moka ya mmasepala;
(b) kgetha modulasetulo wa yona; (c) kgetha komiti ya khuduthamaga le dikomiti tše dingwe go ya ka molao wa
naga; gomme (d) thwala badiredi bao ba hlokegago go dira mešomo ya wona ka tshwanelo.
(2) Mešomo ye e latelago ga ya swanela go laelwa ke Khansele ya Mmasepala: (a) Go fetiša melawana;
KGAOLO YA 7: PUŠOSELEGAE
89
KGAOLO YA 7: PUŠOSELEGAE
(b) � go amogela ditekanyetšo; (c) � tefišo ya direiti le metšhelo e mengwe, makgetho le metšhelo ya diphahlo; (d) � go oketša dikadimo.
(3) � (a) Bontši bja maloko a Khansele ya Mmasepala bo swanetše go ba gona pele bouto ka ga taba ye itšego e ka dirwa.
(b) � Merero ka moka ye e amago ditaba tše di ukamilwego karolwaneng ya (2) di laolwa ke sephetho seo se tšerwego ke Khansele ya Mmasepala yeo e thekgwago ke bouto ya bontši bja maloko a yona.
(c) � Merero e mengwe ka moka ye e lego pele ha Khansele ya Mmasepala e ahlolwa go ya ka bontši bja dibouto tše di dirilwego.
(4) � Ga go na molawana wo o swanetšego go fetišwa ke Khansele ya Mmasepala ka ntle le ge- (a) � maloko ka moka a Khansele a filwe temošo ye e kwagalago; le (b) � molawana wo o šišinywago o phatlaladitšwe go hwetša ditshwayo tša
setšhaba. (5) � Molao wa naga o ka thuša kelong ya go laola-
(a) � bogolo bja Khansele ya Mmasepala; (b) � ge e ba Dikhansele tša Mmasepala di ka kgetha komitiphethišo goba komiti e
nngwe ye itšego; (c) � bogolo bja komitiphethišo goba komiti e nngwe le ye nngwe ya Khansele ya
Mmasepala. (6) � Khansele ya Mmasepala e ka dira melawana ye e beago melawana le ditaelo tša-
(a) � dipeakanyetšo tša yona tša ka gare; (b) � merero ya yona le tšwelopele ya yona; le (c) � tlhomo, tlhamo, tshepetšo, maatla le mešomo ya dikomiti tša yona.
(7) � Khansele ya Mmasepala e swanetše go sepediša mediro ya yona ka tsela ye e lego pepeneneng, le goba e ka no emiša dikopano tša yona goba tša dikomiti tša yona, ge fela go na le mabaka a go kwala mme go šeditšwe mohuta wa morero woo o swerwego.
(8) � Maloko a Khansele ya Mmasepala a na le ditokelo tša go kgatha tema mererong ya yona le ya dikomiti tša yona ka tsela yeo e- (a) � dumelelago diphathi le dikgahlego tše di laetšwego ka khanseleng go emelwa
ka tshwanelo;
90
(b) sepedišana le temokrasi; gomme (c) e ka laolwago go ya ka molao wa naga.
Tshwanelo 161. Molao wa profense wo o lego ka gare ga tlhako ya molao wa naga o ka fa tumelelo ya
ditshwanelo le ditokologo go Dikhansele tša Mmasepala le maloko a tšona.
Phatlalatšo ya melawana ya mmasepala 162 . (1) Molawana wa mmasepala o ka šomišwa fela ge e le gore o šetše o phatlaladitšwe
kuranteng ya semmušo ya profense yeo. (2) Kuranta ya mmušo ya profense e swanetše go gatiša molawana wa mmasepala ge e
kgopelwa ke mmasepala. (3) Melawana ya Mmasepala e swanetše go hwetšagala gabonolo bathong.
Pušoselegae ye e ipopilego 163. Molao wa Palamente wo o dirišwago go ya ka tshepedišo ye e theilwego karolong ya 76 o
swanetše go- (a) beakanyetša go amogelwa ga mekgatlo ya setšhaba le ya diprofense yeo e
emelago bommasepala; le (b) o beakanye ditshepedišo tšeo ka tšona mmušogae o ka-
(i) rerišanago le mmušo wa naga goba wa profense (ii) go bea baemedi go kgatha tema Khanseleng ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense;
le go (iii) kgatha tema tshepedišong yeo e hlalošitšwego ka go molao wa naga wo
o ukamilwego karolong ya 221 (1)(c). [Karolo 163 (b) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolo 4 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Ditaba tše dingwe 164. Ditaba ka moka mabapi le pušoselegae tšeo di sego tša ukangwa ka Molaotheong di ka no
hlalošwa ke molao wa naga goba molao wa profense ka gare ga tlhako ya molao wa naga.
KGAOLO YA 7: PUŠOSELEGAE
91
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
KGAOLO YA 8 DIKgoRoTShEKo LE TShEPEDIŠo yA ToKA
Maatla a boahlodi 165. (1) Maatla a boahlodi a Repabliki a beilwe go dikgorotsheko.
(2) � Dikgorotsheko di ikemetše ka botšona gomme di ikarabela go Molaotheo le go molao, woo di swanetšego go o diriša ka ntle le kgethollo le go se tšhabe selo, go emela sepitša goba lehufa.
(3) � Ga go motho goba setho sa mmušo seo se swanetšego go šunya nko modirong wa dikgorotsheko.
(4) � Ditho tša mmušo, ka tirišo ya dikgato tša semolao goba tše dingwe, di swanetše go thuša le go šireletša dikgorotsheko go kgonthišiša go ikemela ka noši, go se kgetholle, seriti, phihlelelo le go šoma gabotse ga dikgorotsheko.
(5) � Taelo goba sephetho seo se tšerwego ke kgorotsheko se tlema batho ka moka le ditho tša mmušo tšeo taelo le sephetho di di amago.
(6) � Moahlodi Mogolo ke hlogo ya tša molao mme o diragatša maikarabelo hlangong le tekolong ya ditlwaedi le maemo bakeng sa tiragatšo ya mešomo ya tša molao dikgorotshekong ka moka.
[Karolwana (6) e tsentšwe ka karolo 1 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012]
Tshepedišo ya toka 166. Dikgorotsheko ke-
(a) � Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo; (b) � Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo; (c) � Kgorokgolo ya Afrika Borwa, le kgorokgolo ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya boipiletšo
yeo e ka hlongwago go ya ka Molao wa Palamente go theeletša boipiletšo go tšwa go kgorotsheko efe goba efe ya maemo a go swana le a Kgorokgolo ya Africa Borwa;
(d) � Dikgorotsheko tša boMmaseterata; le (e) � Kgorotsheko efe goba efe yeo e hlomilwego goba ye e amogelwago ke Molao
92
wa Palamente, go akaretša kgoro ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya maemo a go swana le a Kgorokgolo ya Afrika Borwa goba Dikgorotsheko tša bo Mmaseterata.
[Karolwana 166 e tsentšwe ka karolo 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012]
Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo 167. (1) Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e bopša ke Moahlodimogolo wa Afrika Borwa,
Motlatšamoahlodimogolo le baahlodi ba bangwe ba senyane. [Karolwana ya (1) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 11 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(2) Taba yeo e lego pele ga Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e swanetše go theeletšwa ke bonyane bja baahlodi ba seswai.
(3) Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo- (a) ke kgorotsheko ye e phagamego go di feta ya Rephabliki; (b) e ka fa sephetho
(i) mererong ya molaotheo; gomme (ii) morero ofe goba ofe, ge Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e nea matšatši
bakeng sa go dira boipiletšo ka lebaka la gore morero wo o tšweletša ngangišano ya molao wa bohlokwa bja setšhaba ka kakaretšo woo o tla akanywago ke Kgorotshekelo, gape
(c) e ka tšea sephetho sa mafelelo moo e nago le bolaodi gona [Karolwana (3) e tsentšwe ka karolo 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012]
(4) Ke fela Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo yeo e ka- (a) fago sephetho phapanong yeo e lego gona magareng ga ditho tša mmušo
lekaleng la mmušo wa naga goba wa diprofense mabapi le maemo a molaotheo, maatla goba mediro ya ditho tše dingwe tša mmušo;
(b) tšeago sephetho ka ga go ba molaotheong ga Molaokakanywa ofe goba ofe wa palamente goba wa profense; eupša e ka dira bjalo fela mo mabakeng a a ukangwego karolong ya 79 goba 121;
(c) tšeago sephetho ka ga dikgopelo tše di ukangwego karolong ya 80 goba 122; (d) tšeago sephetho ka ga go ba molaotheong ga phetošo ye nngwe le ye nngwe
ya Molaotheo; (e) tšeago sephetho sa gore Palamente goba Mopresidente o paletšwe ke go
phethagatša tlamego ya gagwe go molaotheo; goba
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
93
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
(f) � hlatsela molaotheo wa profense go ya ka karolo ya 144. (5) � Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e tšea sephetho sa mafelelo mabapi le ge eba Molao wa
Palamente, Molao wa profense goba maitshwaro a Mopresidente a Molaotheong, gomme e swanetše go tiišetša taelo ya taelo ya mabapi le go se loke yeo e filwego ke Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo, Kgorokgolo ya Afrika Borwa goba kgoro ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya maemo a go swana le a tšona, pele taelo yeo e ka ba le maatla a itšego.
[Karolwana (5) e tsentšwe ka karolo 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012]
(6) � Molao wa naga goba melawana ya Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e swanetše go dumelela motho, ge seo se le kgahlegong ya toka le tumelelong ya Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo- (a) � go tliša taba thwii go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo; goba (b) � go dira boipiletšo thwii go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo go tšwa go kgorotsheko
e nngwe le e nngwe. (7) � Taba ya Molaotheo e akaretša morero o mongwe le wo mongwe wo o akaretšago
tlhathollo, tšhireletšo goba tirišo ya Molaotheo.
Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo 168. (1) Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo e na le Presidente, Motlatšapresidente le palo ya
baahlodi ba boipiletšo bao ba laolwago go ya ka Molao wa Palamente. [Karolwana ya (1) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 12 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(2) � Taba yeo e lego pele ga Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo e swanetše go ahlolwa ke palo ya baahlodi yeo e laolwago go ya ka Molao wa Palamente.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke 12 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(3) � (a) Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo e ka no tšea sephetho ka boipiletšo bofe goba bofe bo tšwago go Kgorokgolo goba kgorong ya maemo a swanago le a Kgorokgolo ya Afrika Borwa, efela ntle le malebana le merero ya mešomo goba phadišano go fihla moo go ka laolago Molao wa Palamente wo tšwago Kgorotshekong ye.
94
b) Kgorokgolo ya boipiletšo e ka dira sepheto fela— (i) boipiletšo; (ii) ditaba tšeo di amanago le boipiletšo; le (iii) taba ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e ka romelwago go yona go ya ka
mabaka ao a hlalošwago ke Molao wa Palamente. [Karolwana (3) e tsentšwe ka karolo 4 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012.]
Kgorokgolo YA Afrika Borwa 169. (1) Kgorokgolo ya Afrika Borwa e ka dira sepheto —
(a) taba efe goba efe ya molaotheo ka ntle le taba yeo- (i) Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e dumetše to theeletša thwii go ya ka karolo
167(6)(a); goba (ii) e fetišeditšwego ke Molao wa Palamente go kgorotsheko e nngwe ya
maemo a go swana le a Kgorokgolo ya Afrfiaka Borwa; le (b) taba efe goba efe yeo e sego ya fetišetšwa go kgorotsheko e nngwe ke Molao
wa Palamente. (2) Kgorokgolo ya Afrika Borwa e na le Makala ao a laelwago ke Molao wa Palamente,
mme Molao o swanetše go phethagaletša- (a) hlango ya Makala. ka sekgoba se tee goba tše pedi goba dikgoba tše ntšhi
Lekaleng; gape (b) Kabelo ya maatla go Lekala goba sekgoba sa Lekala
(3) Lekala le lengwe le lengwe la Kgorokgolo ya Afrika Borwa - (a) le na le Mopresidente wa Moahlodi (b) le ka ba le Mopresidente wa Moahlodi o tee goba ba bantšhi’; gape (c) le na le palo ya baahlodi yeo e laelwago go ya ka tlhakamolao ya bosetšhaba.
[Karolwana 169 e tsentšwe ka karolo 5 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012.]
Dikgorotsheko tše dingwe 170. Dikgorotshekelo ka moka ntle le tše hlalošitšwego go dikarolo 168 le 169 di ka tšea
sephetho ka taba ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e laolwago ke Molao wa Palamente, eupša kgorotsheko ya maemo a ka fase ga a Kgorokgolo ya Afrika Borwa ga se ya swanela go dira dinyakišišo goba go tšea sephetho ka ga go ba molaotheong ga molao wo mongwe le
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
95
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
wo mongwe goba maitshwaro a Mopresidente. � [Karolwana 170 e tsentšwe ka karolo 6 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012] �
Ditshepedišo tša dikgorotsheko 171. � Dikgorotsheko ka moka di šoma go ya ka molao wa naga, gomme melawana le
ditshepedišo tša tšona di swanetše go hlagišwa ka molaong wa naga.
Maatla a dikgorotsheko mererong ya molaotheo 172. (1) Ge e tšea sephetho mabapi le taba ya molaotheo maatleng a yona, kgorotsheko-
(a) � e swanetše go bega gore molao wo mongwe le wo mongwe goba maitshwaro a a sa sepelelanego le Molaotheo ga a šome ka lebaka la go se be tshepedišong ga wona; ebile
(b) � e ka dira taelo ye nngwe le ye nngwe ye e lokilego le ya maswanedi, go akaretšwa- (i) � taelo ye e fokotšago khuetšo ya go lebelela morago ya pego ya go se be
tshepedišong; le (ii) � taelo ye e fegago pego ya go se be tshepedišong lebakeng le maemong
a mangwe le a mangwe, go dumelela taolo ya bokgoni go lokiša phošo yeo.
(2) � (a) Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo, Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko goba kgorotsheko ya maemo a a swanago le a tšona e ka ntšha taelo mabapi le go ba molaotheong ga Molao wa Palamente, Molao wa Profense goba maitshwaro a mangwe le a mangwe a Mopresidente eupša taelo ya mabapi le taba ye e sa sepelelanego le Molaotheo ga e na maatla ka ntle le ge e tiišetšwa ke Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo.
(b) � Kgorotsheko ye e fago taelo ya mabapi le taba ya go se sepelelane le molaotheo e ka ntšha thibelo ya nakwana goba kimollo ya nakwana go yo a amegago, goba e ka emiša tshepedišo nakwana go sa letetšwe sephetho sa Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo ka ga go ba molaong ga Molao goba maitshwaro.
(c) � Molao wa naga o swanetše go hlagiša phetišetšo ya taelo ya taba ya go se sepelelane le molaotheo go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo.
(d) � Motho mang le mang goba setho se sengwe le se sengwe sa mmušo seo se nago le kgahlego ye e lekanego, se ka dira boipiletšo, goba sa kgopela thwii go
96
Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo go tiišetša goba go fapanya taelo ya taba ya go se sepelelane le molaotheo ke kgorotsheko go ya ka karolwana ye.
Maatla ao a abetšwego 173. Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo, Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo le Kgorokgolo ye nngwe le
ye nngwe e na le maatla ao a abetšwego a go šireletša le go laola ditshepetšo tša tšona, le go hlabolla molaokakaretšo, di lebeletše kudu kgahlego ya toka. [Karolwana 173 e tsentšwe ka karolo 8 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012]
Go thwalwa ga bahlankedi ba toka 174. (1) Mosadi goba monna yo mongwe le yo mongwe yo a nago le tshwanelo a loketše le
go swanela, a ka thwalwa go ba mohlankedi wa toka. Motho ofe goba ofe yo a tla thwalwago Kgorongtsheko ya Molaotheo o swanetše go ba gape moagi wa Afrika Borwa.
(2) Go bohlokwa gore boahlodi bo laetše ka bophara tlhamego ya morafe le bong ya Afrika Borwa ge go thwalwa bahlankedi ba toka.
(3) Mopresidente bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya naga, morago ga go rerišana le Khomišene ya Ditirelo tša Toka le baetapele ba diphathi tšeo di emetšwego ka go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, o thwala Moahlodimogolo le Motlatšamoahlodimogolo le morago ga go rerišana le Khomišene ya Ditirelo tša Toka, o thwala Mopresidente le Motlatša Mopresidente wa Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo.
[Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 13 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(4) Baahlodi ba bangwe ba Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo ba thwalwa ke Mopresidente bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthumaga ya naga, morago ga go rerišana le Moahlodimogolo wa Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo le baetapele ba diphathi tšeo di emetšwego Kopanong ya Maloko a Palamente ka moka, ka go latela tshepedišo ye e latelago: (a) Khomišene ya Tirelo ya Toka e swanetše go rulaganya lenaneo la bonkgetheng
gotee le maina a mangwe a mararo go feta palo ya bao ba swanetšego go thwalwa, gomme e fe Mopresidente lenaneo leo.
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
97
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
(b) � Mopresidente a ka thwala baahlodi go tšwa lenaneong leo, gomme o swanetše go tsebiša Khomišene ya Tirelo ya Toka, ka mabaka, gore go reng ge maina a mangwe a sa amogelege gomme go sa na le dikgoba tšeo di sa swanetšego go tlatšwa.
(c) � Khomišene ya Tirelo ya Toka e swanetše go oketša lenaneo ka maina a bonkgetheng ba bangwe gomme Mopresidente o swanetše go tlatša dikgala tše di šetšego go tšwa lenaneong leo la koketšo.
[Karolwana ya (4) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 13 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(5) � Ka dinako tšohle, bonnyane maloko a mane a kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo e swanetše go ba batho bao e bego e le baahlodi ka nako yeo ba kgethwago go Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo.
(6) � Mopresidente o swanetše go kgetha baahlodi ba dikgorotsheko ka moka ka keletšo ya Khomišene ya Tirelo ya Toka.
(7) � Bahlankedi ba bangwe ba semolao ba swanetše go kgethwa go ya ka Molao wa Palamente woo o swanetšego go netefatša gore kgetho, tlhatlošo, tšhutišo goba go raka ga, goba go tšeelwa magato a kgalemo kahlolong, le bahlankedi ba ba tša toka go dirwa ka ntle le mogau goba lehloyo.
(8) � Pele ga ge bahlankedi ba ka thoma go dira mešomo ya bona, ba swanetše go ikana goba go itlama go ya ka Šetulo 2, gore ba tla thekga le go šireletša Molaotheo.
Thwalo ya Baahlodi ba motšwaoswere 175. (1) Mopresidente a ka thwala mosadi goba monna go šoma bjalo ka Motlatša Moahlodi
Mogolo goba wa Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo ge go na le sekoba dikantorong dife goba dife tša tšeo goba motho yo swerego kantorong ye a se gona. Go thwalwa go swanetše go dirwa ka tumelelo ya leloko la Kabinete leo le nago le maikarabelo a tirišo ya molao yo a šomišanago mmogo le Moahlodimogolo, mme thwalo bjalo ka motlatša Moahlodi Mogolo e swanetše go dirwa go tšwa go dikgoba tša baahlodi bao ba bego ba thwetšwe Kgorotshekong ya Molaotheo go ya ka karolo 174 (4).
[Karolwana ya (1) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 14 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Mola- otheo wa 2001 gape e tsentšwe ka karolo 9 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012.]
98
(2) Leloko la Kabinete leo le nago le maikarabelo a tiragatšo ya molao o swanetše go thwala baahlodi ba motšwaoswere go ya dikgorotshekong tše dingwe ka morago ga go rerišana le moahlodi wa godimo wa kgorotsheko moo moahlodi wa motšwaoswere a tlilego go šoma gona.
Dipakatiro le meputso 176. (1) Moahlodi wa kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo o kgethwa go šoma mo mengwageng e
sa mpshafatšwego ye 12 eupša o swanetše go rola modiro ge a na le mengwaga ye 70, go eya ka gore ke efe e tlago pele, ka ntle le ge Molao wa Palamente o katološa pakatiro ya Mahlodi wa Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo.
[Karolwana ya 1 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana 15 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(2) Baahlodi ba bangwe ba swara modiro go fihla ba rolwa modiro go ya ka Molao wa Palamente.
(3) Meputso, diputseletšo le dikholo tša baahlodi di ka no se fokotšwe.
Go tlošwa 177. (1) Moahlodi a ka tlošwa setulong ge fela-
(a) Khomišene ya Ditirelo tša Toka e ka hwetša gore go na le se se mo šitišago, o tloga a palelwa ke modiro wa gagwe, goba ge a bonwa molato ka ga maitshwaro a sa lokago; gomme
(b) Kopano ya Maloko a Palamente ka Moka e dira boipiletšo bja gore moahlodi yoo a tlošwe setulong, go ya ka sephetho seo se amogetšwego ke bonnyane peditharong ya maloko a yona.
(2) Mopresidente o swanetše go tloša moahlodi šetulong ge go se na go amogelwa sephetho seo e lego boipiletšo bja gore moahlodi yoo a rolwe modiro.
(3) Mopresidente, ka keletšo ya Khomišene ya Ditirelo tša Toka, a ka no kgaotša nakwana mošomo wa moahlodi yoo a sa nyakišišwago go ya ka karolwana ya (1).
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
99
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
Khomišene ya Ditirelo tša Toka 178. (1) Go na le Khomišene ya Ditirelo tša Toka, yeo e bopilwego ke-
(a) � Moahlodimogolo, yoo a swarago marapo ge go na le dikopano tša Khomišene; (b) � Mopresidente wa Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo;
[Temana ya (b) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 16 (a) ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(c) � Moahlodimopresidente o tee yo a kgethilwego ke Mopresidente wa Baahlodi; (d) � leloko la Kabinete leo le rwelego maikarabelo a tshepedišo ya toka, goba
mohlatlolani naye yo a beilwego ke leloko leo la Kabinete; (e) � baboleledi ba babedi bao ba lego mošomong bao ba kgethilwego go tšwa mo
boithuteding bja baboleledi go emela boithutelo bjo ka kakaretšo, gomme ba kgethwa ke Mopresidente;
(f) � boramelao ba babedi bao ba kgethilwego go tšwa boithuteding bja boramelao go emela boithutedi bjo ka kakaretšo, gomme ba kgethwa ke Mopresidente;
(g) � morutiši o tee wa Molao yo a kgethilwego ke barutiši ba molao go tšwa diyunibesithing tša Afrika-Borwa;
(h) � batho ba ba tshelelago bao ba kgethilwego ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente go tšwa malokong a yona, bao bonnyane maloko a mararo e swanetšego go ba maloko a diphathi tša kganetšo tšeo di nago le boemedi Kopanong ya Maloko a Palamente ka Moka;
(i) � Boramelao ba ruri ba bane bao e lego maloko a Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense bao ba beilwego gotee le Khansele, ka thekgo ya dibouto tša diprofense tše tshelelago;
(j) � batho ba bane bao ba kgethilwego ke Mopresidente bjalo ka ge e le hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba, ka morago ga therišano le baetapele ba diphathi ka moka tšeo di lego Kopanong ya Maloko a Palamente ka Moka; le
(k) � ge go sekasekwa merero yeo e amanago le Lekala la Kgorokgolo ya Afrika Borwa, Moahlodimopresidente wa Lekala le Tonakgolo goba mohlatlolani yo a kgethilwego ke yo mongwe le yo mongwe wa bona.
[Temana ya (k) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 2 (a) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bobedi wa Molaotheo wa 1998 ka karolo 16(b) ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001 gape le ka karolo 10 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosupa wa Molaotheo wa 2012.]
100
(2) Ge palo ya batho bao ba šišintšwego mo gare ga boithutedi bja baboleledi go ya ka ditaelo tša karolwana (1)(e) goba (f) e lekana le ya dikgoba tše di swanetšego go tlatšwa, Mopresidente o swanetše go ba kgetha. Ge palo ya batho bao ba šišintšwego e feta palo ya dikgoba tšeo di swanetšego go tlatšwa, Mopresidente, morago ga go rerišana le boithutedi bja maswanedi, o swanetše go kgetha ba ba lekanego bao ba šišintšwego go tlatša dikgoba, go hlokomelwa tlhokego ya go netefatša gore bao ba kgethilwego ba emela boithutedi bjoo ka botlalo.
(3) Maloko a Khomišene a a kgethilwego ke Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense a šoma go fihla ge a tlošwa sammaletee, goba go fihla ge go hlolega sekgala se sengwe palong ya bona. Maloko a mangwe ao a kgethilwego goba a hlaotšwego go ba khomišeneng, a šoma go fihlela go kgethwa ba bangwe boemong bja bjona ke bao ba bego ba bakgethile goba ba ba hlaotše.
(4) Khomišene ya Ditirelo tša Toka e na le maatla le mešomo yeo e efilwego Molaotheong le go molaotlhaka wa naga.
(5) Khomišene ya Tirelo tša Toka e ka eletša mmušo wa setšhaba ka ga morero wo mongwe le wo mongwe wo o amanago le toka goba tshepedišo ya toka; eupša ge e sekaseka morero wo mongwe ka ntle le kgetho ya moahlodi, e swanetše go dula ka ntle le maloko ao a kgethilwego go ya ka karolwana ya (1)(h) le (i).
(6) Khomišene ya Ditirelo tša Toka e ka rera thulaganyo ya yona, eupša diphetho tša Khomišene di swanetše go thekgwa ke bontši bja maloko a yona.
(7) Ge moahlodimogolo goba Mopresidente wa Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo a palelwa nakwana go šoma Khomišeneng, Motlatšamoahlodimogolo goba Motlatšamopresidente wa Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo, ka ge go le ka gona, a šoma bjalo ka mohlatlolani wa gagwe ka Khomišeneng.
[Karolwana ya (7)e tlaleleditšwe ka karolo ya 2 (b) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bobedi wa Molaotheo wa 1998 mme e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana 16 (c) ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(8) Mopresidente le batho bao ba kgethago, ba a kgetha goba ba thwala maloko a Khomišene go ya ka karolwana ya (1)(c), (e), (f) le (g) , ba ka, ka tsela ya go swana ba kgetha, ba kgethela goba ba thwala mohlatlolani wa yo mongwe le yo mongwe wa maloko ao, go šoma ka Khomišeneng nako le nako ge leloko le le amegago le
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
101
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
palelwa nakwana ke go šoma ka lebaka la go palelwa ke mošomo goba ge a se gona ka Repabliking goba ka mabaka a mangwe a go kwala.
[Karolwana ya (8) e tlaleleditšwe ka karolo ya 2(b) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bobedi wa Molaotheo wa 1998.]
Bolaodi bja Botšhotšhisi 179. (1) Go na le bolaodi bo tee bja botšhotšhisi mono Repabliking, bjoo bo hlamilwego go
ya ka Molao wa Palamente, gomme bo bopša ke- (a) � Molaodi wa Setšhaba wa Botšhotšhisi bja setšhaba yoo e lego hlogo ya
bolaodi bja botšhotšhisi, mme o kgethwa ke Mopresidente bjalo ka setho sa khuduthamaga ya setšhaba; le
(b) � Balaodi ba Botšhotšhisi bja Setšhaba le batšhotšhisi bjalo ka ge go laeditšwe Molaong wa Palamente.
(2) � Bolaodi bja botšhotšhisi bo na le maatla a go tliša ditatofatšo tša melato ya bosenyi legatong la naga, le go dira mediro ye e nyakegago yeo e sepelelanago le go tšea magato ditatofatšong tša bosenyi.
(3) � Molao wa setšhaba o swanetše go kgonthiša gore Balaodi ba Botšhotšhisi bja Setšhaba- (a) � ba na le boithutelo bja maleba; gomme (b) � ba na le maikarabelo a go tšhotšhisa makaleng a a itšego, fela go laolwa ke
karolwana ya (5). (4) � Molao wa naga o swanetše go netefatša gore bolaodi bja tša botšhotšhisi bo
diragatša mešomo ya bjona ka ntle le letšhogo, kgaugelo goba kgethollo. (5) � Molaodi wa Setšhaba wa Botšhotšhisi bja Setšhaba -
(a) � o swanetše go phetha, ka kwano le leloko la Kabinete leo le rwelego boikarabelo bja tiragatšo ya toka, le ka morago ga therišano le Molaodi wa Botšhotšhisi bja Setšhaba maikemišetšo a tshekišo yeo e swanetšego go fiwa šedi tshepedišong tša tshekišo;
(b) � o swanetše go ntšha ditaelo tša maikemišetšo tše di swanetšego go šetšwa tshepedišong ya tshekišo;
(c) � a ka no tsenagare tshepedišo ya tshekišo ge ditaelo tša morero di sa latelwe; gomme
102
(d) a ka lekodišiša sephetho sa go sekiša goba go se sekiše, ka morago ga go rerišana le Molaodi wa Botšhotšhisi bja Setšhaba yo a amegago le ka morago ga ge a amogetše boipiletšo mo nakong ye e beilwego ke Molaodi wa Setšhaba wa Bolaodi bja Setšhaba bja Botšhotšhisi, go tšwa go bao ba latelago: (i) Molatofatšwa. (ii) Molli. (iii) Motho yo mongwe le yo mongwe goba bao ba amegago bao Molaodi wa
Setšhaba a bonago ba swanetše. (6) Leloko la Kabinete leo le nago le maikarabelo taolong ya merero ya toka le swanetše
go šomiša maikarabelo a lona a mafelelo godimo ga bolaodi bja botšhotšhisi. (7) Ditaba ka moka tšeo di sepelelanago le bolaodi bja botšhotšhisi di swanetše go
laolwa ke molao wa naga.
Ditaba tše dingwe tšeo di amago taolo ya toka 180. Molao wa naga o ka no rulaganyetša taba ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e amanago le taolo
ya toka yeo go sa bolelwego ka yona ka mo Molaotheong, go akaretšwa- (a) mananeo a tlhahlo ya bahlankedi ba tša toka; (b) ditshepedišo tša go sekaseka dipelaelo mabapi le bahlankedi ba tša toka; le (c) go kgatha tema ga batho ka ntle le bahlankedi ba toka go tšea diphetho ka
kgorong ya tsheko.
KGAOLO YA 8: DIKGOROTSHEKO LE TSHEPEDIŠO YA TOKA
103
KGAOLO YA 9: DIHLONGWA TŠA MMUŠO TŠE DI THEKGAGO TEMOKRASI YA MOLAOTHEO
KGAOLO YA 9 DIhLongWA TŠA MMUŠo TŠE DI ThEKgAgo TEMoKRASI yA
MoLAoThEo �
Metheo ya tlhomo le pušo 181 . � (1) Dihlongwa tše di latelago tša mmušo di tiiša temokrasi ya Molaotheo ka
Repabliking: (a) � Mošireletši wa Setšhaba. (b) � Khomišene ya Ditokelo tša Botho ya Afrika Borwa. (c) � Khomišene ya Tšwetšopele le Tšhireletšo ya Ditokelo tša Ditšo, Bodumedi le
Maleme a Ditšhaba. (d) � Khomišene ya Tekatekano ya Bong. (e) � Mohlakišikakaretšo. (f) � Khomišene ya Dikgetho.
(2) � Dihlongwa tše di ikemetše ka noši, gomme di laolwa fela ke Molaotheo le molao, ebile di swanetše go se tšee lehlakore le go šomiša maatla a tšona le go dira mešomo ya tšona ka ntle le poifo, go tšea lehlakore goba kgethollo.
(3) � Ditho tše dingwe tša mmušo, ka go šomiša magato a semolao le magato a mangwe, di swanetše go thuša le go šireletša dihlongwa tše go kgonthiša boikemelanoši, go se tšee lehlakore, tlhompho le go dira mešomo ya tšona gabotse.
(4) � Ga go motho goba setho sa mmušo seo se swanetšego go tsenatsena mešomong ya dihlongwa tše.
(5) � Dihlongwa tše di ikarabela go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente fela, gomme di swanetše go dira dipego ka mešomo le maikarabelo a tšona go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente bonnyane gatee ka ngwaga.
Mošireletši wa Setšhaba
Mešomo ya Mošireletši wa Setšhaba 182. (1) � Mošireletši wa Setšhaba, go ya ka molao wa naga o na le maatla a-
(a) � go nyakišiša maitshwaro a mangwe le a mangwe mererong ya mmušo, goba
104
taolong ya setšhaba makaleng ka moka a mmušo, moo go ukangwago goba go gononwago gore ditaba ga di sepele gabotse goba tšeo di ka feleletšago ka bosodi goba kgethollo ;
(b) go bega ka maitshwaro ao; le (c) go tšea magato a maswanedi a go lokiša taba yeo.
(2) Mošireletši wa Setšhaba o na le maatla le mešomo ya tlaleletšo yeo e beilwego ke molao wa naga.
(3) Mošireletši wa Setšhaba ga a na le tshwanelo ya go nyakišiša diphetho tša kgorotsheko.
(4) Mošireletši wa Setšhaba o swanetše go fihlelelwa ke batho bohle le ditšhaba ka moka.
(5) Pego ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e dirwago ke Mošireletši wa Setšhaba e swanetše go bewa pepeneneng moo e ka lekolwago ke batho, ka ntle le ge mabaka ao a sego a tlwaelega, go laolwa go ya ka molao wa naga, a nyaka gore pego e be sephiri.
Pakatiro 183. Mošireletši wa Setšhaba o thwalwa lebaka la go se mpshafatšwe la mengwaga e šupago.
Khomišene ya Ditokelo tša Botho ya Afrika Borwa
Mešomo ya Khomišene ya Ditokelo tša Botho ya Afrika Borwa 184. (1) Khomišene ya Ditokelo tša Botho ya Afrika Borwa e swanetše go-
(a) tšwetšapele tlhompho ya ditokelo tša botho le setlwaedi sa ditokelo tša botho; (b) tšwetšapele tšhireletšo, tlhabollo le phihlelelo ya ditokelo tša botho; le go (c) hlokomela le go lekola gore ditokelo tša botho di a obamelwa ka Repabliking.
(2) Khomišene ya Ditokelo tša Botho ya Afrika Borwa e na le maatla, go ya ka ditaelo tša molao wa naga, a a loketšego go dira mešomo ya yona, go akaretšwa maatla a- (a) go nyakišiša le go bega ka ga go obamela ga ditokelo tša botho; (b) go tšea magato go dira peakanyoleswa ya maleba moo ditokelo tša botho di
ilego tša gatakwa; (c) go dira dinyakišišo; le (d) go ruta.
KGAOLO YA 9: DIHLONGWA TŠA MMUŠO TŠE DI THEKGAGO TEMOKRASI YA MOLAOTHEO
105
KGAOLO YA 9: DIHLONGWA TŠA MMUŠO TŠE DI THEKGAGO TEMOKRASI YA MOLAOTHEO
(3) � Ngwaga ka ngwaga Khomišene ya Ditokelo tša Botho ya Afrika Borwa e swanetše go kgopela ditho tša mmušo tše di amegago go fa Khomišene tshedimošo ka ga magato ao di a tšerego go kgonthišiša phethagatšo ya ditokelo tšeo di lego Molaong wa Ditokelo tše di amago kago ya dintlo, tlhokomelo ya tša maphelo, dijo, meetse, tšhireletšo ya setšhaba, thuto le Tikologo.
(4) � Khomišene ya Ditokelo tša Botho ya Afrika Borwa e na le maatla a tlaleletšo le mešomo yeo e beilwego ke molao wa naga.
Khomišene ya Tšwetšopele le Tšhireletšo ya Ditokelo tša Ditšo, Bodumedi le Maleme a Ditšhaba
Mešomo ya Khomišene 185. (1) Maikemišetšo a magolo a Khomišene ya Tšwetšopele le Tšhireletšo ya Ditokelo tša
Ditšo, Bodumedi le Maleme a Ditšhaba ke- (a) � go tšwetšapele tlhompho ya ditokelo tša ditšo, bodumedi le maleme a
ditšhaba; (b) � go tšwetšapele le go godiša khutšo, setswalle, botho, kgotlelelo le botee bja
setšhaba gareng ga ditšhaba tša ditšo, bodumedi le ditšhaba tša maleme, go ya ka metheo ya tekano, go se kgetholle le kwano ye e lokologilego;
(c) � go eletša ka ga go hlongwa goba go amogelwa ga, go ya ka molao wa naga, khansele ya ditšo goba khansele e nngwe goba dikhansele tša setšhaba goba ditšhaba tša Afrika-Borwa.
(2) � Khomišene e na le maatla, bjalo ka ge go beilwe molaong wa naga, ao a swanetšego go kgona go fihlelela maikemišetšomagolo a yona, go akaretšwa maatla a go hlokomela, go nyakišiša, go ruta, go goketša, go eletša le go bega ka ga merero ye e amago ditokelo tša ditšo, bodumedi le ditšhaba tša maleme.
(3) � Khomišene e ka bega taba ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e welago maatleng le mešomong ya yona gore Khomišene ya Ditokelo tša Botho ya Afrika Borwa e di nyakišiše.
(4) � Khomišene e na le maatla a tlaleletšo le mešomo ye e beilwego ke molao wa naga.
106
Sebopego sa Khomišene 186. (1) Palo ya maloko a Khomišene ya Tšwetšopele le Tšhireletšo ya Ditokelo tša Ditšo,
Bodumedi le Maleme a Ditšhaba le go thwalwa ga bona le pakatiro di swanetše go bewa ke molao wa naga.
(2) Sebopego sa Khomišene se swanetše go- (a) go emela ka bophara dihlopha tše dikgolo tša setšo, bodumedi le maleme
Afrika Borwa; le (b) go bontšha ka kakaretšo sebopego sa bong Afrika Borwa.
Khomišene ya Tekatekano ya Bong
Mešomo ya Khomišene ya Tekatekano ya Bong 187. (1) Khomišene ya Tekatekano ya Bong e swanetše go tšwetšapele tlhompho ya
tekatekano ya bong le tšhireletšo, tšwetšopele le phihlelelo ya tekatekano ya bong. (2) Khomišene ya Tekatekano ya Bong e na le maatla, bjalo ka ge go beilwe ke molao
wa naga, a a hlokegago go dira mešomo ya yona, go akaretšwa maatla a go hlokomela, go fatišiša, go nyakišiša, go ruta, go goketša, go eletša le go bega ka ga ditaba tše di amago tekatekano ya bong.
(3) Khomišene ya Tekatekano ya Bong e na le maatla a tlaleletšo le mešomo ye e beilwego ke molao wa naga.
Mohlakišikakaretšo
Mešomo ya Mohlakišikakaretšo 188. (1) Mohlakišikakaretšo o swanetše go hlakiša le go bega ka ga tšhupamatlotlo,
ditatamente tša ditšhelete le taolo ya ditšhelete tša- (a) dikgoro ka moka tša mmušo wa setšhaba le tša diprofense le; (b) bommasepala ka moka; le (c) sehlongwa se sengwe le se sengwe goba kemedi ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya tša
tšhupamatlotlo ye e kgopelwago ke molao wa naga goba wa profense gore e hlakišwe ke Mohlakišikakaretšo.
KGAOLO YA 9: DIHLONGWA TŠA MMUŠO TŠE DI THEKGAGO TEMOKRASI YA MOLAOTHEO
107
KGAOLO YA 9: DIHLONGWA TŠA MMUŠO TŠE DI THEKGAGO TEMOKRASI YA MOLAOTHEO
(2) � Tlaleletšong go mešomo ye e beilwego mo karolwaneng ya (1), le go ya ka molao wo itšego, Mohlakišikakaretšo a ka hlakiša le go bega ka ga ditšhupamatlotlo, ditatamente tša ditšhelete le taolo ya ditšhelete ya- (a) � sehlongwa sefe goba sefe seo se thušwago go tšwa Sekhwameng sa Ditseno
tša Setšhaba goba Sekhwameng sa Ditseno tša Profense goba tša mmasepala; goba
(b) � sehlongwa se sengwe le se sengwe seo se dumeletšwego go ya ka molao o itšego go amogela tšhelete ya go thuša setšhaba.
(3) � Mohlakišikakaretšo o swanetše go tliša dipego tša tlhakišo go lekgotlapeamelao le lengwe le le lengwe leo le nago le kgahlegothwii tlhakišong, le go taolo ye nngwe le ye nngwe ye e beilwego ke molao wa naga. Dipego ka moka di swanetše go tlišwa setšhabeng.
(4) � Mohlakišikakaretšo o na le maatla a tlaleletšo le mešomo ye e beilwego ke molao wa naga.
Pakatiro 189. � Mohlakišikakaretšo o swanetše go thwalwa pakatlengwa ya go se mpshafatšwe ya
mengwaga ya magareng ga e mehlano le e lesome.
Khomišene ya Dikgetho
Mešomo ya Khomišene ya Dikgetho 190. (1) Khomišene ya Dikgetho e swanetše go-
(a) � laola dikgetho tša setšhaba, tša diprofense le tša makgotlataolo a bommasepala go ya ka molao wa naga;
(b) � kgonthišiša gore dikgetho tšeo ke tše di lokologilego tša go se be le bomenetša; le go
(c) � phatlalatša dipoelo tša dikgetho tšeo mo nakong ye e swanetšego go bewa ke molao wa naga ebile e lego yeo e lego e kopana ka mo go kgonagalago.
(2) � Khomišene ya Dikgetho e na le maatla a tlaleletšo le mešomo ye e beilwego ke molao wa naga.
108
Sebopego sa Khomišene ya Dikgetho 191. Khomišene ya Dikgetho e swanetše go bopša ke bonyane bja batho ba bararo. Palo ya
maloko le pakatiro ya bona di swanetše go bewa ke molao wa naga.
Bolaodi bjo bo Ikemetšego bja go Laola Kgašo
Bolaodi bja Kgašo 192. Molao wa naga o swanetše go hloma bolaodi bjo bo ikemetšego go laola kgašo go ya ka
dikgahlego tša setšhaba, le go kgonthišiša go hloka bomenetša le maikutlo a a fapanego ao a emetšego setšhaba sa Afrika Borwa ka bophara.
Ditaba tša Kakaretšo
Go thwala 193. (1) Mošireletši wa Setšhaba le maloko a Khomišene ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e
theilwego ke Kgaolo ye e swanetše go ba basadi goba banna bao- (a) e lego baagi ba Afrika-Borwa; (b) e lego batho ba maswanedi e bile ba loketše go tšea maemo a mošomo wo
itšego; le (c) go latela dinyakwa tše dingwe tše itšego tšeo di beilwego ke molao wa naga.
(2) Tlhokego ya gore Khomišene ye e hlomilwego ke Kgaolo ya go laetša ka bophara morafe le bong bja sebopego sa Afrika Borwa e swanetše go elwa hloko ge maloko a thwalwa.
(3) Mohlakišikakaretšo e swanetše go ba mosadi goba monna yoo e lego moagi wa Afrika Borwa yoo e lego motho wa maswanedi ebile e le wa maleba go tšea mošomo woo. Tsebo ye ikgethago ya, goba maitemogelo, bohlakišing, ditšhelete tša mmušo le taolo ya setšhaba di swanetše go hlokomelwa ge go kgethwa Mohlakišikakaretšo.
(4) Mopresidente, ka dikeletšo tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, o swanetše go thwala Mošireletši wa Setšhaba, Mohlakišikakaretšo le maloko a- (a) Khomišene ya Ditokelo tša Botho ya Afrika Borwa; (b) Khomišene ya Tekatekano ya Bong; le
KGAOLO YA 9: DIHLONGWA TŠA MMUŠO TŠE DI THEKGAGO TEMOKRASI YA MOLAOTHEO
109
KGAOLO YA 9: DIHLONGWA TŠA MMUŠO TŠE DI THEKGAGO TEMOKRASI YA MOLAOTHEO
(c) � Khomišene ya Dikgetho. (5) � Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se swanetše go digela batho bao ba-
(a) � kgethilwego ke Komiti ya Seboka ka tekatekano ye e bopšago ke maloko a diphathi ka moka tšeo di nago le baemedi ka go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente; le go
(b) � dumetšwe ke Seboka ka sephetho seo se amogetšwego ke thekgo ya bouto- (i) � ya bonyane bja diperesente tše 60 tša maloko a Seboka, ge ditigelo di
ama go thwalwa ga Mošireletši wa Setšhaba goba Mohlakišikakaretšo; goba
(ii) � ya bontši bja maloko a Seboka, ge ditigelo di ama go thwalwa ga leloko la Khomišene.
(6) � Go ba le seabe ga setšhaba mo tshepedišong ya ditigelo go ka no beakanyetšwa bjalo ka ge go ukangwe karolong ya 59 (1)(a).
Go rolwa modiro 194. (1) Mošireletši wa Setšhaba, Mohlakišikakaretšo goba leloko la Khomišene yeo e
theilwego ke Kgaolo ye o tla rolwa modiro fela- (a) � mabakeng a maitshwaro a go se loke, go palelwa ke mošomo goba go hloka
tsebo; (b) � ge komiti ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se lemogile taba yeo; le (c) � go tšea sephetho ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, e laela gore motho yoo a
rolwe modiro. (2) Sephetho sa Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente mabapi le go rolwa modiro ga-
(a) � Mošireletši wa Setšhaba goba Mohlakišikakaretšo se swanetše go amogelwa ka thekgo ya bonyane bja peditharong ya dibouto tša maloko Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente; goba
(b) � leloko la khomišene se swanetše go amogelwa ka thekgo ya bouto ya bontši bja maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente.
(3) � Mopresidente- (a) � a ka no fega motho mošomong nako ye nngwe le ye nngwe morago ga go
thoma go dula ga komiti ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ka ga go rolwa modiro ga motho yoo; gomme
(b) � o swanetše go rola motho modiro morago ga ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se tšee sephetho sa gore motho yoo a rolwe modiro.
KGAOLO YA 10: TAOLO YA MERERO YA SETŠHABA
KGAOLO YA 10 TAoLo yA MERERo yA SETŠhABA
Dikelo tše bohlokwa le metheo yeo e laolago taolo ya merero ya setšhaba 195 . (1) Taolo ya merero ya setšhaba e swanetše go laolwa ke dikelo tše bohlokwa le metheo
ya temokrasi ye e betietšwego ka Molaotheong go akaretšwa le metheo ye e latelago: (a) � Maitshwaro a maleba a maemo a godimo a seprofešene a swanetše go
tšwetšwapele le go diragatšwa. (b) � Tirišo ya methopo ka bokgoni, tsheketšo le go šomišwa ga methopo ka maleba
go swanetše go tšwetšwapele. (c) � Taolo ya merero ya setšhaba e swanetše go sekamela kudu ka lehlakoreng la
tlhabollo. (d) � Ditirelo di swanetše go abja ka ntle le go tšea lehlakore, ntle le kgethollo, ka
tekatekano le go hloka go sekamela ka go gongwe. (e) � Dinyakwa tša batho di swanetše go hlokomelwa gomme Setšhaba se swanetše
go hlohleletšwa go kgatha tema go hlangweng ga melawana. (f) � Taolo ya merero ya setšhaba e swanetše go ba le maikarabelo. (g) � Ponagatšo e swanetše go dirwa ka go fa setšhaba tshedimošo ya ka pele, ye e
fihlelelwago ya maswanedi. (h) � Ditiro tša taolo ye e nepagetšego ya badiredi le ya tlhabollo ya tša boiphedišo,
kgodišong ya bokgoni bja batho, di swanetše go bjalwa. (i) � Taolo ya merero ya setšhaba e swanetše go emela batho ba Afrika-Borwa ka
bophara, le ditiro tša thwalo le tša taolo ya bahlankedi tšeo di swanetšego go thewa godimo ga bokgoni, tebano, go se kgetholle, le go nyaka go lokiša go se lekalekane ga matšatši a a fetilego go kgona go beakanyeleswa ditshekamo tša nako ye e fetilego go fihlelela kemedi ka bophara.
(2) Metheo ye go boletšwego ka yona mo godimo e šoma go- (a) � taolo ya makala ka moka a mmušo; (b) � ditho tša mmušo; le (c) � dikgwebong tša setšhaba.
110
111
KGAOLO YA 10: TAOLO YA MERERO YA SETŠHABA
(3) � Molao wa naga o swanetše go kgonthišiša tšwetšopele ya dikelo le metheo yeo e tšweleditšwego lenaneong la karolwana ya (1)
(4) � Go thwalwa ga palo ya batho taolong ya merero ya setšhaba go lekola maikemišetšo ga se gwa šikologwa, eupša molao wa naga o swanetše go laola dithwalo tšeo mo ditirelong tša setšhaba.
(5) � Melao ye e laolago taolo ya merero ya setšhaba e ka no fapantšha gareng ga mafapha ao a fapanego, ditaolo goba dihlongwa.
(6) � Mekgwa le mešomo ya mafapha ao a fapanego, ditaolo le dihlongwa tša tshepedišo ya merero ya setšhaba ke mabaka a maleba ao a swanetšego go šetšwa mo melaong yeo e laolago taolo ya merero ya setšhaba.
Khomišene ya Ditirelo tša Setšhaba 196. (1) Go na le Khomišene e tee ya Ditirelo tša Setšhaba ya Repabliki.
(2) � Khomišene e ikemetše ka noši, ebile e swanetše go hloka tlhao, gomme e swanetše go diriša maatla a yona le go phethagatša mešomo ya yona ka ntle le poifo, sepitša goba kgethollo kgahlegong ya go diragatša taolo ya setšhaba ye e šomago gabotse le ka bokgoni le maitshwaro a profešene a maemo a godimo tirelong ya setšhaba. Khomišene e swanetše go laolwa ke molao wa naga.
(3) � Ditho tše dingwe tša mmušo, ka magato a semolao le tše dingwe, di swanetše go thuša le go šireletša Khomišene go kgonthišiša go ikemela ka bonoši, go hloka tlhao, tlhompho le go šoma gabotse ga Khomišene. Ga go motho goba setho sa mmušo seo se swanetšego go tsenatsena mešomo ya Khomišene.
(4) � Maatla le mešomo ya Khomišene ke- (a) � go tšwetšapele dikelo le metheo yeo e beilwego karolong ya 195, tirelong ka
moka ya setšhaba; (b) � go nyakišiša, go hlapetša le go ela mokgatlo le taolo, le ditirišo tša badiredi, tša
tirelo ya setšhaba; (c) � go šišinya magato a go kgonthišiša phethagatšo e kaone le ya bokgoni tirelong
ya setšhaba ka moka; (d) � go fa ditaelo tšeo nepo ya tšona e lego go kgonthišiša gore ditshepedišo tša
badiredi tše di amago go thwala, tšhutišo, ditlhatlošo le go raka di sepelelana le dikelo le metheo tše di beilwego karolong ya 195;
(e) � go bega mabapi le ditiro le diphethagatšo tša mešomo ya yona, go akaretšwa
112
khwetšo efe le efe yeo e ka e dirago, le ditaetšo le keletšo yeo e ka fago, le go beakanyetša kelo go fihla moo e lego gore dikelo le metheo tše di beilwego karolong ya 195 di a latelwa;
(f) gore ka boyona goba ka morago ga go amogela ngongorego efe goba efe- (i) go nyakišiša le go ela tšhomišo ya ditiro tša bašomi le tša taolo
ya setšhaba, le go bega go khuduthamaga ye e amegago le go lekgotlapeamelao;
(ii) go nyakišiša dingongorego tša bašomi tirelong tša setšhaba mabapi le ditiro tša semmušo goba ditlogelo, le go digela dithušo tše di swanetšego;
(iii) go hlokomela le go nyakišiša go latela tšhomišo ya ditshepedišo ka tirelong ya setšhaba
(iv) go eletša ditho tša mmušo wa setšhaba le tša profense mabapi le ditiro tša bašomi tirelong ya setšhaba, go akaretšwa le tšeo di amago go kalatšo, go thwala, tšhutišo, go raka le mabaka a mangwe a mešomo ya bašomi katirelong ya setšhaba.
(g) go diriša goba go phethagatša maatla a tlaleletšo goba mešomo ye e beilwego ke Molao wa Palamente.
[Temana ya (g) e tlaleleditšwe ka karolo ya 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bobedi wa Molaotheo wa 1998.]
(5) Khomišene e ikarabela go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente. (6) Khomišene e swanetše go bega bonyane gatee ka ngwaga go ya ka karolwana ya
(4)(e)- (a) go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente; le (b) mabapi le ditiro tša yona ka profenseng, go lekgotlapeamelao la profense yeo.
(7) Khomišene e na le dikomišenare tše di latelago tše 14 tšeo di beilwego ke Mopresidente: (a) Dikomišenare tše hlano tše di beilwego ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente go
ya ka karolwana ya (8)(a); le (b) Komišenare e tee ka profenseng ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e kgethilwego ke
Tonakgolo ya profense go ya ka karolwana ya (8)(b). (8) (a) Komišenare ye e thwetšwego go ya ka karolwana (7)(a) e swanetše go ba ye-
(i) digetšwego ke komiti ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente yeo ka tekatekano e bopilwego ke maloko a diphathi ka moka tše di emetšwego ka go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente; le
KGAOLO YA 10: TAOLO YA MERERO YA SETŠHABA
113
KGAOLO YA 10: TAOLO YA MERERO YA SETŠHABA
(ii) amogetšwe ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ka sephetho se se tšerwego ka thekgo ya bouto ya bontši bja maloko a yona. �
(b) Komišenare ye e kgethilwego ke Tonakgolo ya profense e swanetše go ba- (i) � e digetšwe ke komiti ya lekgotlapeamelao ka Moka yeo ka tekatekano
e bopilwego ke maloko a diphathi ka moka tše di emetšwego ka go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente; le
(ii) � e amogetšwe ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ka sephetho se se tšerwego ka thekgo ya bouto ya bontši bja maloko a yona.
(9) � Molao wa Palamente o swanetše go laola tshepedišo ya go thwala ga dikomišenare. (10) �Komišenare o thwalwa pakatiro ya mengwaga e mehlano, yeo e mpshafatšegago
pakatiro e tee fela ya tlaleletšo, gomme e swanetše go ba mosadi goba monna yo e lego - (a) � moagi wa Afrika Borwa; gomme (b) � motho wa maswanedi wa go a itekanetšego wa tsebo ya, goba maitemogelo
a,tshepedišo, taolo goba kabo ya ditirelo tša setšhaba. (11) � Komišenare a ka tlošwa modirong wa gagwe fela-
(a) � mabakeng a maitshwaro a go se loke, go palelwa ke mošomo goba go hloka tsebo;
(b) � ge komiti ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente e lemogile taba yeo goba ge e le gore komišenare e kgethilwe ke Tonakgolo ya Profense, ke komiti ya lekgotlapeamelao la profense yeo; le
(c) � go tšea sephetho ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente goba lekgotlapeamelao la profense yeo, di laela ka thekgo ya bouto ya maloko a yona gore komišenare yeo e rolwe modiro.
(12) � Mopresidente o swanetše go tloša komišenare yo a amegago ge- (a) � komiti ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se tšere sephetho sa gore komišenare
yeo e rolwe modiro; goba (b) � tsebišo ye e ngwadilwego ke Tonakgolo ya gore lekgotlapeamelao la profense
le tšere sephetho sa gore komišenare e rolwe modiro. (13) Dikomišenare tše di ukangwego karolwaneng ya (7)(b) di ka diriša maatla le go
phethagatša mešomo ya Khomišene diprofenseng tša tšona ka ge go beilwe ke molao wa naga.
114
Tirelo ya Setšhaba 197. (1) Ka gare ga tshepedišo ya merero ya setšhaba go na le tirelo ya Setšhaba ya
Repabliki, yeo e swanetšego go šoma le go bopša go latela molao wa naga, gomme ye e swanetšego go phethagatša ka potego merero ya semolao ya mmušo wa nako yeo.
(2) Dipeelano le mabaka a thwalo tirelong ya setšhaba di swanetše go laolwa ke molao wa naga. Bašomedi ba swanetšwe ke diphenšene tša maleba bjalo ka ge go laolwa ke molao wa naga.
(3) Ga go na le mošomedi wa setšhaba yo a swanetšego go direlwago sepitša goba a kgethollwa fela ka gore motho yoo o thekga phathi ye itšego ya dipolitiki goba mabaka a yona.
(4) Mebušo ya diprofense e na le maikarabelo a go kalatša, go thwala, tlhatlošo, tšhutišo le go raka maloko a tirelo ya setšhaba ditaolong tša yona go ya ka tlhako ya go swana ya melao le dikelo tše di dirišwago go tirelo ya setšhaba.
KGAOLO YA 10: TAOLO YA MERERO YA SETŠHABA
115
KGAOLO YA 11: DITIRELO TŠA TŠHIRELETŠO
KGAOLO YA 11 DITIRELo TŠA TŠhIRELETŠo
Metheotaolo 198. Metheo ye e latelago e laola tšhireletšo ya setšhaba ya Repabliki:
(a) � Tšhireletšo ya setšhaba e swanetše go bontšha maikemišetšo a MaAfrika Borwa, bjalo ka batho ka sebele le bjalo ka setšhaba, go phela bjalo ka batho bao ba lekanago, ba go phela ka khutšo le kagišo, ba go phela ka ntle le letšhogo le tlhaelelo le go tsoma bophelo bjo bokaone.
(b) � Maikemišetšo a go phela ka khutšo le kagišo a thibela moagi yo mongwe le yo mongwe wa Afrika Borwa go kgatha tema dithulanong tša marumo, ka nageng ya rena goba ditšhabatšhabeng, ka ntle le ge seo se dumeletšwe ke Molaotheo goba molao wa naga.
(c) � Tšhireletšo ya setšhaba e swanetše go dirwa go latelwa molao; go akaretšwa le molao wa boditšhabatšhaba.
(d) � Tšhireletšo ya setšhaba e ka fase ga taolo ya Palamente le khuduthamaga ya setšhaba.
Tlhomo, tlhamo le maitshwaro a ditirelo tša setšhaba 199. � (1) Ditirelo tša tšhireletšo tša Repabliki di bopilwe ke lesolo le tee la sešole, tirelo e
tee ya sephodisa, le ditirelo dife goba dife tša bohlodi tše di hlomilwego go ya ka Molaotheo.
(2) � Mašole a tšhireletšo ke lesolo le nnoši la bošole ka Repabliking. (3) � Ka ntle le ditirelo tša tšhireletšo tšeo di hlomilwego ke Molaotheo, mekgatlo goba
ditirelo tše di itlhamilego di ka hlongwa fela go ya ka molao wa naga. (4) � Ditirelo tša tšhireletšo di swanetše go bopša le go laolwa go ya ka molao wa naga. (5) � Ditirelo tša tšhireletšo di swanetše go phethagatša, gomme di be di rute le go
gapeletša gore maloko a tšona a phethagatše go ya ka Molaotheo le molao, go akaretšwa molaosetlwaedi wa boditšhabatšhaba le dikwano tša boditšhabatšhaba tšeo di tlamago Repabliki.
(6) � Ga go leloko lefe goba lefe la tirelo ya tšhireletšo leo le swanetšego go obamela taelo yeo go bonalago e tloga e se molaong.
116
(7) Ga go ditirelo tša tšhireletšo goba ba bangwe ba maloko a tšona, di ka, phethagatšong ya mešomo ya tšona- (a) kgethollago dikgahlego tša phathi ya dipolitiki yeo e lego molaong go ya ka
Molaotheo; goba (b) tša tšwetšapele, ka mokgwa wa go tšea lehlakore, dikgahlego tše itšego tša
phathi ya dipolitiki. (8) Go diragatša metheo ya ponagatšo le maikarabelo, dikomiti tša palamente tša
diphathintši, go hlokomela ditirelo tša tšhireletšo ka tsela yeo e beilwego ke molao wa naga goba melawana le ditaelo tša Palamente.
Tšhireletšo
Mašole a tšhireletšo 200. (1) Mašole a tšhireletšo a swanetše go bopša le go laolwa bjalo ka sešole seo se
itshwerego gabotse. (2) Maikemišetšomagolo a mašole a tšhireletšo ke go phemela le go šireletša Repabliki,
seriti sa mellwane ya yona le batho ba yona go ya ka Molaotheo le metheo ya molao wa boditšhabatšhaba yeo e laolago tšhomišo ya madira.
Maikarabelo a Sepolitiki 201. (1) Leloko la Kabinete le swanetše go rwala maikarabelo a mašole a tšhireletšo.
(2) Ke Mopresidente fela, bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba yoo a ka dumelelago go šomišwa ga mašole a tšhireletšo- (a) ka tšhomišano le tirelo ya maphodisa; (b) tšhireletšong ya Repabliki; goba (c) phethagatšong ya boitlamo bja boditšhabatšhaba.
(3) Ge mašole a tšhireletšo a šomišetšwa lebaka le lengwe le le lengwe le lego karolwaneng ya (2), Mopresidente o swanetše go tsebiša Palamente ka bonako le gona botlalo ka ga- (a) mabaka a go šomišwa ga mašole a tšhireletšo; (b) lefelo lefe goba lefe moo mašole a šomišwago gona; (c) palo ya batho bao ba amegago; le (d) nako yeo go emetšwego gore a tlo šomišwa ka yona.
KGAOLO YA 11: DITIRELO TŠA TŠHIRELETŠO
117
KGAOLO YA 11: DITIRELO TŠA TŠHIRELETŠO
(4) � Ge Palamente e sa dule mo matšatšing a šupago morago ga go šomišwa ga mašole bjalo ka ge go ukangwe karolwaneng ya (2), Mopresidente o swanetše go tšweletša tshedimošo ye e nyakegago go ya ka karolwana ya (3) go komiti ya maleba ye e hlokometšego taba ye.
Taolo ya Mašole a Tšhireletšo 202. � (1) Mopresidente, bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba ke Molaodimogolo wa
mašole a tšhireletšo, gomme o swanetše go kgetha Molaodi wa Sešole wa mašole a tšhireletšo.
(2) � Taolo ya mašole a tšhireletšo e swanetše go phethagatšwa go ya ka ditaelo tša leloko la kabinete le le rwelego maikarabelo a tšhireletšo ka tlase ga bolaodi bja Mopresidente.
Maemo a tšhireletšo ya setšhaba 203. (1) Mopresidente, bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba a ka goeletša seemo sa
tšhireletšo ya setšhaba, gomme o swanetše go tsebiša Palamente ka bonako le gona ka botlalo ka ga- (a) mabaka a kgoeletšo yeo; (b) lefelo lefe goba lefe moo mašole a šomišwago gona; le (c) palo ya batho bao ba amegago.
(2) � Ge Palamente e sa dule nakong yeo maemo a tšhireletšo a goeletšwago, Mopresidente o swanetše go biletša Palamente tulong ye e sego ya mehleng mo matšatšing a a šupago morago ga kgoeletšo.
(3) � Kgoeletšo ya seemo sa tšhireletšo ya setšhaba e a fela ntle le ge go amogetšwe ke Palamente mo matšatšing a šupago morago ga kgoeletšo.
Bongwaledi bja tšhireletšo ya baagi 204. � Bongwaledi bja tšhireletšo ya baagi bo swanetše go hlomiwa go ya ka molao wa naga go
šoma ka fase ga taolo ya leloko la Kabinete le le rwelego maikarabelo a tšhireletšo.
118
Maphodisa
Tirelo ya Maphodisa 205. (1) Tirelo ya Setšhaba ya maphodisa e swanetše go hlangwa gore e šome mo makaleng
a setšhaba, profense, le moo go lebanego, lekaleng la tikologo la mmušo. (2) Molao wa naga o swanetše go beakanya maatla le mediro ya tirelo ya maphodisa
gomme o kgontšhe tirelo ya maphodisa go phethagatša maikarabelo a yona ka bokgoni, go lebeletšwe kudu dinyakwa tša diprofense.
(3) Maikemišetšo a tirelo ya maphodisa ke go thibela, go lwantšha le go nyakišiša bosenyi, go lota kagišo ya setšhaba, go šireletša le go boloka baagi ba Repabliki le dithoto tša bona le go thekga le go phethagatša molao.
Maikarabelo a sepolitiki 206. (1) Leloko la Kabinete le swanetše go rwala maikarabelo a bophodisa gomme le
swanetše go rulaganya molaotshepetšo wa setšhaba wa bophodisa morago ga go rerišana le mebušo ya diprofense go mme le hlokometše dikgahlego le dinyakwa tša diprofense ka ge go laolwa ke khuduthamaga ya profense.
(2) Molaotshepetšo wa setšhaba wa bophodisa o ka fa peakanyetšo ya melaotshepetšo ya go fapana mabapi le diprofense tša go fapana morago ga go ela hloko dinyakwa tša bophodisa le ditlapele tša diprofense tše.
(3) Profense ye nngwe le ye nngwe e na le tokelo ya- (a) go hlapetša maitshwaro a maphodisa; (b) go hlokomela go šoma gabotse le phethagatšo ya bona ka bokgoni, go
akaretšwa go amogela dipego tša tirelo ya maphodisa; (c) go tšwetšapele moya wo mobotse gare ga maphodisa le setšhaba; (d) go sekaseka go šoma gabotse ga go ba pepeneneng ga tlhapetšo ya
maphodisa; (e) go boledišana le leloko la Kabinete leo le rwelego maikarabelo a tša sephodisa
mabapi le bosenyi le sephodisa profenseng. (4) Khuduthamaga ya profense e na le maikarabelo a mešomo ya bophodisa-
(a) ye e e filwego ke kgaolo ye; (b) ye e e filwego go ya ka molao wa naga; le (c) ye e e abetšwego ka go molaotshepetšo wa setšhaba wa bophodisa.
KGAOLO YA 11: DITIRELO TŠA TŠHIRELETŠO
119
KGAOLO YA 11: DITIRELO TŠA TŠHIRELETŠO
(5) � Gore e tle e kgone go phethagatša mešomo ye e beilwego ka go karolwana ya (3), profense- (a) � e ka nyakišiša, goba ya hloma khomišene ya dinyakišišo mabapi le
dingongorego dife goba dife tša go šitwa ga maphodisa goba tlhokego ya kgokagano gare ga maphodisa le setšhaba sefe goba sefe ; gomme
(b) � e swanetše go dira ditigelo go setho sa Kabinete se amanego le bophodisa. (6) � Ge e amogela ngongorego ye e tšwago go khuduthamaga ya profense, mokgatlo
wo o ikemego ka noši wa dingongorego tša maphodisa, o swanetše go nyakišiša bosenyi bjoo bo ukangwago goba molato woo o obilwego ke leloko la tirelo ya maphodisa ka profenseng.
(7) � Molao wa naga o swanetše go beakanyetša tlhako ya go hloma, maatla, mešomo le taolo ya ditirelo tša maphodisa tša bommasepala.
(8) � Komiti ye e hlamilwego ke leloko la Kabinete le maloko a Khuduthamaga tše di nago le maikarabelo a maphodisa e swanetše go thewa go kgonthišiša tlemagano ye e nepagetšego ya tirelo ya maphodisa le tlemagano ye e nepagetšego ka gare ga makala a mmušo.
(9) � Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le ka nyaka gore komišenare wa profense go tšwelela pele ga yona goba ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya dikomiti tša yona go fetola dipotšišo.
Taolo ya Tirelo ya Maphodisa 207. � (1) Mopresidente bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba o swanetše go bea
monna goba mosadi bjalo ka Komišinare ya Setšhaba wa tirelo ya maphodisa, go laola le go sepediša tirelo ya maphodisa.
(2) � Komišinare ya Setšhaba o swanetše go laola le go sepediša tirelo ya maphodisa go ya ka morero wa setšhaba wa bophodisa le ditaelo tša leloko la Kabinete le le rwelego boikarabelo bja bophodisa.
(3) � Komišenare ya Setšhaba, ka tirišano le khuduthamaga ya profense, o swanetše go kgetha mosadi goba monna go ba Komišenare ya profense yeo, efela ge Komišenare ya Setšhaba le khuduthamaga ya profense di palelwa ke go kwana ga go thwalwa ga Komišinare, leloko la Kabinete leo le rwelego maikarabelo a bophodisa le swanetše go ba motseta gareng ga bao ba amegago.
(4) � Dikomišenare tša diprofense di na le maikarabelo a maphodisa diprofenseng tša tšona-
KGAOLO YA 11: DITIRELO TŠA TŠHIRELETŠO
(a) � bjalo ka ge go beilwe molaong wa naga; le (b) � ka maatla a Komišenare ya Setšhaba, go laola le go sepediša tirelo ya
maphodisa go ya ka karolwana ya (2). (5) � Komišenare wa profense o swanetše go bega go lekgotlapeamelao la profense
ngwaga ka ngwaga mabapi le bophodisa ka profenseng, gomme o swanetše go romela khopi ya pego go Komišenare ya Setšhaba.
(6) � Ge Komišenare ya profense e se sa tshepša ke khuduthamaga ya profense, khuduthamaga yeo e ka hloma ditshepedišo tša maleba tša go mo tloša goba go mo šutiša, goba go tšea magato a kgalemo, kgahlanong le Komišenare yeo, go ya ka molao wa naga.
Bongwaledi bja maphodisa a baagi 208. � Bongwaledi bja maphodisa a baagi bo swanetše go hlomiwa go ya ka molao wa naga go
šoma ka fase ga taolo ya leloko la Kabinete le le rwelego maikarabelo bja bophodisa.
Bohlodi
Tlhomo le taolo ya ditirelo tša bohlodi 209. � (1) Tirelo efe goba efe ya bohlodi, ka ntle le karolo ya bohlodi ya madira a tšhireletšo
goba tirelo ya maphodisa, e ka hlongwa fela ke Mopresidente bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba, le gona fela go ya ka molao wa naga.
(2) � Mopresidente bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba o swanetše go be a mosadi goba monna bjalo ka hlogo ya tirelo ya bohlodi yeo e hlomilwego go ya ka karolwana ya (1), ebile o swanetše go rwala maikarabelo a sepolitiki taolong le tšhupetšong ya ditirelo tše, goba go kgopela leloko la Kabinete go rwala maikarabelo ao.
Maatla, mešomo le tlhokomelo 210. � Molao wa naga o swanetše go beakanya le go laola maatla le mešomo ya ditirelo tša
botseka, go akaretšwa karolo ya mašole a tšhireletšo goba tirelo ya maphodisa, gomme o fe tumelelo ya-
120
121
KGAOLO YA 11: DITIRELO TŠA TŠHIRELETŠO
(a) � go kgokaganya ditirelo ka moka tša bohlodi; le (b) � tlhokomelo ya baagi mabapi le ditirelo ka mohlahlobi yo a beilwego ke
Mopresidente, bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba, gomme a amogetšwe ke sephetho se se tšerwego ke Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ka bouto ya bonyane ye e thekgwago ke peditharong ya maloko a yona.
122
KGAOLO YA 12 BAETAPELE BA SETŠo
Kamogelo 211. (1) Dihlongwa, maemo le bohlokwa bja boetapele bja setšo, go ya ka molaosetlwaedi,
di a amogelwa, fela ka taolo ya Molaotheo. (2) Pušo ya setšo yeo e latelago molaosetlwaedi, e ka dumelelwa go šoma, fela e
swanetše go latela molao wa naga le ditlwaelo, go akaretšwa le go fetolwa goba go phumolwa ga molao woo goba ditlwaelo tšeo.
(3) Dikgorotsheko di swanetše go šomiša molaosetlwaedi ge fela e le gore molao woo ke wona o šomago tabeng yeo; ka taolo ya Molaotheo le molao wo mongwe le wo mongwe wo o amago molaosetlwaedi.
Tema ya baetapele ba setšo 212. (1) Molao wa naga o ka beakanya tema ya boetapele bja setšo bjalo ka sehlongwa
lekaleng la tikologo ditabeng tšeo di amago ditšhaba tša Tikologo. (2) Go rera ditaba tšeo di amanago le boetapele bja setšo, tema ya baetapele ba
setšo, molaosetlwaedi le ditlwaelo tša ditšhaba tšeo di obamelago lenaneo la molaosetlwaedi- (a) molao wa naga goba wa diprofense o ka hloma go theiwa ga mengwako ya
baetapele ba setšo; le (b) molao wa naga o ka hloma khansele ya baetapele ba setšo.
KGAOLO YA 12: BAETAPELE BA SETŠO
123
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
KGAOLO YA 13 DITŠhELETE
Merero ya Ditšhelete ka Kakaretšo
Sekhwama sa Ditseno sa Setšhaba 213. � (1) Go na le Sekhwama sa Ditseno sa Setšhaba seo ka go sona ditšhelete ka moka tše
di amogetšwego ke mmušo wa naga di swanetšego go lefelwa gona, ka ntle le tšhelete yeo e beetšwego ka thoko ka mabaka a Molao wa Palamente.
(2) � Tšhelete e ka ntšhiwa Sekhwameng sa Ditseno sa Setšhaba fela- (a) � go ya ka tekanyetšo yeo e theilwego Molaong wa Palamente; goba (b) � bjalo ka tefešothwii yeo e lebanego Sekhwama sa Ditseno sa Setšhaba, ge
beakanyeditšwe ka Molaotheong goba Molao wa Palamente. (3) � Kabelo ya go lekana ya profense go tšwa ditsenong tšeo di kgobokeditšwego
setšhabeng ka bophara, ke tefišothwi yeo e lebanego Sekhwama sa Setšhaba sa Ditseno.
[Letšatšikgwedi la go thoma la karolo ya 213: 1 Janaware 1998.]
Dikabelo tša go lekana le dikabo tša ditseno 214. (1) � Molao wa Palamente o swanetše go beakanyetša-
(a) � karogano ya go lekana ya ditseno tšeo di kgobokeditšwego setšhabeng ka bophara gare ga makala a mmušo a setšhaba, profense le a tikologo;
(b) � taetšo ya kabelo ya maswanedi ya profense ye nngwe le ye nngwe mo go kabelo ya profense ya ditseno tšeo;
(c) � dikabelo tše dingwe tše itšego tša go ya go diprofense, pušoselegae goba bommasepala go tšwa kabelong ya ditseno go tšwa go mmušo wa setšhaba, le mabaka afe goba afe ao ka ona dikabelo tšeo di ka dirwago.
(2) � Molao woo o ukangwego go karolwana ya (1) o ka dirišwa fela morago ga ge mebušo ya diprofense, dipušoselegae tšeo di ipopilego le Khomišene ya Ditšhelete le Matlole di ile tša rerišwa, le ge ditigelo dife goba dife tša Khomišene di šetše di lekodišitšwe, gomme di hlokomele mabaka a a latelago-
124
(a) kgahlego ya setšhaba; (b) peakanyetšo efe le efe yeo e swanetšego go dirwa mabapi le sekoloto sa
setšhaba le ditlamego tše dingwe tša setšhaba; (c) dinyakwa le dikgahlego tša mmušo wa setšhaba, tšeo di laeditšwego go ya ka
kelo ye e lebanego; (d) nyakego ya go kgonthišiša gore diprofense le bommasepala di kgona go aba
ditirelo tša motheo le go phethagatša mešomo yeo di e abetšwego; (e) bokgoni le go šomiša matlole gabotse ga diprofense le bommasepala; (f) tlhabollo le dinyakwa tše dingwe tša diprofense, dipušoselegae le
bommasepala; (g) go se lekalekane ka gare le gareng ga diprofense; (h) ditlamego tša diprofense le tša bommasepala go ya ka molao wa naga; (i) hlokego ya ditekanyetšo tša dišere tša letseno tša tlhola e eme le tše
phopholetšegago; le (j) nyakego ya matšato mo boikarabelong bja mabaka a tšhoganetšo goba
dinyakwa tše dingwe tša lebakanyana, le mabaka a mangwe ao a theilwego godimo ga kelo ya go swana le ye.
[Letšatšikgwedi la go thoma la karolo ya 214: 1 Janaware 1998.]
Ditekanyetšo tša setšhaba, tša diprofense le tša bommasepala 215. (1) Ditekanyetšo tša setšhaba, tša diprofense le tša bommasepala le tshepetšo ya
tekanyetšo di swanetše go hlohleletša ponagatšo, maikarabelo, le taolo ye e swanetšego ya ditšhelete tša ekonomi, dikoloto le lefapha la setšhaba.
(2) Molao wa naga o swanetše go beakanyetša- (a) sebopego sa ditekanyetšo tša setšhaba, tša diprofense le tša bommasepala; (b) gore ditekanyetšo tša setšhaba le tša profense di swanetše go begwa neng;
le (c) gore ditekanyetšo tša ditšhelete lefapheng le lengwe le le lengwe la mmušo
le swanetše go laetša methopo ya ditseno le ka tsela yeo ditshenyegelo tše di šišintšwego di tlogo sepelelana le molao wa naga.
(3) Ditekanyetšo makaleng a mangwe le a mangwe a mmušo di swanetše go ba le- (a) dikakanyetšo tša ditseno le ditshenyegelo, go fapantšhwa gare ga kapetlele le
ditshenyegelo tša nako yeo;
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
125
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
(b) ditšhišinyo tša go lefela tlhaelelo yeo e akanywago lebakeng leo e diregago go lona; le
(c) � taetšo ya maikemišetšo mabapi le go adima le mekgwa e mengwe ya maikarabelo a setšhaba e tla godiša sekoloto sa setšhaba ngwageng wo o latelago.
[Letšatšikgwedi la go thoma la karolo ya 215: 1 Janaware 1998.]
Taolo ya Sešegotlotlo 216. � (1) Molao wa naga o swanetše go hloma šešegotlotlo sa setšhaba gomme o laetše
dikgato tša go kgonthiša ponagatšo le taolo ya ditshenyagelo lekaleng le lengwe le le lengwe la mmušo, ka go tšweletša- (a) � mokgwa wo o amogetšwego ka bophara wa go hlakiša; (b) � dikaroganyo tša go swana tša ditshenyagelo; le (c) � dikelo le maemo a go swana a tša sešegomatlotlo.
(2) � Sešegotlotlo sa setšhaba se swanetše go diriša go latela magato ao a beilwego go ya ka karolwana ya (1), gape se ka thibela phetišetšo ya ditšhelete go ya go lefapha la mmušo ge e le gore lefapha leo la mmušo le ka dira ditlotlo tše šoro tša magato ao.
[Karolwana ya (2) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 5 (a) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(3) � Sephetho sa go thibela phetišetšo ya ditšhelete go ya profenseng go ya ka karolo ya 214 (1)(b) se ka tšewa fela mabakeng ao a beilwego karolwaneng ya (2) le- (a) � ga sa swanela go thibela phetišetšo ya ditšhelete matšatši a go feta 120; le (b) � se ka dirišwa semeetseng fela se tla felelwa ke maatla go tloga letšatši leo
se dirilwego ka ntle le ge Palamente e amogela ka go latela tshepedišo yeo e swanago le yeo e hlomilwego go ya ka karolo ya 76(1) mme e beilwe ke melao le ditaelo tša mohlakanelwa tša Palamente. Tshepedišo ye e swanetše go phethagala matšatšing a 30 morago ga sephetho sa sešegotlotlo sa setšhaba.
[Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 5 (b) ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(4) � Palamente e ka mpshafatša sephetho sa go thibela phetišetšo ya ditšhelete lebaka le le sa fetego matšatši a 120 ka nako e tee, go latelwa tshepedišo yeo e hlomilwego go ya ka karolwana ya (3).
126
(5) Pele Palamente e ka dumelela goba ya tsošološa sephetho sa go thibela phetišetšo ya ditšhelete go ya profenseng- (a) Mohlakišikakaretšo o swanetše go begela Palamente; gomme (b) profense e swanetše go fiwa sebaka sa go fetola ditatofatšo kgahlanong le
yona, le go tšweletša taba ya yona pele ga komiti.
Borekedi 217. (1) Ge setho sa mmušo makaleng a setšhaba, a profense goba a tikologo goba
sehlongwa se sengwe le sengwe se se laeditšwego mo molaong wa naga, se tšea dikontraka tša diphahlo goba tša ditirelo, gona se swanetše go dira bjalo go ya ka tshepedišo yeo e nago le maswanedi, ya go lekanela, ya ponagatšo, ya phadišano le ya tsheketšo.
(2) Karolwana ya (1) ga e thibele ditho tša mmušo goba dihlongwa tšeo di ukangwego karolwaneng yeo go diragatša morero wa borekedi wo o beakanyetšago– (a) dikarolo tša kgetho mo kabong ya dikontraka; le (b) tšhireletšo goba tšwetšopele ya batho, goba dihlopha tša batho tšeo di
hlokišitšwego ke kgethollo ye e sego maswanedi. (3) Molao wa naga o swanetše go bea tlhako yeo e lego gore molaotshepetšo wo o
ukangwego karolwaneng ya (2) o swanetšego go phethagatšwa. [Karolwana ya (3) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 6 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Ditiišetšo tša mmušo 218. (1) Mmušo wa setšhaba, mmušo wa profense goba mmasepala o ka tiišetša kadimo ge
fela motiišetšwa a latela mabaka afe goba afe ao a beilwego molaong wa naga. (2) Molao wa naga wo o ukangwego go karolwana ya (1) o ka dirišwa fela morago ga
ge ditigelo tšeo di dirilwego ke Khomišene ya Ditšhelete le Matlotlo di etšwe hloko. (3) Ngwaga ka ngwaga, mmušo wo mongwe le wo mongwe o swanetše go phatlalatša
pego ka ga ditiišetšo tšeo o di filego. [Letšatšikgwedi la go thoma la karolo ya 218: 1 Janaware 1998]
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
127
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
Meputso ya batho bao ba šomelago setšhaba 219. (1) � Molao wa Palamente o swanetše go hloma tlhako ya go beakanyetša-
(a) � meputso, diputseletšo le dikholego tša maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, baemedi ba go ya go ile ka Khanseleng ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, maloko a Kabinete, Batlatšatona, baetapele ba setšo le maloko a dikhansele tše dingwe le tše dingwe tša baetapele ba setšo; le
(b) � magomo a ka godimo a meputso, diputseletšo goba dikholego tša maloko a lekgotlapeamelao la profense, maloko a Dikhuduthamaga le maloko a Dikhansele tša Bommasepala tša maemo a a fapanego.
(2) � Molao wa naga o swanetše go hloma Khomišene ye e ikemetšego go dira ditigelo mabapi le meputso, diputseletšo le dikholego tše di ukangwego karolwaneng ya (1).
(3) � Palamente e ka fetiša molao wo o ukangwago karolwaneng ya (1), fela morago ga go ela hloko ditigelo tša khomišene ye e theilwego go ya ka karolwana ya (2).
(4) � Khuduthamaga ya setšhaba, khuduthamaga ya profense, mmasepala goba bolaodi bjo bongwe le bjo bongwe bja maswanedi bo ka phethagatša molao wa naga wo o ukangwego karolwaneng ya (1) fela morago ga go ela hloko ditigelo tša khomišene ye e hlomilwego go ya ka karolwana ya (2).
(5) � Molao wa naga o swanetše go hloma ditlhako tše ka tšona o ka beakanyago meputso, diputseletšo le dikholego tša baahlodi, Mošireletši wa Setšhaba, Mohlakišikakaretšo, le maloko a khomišene ye nngwe le ye nngwe tšeo di beakanyeditšwego ka Molaotheong, go akaretšwa le bolaodi bja kgašo bjo bo ukangwego karolong ya 192.
Khomišene ya Ditšhelete le Matlotlo
Tlhomo le mešomo 220. (1) Go na le Khomišene ya Ditšhelete le Matlotlo ya Repabliking yeo e dirago ditigelo
tšeo di ukangwego Kgaolong ye, goba go lekgotlapeamola la bosetšhaba, go Palamente, makgotlapeamelao a diprofense le bolaodi bjo bongwe le bjo bongwe bjoo bo laetšwego ke molao wa naga.
128
(2) Khomišene e ikemetše ka noši gomme e laolwa fela ke Molaotheo le molao, gomme e swanetše go se tšee lehlakore.
(3) Khomišene e swanetše go šoma go latela Molao wa Palamente gomme, phethagatšong ya mešomo ya yona, e swanetše go hlokomela mabaka ka moka a a lebanego, go akaretšwa ao a lego lenaneong karolong ya 214(2).
Go thwalwa le pakatiro ya maloko 221. (1) Khomišene e bopša ke basadi le banna ba ba latelago bao ba kgethilwego ke
Mopresidente bjalo ka hlogo ya khuduthamaga ya setšhaba: (a) Modulasetulo le motlatšamodulasetulo; (b) batho ba bararo, ka morago ga go rerišana le Ditonakgolo, go tšwa lenaneong
leo le thadilwego go ya ka tshepedišo yeo e beilwego ke molao wa naga; (c) batho ba babedi bao ba kgethilwego, ka morago ga go rerišana le
pušoselegae,go tšwa lenaneong leo le thadilwego go ya ka tshepedišo yeo e beilwego ke molao wa naga; le
(d) batho ba bangwe ba babedi. [Karolwana ya (1) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bohlano wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(1A) Molao wa naga wo o ukangwego karolwaneng ya (1) o swanetše go beakanyetša go kgathatema ga- (a) Ditonakgolo go thaleng ga lenaneo leo le ukangwego karolwaneng ya (1)(b);
le (b) pušoselegae ya go šoma gabotse go thaleng ga lenaneo leo le ukangwego
karolwaneng ya (1)(c). [Karolwana ya (1A) e tsentšwe ke 7 (b) ya Molaophetošwa wa bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(2) Maloko a Khomišene a swanetše go ba le bokgoni bjo bo lebanego. (3) Maloko a šoma pakatiro yeo e beilwego go ya ka molao wa naga. Mopresidente a
ka tloša leloko modirong ka lebaka la go hloka maitshwaro, go palelwa ke mošomo goba go se kgone.
Dipego 222. Khomišene e swanetše go begela Palamente le makgotlapeamelao a profense ka mehla.
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
129
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
Pankakgolo
Tlhomo 223. � The South African Reserve Bank ke Pankakgolo ya Repabliki gomme e laolwa go ya ka
Molao wa Palamente.
Maikemišetšomagolo 224. (1) Maikemišetšomagolo a South African Reserve Bank ke go šireletša maatla a theko
ya tšhelete kgahlegong ya kgolo ya ekonomi ye e lekalekanego le ya go ya go ile ka Repabliking.
(2) � The South African Reserve Bank, go fihlelela maikemišetšomagolo a yona, e swanetše go phethagatša mešomo ya yona ntle le letšhogo, go rata goba tlhaolo; fela go swanetše go ba le ditherišano tša ka mehla gare ga Panka le leloko la Kabinete le le rwelego maikarabelo a merero ya ditšhelete.
Maatla le mešomo 225. � Maatla le mešomo ya South African Reserve Bank ke ao ka tlwaelo a dirišwago ke dipanka
tša gare, maatla ao le mešomo di swanetšego go laetšwa ke Molao wa Palamente gomme a swanetšego go dirišwa goba go phethagatšwa ka šedi ya mabaka ao a beilwego go latela Molaong woo.
Merero ya Ditšhelete ya Diprofense le ya Tikologo
Sekhwama sa Ditseno tša Profense 226. (1) Go na le Sekhwama sa Ditseno tša Profense ye nngwe le ye nngwe moo ditšhelete
ka moka tše di amogetšwego ke mmušo wa profense di swanetšego go bewa ka go sona, ka ntle le tšhelete yeo e beetšwego ka thoko ka mabaka ka Molao wa Palamente.
(2) � Tšhelete e ka ntšhiwa go Sekhwama sa Ditseno tša Profense fela- (a) � go ya ka tekanyetšo ya Molao wa profense; goba (b) � bjalo ka tefišothwii ya Sekhwama sa Ditseno tša Profense, ge seo se
beakanyeditšwe ka Molaotheong goba ka Molaong wa profense.
130
(3) Ditseno tšeo di abetšwego pušoselegae go tšwa profenseng ka profenseng yeo, go ya ka karolo ya 214(1), ke tefišothwii ya Sekhwama sa Ditseno tša Profense yeo.
(4) Molao wa naga o ka beakanyetša tlhako yeo ka yona- (a) Molao wa profense o ka, go latela karolwana ya (2)(b), dumelela go ntšha ga
tšhelete bjalo ka tefišothwii ya Sekhwama sa Ditseno tša Profense; le (b) ditseno tšeo di abilwego go tloga profenseng go ya go pušoselegae
ka profenseng yeo go ya ka karolwana ya (3) di swanetše go lefelwa bommasepala ka profenseng yeo.
[Karolwana ya (4) e tsentšwe ke karolwana ya 8 ya Molaophetošwa wa bošupa wa Molatheo wa 2001.] [Letšatšikgwedi la go thoma la karolo ya 226: 1 Janaware 1998.]
Methopo ya setšhaba ya go thekga mebušo ya profense le dipušoselegae ka ditšhelete 227. (1) Pušoselegae le profense e nngwe le e nngwe-
(a) di na le tokelo ya tekano ya dišere tša letseno tše di kgobokeditšwego ke setšhaba gore e tle e kgone go aba ditirelo tša motheo le go phethagatša mešomo yeo e abetšwego; gomme
(b) di ka amogela dikabelo tše dingwe go tšwa ditsenong tša mmušong wa setšhaba, ka mabaka goba ka ntle le mabaka.
(2) Ditseno tša tlaleletšo tše di kgobokeditšwego ke diprofense goba bommasepala ga di a swanela go ntšhiwa karolong ya tšona ya ditseno yeo e kgobokeditšwego ke setšhaba, goba go tšwa dikabelong tše dingwe tše di filwego go tšwa go ditseno tša mmušo wa setšhaba. Ka yona tsela yeo ga go tlamego ka thokong ya mmušo wa setšhaba go bušetša profense, goba bommasepala, tšeo di sa kgonego go kgoboketša ditšhelete tša go lekana le tekano ya tšona matlotlong le metšhelelong.
(3) Karolo ya go lekana ya profense ya ditseno tše di kgobokeditšwego ke setšhaba e swanetše go fetišetšwa go profense ka ntle le tikatiko le gona ka ntle le phokotšo, ka ntle le ge phetišetšo yeo e thibetšwe go ya ka dipeelano tša karolo 216.
(4) Profense e swanetše go iphatela methopo efe goba efe yeo e tsomago, go ya ka ditlhagišo tša molaotheo wa profense ya wona, tšeo e lego tlaleletšo go dinyakwa tša yona tšeo di ukangwego ka Molaotheong.
[Letšatšikgwedi la go thoma la karolo ya 227: 1 Janaware 1998.]
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
131
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
Metšhelo ya Profense 228. (1) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le ka bea-
(a) � metšhelo, makgetho le metšhelo ya dithoto sebakeng sa motšhelo wa ditseno, motšhelo wa dithoto, motšhelo wa theko, metšhelo ya ditsha goba motšhelo wa ditšwantle; le
(b) � ditefišo tša go lekana dikelong tša motšhelo, lekgetho goba motšhelo wa dithoto, tšeo di beilwego ke molao wa naga, sebakeng sa metšhelo ya mekgatlo ya ditseno, metšhelo ya theko, metšhelo ya ditsha goba metšhelo ya ditšwantle.
[Temana ya (b) e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 9 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
(2) � Maatla a lekgotlapeamelao la profense a go bea metšhelo, makgetho, metšhelo ya dithoto le metšhelokoketšo- (a) � ga a swanela go dirišwa ka tsela yeo e lego ka botšona le gona ka mo go
sa kwalego di tshwenyana le merero ya ekonomi, le ditiro tša ekonomi tša setšhaba ka ntle ga mellwane ya profense yeo goba tšhitišo ya tshepedišo ya dithoto ya setšhaba, ditirelo, kapetlele goba modiro; gomme
(b) � e swanetše go laolwa go ya ka Molao wa Palamente, woo o ka dirišwago fela morago ga ditigelo tša Khomišene ya Ditšhelete le Metšhelo di etšwe hloko.
[Letšatšikgwedi la go thoma la karolo ya 228: 1 Janaware 1998.]
Maatla le mešomo ya mmasepala metšhelong 229. (1) Go ya ka dikarolwana tša (2), (3) le (4), mmasepala o ka bea-
(a) � metšhelo ya dithoto le ditefokoketšo godimo ga ditefo tša ditirelo tše di abjago ke goba legatong la mmasepala; le
(b) � ge o dumeletšwe ke molao wa naga, metšhelo ye mengwe, metšhelwana le metšhelo ya dithoto ye e swanetšego mmušogae goba karolong ya mmušogae woo mmušotikologo woo o lego ka fase ga wona, eupša ga go mmasepala wo o ka tšhedišago motšhelo wa ditseno, motšhelo wa theko, motšhelokakaretšo wa thekišo goba motšhelo wa ditšwantle.
(2) � Maatla a mmasepala a go bea metšhelo ya dithoto, metšhelokoketšo ya ditefo tša ditirelo tše di abjago ke goba legatong la mmasepala, goba metšhelo e mengwe le makgetho goba metšhelo ya dithoto-
132
(a) ga a swanela go dirišwa ka tsela yeo e amago ditšwammeleng le ka mona, merero ya ekonomi ya setšhaba, ditiro tša ekonomi ka ntle ga mellwane ya mmasepala, goba tshepetšo ya setšhaba ya dithoto, ditirelo, kapetlele goba mošomo; le
(b) a ka laolwa ka molao wa naga. (3) Ge bommasepala ba babedi ba na le maatla a go swana a motšhelo le mešomo
mabapi le tikologo e tee, karoganyo ye maswanedi ya maatla le mehola yeo e swanetše go dirwa go ya ka molao wa setšhaba. Karoganyo ye e ka dirwa fela morago ga go ela hloko bonnyane, dikelo tše di latelago: (a) Tlhokego ya go latela metheo ya maleba ya metšhelo. (b) Maatla le mešomo ye e phethagatšwago ke mmasepala wo mongwe le wo
mongwe. (c) Maatla a metšhelo a mmasepala o mongwe le o mongwe. (d) Go kgona le go šoma gabotse ga go kgoboketša metšhelo, metšhelwana le
metšhelo ya dithoto; le. (e) Tekatekano.
(4) Ga go seo se thibelago kabelano ya ditseno tše di kgobokeditšwego go ya ka karolo ye gare ga bommasepala bao ba nago le maatla le mešomo ya metšhelo ka tikologong e tee.
(5) Molao wa naga wo o ukangwego mo karolong ye o ka dirišwa fela morago ga ge pušoselegae le Khomišene ya Ditšhelete le Metšhelo di rerišitšwe le ge ditigelo dife goba dife tša Khomišene di etšwe hloko.
[Letšatšikgwedi la go thoma la karolo ya 229: 1 Janaware 1998.]
Dikadimo tša Profense 230. (1) Profense e ka dira dikadimo tša kapetlele goba tša ditshenyegelo tša nako yeo go ya
ka molao wa naga, efela dikadimo tša tshenyegelo ya nako yeo di ka dirwa fela ge go hlokega mabakeng a go ikhola ngwageng wa ditšhelete; le go
(2) Molao wa naga wo o ukangwego karolwaneng ya (1) o ka dirišwa fela morago ga ge ditigelo tše itšego Khomišene ya Ditšhelete le Metšhelo di etšwe hloko.
[Karolo ya 230 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 10 ya Molaophetošwa wa bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
133
KGAOLO YA 13: DITŠHELETE
Dikadimo tša Mmasepala 230A. (1) Khansele ya Mmasepala e ka, go ya ka molao wa naga-
(a) � adima ditšhelete tša kapetlele goba ditshenyegelo tša nako yeo tša mmasepala, efela dikadimo tša tshenyegelo ya nako yeo di ka dirwa fela ge go hlokega mabakeng a go ikhola ngwageng wa ditšhelete; le go
(b) � itlama le go tlama Khansele ya ka moso tirišong ya maatla a yona a go bea melao le a khuduthamaga go dira dikadimo goba go dira dipeeletšo tša mmasepala.
(2) � Molao wa naga woo o ukangwego karolwaneng ya (1) o ka dirišwa fela morago ga ge ditigelo tše itšego tša Khomišene ya Ditšhelete le Metšhelo di šetše di etšwe hloko.
[Karolo ya 230A e tsentšwe ke karolwana ya 10 Molaophetošwa wa bošupa wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
134
KGAOLO YA 14 DITLhAgIŠoKAKARETŠo
Molao wa Ditšhabatšhaba
Dikwano tša ditšhabatšhaba 231. (1) Ditherišano le go saena ga dikwano ka moka tša ditšhabatšhaba ke maikarabelo a
khuduthamaga ya setšhaba. (2) Kwano ya ditšhabatšhaba e tlama Repabliki fela morago ga ge e amogetšwe ka
sephetho ka bobedi Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente le ka go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, ka ntle le ge e le kwano yeo e ukangwego mo go karolwana ya (3).
(3) Kwano ya ditšhabatšhaba ya mohuta wa teknikhale, ya taolo goba ya phethiši, goba kwano yeo e sa nyakego kamogelo goba tumelelo, ye e tsenetšwego ke khuduthamaga ya setšhaba, e tlama Repabliki ka ntle le kamogelo ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente le Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, e fela o swanetše go begwa ka Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente le ka Khanseleng mo nakong ye e kwalago.
(4) Kwano efe goba efe ya ditšhabatšhaba e fetoga molao Repabliking ge e dirilwe molao go ya ka molao wa naga; efela pegelo ye e iphethagatšago ya kwano yeo e šetšego e amogetšwe ke Palamente ke molao mo Repabliking ka ntle le ge pegelo yeo e le kgahlanong le Molaotheo goba Molao wa Palamente.
(5) Repabliki e tlama ke dikwano tša ditšhabatšhaba tšeo di bego di e tlama nakong ya ge Molaotheo wo o thoma go šoma.
Molaosetlwaedi wa ditšhabatšhaba 232. Molaosetlwaedi wa ditšhabatšhaba ke molao mo Repabliking ka ntle le ge o sa sepelelane
le Molaotheo goba Molao wa Palamente.
Tirišo ya molao wa ditšhabatšhaba 233. Ge e hlatholla molao ofe goba ofe, kgorotsheko ye nngwe le ye nngwe e swanetše
go sekamela tlhathollong efe goba efe ye e kwalago ya go sepelelana le molao wa ditšhabatšhaba go feta tlhathollo yeo e sa sepelelanego le molao wa ditšhabatšhaba.
KGAOLO YA 14: DITLHAGIŠOKAKARETŠO
135
KGAOLO YA 14: DITLHAGIŠOKAKARETŠO
Ditaba tše dingwe
Melaokakanywa ya Ditokelo 234. � Gore go tle go tiišetšwe seemo sa temokrasi se se hlomilwego ke Molaotheo wo,
Palamente e ka amogela Melaokakanywa ya Ditokelo yeo e sepelelanago le dipeakanyetšo tša Molaotheo.
Boipopo 235. Tokelo ya batho ba Afrika Borwa ka bophara mo go ipopeng bjalo ka ge e laeditšwe ka go
Molaotheo, ga e gafele ka thoko, ka gare ga tlhako ya tokelo ye, kamogelo ya kgopolo ya boipopo ya setšhaba sefe goba sefe seo se aroganago setšo se tee le bohwa bja polelo, ka gare ga naga ya Repabliki goba ka tsela ye nngwe, yeo e laetšwago ke molao wa naga.
Thekgo ya ditšhelete go diphathi tša dipolitiki 236. � Go godiša temokrasi ya diphathintši, molao wa naga o swanetše go beakanyetša thekgo
ya ditšhelete ya diphathi tša dipolitiki tšeo di kgathago tema makgotlapeamelaong a setšhaba le a diprofense ka tsela ya go lekana le ya tekatekano.
Phethagatšo ya ditshwanelo ka mafolofolo 237. � Ditshwanelo ka moka tša Molaotheo di swanetše go phethagatšwa ka mafolofolo le gona
ka ntle le tiego.
Boemedi le boromedi 238. � Setho sa mmušo sa khuduthamaga lekaleng le lengwe le le lengwe la mmušo se ka-
(a) � laela maatla goba mošomo ofe goba ofe wo o tlogo šomišwa goba go phethagatšwa go ya ka molao go setho sefe goba sefe sa khuduthamaga, ge fela kgafelo yeo e sepelelana le molao woo go ya ka wona maatla a dirišwago goba mošomo wo diragatšwago; goba
(b) � go šomiša maatla afe goba afe goba go phethagatša mošomo ofe goba ofe wa setho sefe goba sefe sa khuduthamaga maemong a boemedi goba boromedi.
136
Ditlhalošo 239. Ka Molaotheong, ka ntle le ge dikagare di laetša ka tsela e nngwe-
“molao wa setšhaba” o akaretša- (a) melawana ya ka fase ye e dirilwego go ya ka Molao wa Palamente; le (b) molao wo o bego o šoma ge Molaotheo o thoma go šoma mme o dirišwago ke
mmušo wa naga; “setho sa mmušo” se ra gore-
(a) kgoro efe goba efe ya mmušo, goba taolo mo lekaleng la mmušo la setšhaba, profense goba tikologo; goba
(b) mokgatlo ofe goba ofe goba sehlongwa- (i) seo se phethagatšago maatla goba mošomo go ya ka Molaotheo goba
molaotheo wa profense; goba (ii) seo se šomišago maatla a setšhaba goba se phethagatšago mošomo wa
setšhaba go latela molao o mongwe le o mongwe, eupša o sa akaretše kgorotsheko goba mohlankedi wa tša semolao;
“molao wa profense” o akaretša- (a) melawana ya ka fase ye e dirilwego go ya ka Molao wa profense; le (b) molao wo o bego o šoma ge Molaotheo o thoma go šoma mme o dirišwago ke
mmušo wa naga;
Diphapano magareng ga dingwalwa tša go fapana 240. Ge go na le phapano magareng ga dingwalwa tša Molaotheo, gona sengwalwa sa
Seisimane se tla šoma.
Dithulaganyo tša nakwana 241. Šetulo 6 e šoma phetišetšong go maemo a mafsa a molaotheo ao a hlomilwego ke
Molaotheo wo, le taba efe goba efe ye e amanago le phetišetšo yeo.
Go phumulwa ga melao 242. Melao yeo e ukangwego go Šetulo 7 e phumotšwe, go šeditšwe karolo ya 243 le Šetulo 6.
KGAOLO YA 14: DITLHAGIŠOKAKARETŠO
137
KGAOLO YA 14: DITLHAGIŠOKAKARETŠO
Thaetlelekopana le go thoma 243. � (1) Molao wo o bitšwa Molaotheo wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, wa 1996, gomme o
thoma go šoma ka bonako ge letšatšikgwedi leo le beilweng ke Mopresidente ka kgoeletšo, fela e sego letšatšikgwedi la morago ga la 1 Julae 1997.
(2) � Mopresidente a ka bea matšatšikgwedi a go fapana pele ga ge letšatšikgwedi leo le ukangwego karolwaneng ya (1) go ya ka ditlhagišo tša go fapana tša Molaotheo.
(3) � Ka ntle ga ge dikagare di laetša ka tsela e nngwe, tšhupetšo tlhagišong ya Molaotheo mabapi le nako yeo Molaotheo o thomilego go šoma e swanetše go hlalošwa bjalo ka tšhupetšo ya nako yeo tlhagišo yeo e thomilego go šoma ka yona.
(4) � Ge letšatšikgwedi la go fapana le beilwe mabapi le tlhagišo efe goba efe ya Molaotheo go ya ka karolwana ya (2), peakanyetšo ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e lebanego nayo ya Molaotheo wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, 1993 (Molao wa 200 wa 1993), yeo e ukangwego mo kgoeletšong, e phumotšwe go thoma lona letšatšikgweding leo.
(5) � Dikarolo tša 213, 214, 215, 216, 218, 226, 227, 228, 229 le 230 di tsena tirišong ka la 1 Janaware 1998, eupša se ga se thibele go tsentšhwa ga molao wo o holofetšweng mo go tše dingwe le tše dingwe tša dipeakanyetšo tše pele ga letšatšikgwedi leo. Go fihla mo letšatšikgweding leo, ditlhagišo tše dingwe le tše dingwe tšeo di swanago le tše le tšeo di swanago ka sewelo le ditlhagišo tša Molaotheo wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, wa 1993, di dula di le tirišong.
138
ŠETuLO 1 FoLAgA yA SETŠhABA
(1) Folaga ya setšhaba e khutlonnethwii ka sebopego; botelele bja yona bo feta bophara gatee le seripagare.
(2) Mebala ya yona ke boso, gauta, botalamorogo, bošweu, bohwibidu bja tšhilisi, le botalalerata.
(3) E na le mokgako wa o motalamorogo wa sebopego sa Y woo bophara bja wona bo fetwago ke folaga ka teehlanong. Methaladi ya gare ya mokgako e thoma dikhutlong tša godimo le tša ka tlase kgauswi le kota ya folaga, ya hlakana gare ga folaga, gomme ya tšwelela ka go rapama go leba bogareng bja seripa seo se se nago selo.
(4) Mokgako wo motalamorogo o rumilwe ka godimo le ka fase ka bošweu, gomme go ya mafelelong a kota ya folaga e kgakilwe ka gauta. Mokgako wo mongwe le wo mongwe o fetwa ke bophara bja folaga ka tee-lesomehlanong.
(5) Khutlotharo ya kgauswi le kota ya folaga ke ye ntsho. (6) Mokgako wa go rapama wa ka godimo ke wa bohwibidu bja tšhilisi gomme wa ka tlase
wa go rapama ke wa botalalerata. Mokgako wo mongwe wo mongwe ke teetharong ya bophara bja folaga.
Šetulo 1
139
Šetulo 1
Black = Ntsho
Gold = Gauta
White = Tšhweu
Green = Talamorogo
Red = Khubedu
Blue = Talalerata
140
ŠETuLO 1A MAFELo Ao DIPRoFEnSE DI hWETŠAgALAgo go WonA
[Šetulo 1A e tsentšwe ke karolo 4 ya Molaophetošo wa Bolesomepedi wa Molaotheo wa 2005 mme ya fetošwa ka karolo 1 ya 2007 gape le ka ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometshela wa Molaotheo
wa 2009.]
Profense ya Kapa Bohlabela [Kgaoganyo ya Profense ya Kapa Bodikela e emelwa ke ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometharo wa
Molaotheo wa 2007.]
Mmepe wa 3 wa Šetulo ya 1 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 6 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 7 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 8 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 9 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005
Mmepe wa 10 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 11 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005
Profense ya Freistata Mmepe wa 12 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 13 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 14 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 15 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 16 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005
Profense ya Gauteng [Kgaoganyo ya Profense ya Gauteng e fetolwa ke Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometshela wa Molaotheo
wa 2009.]
Mmepe wa 4 ka go Tsebišo 1490 ya 2008 [Tšhupetšo go Mmepe wa 4 e emelwa ke karolo 1(a) Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometshela wa
Molaotheo wa 2009.]
Mmepe wa 17 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya1998 ya 2005
Šetulo 1A
141
Šetulo 1A
Mmepe wa 18 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 19 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 20 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 21 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005
Profense ya KwaZulu-Natal [Kgaoganyo ya Profense ya Leboa-Bodikela e emelwa ke Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometharo wa
Molaotheo wa 2007]
Mmepe wa 22 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 23 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 24 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 25 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 26 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 27 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 28 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 29 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 �
Mmepe wa 30 wa Šetulo 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 31 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 32 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 �
Profense ya Limpopo Mmepe wa 33 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 �
Mmepe wa 34 wa Šetulo 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 35 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 36 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 37 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 �
Profense ya Mpumalanga Mmepe wa 38 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 � Mmepe wa 39 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 �
Mmepe wa 40 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo 1998 ya 2005 �
142
Profense ya Kapa Leboa Mmepe wa 41 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 42 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 43 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 44 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 45 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005
Profense ya Leboa Bodikela [Kgaoganyo ya Profense ya Leboa-Bobikela e fetolwa ke Molaophetošwa wa Bolesometshela wa
Molaotheo wa 2009.]
Mmepe wa 5 ka go Tsebišo 1490 ya 2008 [Tšhupetšo go Mmepe 5 wo emetšego ke karolo 1(b) ya Molaophetošo wa Bolesometshela wa
Molaotheo wa 2009.]
Mmepe wa 46 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 47 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 48 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005
Profense ya Kapa Bodikela Mmepe wa 49 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 50 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 51 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 52 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 53 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005 Mmepe wa 54 wa Šetulo ya 2 go Tsebišo ya 1998 ya 2005
Šetulo 1A
143
Šetulo 2
ŠETuLO 2 DIKAno LE MAITLAMo A MMAKgonThE
[Šetulo 2 e fetošitšwe ke karolwana ya 2 ya Molaophetošo wa Mathomo ya Molaotheo wa 1997 (Seisemane fela) gape e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 18 ya Molaophetošo wa Botshela ya
Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Kano goba boitlamo bja mmakgonthe bja Mopresidente le Mopresidente wa Motšwaoswere 1. � Mopresidente, goba Mopresidente wa Motšwaoswere, pele ga Moahlodimogolo, goba pele
ga moahlodi o mongwe yoo a rometšwego ke Moahlodimogolo, o swanetše go ikana/go itlama ka tsela ye e latelago: Pele ga mang le mang yo a kgobakanego mo, e bile ke kwešiša bohlokwa bja maikarabelo ao ke a tšeago a go ba Mopresidente/Mopresidente wa motšwaoswere wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, Nna, A.B., ke ikana/itlama ka mmakgonthe gore ke tla botegela Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, gomme ke tla obamela, ka sekegela, ka lota Molaotheo le melao e mengwe ka moka ya Repabliki; gomme ka mmakgonthe le ka boikokobetšo ke tshepiša gore ka dinako tšohle ke tla-
• � tšwetšapele tšohle tšeo di tlogo godiša Repabliki, mme ka lwantšha tšohle tšeo di ka e kwešago bohloko;
• � šireletša le go tšwetšapele ditokelo tša Maafrika Borwa ka moka; • � phetha mešomo ya ka ka maatla a ka moka, le ka bokgoni bjaka ka moka,
gomme ke tla dira tšeo ka go šomiša tsebo le bokgoni bja ka, ka dira tšeo letswalo la ka le dumelelanago natšo;
• � dira toka go bohle; gomme • ka ineela go tliša boitekanelo go Repabliki le go batho ka moka ba yona
(Lebakeng la kano: Ka bjalo Modimo Nthuše.)
144
Kano goba boitlamo bja mmakgonthe bja Motlatšamopresidente 2. Motlatšamopresidente, pele ga Moahlodimogolo, goba pele ga moahlodi o mongwe yoo a
rometšwego ke Moahlodimogolo, o swanetše go ikana/go itlama ka tsela ye e latelago:
Pele ga mang le mang yo a kgobakanego mo, e bile ke kwešiša bohlokwa bja maikarabelo ao ke a tšeago a go ba Mopresidente/Mopresidente wa motšwaoswere wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, Nna, A.B., ke ikana/itlama ka mmakgonthe gore ke tla botegela Repabliki ya Afrika-Borwa, gomme ke tla obamela, ka sekegela, ka lota Molaotheo le melao e mengwe ka moka ya Repabliki; gomme ka mmakgonthe le ka boikokobetšo ke tshepiša gore ka dinako tšohle ke tla-
• tšwetšapele tšohle tšeo di tlogo godiša Repabliki, mme ka lwantšha tšohle tšeo di ka e kwešago bohloko;
• go ba moeletši wa mmakgonthe le wa go botega; • phetha mešomo ya ka ka maatla a ka moka, le ka bokgoni bjaka moka, gomme
ke tla dira tšeo ka go šomiša tsebo le bokgoni bja ka, ka dira tšeo letswalo la ka le dumelelanago natšo;
• dira toka go bohle; gomme • ka ineela go tliša boitekanelo go Repabliki le go batho ka moka ba yona
(Lebakeng la kano: Ka bjalo Modimo Nthuše.)
Kano goba boitlamo bja mmakgonthe bja Ditona le Batlatšatona 3. Tona ye nngwe le ye nngwe le Motlatšatona, pele ga Moahlodimogolo, goba pele ga
moahlodi yo a rometšwego ke Moahlodimogolo, o swanetše go ikana/go itlama ka tsela ye e latelago: Nna, A.B., ke ikana/itlama ka mmakgonthe gore ke tla botegela Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, gomme ke tla obamela, ka sekegela, ka lota Molaotheo le melao e mengwe ka moka ya Repabliki; ke ikana gore ke tla phethagatša mešomo ya ka bjalo ka Tona/Motlatšatona ka tlhompho le seriti; ke tla ba moeletši wa nnete le potego; nka se utolle phatlalatša goba ka tharedi taba efe goba efe yeo ke e filwego; le go phetha mešomo ya maemo a ka mafolofolo le ka bokgoni bja ka moka. (Lebakeng la kano: Ka bjalo Modimo Nthuše.)
Šetulo 2
145
Šetulo 2
Kano goba boitlamo bja mmakgonthe bja maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, Baemedi ba go ya go ile ba Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense le maloko a makgotlapeamelao a diprofense 4. (1) Maloko a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, Baemedi ba go ya go ile ba Khansele
ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense le maloko a makgotlapeamelao a diprofense, pele ga Moahlodimogolo, goba pele ga moahlodi yo a rometšwego ke Moahlodimogolo, ba swanetše go ikana/go itlama ka tsela ye e latelago: Nna, A.B., ke ikana/itlama ka mmakgonthe gore ke tla botegela Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, gomme ke tla obamela, ka sekegela, ka lota Molaotheo le melao e mengwe ka moka ya Repabliki; ke ikana ka mmakgonthe gore ke tla phethagatša mešomo ya ka bjalo ka leloko la Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente/leloko la go ya go ile la Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense/ leloko la lekgotlapeamelao la profense ya Temokrasi ya Molaotheo ka bokgoni bja ka moka. (Lebakeng la kano: Ka bjalo Modimo Nthuše.)
(2) Batho bao ba tlatšago dikgoba tše di tšweletšego ka go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, boemeding bja go ya go ile bja Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense goba lekgotlapeamelao la profense ba ikana/itlama go ya ka karolwana ya (1) pele ga modulasetulo wa Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, Khansele goba lekgotlapeamelao.
Kano goba boitlamo bja mmakgonthe bja Ditonakgolo, Ditonakgolo tša Motšwaoswere le maloko a Khuduthamaga ya profense 5. � Tonakgolo goba Tonakgolo ya Motšwaoswere le maloko a Khuduthamaga ya profense,
pele ga Moahlodimogolo, goba pele ga moahlodi yo a rometšwego ke Moahlodimogolo, o swanetše go ikana/go itlama ka tsela ye e latelago: Nna, A.B., ke ikana/itlama ka mmakgonthe gore ke tla botegela Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, gomme ke tla obamela, ka sekegela, ka lota Molaotheo le melao e mengwe ka moka ya Repabliki; ke ikana gore ke tla phethagatša mešomo ya ka bjalo ka Tonakgolo/Tonakgolo ya Motšwaoswere/ leloko la khuduthamaga ya profense ka tlhompho le seriti; ke tla ba moeletši wa nnete le potego; nka se utolle phatlalatša goba ka tharedi taba efe goba efe yeo ke e filwego; le go phetha mešomo ya maemo a ka mafolofolo le ka bokgoni bja ka moka. (Lebakeng la kano: Ka bjalo Modimo Nthuše.)
146
Kano goba boitlamo bja mmakgonthe bja Bahlankedi ba Toka 6. (1) Moahlodi yo mongwe le yo mongwe goba moahlodi wa motšwaoswere, pele ga
Moahlodimogolo, goba pele ga moahlodi yo a rometšwego ke Moahlodimogolo, o swanetše go ikana/go itlama ka tsela ye e latelago: Nna, A.B., ke ikana/itlama ka mmakgonthe gore, bjalo ka Moahlodi wa Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo/Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko ya Boipiletšo/ Kgorokgolo ya Tsheko/ Kgorotsheko ya EF, ke tla botegela Repabliki ya Afrika-Borwa mme ke tla latela le go šireletša Molaotheo; le tokelo tša botho tše di bitietšwego ka go wona, gomme ke tla šomiša toka go batho bohle ka go swana, ke se na letšhogo, go kgetholla goba mona, go ya ka Molaotheo le Molao. (Lebakeng la kano: Ka bjalo Modimo Nthuše.)
(2) Motho yo a beilwego maemong a Moahlodimogolo efela e se moahlodi ka nako yeo a bewago maemong a gagwe o swanetše go ikana/itlama pele ga Motlatšamoahlodimogolo, goba ge moahlodi yoo a se gona, moahlodi wa go latela wa maemo a godimodimo wa Kgorotsheko ya Molaotheo yo a lego gona.
(3) Bahlankedi ba toka, le bahlankedi ba motšwaoswere ba toka, bao e sego baahlodi, ba swanetše go ikana/itlama go ya ka molao wa naga.
Šetulo 2
147
Šetulo 3
ŠETuLO 3 DITShEPEDIŠo TŠA DIKgETho
[Šetulo 3 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana ya 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 1999, karolwana ya 19 ya Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001 le karolwana ya 3 ya
Molaophetošwa wa Molaotheo wa 2002.]
Karolo ya A - Ditshepedišo tša go kgetha Bahlankedi ba Molaotheo �
Tirišo 1. � Tshepedišo ye e beilwego Šetulong ye e šoma nakong ye nngwe le ye nngwe ge-
(a) � Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente e kopana go tlo kgetha Mopresidente, goba Spikara goba Motlatšaspikara wa Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente;
(b) � Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense e kopana go kgetha Modulasetulo goba Motlatšamodulasetulo wa yona; goba ge
(c) � lekgotlapeamelao la profense le kopana go tlo kgetha Tonakgolo ya Profense goba Spikara goba Motlatšaspikara wa lekgotlatheramelao.
Go kgetha 2. � Motho yoo a swerego marapo mo kopanong ye e angwago ke Šetulo ye o swanetše go
goeletša gore go kgethwe bonkgetheng kopanong yeo.
Dinyakwa tša molao 3. � (1) Kgetho e swanetše go dirwa foromong yeo e hlamilwego go ya ka melawana yeo e
ukangwego go temana ya 9. (2) Foromo ye go yona go dirilwego kgetho e swanetše go saenwa-
(a) � ke maloko a mabedi a Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, ge go swanetše go kgethwa goba Spikara goba Motlatšaspikara wa Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente;
148
(b) legatong la baemedi ba diprofense tše pedi, ge Modulasetulo goba Motlatšamodulasetulo wa Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense a swanetše go kgethwa; goba
(c) ke maloko a mabedi a lekgotlapeamelao leo, ge go swanetše go kgethwa Tonakgolo ya Profense goba Spikara goba Motlatšaspikara wa lekgotlapeamelao.
(3) Motho yo a kgethilwego o swanetše go laetša kamogelo ya kgetho ka go saena foromo ya kgetho goba ka go ngwala ka tsela ye nngwe le ye nngwe ya kamogelo.
Tsebišo ya maina a bonkgetheng 4. Mo kopanong yeo e angwago ke Šetulo ye, Modulasetulo o swanetše go tsebiša maina
a batho bao ba ilego ba kgethwa go ba bonkgetheng, efela ga a swanela go dumelela ngangišano ye itšego.
Nkgetheng o tee 5. Ge go kgethilwe nkgetheng o tee fela, modulasetulo o swanetše go bega motho yoo gore
ke yena a kgethilwego.
Tshepedišo ya go kgetha 6. Ge go kgethilwe go feta nkgetheng o tee-
(a) bouto e swanetše go dirwa sephiring kopanong yeo; (b) leloko le lengwe le le lengwe leo le lego gona, goba ge e le kopano ya Khansele
ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, profense ye nngwe le ye nngwe yeo e emetšwego ka kopanong, e ka bouta gatee; gomme
(c) modulasetulo o swanetše go tsebiša nkgetheng yoo a hweditšego dibouto tše dintši go feta tša ba bangwe gore ke yena yo a kgethilwego.
Tsela ya go ntšha 7. (1) Ge go se na nkgetheng yoo a hweditšego dibouto tša go feta tša ba bangwe,
nkgetheng yoo a nago le dibouto tše dinnyane go fetwa ke tša ba bangwe o swanetše go tlošwa, gomme go boutwe gape go ya ka karolo 6. Tshepedišo ye e swanetše go bušeletšwa go fihla go na le nkgetheng yo a hwetšago dibouto tša go feta tša ba bangwe.
Šetulo 3
149
Šetulo 3
(2) � Ge go šomišwa seka-temana ya (1), gomme go na le bonkgetheng ba babedi goba go feta bao ba nago le dibouto tše dinnyane motho ka o tee ka o tee, go swanetše go swarwa bouto ye nngwe mabapi le bonkgetheng bao, e fele e bušeletšwa go fihlela go tšweletše gore ke nkgetheng ofe yo a swanetšego go ntšhiwa.
Dikopano tše dingwe gape 8. � (1) Ge go kgethilwe fela bonkgetheng ba babedi, goba ge go šetše bonkgetheng ba
babedi morago ga go ntšhiwa ga ba bangwe, gomme bonkgetheng bao ba babedi ba hwetša palo ya dibouto tša go lekana, gona kopano ye nngwe e swanetše go swarwa magareng a matšatši a šupa lefelong leo le beilwego ke modulasetulo.
(2) � Ge kopano e nngwe gape e ka swarwa go ya ka karolwana (1), tshepedišo yeo e laeditšwego mo šetulong ye e swanetše go latelwa kopanong yeo, go no swana fela le ge e le gore kopano yeo e ka be e le ya mathomo ya dikgetho tšeo.
Melawana 9. (1) � Moahlodimogolo o swanetše go dira melawana yeo e laolago-
(a) � tshepedišo ya dikopano tšeo di angwago ke Šetulo ye; (b) � maikarabelo a motho yo e lego modulasetulo kopanong, mmogo le a motho
ofe goba ofe yo a mo thušago; (c) � foromo yeo go maina a bonkgetheng a swanetšego go romelwa ka yona; le (d) � ka mokgwa woo go bouta go swanetšego go sepedišwa ka gona.
(2) � Melawana ye e swanetše go tsebišwa ka tsela yeo Moahlodimogolo a laelago ka gona.
150
Karolo B - Fomula ya go laetša go kgatha tema ga diphathi ka boemeding
bja profense ka go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense
1. Palo ya baemedi mo go boemedi bja profense Khanseleng ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense moo phathi e nago le tokelo, e swanetše go laetšwa ka go atiša palo ya ditulo yeo phathi e nago natšo ka go theramelao ya profense ka lesome mme dipoelo di arolwe ka palo ya ditulo ka go theramelao go oketšwa ka tee.
2. Ge palelo go ya ka temana 1 e tliša mašalela ao a sego a balelwa go baemedi bao ba filwego phathi go ya ka temana ye, gona mašalela ao a swanetše go phenkgišana le mašalela a go swana nawo a go tšwa go phathi efe goba efe goba diphathi, mme baemedi bao ba sego ba abelwa ditulo mo boemeding, ba swanetše go fiwa phathi goba diphathi ka go latela palokgolo ya mašalela a tšona.
3. Ge mašaledi a go phadišana ao a ukangwago go temana ya 2 a lekana, gona baemedi bao ba sego ba hlwa ba abja ka boemeding ba swanetše go abelwa phathi goba diphathi ka mašalela a tatelano ya dibouto tše palo ye ko godimo go ya go ye ko tlase tšeo di rekhotilwego bakeng sa diphathi tšeo mo dikgethong tša mafelelo tša lekgotlatheramelao la profense le malebana. [Temana ya 3 e okeditšwe ka karolo ya 2 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bone wa Molaotheo wa 1999 ebile o tšeetšwe legato ke karolo ya 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bosenyane wa Molaotheo wa 2002 le karolo 5 (a) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomenne wa Molaotheo wa 2008.]
4. Ge e le gore diphathi tša go feta e tee tšeo di nago le kabo ye e swanago di ngwadišitše ka nako tša dikgetho tša peleng tša lekgotlatheramolao le le amegago, lekgotlatheramolao le le amegago le swanetše go aba dikemedi tšeo di sego tša išwa go baemedi ba phathi ka mokgwa wa kabo ye e swanago woo o sepelelanago le temokrasi. [karolo 4 e okeditšwe ka karolo 5(b) ya Molaophetošwa wa Bolesomenne wa Molatheo wa 2008]
Šetulo 3
151
Šetulo 4
ŠETuLO 4 MAKALATIRIŠWA Ao A AMAgo SAMMALETEE BoLAoDI BJA
MEBUŠo yA DIPRoFEnSE LE WA SETŠhABA
KARoLo A
• � Taolo ya dithokgwa tša tlhago • � Bolemi • � Maemafofane, ka ntle le maemafofane a ditšhabatšhaba le a Setšhaba • � Taolo ya diphoofolo le malwetši • � Dikhasino, mekato, go tobola le go petša, ntle le matengwa le matangwana a dipapadi • � Tšhireletšo ya bareki • � Ditaba tša setšo • � Taolo ya masetlapelo • � Thuto maemong ka moka, ka ntle le thuto ya thešiari • � Tikologo • � Ditirelo tša maphelo • � Kago ya Dintlo • � Molao wa setšo, le molaosetlwaedi, fela go hlokometšwe Kgaolo 12 ya Molaotheo • � Tšwetšopele ya diintaseteri Molaotshepedišo wa maleme le taolo ya maleme a semmušo go
fihla mo e lego gore ditlhagišo tša Karolo 6 ya Molaotheo di abela thwii makgotlapeamelao a diprofense bokgoni bja peomelao
• � Ditirelo tša kgašo ya ditaba tše di laolwago thwii ke mmušo wa profense, ka go laolwa ke karolwana ya 192
• � Pabalelo ya tlhago, go sa akaretšwe diphaka tša setšhaba, ditšhengwana tša dimelatlhago tša setšhaba le methopo ya ka lewatleng
• � Maphodisa, go fihla ka mo dipeakanyetšo tša Kgaolo ya 11 ya Molaotheo di fago maatla a go bea molao go theramelao ya profense.
• � Taolo ya tšhilafatšo • � Tlhabollo ya setšhaba • � Tefo ya tšhutišo ya dithoto
152
• Dikgwebo tša setšhaba tša profense mabapi le makalatirwa a a lego mo go Šetulo ye le go Šetulo 5
• Dinamelwa tša setšhaba • Mediro ya setšhaba malebana le dinyakego tša dikgoro tša mmušo wa profense mo
phethagatšong ya maikarabelo a tšona a go phetha mediro yeo di e filwego go ya ka mabaka a Molaotheo goba molao ofe goba ofe
• Peakanyo le tlhabollo ya selete • Taolo ya trafiki ya tsela • Pabalelo ya mobu • Boeti • Kgwebo • Boetapele bja setšo, ka taolo ya Kgaolo ya 12 ya Molaotheo • Tlhabollo ya ditoropong le magaeng • Motšhelo wa dinamelwa • Ditirelo tša bobotlana
KARoLo B
Ditaba tše di latelago tša pušoselegae go fihla ka moo go laeditšwego ka go karolo ya 155 (6)(a) le ya (7): • Tšhilafatšo ya moya • Melawana ya kago • Ditlabelo tša tlhokomelo ya ngwana • Kabo ya mohlagase le gase • Ditirelo tša boraditimamello • Boeti bja tikologo • Maemafofane a bommasepala • Peakanyo ya bommasepala • Ditirelo tša maphelo tša mmasepala • Dinamelwa tša setšhaba tša mmasepela • Mediro ya setšhaba ya mmasepala go ya ka dinyakwa tša bommasepala mo phethagatšong ya
maikarabelo a bona a go phetha mediro yeo e filwego ka fase ga Molaotheo wo goba molao wo mongwe le wo mongwe
Šetulo 4
153
Šetulo 4
• � Diketswana, diketswana tša go fetišetša dithoto, ditšhireletšaboemakepe, mafelo a go namela le maemakepe go sa akaretšwe taolo ya go sepetša ka dikepe ga ditšhabatšhaba le ga setšhaba le ditaba tšeo di amanago natšo.
• � Lenaneo la taolo ya meetse a merwalela mo mafelong a go agilwego go wona • � Melawana ya kgwebo • � Meetse le ditirelo tša tlhwekišo tšeo di lebeletšego fela tshepedišo ya kabo ya meetse a go
rwalwa le ditshepedišo tša gae tša go lahla meetse a ditšhila le a disoretše
154
ŠETuLO 5 MAKALATIRIŠWA Ao A AMAgo FELA BoLAoDI BJA
LEKgoTLAPEAMELAo LA PRoFEnSE
KARoLo A
• Maselagapale/Bohlabelo • Ditirelo tša diampulense • Diakhaebe, ka ntle le diakhaebe tša setšhaba • Makgobapuku, ka ntle le makgobapuku a setšhaba • Dilaesense tša bjala • Dimuseamo, ka ntle le dimuseamo tša setšhaba • Peakanyo ya profense • Merero ya setšo ya diprofense • Boitapološo le boithabišo profenseng • Dipapadi tša diprofense • Ditsela le trafiki ya diprofense • Ditirelo tša malwetši a diphoofolo ka ntle le taolo ya profešene
KARoLo B
Ditaba tše di latelago tša pušoselegae go fihla ka moo go laeditšwego ka go karolo ya 155 (6)(a) le ya (7): • Mabopo a lewatle le ditlabakelo tša go ithabiša • Diboroto tša papatšo le go bewa pepeneneng ga dipapatšo mo mafelong a batho ka moka • Mabitla, malotabahu le a phišo ya ditopo • Tlhwekišo • Taolo ya disenyi setšhabeng • Taolo ya mafelo ao a rekišetšago batho mabjala • Ditlabakelo tša go dula, tlhokomelo le poloko ya diphoofolo • Go ageletša le magora • Dilaesense tša dimpša
Šetulo 5
155
Šetulo 5
• Dilaesense le taolo ya mafelo ao a rekišetšago batho dijo • Ditlabakelo tša boithabišo tša selegae • Ditlabakelo tša dipapadi tša selegae • Mebaraka • Maselagapala a bommasepala • Diphaka tša mmasepala le boitapološo • Ditsela tša bommasepala • Tšhilafatšo ya lešata • Phaonteng • Mafelo a batho ka moka • Tlošo ya matlakala, mekgobo ya matlakala le dilahlwa tše thata • Kgwebo ya mekgotheng • Mabone a mebileng • Trafiki le go phaka
156
ŠETuLO 6 DIThULAgAnyo TŠA PhETELo
[Šetulo 6 e tšeetšwe legato ke karolwana 3 ya Molaophetošwa wa Mathomo wa Molaotheo wa 1997, ka karolwana ya 5 ya Molaophetošwa wa Bobedi wa Molaotheo wa 1998, le karolo ya 20 ya
Molaophetošwa wa Botshela wa Molaotheo wa 2001.]
Ditlhalošo 1. Mo šetulong ye, ka ntle le ge seo se sa sepelelane le dikagare—
‘nagalegae’ e ra karolo ya Repabliki yeo pele ga ge Molaotheo wa go feta o thoma go šoma, yeo e lekodišišitšwego ka go molao wa Afrika Borwa bjalo ka lefelo leo le ipušago goba naga ye e ikemetšego ka boyona; ‘Molaotheo wo mofsa’ o ra Molaotheo wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, wa 1996; ‘melao ya nako ya kgale’ e ra melao yeo e dirilwego pele ga go šoma ga Molaotheo wa peleng; ‘Molaotheo wa peleng’ o ra Molaotheo wa Repabliki ya Afrika Borwa, wa 1993 (Molao wa 200 wa 1993).
Tšwetšopele ya melao yeo e lego gona 2. (1) Melao ka moka yeo e bego e šoma pele ga go thoma go šoma ga Molaotheo wo
mofsa, e tšwelapele ka go šoma, fela go swanetše go elwa hloko- (a) go fetolwa goba go phumolwa go go itšego; le (b) go sepelelana le Molaotheo wo mofsa.
(2) Melao ya nako ya kgale yeo e tšwelago pele go šoma go ya ka karolwana ya (1)- (a) ga e na le tirišo ye e nabilego, nageng goba ka tsela ye nngwe, go feta ka moo
e bego e le ka gona pele ga ge Molaotheo wa peleng o thoma go šoma, ge e se fela ge o ile wa fetolwa ka morago ga gore o tle o šome ka bophara; le
(b) go tšwelapele ka go dirišwa ke bolaodi bjo bo bego bo o šomiša ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma, ka taolo ya Molaotheo o mofsa.
Šetulo 6
157
Šetulo 6
Tlhathollo ya melao yeo e lego gona 3. (1) KaKa ntle le ge o sa sepelelane le dikagare goba o tloga o sa swanela, kukamo ka
go molao ofe goba ofe woo o bego o le gona ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma- (a) go Repabliki ya Afrika-Borwa goba nagalegae (ka ntle le ge go bolelwa ka ga
naga), e swanetše go hlathollwa bjalo ka kukamo ya Repabliki ya Afrika-Borwa ka fase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa;
(b) go Palamenteng, Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente goba go Senate, e swanetše go hlathollwa bjalo ka kukamo ya Palamente, Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente goba Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa;
(c) go Mopresidente, Motlatšamopresidente wa phethišo, Tona, Motlatšatona goba Kabinete e swanetše go hlathollwa bjalo ka Mopresidente, Motlatšamopresidente wa Phethišo, Tona, Motlatšatona goba Kabinete ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa, ka taolo ya temana 9 ya Šetulo ye;
(d) go Mopresidente wa Senate, e swanetše go hlathollwa bjalo ka kukamo ya Modulasetulo wa Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense;
(e) go lekgotlapeamelao la profense, e swanetše go hlathollwa bjalo ka kukamo ya lekgotlapeamelao la profense, tonakgolo, khuduthamaga goba leloko la khuduthamaga ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa, ka taolo ya temana ya 12 ya Šetulo ye; goba
(f) go leleme goba maleme a semmušo, e swanetše go hlathollwa bjalo ka leleme lefe goba lefe la semmušo go ya ka Molaotheo wo mofsa.
(2) Ka ntle le ge seo se sa sepelelane le dikagare goba se sa swanelago, kukamo mo melaong ye e šetšego ya nako ya kgale- (a) go Palamente, Ngwako wa Palamente goba Kopano ya lekgotlapeamelao
goba ya setho sa Repabliki goba nagalegae, e swanetše go hlathollwa bjalo ka kukamo go- (i) Palamente ka fase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa, ge e le gore tshepedišo ya
molao wo e abetšwe goba e filwe go ya ka dipeelano tša Molaotheo wa peleng goba go ya ka Šetulo ye go khuduthamaga ya setšhaba; goba
(ii) lekgotlapeamelao la profense, ge e le gore tshepedišo ya molao woo e abetšwe goba e filwe go ya ka dipeelano tša Molaotheo wa peleng goba Šetulo ye go khuduthamaga ya profense; goba
158
(b) go Mopresidente wa Naga, Tonakgolo, Molaodi goba mohlankedimogolophetiši o mongwe o mogolo, Kabinete, Khansele ya ditona goba khuduthamaga ya Repabliki goba nagalegae, e swanetše go hlathollwa bjalo kukamo go- (i) Mopresidente ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa ge e le gore tshepedišo
ya molao woo e filwe goba e fološeditšwe go mmušo wa naga go ya ka Molaotheo wa peleng goba Šetulo ye go khuduthamaga ya setšhaba; goba
(ii) Tonakgolo ya profense ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa, ge taolo ya molao woo e gafetšwe goba e filwe go ya ka mabaka a Molaotheo wa peleng goba Šetulo ye go khuduthamaga ya profense
Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente 4. (1) Motho mang le mang yoo e bego e le setho goba mohlankedi wa Seboka sa
Maloko a Palamente ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma, e ba leloko goba mohlankedi wa Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa, mme o tšea maemo a gagwe bjalo ka leloko goba mohlankedi go ya ka mabaka a Molaotheo wo mofsa.
(2) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente bjalo ka ge e hlamilwe go ya ka karolwana ya (1) e swanetše go tšewa bjalo ka ge e kgethilwe ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa pakatiro ye e felelago ka la 30 Aprele, 1999.
(3) Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente e bopilwe ka maloko a 400 lebaka ka moka la pakatiro ya yona le le felelago ka la 30 Aprele, 1999 ka taolo ya karolo ya 49(4) ya Molaotheo wo mofsa.
(4) Melawana le ditaelo tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente tše di bego di šoma ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma, di tšwelapele ka go šoma, ka taolo ya phetogo efe goba efe goba phumolo.
Modiro wo o sa phethwago wa Palamente 5. (1) Modiro ofe goba ofe wo o sego wa phethwa Sebokeng sa Maloko a Palamente pele
ga ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma, o swanetše go tšwetšwa pele go ya ka dipeelano tša Molaotheo wo mofsa.
Šetulo 6
159
Šetulo 6
(2) � Modiro ofe goba ofe wa Senate wo o sego wa fela ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma, o swanetše go gafelwa go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, mme Khansele e swanetše go tšwelapele ka modiro wo go ya ka Molaotheo wo mofsa.
Dikgetho tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente 6. � (1) Ga go dikgetho tša Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente tšeo di ka swarwago pele ga 30
Aprele 1999, ka ntle le fela ge Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente se phatlaladitšwe go ya ka karolo 50(2) morago ga tšhišinyo ya go hloka kholofelo go Mopresidente go ya ka karolo ya 102(2) ya Molaotheo wo mofsa.
(2) � Karolo ya 50(1) ya Molaotheo wo mofsa e fegilwe go fihla ka 30 Aprele 1999. (3) � Le ge Molaotheo wa pele o phumotšwe, Šetulo 2 ya Molaotheo woo bjalo ka ge e
fetošitšwe ke Koketšo A ya Šetulo ye, e šoma– (a) � godimo ga kgetho ya mathomo ya Seboka sa Maloko ka tlase ga Molaotheo o
mofsa; (b) � godimo ga go lahlegelwa ke boleloko bja Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente
mabakeng ao e sego ao a beilwe go karolong 47(3) ya Molaotheo wo mofsa; le (c) � godimo ga go tlatšwa ga dikgala ka go Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente, le go
tlaleletšo, tekolo le tirišo ya mananeo a diphathi mo go tlatšweng ga dikgala, go fihla go kgetho ya bobedi ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa.
(4) � Karolo ya 47(4) ya Molaotheo wo mofsa e fegilwe go fihla go eba le kgetho ya bobedi ya Seboka sa Maloko a Palamente ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa.
Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense 7. � (1) Mo lebakeng leo le felago pejana ga tulo ya mathomo ya lekgotlapeamelao la
profense ye e swerwego morago ga kgetho ya yona ya mathomo ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo- (a) � tekanyetšo ya boemedi bja diphathi mo boemeding bja profense go Khansele
ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense, e swanetše go swana le tekanyetšo yeo basenatoro ba 10 ba profense ba kgethilwego go ya ka karolo ya 48 ya Molaotheo wa peleng; le
(b) � kabelo ya baemedi ba go ya go ile le baemedi bao e sego ba mehleng go diphathi tšeo di emetšwego go lekgotlapeamelao la profense, e ka tsela ye e latelago:
Šetulo 6
PROFENSE BAEMEDI BA GO YA GO ILE BAEMEDI BAO E SEGO BA MEHLENG
1. Kapa-Bohlabela ANC5 NP 1
ANC 4
2. Freistata ANC 4 FF1 NP 1
ANC 4
3. Gauteng ANC3 DP 1 FF 1 NP 1
ANC 3
NP 1
4. KwaZulu-Natala ANC 1 DP 1 IFP 3 NP 1
ANC 2
IFP 2
5. Mpumalanga ANC 4 FF 1 NP 1
ANC 4
6. Kapa-Leboa ANC 3 FF 1 NP 2
ANC 2
NP 2
7. Limpopo ANC 6 ANC 4
8. Leboa-Bodikela ANC 4 FF 1 NP 1
ANC 4
9. Kapa-Bodikela ANC 2 DP 1 NP 3
ANC 1
NP 3
160
161
Šetulo 6
(2) � Phathi ye e emetšwego mo go lekgotlapeamelao la profense- (a) � e swanetše go kgetha baemedi ba yona ba go ya go ile go tšwa go batho bao
e bego e le basenatoro ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma mme ba ikgafela go šoma bjalo ka baemedi ba go ya go ile; gomme
(b) � ba ka no kgetha batho ba bangwe bjalo ka baemedi ba go ya go ile ge fela go se na le o tee goba palo e sa lekane ya bao e bego e le basenatoro ba yona.
(3) � Lekgotlapeamelao la profense le swanetše go bea baemedi ba lona ba go ya go ile go ya ka dikgetho tša diphathi.
(4) � Dikarolwana tša (2) le (3) di šoma fela go peo ya mathomo ya baemedi ba go ya go ile go Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense.
(5) � Karolo ya 62 (1) ya Molaotheo wo mofsa ga e šome go kgetho le peo ya basenatoro ba peleng bjalo ka baemedi ba go ya go ile go ya ka temaneng ye.
(6) � Melawana le ditaelo tša Senate tšeo di bego di šoma ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma, di swanetše go dirišwa mabapi le mediro ya Khansele ya Setšhaba ya Diprofense go fihla moo di ka šomišwago, ka taolo ya phethošo goba phumolo efe goba efe.
Basenatoro ba peleng 8. � (1) Mosenatoro wa pele yo a sa kgethwago go ba leloko la go ya go ile la Khansele ya
Setšhaba ya Diprofense o na le tshwanelo ya go ba leloko la go felela, la go ba le bouto ka theramelaong ya profense yeo motho yoo a kgethilwego go yona bjalo ka mosenatoro go ya ka karolo ya 48 ya Molaotheo wa peleng.
(2) � Ge mosenatoro wa pele a ikgethela go se be leloko la lekgotlapeamelao ya profense gona o tšewa bjalo ka motho yo a lebogilego modiro letšatši pele ga ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma.
(3) � Moputso, diputseletšo le dikholo tša mosenatoro wa pele yo a beilwego go ba moemedi wa go ya go ile goba leloko la lekgotlapeamelao ya profense ga a swanela go fokotšwa ka lebaka fela la peo yeo.
Khuduthamaga ya setšhaba 9. � (1) Mang le mang yoo e bego e le Mopresidente, Motlatšamopresidente wa Phethišo,
Tona goba Motlatšatona ka tlase ga Molaotheo wa peleng ge Molaotheo wo mofsa
162
o thoma go šoma, o tšwelapele ka mošomo wo go ya ka Molaotheo wo mofsa, fela go šetšwa seka-temana ya (2).
(2) Go fihlela ka la 30 Aprele 1999, dikarolwana tša 84, 89, 90, 91, 93 le 96 tša Molaotheo wo mofsa di swanetše go tšewa bjalo ka ge go beakantšwe go Koketšo B ya Šetulo ye.
(3) Karolwana ya (2) ga e ganetše Tona yoo e bego e le mosenatoro ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma, go tšwelapele bjalo ka Tona ye e ukangwego mo karolong ya 91(1)(a) ya Molaotheo wo mofsa bjalo ka ge karolo yeo e balega go Koketšo B.
Makgotlapeamelao a diprofense 10. (1) Mang le mang yo e bego e le mohlankedi wa lekgotlapeamelao ya profense
ge Molaotheo wo mofsa o thoma go šoma, e ba leloko goba mohlankedi wa theramelao ya profense yeo ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa, mme o dula modirong wa gagwe bjalo ka leloko goba mohlankedi go ya ka mabaka a Molaotheo wo mofsa le molaotheo ofe goba ofe wa profense wo o ka dirwago.
(2) Lekgotlapeamelao la profense bjalo ka ge e hlamilwe go ya ka dipeelano tša karolwana ya (1), e swanetše go tšewa bjalo ka ge e kgethilwe ka tlase ga Molaotheo wo mofsa pakatirong yeo e felago ka la 30 Aprele 1999.
(3) Lebakeng ka moka la pakatiro ya yona yeo e felago ka la 30 Aprele 1999, ka taolo ya karolo ya 108(4), lekgotlapeamelao la profense le bopša ke palo yeo e bewago ke theramelao ka tlase ga Molaotheo wa pele l